<?xml version="1.0"?>
<rss xmlns:g="http://base.google.com/ns/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><title>Beetham Nurseries</title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/products</link><description><![CDATA[Visit Beetham Nurseries in Beetham. Check the opening hours, promotions and product range.]]></description><item><g:id>5568</g:id><title><![CDATA[Algon 2.5 Litre Concentrate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/algon-25-litre-concentrate</link><description><![CDATA[Algon 2.5 Litre Concentrate

A compact size with each bottle covering an average of 60 square metres subject to the absorbency of the surface to be treated and can be applied with either a garden sprayer, soft broom or paint brush.

With Algon, simply apply and leave. A few days later, the surface will look cleaner without scrubbing or rinsing. It's non-toxic too, so it's safe for pets. Full instructions are on the bottle.

Application Techniques - &amp;nbsp;Apply with either a garden sprayer on droplet setting, soft broom or paintbrush, wetting the surface evenly. A watering can may be used but can be wasteful.

Features


	Can be used at any time of year
	Easy to apply, either with a garden sprayer 1 part Algon path cleaner to 3 parts water, or a soft broom or paint brush
	No need to rinse off
	Treatment can last up to a year depending location, absorbency, and weather conditions
	Algon organic path cleaner is non toxic and safe for pets and wildlife
	Can be used in water features, but care should be taken to keep run off to a minimum
	Algon Organic Path and Patio Cleaner has a shelf life of many years
	Algon will not affect any type of paint or stain
	Caution Algon will have a scorching effect on foliage - only where it makes contact. This will not harm the rest of the plant. Roots do not suffer from incidental run off during application.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060028700011]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/algon-2-5-litre-concentrate-1619686236_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5608</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® All Purpose Soluble Plant Food - 1kg plus 20% Extra Free]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-all-purpose-soluble-plant-food-1kg-p</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro All Purpose Soluble Plant Food - 1kg plus 20% Extra Free

Miracle-Gro All Purpose Soluble Plant Food features all of the essential nutrients needed for bigger, healthier plants. It will protect your crops against drought and encourage development of a stronger root system.

How to use


	Choose the dosage size.
	Soak the soil around the base.
	Wet the leaves with a fine rose on a watering can.
	Feed every 2 weeks from early spring - late summer.


Beds and borders, pots, containers, hanging baskets:&amp;nbsp;Mix one large spoonful (15ml) in 4.5 litres of water.

Gro-sacs, vegetable and fruit planters:&amp;nbsp;Mix one large spoonful (15ml) in 4.5 litres of water. Apply 1 x 4.5 litres watering can per Gro-sac or planter.

Lawns:&amp;nbsp;Mix one large spoonful (15ml) in 4.5 litres of water. Apply 1 x 4.5 litres watering can per 2.5m&amp;sup2;.

Houseplants:&amp;nbsp;Mix one small spoonful (1.25ml) in 1 litre of water.

Where to use

Indoors, outdoors, pots, containers, beds and borders, lawns.

How often to apply

Every two weeks from early spring to late summer.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 24-8-16 with trace elements.

Cautions

Keep out of reach of children. Wash splashes from skin. Wash hands after use. Always wear gloves when gardening.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272182651]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-all-purpose-soluble-plant-food-1kg-plus-20-extra-1613043052_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro®]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5657</g:id><title><![CDATA[6x Pelleted Chicken Manure - 7kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/6x-pelleted-chicken-manure-7kg</link><description><![CDATA[6x Pelleted Chicken Manure - 7kg

Six to eight times richer than farmyard manure, 6x Pelleted Chicken Poultry Manure is a popular choice amongst gardeners looking for a 100% natural fertiliser.

Highly concentrated, gardeners only need to use handfuls of pellets rather than barrowloads.

An ideal organic feed for flowers, lawns, vegetables, pot plants and baskets too, 6X Pelleted Poultry Manure contains trace elements which feed the soil.

6X Pelleted Poultry Manure:


	Weed and bug free
	No added ingredients
	Safe for all garden life and encourages the earthworm population


Feeds the soil rather than the plant, 6X Pelleted Poultry Manure needs to be mixed thoroughly with existing soil for maximum results. Always water plants and crops in once planted as it is the nutrient uptake through the roots which boosts growth.

Unused pellets can be kept from one season to the next and once empty, the container can be recycled.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351051414]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/6x-pelleted-chicken-manure-7kg-1000x1000-67ed17730dd09_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5689</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Bed &amp; Border Chipped Bark - 70 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-bed-border-chipped-bark-70-litre</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Bed &amp;amp; Border Chipped Bark - 70 Litre

For a decorative, attractive finish for beds and borders, Westland Bed &amp;amp; Border Chipped Bark is an ideal solution. These large, brown chips of bark not only provide a clean background for displaying plants, but also offers excellent weed suppression.


	20-30mm mid size chips
	Perfect for use in finishing beds &amp;amp; border areas
	Protects plant roots
	Superior weed control
	Holds moisture for longer
	Ideal for play areas


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377859199]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-bed-border-chipped-bark-70-litre-1000x1000-63ff1fa265006_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5710</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Digging Spade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-digging-spade</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Digging Spade

Extended shank to reduce back strain with minimal soil adhesion&amp;nbsp;for an easy to clean and excellent rust resistant spade

Features


	High-quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Larger tread edge for added digging comfort
	Excellent rust resistance
	Minimum soil adhesion
	Smoothed rivets for comfort in use
	Weight performance above UK standards
	15-year guarantee


Usage


	Ideal for use in large soil areas
	Digging, soil turning, improving drainage


Product Specification


	Length: 1110mm
	Head Size: 290 x 177mm
	Blade thickness: 2.5mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796784]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-digging-spade-1000x1000-62cc3c89cc978_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5711</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Lawn &amp; Turf Dressing - 25 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-lawn-turf-dressing-25-litre</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Lawn &amp;amp; Turf Dressing - 25 Litre

Whether you are repairing bare spots, hollows, bumps in your lawn, or even creating a new lawn, Westland Lawn &amp;amp; Turf Dressing is essential. This universal lawn dressing improves the root structure, drainage and physical condition of the lawn.


	Formulated to improve growth &amp;amp; drainage of lawns
	Increases nutrient levels for a thicker, healthier lawn
	Can be used for conditioning &amp;amp; improving lawns
	Ideal as a turf underlay


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377844881]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-lawn-turf-dressing-25-litre-1000x1000-63ff45c3e4a75_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5720</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Digging Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-digging-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Digging Fork

Extended shank to reduce back strain with minimal soil adhesion&amp;nbsp;for an easy to clean and excellent rust resistant fork

Features


	High-quality stainless steel prongs
	Shaft made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD handle
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Excellent rust resistance
	Minimal soil adhesion
	Smoothed rivets for comfort in use
	Weight performance above UK standards
	15 -year guarantee


Usage


	Ideal for use in large soil areas
	Cultivation, soil turning, aerating and breaking up soil


Product Specification


	Length: 1110mm
	Head Size: 300 x 170mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796791]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-digging-fork-1000x1000-62cc3d19e302c_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5947</g:id><title><![CDATA[Belgrove Hazelnut Rum 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/belgrove-hazelnut-rum-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Belgrove Hazelnut Rum 70cl

Belgrove is a pure, single-origin Demerara rum with all natural ingredients. Belgrove Hazelnut Rum was born in the gastronomic hub of Cartmel in Cumbria. Home to L'Enclume and world-famous for its Sticky Toffee Pudding, this beautiful corner of Cumbria provides rich inspiration for an unparalleled premium spirit.&amp;nbsp;

Hazelnut is the predominant flavour, accompanied by notes of vanilla and chocolate that create a blend that is perfect on the rocks, as a rum old-fashioned, in an espresso martini, or even just with coke.

40% Volume]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060647179700]]></g:mpn><g:price>39 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/belgrove-hazelnut-rum-70cl-2000x2000-68416946999b0_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5955</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pennington's Bakewell Gin Liqueur 20cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pennington-s-bakewell-liquer-20cl</link><description><![CDATA[Pennington's Bakewell Gin Liqueur 20cl

This stunning small batch artisan liqueur is produced by Pennington's in the Lake District National Park. A smooth, glorious liqueur with a tang of sweet raspberry complemented by soft almond; perfect for a loved one with a sweet tooth!

20% vol. Chill before serving. Store out of direct sunlight; please enjoy responsibly.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5036583312778]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pennington-s-bakewell-gin-liqueur-20cl-1630594559_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>5997</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Lakes Gin 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-lakes-gin-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[The Lakes Gin 70cl

The Lakes Gin is a classic English gin with vibrant notes of juniper, cracked black pepper and orange peel. Flavours are elevated by using only a select few botanicals, gently infusing them in the finest British wheat spirit, distilling in traditional copper pot stills and only drawing the purest water from the surrounding Lake District.

46% ABV

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060307843125]]></g:mpn><g:price>37 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-lakes-gin-70cl-1631268624_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6000</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Lakes Pink Grapefruit Gin 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-lakes-pink-grapefruit-gin-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[The Lakes Pink Grapefruit Gin 70cl

Bursting with uplifting citrus notes and refreshingly tangy pink grapefruit flavour, this drink is the perfect tipple for those that love a lot of flavour and something a little different. Produced in the glorious Lake District, The Lakes Pink Grapefruit gin is best served with Fever Tree Mediterranean Tonic Water - no garnish required!

46% ABV.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060307843552]]></g:mpn><g:price>37 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-lakes-pink-grapefruit-gin-70cl-1631268433_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6006</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Baby Dovesdale Bird Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-baby-dovesdale-bird-table</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Baby Dovesdale Bird Table

This fantastic Tom Chambers Baby Dovesdale Bird Table is handcrafted from Swedish redwood, with a genuine slate roof. The perfect gift for any wildlife lover!

Height &amp;ndash; 165cm


	An elegant hexagonal roof
	Contoured uprights and rims add quality
	Hand built to last
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506010890]]></g:mpn><g:price>114.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-baby-dovesdale-bird-table-1603195793_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6113</g:id><title><![CDATA[Create Your Own Fairy Door]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/create-your-own-fairy-door</link><description><![CDATA[Create Your Own Fairy Door

Perfect for a party bag or stocking filler, this simple and eco-friendly kit is made from one piece of recycled card.

Pop-out the pieces and make your own double-sided fairy door to attach to your skirting board. Create a secret place with a garden, flowers and post a letter in the tiny post box!

Plastic-free for a happier planet

No glue or scissors needed

Contents: 1 x fold-out card with 10 pre-cut and scored pieces

Made from FSC certified recycled card

Age 5+

Pack Size: 16 x 12 x 0.5cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060262132258]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/create-your-own-fairy-door-1000x1000-6359057146884_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6119</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Hand Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-hand-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Hand Fork

The perfect partner to our trowel, this beautiful hand fork is a design classic. The pointed tines (prongs) are specially hardened and tempered to withstand tough cultivating,&amp;nbsp; while the tang (or neck) is precision forged to the perfect angle for ergonomic working, and uses a different composition of steel for optimal strength in this important area of the tool.

The stainless steel of the fork is highly resistant to rust and will look good for years to come, and a strong leather cord allows the fork to be hung up tidily when not in use.

Specification

Overall length 29cm, width 8cm.

Handle: 100% FSC certified hardwood

Head: stainless steel

Hanging cord: leather

Weight: 228g]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360008484]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-hand-fork-1000x1000-62d69929e91a4_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6121</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball Professional Compact Bypass Secateur]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-professional-compact-bypass-secateur</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball Professional Compact Bypass Secateur

Heat treated, high carbon steel, precision ground blades with wire cutting notch and&amp;nbsp;sap groove. Precision ground anvil, or cutting block, and rubber cushion stops. &amp;nbsp;Lightweight alloy handles and smooth volute spring.&amp;nbsp;

Shorter handles &amp;amp; ergonomic blade profile make this model particularly suitable for smaller hands and/or working in tight areas.

Cuts up to 2cm diameter. Supplied with blade tensioning tool.

Overall length 20cm.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360004721]]></g:mpn><g:price>35.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-professional-compact-bypass-secateur-480x480-64230c19d7b9b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6122</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Ergo Deadheader]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-ergo-deadheader</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Ergo Deadheader

High quality scissor action blades will keep their edge over prolonged use. The index finger loop substantially improves control and stability, while the ergonomic shape nestles comfortably in the palm of your hand.&amp;nbsp;

Overall length 14cm.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013020]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-ergo-deadheader-480x480-64230c37b10b4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6124</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Micro Secateur - Orange]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-micro-secateur-orange</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Micro Secateur - Orange

Ideal for gardeners with smaller hands, or who prefer a lighter weight, the Micro Secateur is perfect to pop in a pocket for gardening on the go.

The high carbon steel blade of this RHS-endorsed bypass action cutting tool gives long life and superb cutting performance. Also available with a green handle.

Overall length: 16cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013402]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-micro-secateur-orange-480x480-64230c847edb1_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6167</g:id><title><![CDATA[Copper Wire Utensil Holder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/copper-wire-utensil-holder</link><description><![CDATA[Copper Wire Utensil Holder

Perfect for anywhere in the home, this gorgeous container doesn't just need to be used to house utensils, its contemporary style will suit anywhere!

Dimensions: 16.5cm x 15cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[322897034]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/copper-wire-utensil-holder-1614096752_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6181</g:id><title><![CDATA[Copper Wire Rectangular Basket]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/copper-wire-rectangular-basket</link><description><![CDATA[Copper Wire Rectangular Basket

Gorgeous and vibrant, this beautifully designed basket is the perfect storage and organisation item to have around the home.

Dimensions: 28cm x 15cm x 7.5cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[322897035]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/copper-wire-rectangular-basket-1614096706_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6241</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Black Pepper, Ginger &amp; Chamomile Muscle &amp; Joint Bath Soak 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-black-pepper-ginger-chamomile-muscle</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Black Pepper, Ginger &amp;amp; Chamomile Muscle &amp;amp; Joint Bath Soak 50ml

Soothe aching muscles with this aromatic blend of warming Ginger, relaxing Lavender and invigorating Rosemary. Add a few drops in the bath or massage this natural and therapeutic blend of essential oils into stiff muscles and joints.

INGREDIENTS

Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus vardulcis), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Vitamin E (Tocopherol), Lavender * (Lavandula Angustifolia), Rosemary * (Rosmarinus Officinalis), Ginger (Zingiber Officinale), Black Pepper (Piper Nigrum), Chamomile * (Anthemis Nobilis)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270348]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-black-pepper-ginger-chamomile-muscle-joint-bath-s-2275x2275-6493120accce6_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6245</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp; Chamomile Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-hand-body-lotion-2</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp;amp; Chamomile Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

This gentle, hydrating lotion soothes and softens all skin types but is particularly good for dry or sensitive skin. A lightweight, easily absorbed moisturising lotion, infused with Lavender and Chamomile essential oils to leave your skin feeling calm and hydrated.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Aloe Vera * (Aloe Barbadensis), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus), Coconut Butter (Cocos Nucifera), Glyceryl Monostearate (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier), Glycerin (Humactant), Xanthan (Thickener), Tocopherol (Vitamin E), Citric Acid, Lavender * (Lavandula Angustifolia), Chamomile * (Anthemis Nobilis), Patchouli * (Pogostemon Patchouli), Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Alcohol)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270010]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-hand-body-lotion-250ml-2275x2275-649311d220518_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6246</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp; Neroli Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-hand-body-lotion-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp;amp; Neroli Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

A gentle, lightweight and easily absorbed moisturising lotion to help soften and soothe your skin. Infused with energising Orange and Neroli essential oils to leave your skin feeling soft and revitalised.

HOW TO USE

Use daily, morning and evening.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Sunflower Oil (Helianthus Annus) *, Aloe Vera (Aloe Barbadensis) *, Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus), Coconut Butter (Cocos Nucifera), Glyceryl Monostearate (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier), Glycerin (Humactant), Xanthan (Thickener), Tocopherol (Vitamin E), Citric Acid, Orange Bitter, Petitgrain *, Neroli (Citrus Aurantium var. amara), Orange Sweet * (Citrus Aurantium var. dulcis), Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Alcohol)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270034]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-hand-body-lotion-250ml-2275x2275-64930fe0319fc_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6247</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp; Geranium Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-hand-body-lotion-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp;amp; Geranium Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

A gentle, lightweight and easily absorbed moisturising lotion to help soften and soothe your skin. Infused with delicately floral Rose, Geranium and Ylang Ylang essential oils.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Aloe Vera * (Aloe Barbadensis), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus), Coconut Butter (Cocos Nucifera), Glyceryl Monostearate (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier), Glycerin (Humactant), Xanthan (Thickener), Tocopherol (Vitamin E), Citric Acid, Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Rose (Rosa Damascena), Ylang Ylang * (Cananga Odorata Genuina), Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Alcohol)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270027]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-hand-body-lotion-250ml-2275x2275-6493100ef2517_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6248</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp; Chamomile Shower Gel 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-shower-gel-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp;amp; Chamomile Shower Gel 250ml

Awaken and nourish your skin with this natural, cleansing shower gel. Infused with a calming blend of Lavender and Chamomile essential oils, this gentle shower gel is particularly good for sensitive or dry skin.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Lavender * (Lavandula Angustifolia), Patchouli * (Pogostemon Patchouli), Chamomile * (Anthemis Nobilis), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270447]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-shower-gel-250ml-2275x2275-64931097589e6_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6249</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp; Neroli Hand Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-hand-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp;amp; Neroli Hand Wash 250ml

A natural hand wash that takes extra care of your hands. This liquid soap, infused with energising Orange and Neroli, will cleanse and nourish your skin.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Orange Bitter, Petitgrain *, Neroli (Citrus Aurantium var. amara), Orange Sweet * (Citrus Aurantium var. dulcis), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270478]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-hand-wash-250ml-2275x2275-649312abe9a2a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6250</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp; Geranium Shower Gel 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-shower-gel-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp;amp; Geranium Shower Gel 250ml

Awaken and nourish your skin daily with this naturally cleansing shower gel.&amp;nbsp;Infused with the pure essential oils of Rose, Geranium and Ylang Ylang for a beautifully floral fragrance.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Rose (Rosa Damascena), Ylang Ylang * (Cananga Odorata Genuina), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270461]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-shower-gel-250ml-2275x2275-649310b11b970_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6251</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp; Geranium Hand Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-hand-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rose &amp;amp; Geranium Hand Wash 250ml

A natural, floral scented hand wash to cleanse and soften your skin. This liquid soap contains a gentle infusion of calming Geranium oil and the beautifully fragrant Rose oil.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Rose (Rosa Damascena), Ylang Ylang * (Cananga Odorata Genuina), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270454]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-rose-geranium-hand-wash-250ml-2275x2275-6493114a46e0b_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6255</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp; Neroli Shower Gel 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-shower-gel-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Orange &amp;amp; Neroli Shower Gel 250ml

Awaken and nourish your skin daily with this naturally cleansing shower gel. Infused with energising Orange and Neroli, you can start your day feeling clean and revitalised.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Orange Bitter, Petitgrain *, Neroli (Citrus Aurantium var. amara), Orange Sweet * (Citrus Aurantium var. dulcis), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270485]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-orange-neroli-shower-gel-250ml-2275x2275-64930f8e88e9b_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6256</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Sweet Basil &amp; Orange Shower Gel 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-sweet-basil-orange-shower-gel-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Sweet Basil &amp;amp; Orange Shower Gel 250ml

Awaken and nourish your skin daily with this naturally cleansing shower gel. Infused with the fragrant and therapeutic essential oils of Sweet Basil and Orange, you can start your day feeling clean and revitalised.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Orange Sweet Oil (Citrus Aurantium Dulcis),&amp;nbsp;Basil * (Ocimum Basilicum),&amp;nbsp;Potassium Citrate, Tea Tree Oil (Melaleuca Alternifolia), Lemongrass (Cymbopogon Flexuosus), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens),&amp;nbsp;Limonene, Citral, Geraniol, Linalool, Eugenol. * Organic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270942]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-sweet-basil-orange-shower-gel-250ml-2275x2275-6493110d28928_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6257</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Sweet Basil &amp; Orange Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-sweet-basil-orange-hand-body-lotion-2</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Sweet Basil &amp;amp; Orange Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

A gentle, lightweight and easily absorbed moisturising lotion to help soften and soothe your skin. Infused with Sweet Basil and Orange.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua),&amp;nbsp;Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus),&amp;nbsp;Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus),&amp;nbsp;Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima),&amp;nbsp;Glycerin * (Humactant), Glyceryl Stearate,&amp;nbsp;Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier),&amp;nbsp;Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier),&amp;nbsp;Coconut Oil (Cocos Nucifera), Citric Acid,&amp;nbsp;Sweet Orange Oil (Citrus Aurantium Dulcis Peel Oil),Thickener (Xanthan), Vitamin E (Tocopherol), Lemongrass (Cymbopogon Flexuosus Leaf Oil), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Basil (Ocimum Basilicum),&amp;nbsp;Aloe Vera (Aloe Barbadensis*), Limonene, Citral, Geraniol, Linalool,&amp;nbsp;Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Benzoate, Benzyl Alcohol). * Organic.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270928]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-sweet-basil-orange-hand-body-lotion-250ml-1603191017_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6259</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp; Lemongrass Hand Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-hand-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp;amp; Lemongrass Hand Wash 250ml

A natural hand wash that takes extra care of your hands. This liquid soap, infused with the relaxing and revitalising essential oils of grapefruit and lemongrass, will cleanse and naturally nourish your skin.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Grapefruit * (Citrus Paradisi), Lemongrass * (Cymbopogon Citratus), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Basil * (Ocimum Basilicum), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270416]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-hand-wash-250ml-2275x2275-649311760c735_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6260</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp; Lemongrass Shower Gel 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-shower-gel-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp;amp; Lemongrass Shower Gel 250ml

Awaken and nourish your skin daily with this naturally cleansing shower gel. Infused with the fragrant and therapeutic essential oils of Grapefruit and Lemongrass, you can start your day feeling clean and revitalised.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Grapefruit * (Citrus Paradisi), Lemongrass * (Cymbopogon Citratus), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Basil * (Ocimum Basilicum), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270423]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-shower-gel-250ml-2275x2275-64931067443b4_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6261</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp; Chamomile Hand Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-hand-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Lavender &amp;amp; Chamomile Hand Wash 250ml

Gentle on skin and infused with a calming blend of Lavender and Chamomile essential oils, this natural liquid soap is particularly good for sensitive or dry skin.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Potassium Oleate * (from Sunflower Oil), Potassium Cocoate * (from Coconut butter), Glycerin * (Humactant), Citric Acid (pH Regulator), Salt (Sodium Chloride), Lavender * (Lavandula Angustifolia), Patchouli * (Pogostemon Patchouli), Chamomile * (Anthemis Nobilis), Tea Tree Oil * (Melaleuca Alternifolia)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270430]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-lavender-chamomile-hand-wash-250ml-2275x2275-649312540121f_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6262</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp; Lemongrass Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-hand-body-lotio</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Grapefruit &amp;amp; Lemongrass Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

A gentle, lightweight and easily absorbed moisturising lotion to help soften and soothe your skin. Infused with Grapefruit and Lemongrass essential oils to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling revitalised.

Try with Grapefruit and Lemongrass Hand Wash.

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua), Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Aloe Vera * (Aloe Barbadensis), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus), Coconut Butter (Cocos Nucifera), Glyceryl Monostearate (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier), Glycerin (Humactant), Xanthan (Thickener), Tocopherol (Vitamin E), Citric Acid, Grapefruit * (Citrus Paradisi), Lemongrass * (Cymbopogon Citratus), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Basil * (Ocimum Basilicum), Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Alcohol)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270003]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-grapefruit-lemongrass-hand-body-lotion-250ml-2275x2275-6493132ce9704_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6309</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Border Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-border-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Border Fork

Extended shank to reduce back strain with minimal soil adhesion&amp;nbsp;for an easy to clean and excellent rust resistant fork

Features


	High-quality stainless steel prongs
	Shaft made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD handle
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Excellent rust resistance
	Minimal soil adhesion
	Smoothed rivets for comfort in use
	Weight performance above UK standards
	15-year guarantee


Usage


	Ideal for use in borders and beds
	Cultivation, soil turning, aerating and breaking up soil


Product Specification


	Length: 1040mm
	Head Size: 227 x 137mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796814]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-border-fork-1000x1000-62cc3da19f4f0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6310</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Border Spade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-border-spade</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Border Spade

Extended shank to reduce back strain with minimal soil adhesion&amp;nbsp;for an easy to clean and excellent rust resistant spade

Features


	High- quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Larger tread edge for added digging comfort
	Excellent rust resistance
	Minimal soil adhesion
	Smoothed rivets for comfort in use
	Weight performance above UK standards
	15-year guarantee


Usage


	Ideal for use in borders and beds
	Cultivation, soil turning and improved drainage


Product Specification


	Length:1040mm
	Head Size: 225 x 140mm
	Blade thickness: 2.5mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796807]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-border-spade-1000x1000-62cc3d5f212d0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6318</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Lavenham Hanging Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-lavenham-hanging-table</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Lavenham Hanging Table

With its genuine slate roof, this Tom Chambers Lavenham Hanging Bird Table will encourage wild birds to feed in your garden in abundance.


	A beautifull FSC Certified bird table, it can be hung from your trees or pergolas
	A lipped design to the feeding platform also keeps feed in place
	Hand Built in the UK from FSC Certified Timber
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026983]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-lavenham-hanging-table-1603281259_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6328</g:id><title><![CDATA[Junior Adventurer's Binoculars]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/junior-adventurers-binoculars</link><description><![CDATA[Junior Adventurer's Binoculars

For budding birdwatchers and junior secret agents. A good quality introductory set of lightweight and robust binoculars with a stout canvas carry case to wear on your belt. Also includes rubber grips for comfortable handling, tinted lenses to help reduce glare, a neck strap and lens cleaning cloth.

Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;12 &amp;times; 5 &amp;times; 12 cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5014631013570]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/junior-adventurer-s-binoculars-1000x1000-67323572a3c87_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6396</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Oakwell Nest Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-oakwell-nest-box</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Oakwell Nest Box

This Tom Chambers Oakwell Nest Box with its 32mm entrance, will provide birds in your garden the perfect shelter and warmth they need!


	Classic design with genuine slate roof
	Site in a sheltered spot
	Attracts House Sparrows
	Dimensions: 14 cm Wide x 13 cm Deep x 24 cm High (to roof apex)
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506001355]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-oakwell-nest-box-1604398618_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6397</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Suet Log Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-suet-log-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Suet Log Feeder

This British made Tom Chambers Suet Log Feeder is perfect for providing garden birds a high energy meal. Complete with rope hanger ready to be hung proud of place in the garden.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506019350]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-suet-log-feeder-1604398762_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6398</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Slate Roof Multi Nester]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-slate-roof-multi-nester</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Slate Roof Multi Nester

This Tom Chambers Slate Roof Multi Nester Box is a fantastic quality box with a genuine slate roof and open front.

Includes 28mm and 32mm entrance panels
Can also be used as an open fronted nest box


]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506014300]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-slate-roof-multi-nester-1610363833_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6416</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball Houseplant Pruner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon--ball-houseplant-pruner</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball Houseplant Pruner

Indoor plants continue to be one of the hottest interior design trends around, and this handy houseplant pruner will make it easy to enjoy happy, healthy houseplants - whether you&amp;rsquo;re a gardener or not.

This pruner is ideal for removing spent leaves and stems, or for pruning of live stems to re-shape or to encourage bushier, denser growth. The specially-shaped blades have been designed to help isolate the leaf or stem to be removed or pruned. Crafted in stainless steel, the blades are rust-resistant and are easy to keep clean. A soft-feel grip gives precision control.

Specification

Length 15.5cm x 5cm maximum width of handle x 1cm&amp;nbsp;

Blades: stainless steel

Handles: thermoplastic rubber]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360014706]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-houseplant-pruner-1000x1000-643695347092a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6680</g:id><title><![CDATA[MUTTI Tomato Paste 130g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mutti-tomato-paste-130g</link><description><![CDATA[MUTTI Tomato Paste 130g

Double concentrated Tomato Paste is obtained by evaporating the juice of red, ripe tomatoes, according to an ancient, natural recipe. This tin contains around 700g of fresh tomatoes.

Ingredients

Tomato 99.5%, Salt Allergens if applicable]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[80042532]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mutti-tomato-paste-130g-1630661197_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6686</g:id><title><![CDATA[MUTTI Peeled Tomatoes 400g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mutti-peeled-tomatoes-400g</link><description><![CDATA[MUTTI Peeled Tomatoes 400g

Only the ripest tomatoes, harvested when summer is at its peak, become MUTTI peeled tomatoes. This guarantees the absence of any yellow or green parts, a thick pulp and fresh flavour, essential for preparing dishes at home!

Ingredients

Peeled Tomatoes, Tomato Juice, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8005110060007]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.7 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mutti-peeled-tomatoes-400g-1630661167_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6691</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darkwoods Coffee Crow Tree Ground Coffee 250g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darkwoods-coffee-crow-tree-ground-coffee-250g</link><description><![CDATA[Darkwoods Coffee Crow Tree Ground Coffee 250g

Crow Tree is a multi-award winning coffee (winning one star at the 2017 Great Taste Awards and two stars in 2018). For the team at Dark Woods, the quality of the coffee and a strong relationship with our producer friends goes hand in hand. Here, we&amp;rsquo;re looking to develop a coffee with a wide appeal &amp;ndash; quality dark chocolate flavours, clean with a hint of fruit.

The current blend comes from Peru Asproagro Community (washed arabica) and Honduras Finca La Guadalupe (washed arabica)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060503420410]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darkwoods-coffee-crow-tree-ground-coffee-250g-1630660338_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6802</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tiger Handle Drum 3yrs +]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tiger-handle-drum-3yrs</link><description><![CDATA[Tiger Handle Drum 3yrs +

This adorable Tiger Handle Drum is lightweight and durable, and is perfect for introducing sound and rhythm to little ones. Simply twist the drum between the palm of your hands and the knots will strike the drum, creating a clear sound.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3070900060258]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tiger-handle-drum-3yrs-1000x1000-635906153a2e1_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6930</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Half Coconutty Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-half-coconutty-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Half Coconutty Feeder

A blend of tasty suet, enriched with proteins, fats &amp;amp; fibre, this Tom Chambers Half Coconutty Feeder attracts all your favourite garden birds, simply hang it from a branch or feeding station.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506011798]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-half-coconutty-feeder-1608646678_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6934</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Ladybird &amp; Insect Lodge]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-ladybird-insect-lodge</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Ladybird &amp;amp; Insect Lodge

This Tom Chambers Ladybird &amp;amp; Insect Lodge provides hibernation cavities for ladybirds. It is specially handcrafted from FSC Swedish redwood, bringing wildlife into your garden.


	Made for hibernation
	Decorative design and pattern
	Bringing wildlife to your home
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026112]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-ladybird-insect-lodge-1608726849_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6944</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Sledmere Bird Nest Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-sledmere-bird-nest-box</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Sledmere Bird Nest Box

This Tom Chambers Sledmere Bird Nesting Box is handcrafted and produced from quality, durable timber with a dark wood stain, offering protection against weathering.


	From Tom Chambers, this Sledmere Nest Box is a quality timber nesting box with a genuine slate roof
	High quality FSC certified wood will help to keep your nesting birds warm and insulated
	The 32mm entrance hole makes this bird box suitable for most small to medium sized garden birds
	Encourage birds to nest and rear their young in your own garden by installing this rustic bird box in a suitable location
	&amp;nbsp;
	1 x Sledmere Nest Box 32mm
	FSC timber construction
	Slate roof
	32mm entrance
	Suitable for many species of birds
	From Tom Chambers
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506001362]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-sledmere-bird-nest-box-1608727145_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6948</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Sweet Million]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---f1-sweet-million</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Sweet Million

Average Packet Content 20 Seeds. Winner of the RHS Award of Garden Merit, the Tomato Seeds - F1 Sweet Million is a heavy cropping tomato plant that produces delicious, shiny, cherry-sized fruit with a rich red colour.

Sewing Period: March - April

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July - October

Growing Information

Tomatoes are one of the most popular vegetables (or should that be fruit?) to grow in your own garden. Rewarding you with a bounty of tasty crops that are much better tasting than the bland commercially grown tomato varieties bought in supermarkets.

Seeds can be sown from January to March. Using a multipurpose soilless compost or a good quality seed compost, fill seed trays or 7.5cm (3&amp;Prime;) pots, leaving a &amp;frac12;&amp;rdquo; gap at the top.&amp;nbsp;

Sow the seeds thinly in the trays or singularly in the pots. Cover the seeds with a thin layer of compost and water. Place in a propagator or cover with cling film and stand on a warm, sunny windowsill.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567181397]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-f1-sweet-million-1609766171_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6950</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Rainbow Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetroot-seeds---rainbow-mix</link><description><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Rainbow Mix

Average Packet Content 250 seeds. Brighten up mealtimes with this superb mix of round-shaped beets that comes in a host of colours. Sweet and flavoursome, particularly if harvested as mouth-watering baby beets!

Sowing Period: March to June

Harvesting/Flowering Period: June to October

Growing Information

For early crops, sow a bolt-resistant variety March-April. For use in summer and autumn, sow suitable varieties from late April to July. Store roots in dry sand, soil, or peat for winter use. (12-16 weeks maturity).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567344389]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetroot-seeds-rainbow-mix-1609766460_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6951</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Tom Thumb]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lettuce-seeds---tom-thumb</link><description><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Tom Thumb

Average Packet Content 1100 seeds. Tom Thumb is an extremely early maturing, tight, solid, small headed lettuce with few outside leaves.

Sowing Period: February - August

Harvesting/Flowering Period: April - October

Growing Information

Sow thinly into warm, moist soil or compost, in pots or containers at a depth of 13mm (&amp;frac12;&amp;quot;). Germination 6-12 days. Thin seedlings to 15cm (6&amp;quot;) between plants. Can also be sown or planted under cloches for earlier production. Grows best in well cultivated soil in a sunny position. Water freely during dry weather to produce succulent hearts and prevent running to seed (bolting). Use cloches to extend season. Sowing to Cropping: 10-12 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567360839]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lettuce-seeds-tom-thumb-1609766292_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6955</g:id><title><![CDATA[Salad Leaves Seeds - Andean Superfood Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/salad-leaves-seeds---andean-superfood-mix</link><description><![CDATA[Salad Leaves Seeds - Andean Superfood Mix

Average packet contents 500 seeds. Say hello to the original superfood salad! This Andean Superfood mix has been eaten for thousands of years in Central America and is now extremely popular as a grow your own salad mix.

Sowing Period: March to September

Harvesting/Flowering Period: April to October

Growing Information

Sow thinly in a finely raked, warm, moist soil, or in pots. Cover the seed lightly with compost and firm gently. Thin resulting seedlings to 3cm spacings and grow on keeping the soil moist. It should be possible to take the first 'clippings' with scissors around 21-28 days after sowing. Harvest the seedlings when around 3cm above the soil and allow young plants to produce new leaf growth. It should be possible to repeat this process 2-3 times, but we recommend a fortnightly sowing to ensure mini salad production throughout the summer. It is important to harvest young for baby leaves, alternatively space plants at 30cm intervals and grow on for stir-fry veg.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567450868]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/salad-leaves-seeds-andean-superfood-mix-1609767120_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6956</g:id><title><![CDATA[Radish Seeds - Scarlet Globe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/radish-seeds---scarlet-globe</link><description><![CDATA[Radish Seeds - Scarlet Globe

Average packet content 400 seeds. Quick-growing, bright scarlet roots with crisp, white flesh. One of the most popular outdoor varieties.

Sowing Period: March to September

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to October

Growing Information

Sow in succession March-September in a cool moist position and thin early. For sweet, crisp roots water well in dry weather. (5-8 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567176171]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/radish-seeds-scarlet-globe-1609781591_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6958</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Sweet Aperitif]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---sweet-aperitif</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Sweet Aperitif

Packet content 10 seeds. A new cherry tomato with an indeterminate growth habit and a very high yield of small cherry-sized fruits. The bright red fruits have an exceptional flavour with high levels of sugar and acid.

Sowing Period: March to April

Planting Period: May to June

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to October

Growing Information

Sow March/April for greenhouse growing (or April for outdoors) in a propagator on a windowsill or pots or trays in a greenhouse at 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F) using a quality compost. Cover seeds with 6mm (&amp;frac14;&amp;quot;) sieved compost (germination 8-12 days). Transplant seedlings singly into 75mm (3&amp;quot;) pots. Grow on, finally planting into large pots, grow bags or direct into the greenhouse border; or outdoors 45cm (18&amp;quot;) apart when frost risk has passed. Feed regularly and sideshoot as necessary. Sowing&amp;nbsp;to Cropping: 17-19 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567356078]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-sweet-aperitif-1609781397_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6959</g:id><title><![CDATA[Runner Bean Seeds - Moonlight]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/runner-bean-seeds---moonlight</link><description><![CDATA[Runner Bean Seeds - Moonlight

Average packet content 35 seeds. Reliably produces masses of flowers that self-pollinate well, ensuring good set even in poor weather, and a bumper crop of delicious, smooth, stringless pods.

Sowing Period: April to June

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to Mid October

Growing Information

Prolific, decorative plants thriving in well cultivated soils containing plenty of humus. Regular watering in dry periods will be amply rewarded by a heavy crop. Sow in April under glass or cloches, or outdoors in May and June. (12-16 weeks maturity). A packet of seed is enough for a double row of approximately 4.5m (15').]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567300965]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/runner-bean-seeds-moonlight-1609781153_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6961</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Little Gem]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lettuce-seeds---little-gem</link><description><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Little Gem

Average packet content 900 seeds. Little Gem is the perfect Cos Lettuce. It's quick to mature, dwarf and compact, producing crisp, sweet, medium-sized hearts. Resistant to root aphid. Suited to sowing March-July outdoors, and also good under cloches.

Sowing Period: March to July&amp;nbsp;

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to October

Growing Information

Sow little and often to ensure a continuous supply. Grow in a rich soil and water well in dry periods. Sow outdoors at fortnightly intervals from March to July, and in September sow varieties which stand through winter to head the following spring. (10-14 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567169296]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lettuce-seeds-little-gem-1609837891_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6962</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Rosella]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---rosella</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Rosella

Packet content 12 seeds. Prolific crops of dark, rosy-red, cherry-sized fruit with a unique 'smoky' flavour. It's high in antioxidants, and has fewer internal seeds than most varieties.

Sowing Period: March to April

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to October

Growing Information

Sow March-April for greenhouse growing (or April for outdoors) in a propagator on a windowsill or pots or trays in a greenhouse at 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F) using a quality compost. Cover seeds with 6mm (&amp;frac14;&amp;quot;) sieved compost. Germination 8-12 days. Transplant seedlings singly into 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;) pots. Grow on, finally planting into large pots, grow bags or direct into the greenhouse border; or outdoors 45cm (18&amp;quot;) apart when frost risk has passed. Feed regularly and sideshoot as necessary. Sowing&amp;nbsp;- Cropping: 17-19 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567379343]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-rosella-1609837964_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6963</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Bulls Blood]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetroot-seeds---bulls-blood</link><description><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Bulls Blood

Average packet contents 250 seeds. Beetroot Bull's Blood can be used for baby leaf salads or use the larger leaves as an alternative to spinach.&amp;nbsp;Choose whether to harvest the leaves earlier for a baby leaf salad or wait until they&amp;rsquo;re larger and cook them up, but however you like your beetroots, Bull&amp;rsquo;s Blood makes an ornamental addition to the vegetable patch. Those dark red leaves add a dash of colour to your garden, so this one&amp;rsquo;s a winner on the dinner table and in the veg patch.

Sowing Period: February to August

Harvesting/Flowering Period: Mid March to October

Growing Information

Sow thinly directly into soil/compost from February-August for baby leaf, protection may be needed at the beginning of the season. Harvest when big enough for baby leaf. Alternatively, for large roots sow seeds 3cm apart, 13mm deep and thin seedlings to final spacings of 5cm apart. Thinned seedlings can also be used in salads.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567450790]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetroot-seeds-bulls-blood-1609838260_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6964</g:id><title><![CDATA[Salad Leaves Seeds - Oriental Wonders Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/salad-leaves-seeds---oriental-wonders-mix</link><description><![CDATA[Salad Leaves Seeds - Oriental Wonders Mix

Average packet contents 500 seeds. A variety specially created for stir-fries or salads with a kick! Contains a unique and colourful mix of mustards and tatsoi. This mix of super-fast-growing baby salad leaves can be grown on for stir-fry veg.

Sowing Period: March to September

Harvesting/Flowering Period: April to October

Growing Information

Sow thinly in a finely raked, warm, moist soil, or in pots. Cover the seed lightly with compost and firm gently. Thin resulting seedlings to 3cm spacings and grow on keeping the soil moist. It should be possible to take the first 'clippings' with scissors around 21-28 days after sowing. Harvest the seedlings when around 3cm above the soil and allow young plants to produce new leaf growth. It should be possible to repeat this process 2-3 times, but we recommend a fortnightly sowing to ensure mini salad production throughout the summer. It is important to harvest young for baby leaves, alternatively space plants at 30cm intervals and grow on for stir-fry veg.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567450851]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/salad-leaves-seeds-oriental-wonders-mix-1609838136_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6965</g:id><title><![CDATA[Chinese Cabbage Seeds - Hilton]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/chinese-cabbage-seeds---hilton</link><description><![CDATA[Chinese Cabbage Seeds - Hilton

Average packet content 200 seeds. Light green, medium-sized barrel-shaped heads of delicious, crunchy leaves that are delicious raw or stir-fried!

Sowing Period: June to July

Harvesting/Flowering Period: August to October

Growing Information

Sow thinly June-July into a finely raked, moist, weed-free soil at a depth of 13mm (&amp;frac12;&amp;quot;) in rows 38cm (15&amp;quot;) apart. Germination 7-12 days. Thin by degrees to 30cm (12&amp;quot;) between plants. Alternatively sow in blocks in raised beds/garden. Sowing&amp;nbsp;to Cropping: 8 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567303072]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/chinese-cabbage-seeds-hilton-1609838549_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6967</g:id><title><![CDATA[Radish Seeds - French Breakfast]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/radish-seeds---french-breakfast</link><description><![CDATA[Radish Seeds - French Breakfast

Average packet content 380 seeds. Elongated, rosy-scarlet with a white tip. The crunchy flesh has a pleasant flavour. Good value for slicing.

Sowing Period: February to September

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to October

Growing Information

Crops just 5&amp;ndash;8 weeks from sowing. Sow thinly, 1cm deep in grooves drawn 15cm apart. Make first sowings in March, in a warm, sheltered position, followed by others at regular intervals.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567176515]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/radish-seeds-french-breakfast-1609839618_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6968</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Rossa Di Trento]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lettuce-seeds---rossa-di-trento</link><description><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Rossa Di Trento

Average packet content 200 seeds. A loose-leaved, 'open-hearted' type, with good 'bolt' resistance ensuring that you get a good harvest over a longer period of time. This variety can also be picked as a 'baby leaf', especially with later sowings.

Sowing Period: March to May

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to October

Growing Information

Sow thinly into finely-raked, warm, moist soil at a depth of 1.3cm (1&amp;frasl;2&amp;quot;) in rows about 30cm (12&amp;quot;) apart. Germination 6-12 days. Thin seedlings to 25cm (10&amp;quot;) between plants. Not recommended for transplanting. Lettuce grows best in well- cultivated soil in a sunny position. Water freely during spells of dry weather. Sowing - Cropping: 8-12 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567379435]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lettuce-seeds-rossa-di-trento-1609839846_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6972</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - F1 Boldor]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetroot-seeds---f1-boldor</link><description><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - F1 Boldor

Average packet content 175 seeds. A superb, elongated round golden beet, with sweet, juicy yellow flesh. Ideal for salads or for juicing. And unlike the red varieties, there's no danger of staining!

Sowing Period: March to August

Harvesting/Flowering Period: April to September

Growing Information

For container growing sow thinly directly into the compost. For raised beds try sowing in 30cm (12&amp;quot;) squares spacing a few seeds every 7.5 cm (3&amp;quot;), 1.3cm (&amp;frac12;&amp;quot;) deep. Germination 10 &amp;ndash;14 days. As the seedlings emerge remove spare seedlings to leave one per station, finally leaving 9 plants per square. Alternatively sow in rows 30cm (12&amp;quot;) apart, thinning seedlings by degrees to 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;). Sowing&amp;nbsp;- Cropping: 10-12 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567379497]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetroot-seeds-f1-boldor-1609850827_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6973</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Tumbling Bella (Terenzo)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---f1-tumbling-bella-terenzo</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Tumbling Bella (Terenzo)

Packet content 10 seeds. An improvement on the incredibly popular 'Tumbler', producing sweet, cherry-sized fruit in profusion all summer. Its cascading habit makes it ideal for tubs and it shows some blight tolerance, too.

Sowing Period: March to April

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to October

Growing Information

Sow in a propagator on a windowsill or pots or trays in greenhouse at 18&amp;deg;C-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F) using a quality compost. Cover seeds with 6mm (&amp;frac14;&amp;quot;) of sieved compost. Germination 8-12 days. Transplant seedlings when large enough to handle singly into 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;) pots, grow on, finally transplanting into hanging baskets or tubs (one plant per 30cm (12&amp;quot;) basket). Water and feed regularly with a proprietary fertiliser. No stopping or pinching required. Sowing - Cropping: 18-20 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567379367]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-f1-tumbling-bella-terenzo-1609850896_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6974</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Summerlast]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---f1-summerlast</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Summerlast

Packet content 10 seeds. If you have a smaller outside space or a compact area like a patio or balcony, you can still grow delicious F1 Summerlast tomatoes that look as good as they taste.

Sowing Period: March to April

Planting Period: May to June

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to September

Growing Information

Sow March/April for greenhouse growing (or April for outdoor growing) in a propagator on a windowsill or pots or trays in a greenhouse at 18-21&amp;ordm;C using a good quality compost. Cover seeds with 6mm compost (germination 7-14 days). Transplant seedlings singly into 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;) pots. Grow on, finally planting into large pots, or direct into a greenhouse border; or outdoors 45cm (18&amp;quot;) apart when the risk of frost has passed. Feed regularly with tomato food.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567450936]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-f1-summerlast-1609851007_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6975</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Salad Bowl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lettuce-seeds---salad-bowl</link><description><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Salad Bowl

Average packet content 1300 seeds. Produces an abundance of fresh, green foliage over a long period. RHS Award of Garden Merit winner. Picking variety.

Sowing Period: March to July

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to September

Growing Information

Sow little and often to ensure a continuous supply. Grow in a rich soil and water well in dry periods. Sow outdoors at fortnightly intervals from March to July, and in September sow varieties which stand through winter to head the following spring. (10-14 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567168398]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lettuce-seeds-salad-bowl-1609851113_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6976</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Ailsa Craig]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---ailsa-craig</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Ailsa Craig

Average packet content 65 seeds. Ailsa Craig is a traditional favourite, producing medium-sized tomatoes of good flavour. Suitable for cultivation under glass or outdoors.

Sowing Period: February to April

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to October

Growing Information

For greenhouse crops, sow February/April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in well prepared borders, large pots or growing bags, removing laterals as they appear. For outdoor crops, sow April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in warm, sunny positions in well prepared, moisture retentive soil allowing 45-60cm (1&amp;frac12;-2') between plants, and water regularly in dry periods. (16-18 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567180857]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-ailsa-craig-1609851197_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6977</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cress Seeds - Curled]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cress-seeds---curled</link><description><![CDATA[Cress Seeds - Curled

Average packet content 10000 seeds. Can be grown indoors all year round. Sow on moist tissue and cover with glass or paper until seed germinates. To mature with mustard, sow two days in advance. Ready in just 6-8 days.

Sowing Period: All year round

Harvesting/Flowering Period: All year round.

Growing Information

Sow in trays or punnets of moist compost or moist flannel/blotting paper indoors at intervals throughout the year. Scatter the seed liberally but not too thickly on to the surface. Cover the tray with paper until the seedlings are 25mm (1&amp;quot;) high. Cress is ready to cut when the stems are 50mm (2&amp;quot;) high. Keep moist at all times. Ready in just 6-8 days. This is the true cress, having a hotter taste than punnet bought &amp;ldquo;cress&amp;rdquo;. Sowing&amp;nbsp;to Cropping: 1 week.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567360792]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cress-seeds-curled-1609851407_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6978</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Lollo Rossa]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lettuce-seeds---lollo-rossa</link><description><![CDATA[Lettuce Seeds - Lollo Rossa

Average packet content 500 seeds. Crisp and delicious, the leaves are frilled and tinged with red. Pretty enough to include in the flower border. RHS Award of Garden Merit winner. Picking Lettuce.

Sowing Period: March to July

Harvesting/Flowering Period: May to September

Growing Information

Sow little and often to ensure a continuous supply. Grow in a rich soil and water well in dry periods. Sow outdoors at fortnightly intervals from March to July, and in September sow varieties which stand through winter to head the following spring. (10-14 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567168459]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lettuce-seeds-lollo-rossa-1609851309_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6984</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Garnet]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---garnet</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Garnet

Packet content 10 seeds. These tasty cherry-sized fruits, from the breeder of the extremely popular Sweet Aperitif, are a distinctive reddish orange, with dark green shoulders, growing on long elegant trusses.

Sowing Period: March to April

Planting Period: May to June

Harvesting/Flowering Period: July to October

Growing Information

Sow March/April for greenhouse growing (or April for outdoors) in a propagator on a windowsill or in pots or trays in a greenhouse at 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F) using a quality compost. Cover seeds with 6mm (&amp;frac14;&amp;quot;) sieved compost (germination 8-12 days).

Transplant seedlings singly into 75mm (3&amp;quot;) pots. Grow on, finally planting into large pots, grow bags or direct into the greenhouse border; or outdoors 45cm (18&amp;quot;) apart when frost risk has passed. Feed regularly and sideshoot as necessary. Sowing&amp;nbsp;to Cropping: 17-19 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567356047]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-garnet-1609852128_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>6987</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cucumber Seeds - Bush Champion]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cucumber-seeds---bush-champion</link><description><![CDATA[Cucumber Seeds - Bush Champion

Packet content 8 seeds. Large numbers of crisp, bright green slicers from a pint-sized plant. Proven tops for productivity, flavour and wide adaptability for an outdoor variety Mosaic resistant and very productive.

Sowing Period: February to Mid May

Harvesting/Flowering Period: Mid June to September

Growing Information

Sow in a propagator on a windowsill at 20-25˚C (68-75˚F) or singly in 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;) pots using good quality compost. Cover seeds with 13mm (&amp;frac12;&amp;quot;) sieved compost maintaining a temperature between 18-21˚C (65-70˚F). Plant late April onwards into the greenhouse border, grow bags or large pots.&amp;nbsp;

Alternatively, later sowings can be planted direct outdoors. Whichever growing method, leave 60cm (24&amp;quot;) between plants. Harvest fruits on a regular basis to encourage more fruit. Sowing to cropping: 16-18 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567355200]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cucumber-seeds-bush-champion-1609852496_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7015</g:id><title><![CDATA[Deep Rootrainers]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/haxnicks-deep-rootrainers</link><description><![CDATA[Haxnicks Deep Rootrainers

Deep Rootrainers are the perfect propagation tool for a large variety of plants, including Broad Beans, Runner Beans, Sweet Peas, Sweet Williams and many more!

Each pack contains: 1 holding tray, 8 books and a clear propagating lid. Rootrainers encourage vigorous &amp;amp; strong root formation; roots grow straight, avoiding root balls and pot bound plants.

Opening the Rootrainer up in a book-like fashion allows for easy inspection of moisture levels and root progress, as well as satisfyingly easy removal of the young plants.

Product Size- L:36cm W:22cm D:9cm -Cell depth 12cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[651609107012]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/haxnicks-deep-rootrainers-1609937606_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7022</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Decorative Mini Bark - 70 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-decorative-mini-bark-70-litre</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Decorative Mini Bark - 70 Litre

Westland Decorative Mini Bark provides an ideal decorative mulch for small borders and for containers or plant pots. It reduces weeding time, conserves water and provides thermal insulation for plant roots.

Produced from sustainable conifer plantations which are grown for the timber industry and are certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).


	8-20mm mini chips
	Specially screened for a highly decorative finish
	Ideal for use in containers &amp;amp; small decorative borders
	Helps retain moisture in soil
	Suppresses weed growth


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377859205]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-decorative-mini-bark-70-litre-1000x1000-63ff1f51b516c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7030</g:id><title><![CDATA[Sweetcorn Seeds - Early Xtra Sweet F1 Hybrid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/sweetcorn-seeds-early-xtra-sweet-f1-hybrid</link><description><![CDATA[Sweetcorn Seeds - Early Xtra Sweet F1 Hybrid

Average packet content 30 seeds. At harvest time, Sweetcorn Early Xtra Sweet is twice as sweet as other varieties.

Sowing Period: April to May

Harvesting Period: August to September]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567002344]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/sweetcorn-seeds-early-xtra-sweet-f1-hybrid-1610029411_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7031</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Sweet Marjoram]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---sweet-marjoram</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Sweet Marjoram

Average packet content 750 seeds. With a mild flavour, Sweet Marjoram herb is delicious in stuffings, soups, stews, omelettes, cheese dishes, fish sauces and salads. Recommended by herbalists to lower high blood pressure and combat headaches.

Sowing Period: February to June

Harvesting Period: June to August]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567004805]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-sweet-marjoram-1610029529_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7033</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Gourmandia F1 Hybrid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---gourmandia-f1-hybrid</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Gourmandia F1 Hybrid

Average packet content 4 seeds. An outstanding beefsteak tomato, Gourmandia produces attractive oxheart-shaped fruits with exceptional flavour, all summer long. Early ripening and extremely productive, you can enjoy these fruits from June to autumn.

Sowing Period: February to April

Harvesting Period: July to October]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554031870]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-gourmandia-f1-hybrid-1610029596_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7034</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Fennel (Bronze)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---fennel-bronze</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Fennel (Bronze)

Average packet content 100 seeds. The feathery foliage of this attractive Bronze fennel makes a handsome addition to the herb garden. This versatile hardy perennial herb has a multitude of culinary uses.

Sowing Period: March to May

Harvesting Period: August to October]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567003280]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-fennel-bronze-1610029115_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7035</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Sungold F1 Hybrid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---sungold-f1-hybrid</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Sungold F1 Hybrid

Average packet content 8 seeds. An outstanding cordon cherry tomato for glasshouse or outdoor culture. Tomato Sungold has an exceptionally high sugar content, easily rivalling 'Gardener's Delight' making its attractive fruit sweet and juicy.

Sowing Period: February to April

Harvesting Period: July to October]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567008407]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-sungold-f1-hybrid-1610029808_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7044</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Sorrel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---sorrel</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Sorrel

Average packet content 1000 seeds. This hardy perennial herb is easy to grow and adds leafy texture and a tart flavour to a mixed leaf salad.

Sowing Period: March to May

Harvesting Period: June to August&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567004973]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-sorrel-1610028994_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7045</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - Summer Jewel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cabbage-seeds---summer-jewel</link><description><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - Summer Jewel

Average packet content 30 seeds. The perfect partner to Winter Jewel F1 for year-round quality greens. This summer cabbage is very slow to heart, remaining leafy at 350g for big harvests of compact 30cm leaves.

Sowing Period: April to May

Harvesting Period: August to October]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550495733]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cabbage-seeds-summer-jewel-1610030812_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7053</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chervil]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---chervil</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chervil

Average packet content 750 seeds. Curled chervil is one of the few hardy annual herbs for all-year round use. The leaves can be chopped and used in salads, stews and dressings or as a garnish in the same was as parsley.

Sowing Period: March to August

Harvesting Period: June to July]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567004867]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-chervil-1610026586_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7054</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Rosemary]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---rosemary</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Rosemary

Average packet content 100 seeds. Essential with roast lamb, the dark green aromatic foliage of rosemary has a multitude of culinary uses. The shrubby evergreen is ideal for a sunny herb garden and even survives in poor soils.

Sowing Period: February to June

Harvesting Period: April onwards&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567008728]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-rosemary-1610026809_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7055</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Lovage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---lovage</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Lovage

Average packet content 75 seeds. Perennial herb Lovage has a distinctive flavour that combines the savoury tastes of celery and anise. Use the young leaves in soups, stews and salads or cut for crystallising.

Sowing Period: March to May

Harvesting Period: June to August]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567049806]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-lovage-1610026652_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7059</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chives]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---chives</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chives

Average packet content 500 seeds. This perennial member of the onion family is undemanding and easy to grow, returning year after year, and attracting bees and butterflies to its pretty pink blooms.

Sowing Period: March to June

Harvesting Period: June to July]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567004768]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-chives-1610026347_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7060</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Basil Lemonade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---basil-lemonade</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Basil Lemonade

Average packet content 125 seeds. Add a sherbet lemon twist to summer salads and pasta dishes with the zesty flavours of Basil Lemonade! The delicious leaves will bring a taste sensation to a bowl of fresh strawberries.

Sowing Period: February to May

Harvesting Period: July to August]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550495283]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-basil-lemonade-1610026265_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7061</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Organic Basil 'Classico']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---organic-basil-classico</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Organic Basil Classico

Average packet content 250 seeds. Essential for authentic Italian cuisine, this sweet basil is one of the most popular varieties, with a strong scent and distinctive fresh flavour.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550499618]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-organic-basil-classico-1610026449_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7063</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Comfrey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---comfrey</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Comfrey

Average packet content 30 seeds. Comfrey leaves can be harvested several times a season and used as a compost activator to help breakdown other compost materials. This perennial herb is also used as a mulch, and makes superb liquid manure.

Sowing Period: March to June

Harvesting Period: May to July]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567002146]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-comfrey-1610026059_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7064</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Russian Tarragon]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---russian-tarragon</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Russian Tarragon

Average packet content 350 seeds. Similar to French tarragon, but producing a more vigorous plant. Russian Tarragon produces branching stems of lance-shaped aromatic foliage which can be used for vinegars, sauces and dressings.

Sowing Period: April to May

Harvesting Period: July to August]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567007103]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-russian-tarragon-1610026121_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7065</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Wild Rocket Wildfire]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---wild-rocket-wildfire</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Wild Rocket Wildfire

Average packet content 500 seeds. An exciting new rocket variety from British breeding, with a robust, upright habit which keeps the leaves off the ground. Adds a great tangy, peppery flavour to meals.

Sowing Period: March to September

Flowering Period: May to August

Harvesting Period: May to October]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550475827]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-wild-rocket-wildfire-1610025913_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7161</g:id><title><![CDATA[Protective Plant Jackets - Large (Pack of 2)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/protective-plant-jackets-large-pack-of-2</link><description><![CDATA[Protective Plant Jackets - Large (Pack of 2)

Protective Plant Jackets are perfect for protecting shrubs and fruit bushes from frost and wind. Use to cover tender shrubs in frosty conditions.


	Protect your larger potted plants from frosts and the winter elements with these frost protection fleece jacket.
	Two large covers supplied.
	Covers plants and pots 198cm high by 132cm wide.
	The fleece jackets protect plants whilst still allowing light, air and moisture through to maintain growth.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024160757104]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/protective-plant-jackets-large-pack-of-2-1610380984_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7162</g:id><title><![CDATA[Protective Plant Jackets - Medium (Pack of 3)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/protective-plant-jackets-medium-pack-of-3</link><description><![CDATA[Protective Plant Jackets - Medium (Pack of 3)

Protective Plant Jackets are perfect for protecting shrubs and fruit bushes from frost and wind. Use them to cover tender shrubs in frosty conditions.


	Protect your potted plants from frosts and the winter elements with these frost protection fleece jacket.
	Three medium size covers supplied.
	Covers plants and pots 110cm high by 88cm wide.
	The fleece jackets protect plants whilst still allowing light, air and moisture through to maintain growth.
	Spun-bonded fleece fabric.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024160643094]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/protective-plant-jackets-medium-pack-of-3-1610381071_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7207</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Vodka 20cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kin-toffee-vodka-20cl</link><description><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Vodka 20cl

Deliciously smooth vodka, hand blended with rich caramel tones and finished with a subtle kick. Please note this item is only available to purchase by those over 18 years of age.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[702811523296]]></g:mpn><g:price>12 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kin-toffee-vodka-20cl-1000x1000-67a0f5940a017_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7208</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Vodka 50cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kin-toffee-vodka-50cl</link><description><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Vodka 50cl

Deliciously smooth vodka, hand blended with rich caramel tones and finished with a subtle kick. Please note this item is only available to purchase by those over 18 years of age.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[702811523302]]></g:mpn><g:price>21 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kin-toffee-vodka-50cl-1610469404_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7209</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Apple Vodka 50cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kin-toffee-apple-vodka-50cl</link><description><![CDATA[Kin Toffee Apple Vodka 50cl

This blend of toffee and apple within Kin Toffee Apple Vodka brings a fresh, yet sumptuously comforting variation of the original Toffee Vodka. Please note this item is only available to purchase by those over 18 years of age.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[634158963605]]></g:mpn><g:price>22 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kin-toffee-apple-vodka-50cl-1000x1000-671ba1b831ac3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7213</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Winery Elderflower Wine 75cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lyme-bay-winery-elderflower-wine-75cl</link><description><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Winery Elderflower Wine 75cl

An off-dry wine, this Lyme Bay Elderflower Wine is crisp and beautifully refreshing, with a floral bouquet. Please note this item is only available to purchase by those over 18 years of age.

Great chilled as a popular picnic or lunchtime wine.

11% ABV]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055145500149]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lyme-bay-winery-elderflower-wine-75cl-1631270804_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7272</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Fabulous Fat Balls - Pack of 50]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-fabulous-fat-balls-pack-of-50</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Fabulous Fat Balls - Pack of 50

Tom Chambers Fat Balls are designed to offer additional nutrition and give a high energy boost to Garden Birds. Using only the very best ingredients, these Fat Balls can be used on a Fat Ball Feeder or directly from a Bird Table.

Key Information:


	High energy mix of suet, seeds and cereals
	Feed from a fat ball feeder or from a bird table
	Attracts a wide range of garden birds


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506006046]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-fabulous-fat-balls-pack-of-50-1610624614_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7273</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Half Mealworm Coconutty Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-half-mealworm-coconutty-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Half Mealworm Coconutty Feeder

Tom Chambers Coconut Feeders are full of nutrition and high energy foods for Garden Birds to enjoy. Hang from a branch or bracket in the garden.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506016984]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-half-mealworm-coconutty-feeder-1610624463_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7274</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Berry Suet Treat]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-berry-suet-treat</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Berry Suet Treat

This energy boosting Tom Chambers Berry Suet Treat is a nutritious mix of cereals and fruit, ideal for attracting Garden Birds.

Main Features


	Energy boosting
	Berry Suet
	Complimentary snack for wild birds


Includes


	280g


Composition


	Wheat flour, Beef fat, Seeds (millet seed, linseed, rapeseed), Peanut flour, Insect powder (0.4%). Additives: Colourants and Flavourings. Analytical constituents: Protein 7.2%, Crude fibres 2.3%, fat content 28.%, crude ash 0.8%


Other Information

Not suitable for human consumption. Keep packaging away from small children. Contains Peanuts. Store in a cool dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506011743]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-berry-suet-treat-1610623951_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7275</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Insect Suet Treat]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-insect-suet-treat</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Insect Suet Treat

This Tom Chambers Insect Suet Treat provides a nutritious and high energy snack for Garden Birds.

Main Features


	Energy boosting
	Insect suet
	Wild bird snack


Includes


	280g


Composition


	Wheat flour, Beef fat, Seeds (millet seed, linseed, rapeseed), Peanut flour, Insect powder (0.4%). Additives: Colourants. Analytical constituents: Protein 7.5%, Crude fibres 2.3%, fat content 28.3%, crude ash 0.8%.


Other information

Not fit for human consumption. Keep packaging away from small children. Contains peanuts. Store in a cool, dry and dark place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506011767]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-insect-suet-treat-1610623663_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7277</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Insect Suet Logs]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-insect-suet-logs</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Insect Suet Logs

Ideal for suet Log Feeders or Bird Tables, these Tom Chambers Insect Suet Logs provide a nutritious and high energy meal for Garden Birds.

Main Features


	Attract Robins and Finches
	Log shaped suet
	6 pack


Composition


	Beef Suet, Wheat, Peanut, Dried Mealworm, and Insect Powder. Typical Analysis: fat 30%, Protein 8%, Moisture 7.4%, Crude Fibre 0.6%


Other Information

Not fit for human consumption. Contains Peanuts.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506019527]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-insect-suet-logs-1610622975_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7342</g:id><title><![CDATA[Luffa Seeds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/luffa-seeds</link><description><![CDATA[Luffa Seeds

Become more eco-friendly and sustainable by growing the household staple, luffa sponge. This plant will give you the best of both world, as luffas can also be cooked and eaten like courgettes.

Sowing Period: January to March

Planting Period: May to June

Harvesting Period: August to October&amp;nbsp;

Growing Information

To grow a luffa sponge, firstly, allow the first fruit that appears on the vine to mature (leave for as long as possible) until the skin has turned dark yellow or brown. This will give the sponge that extra boost of fibre! Once the skin begins to brown, cut the luffa from the vine and submerge in a trough/bucket of water until the skin can be easily peeled away from the sponge-like inside.

Wash several times to remove any flesh and allow to dry, shaking to remove seeds. If you want a white luffa, soak it in a weak bleach solution for a few minutes before rinsing and drying.

Seeds should be started off 2 seeds per 9cm pot early in the year in a good quality seed compost 2cm (1&amp;quot;) deep in a heated propagator 25-28&amp;deg;C and kept moist, not wet. Germination up to 21 days. As plants grow they need to be potted on into larger containers and kept inside or in a heated greenhouse (small canes will be needed as they begin to climb) until late May when they can be planted into a cold or heated greenhouse 50cm apart. Plants will need netting/canes or wires to grow up and should be given plenty of space. Limit each plant to 5-6 fruit to encourage larger luffa to form.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567549920]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/luffa-seeds-1610981187_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7349</g:id><title><![CDATA[Carrot Seeds - Red Sun F1]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/carrot-seeds---red-sun-f1</link><description><![CDATA[Carrot Seeds - Red Sun F1

A maincrop carrot with beautiful, deep burgundy large roots and exceptional flavour. Carrot 'Red Sun' is high in vitamin C and rich in antioxidants.

Sowing Period: April to June

Harvesting Period: August to November

Growing Information

Water well to encourage germination. Once germinated, carrots should be watered only when necessary to keep the soil moist as excessive water may encourage leaf growth instead of roots. During growth, the carrot roots may be earthed up to prevent green crowns developing.

Cover later carrot sowings with fleece or fine netting, and remove all thinnings from the site to minimise carrot fly infestation. Early varieties may be lifted when required from 9 weeks onwards, while maincrops can be harvested from 12 weeks after their sowing date. Pull a single carrot first to assess the size of the roots. If the soil is dry, lifting carrots can be made easier by watering beforehand. Roots can be stored in a cool, dry place for up to 4 months]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554094585]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/carrot-seeds-red-sun-f1-1611158138_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7362</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cucumber Seeds - Jogger F1 Hybrid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cucumber-seeds---jogger-f1-hybrid</link><description><![CDATA[Cucumber Seeds - Jogger F1 Hybrid

A delicious 'American Slicer' with crisp yet juicy bitter-free flesh. Cucumber 'Jogger' produces good crops of dark-green skinned fruits up to 25cm (10&amp;quot;) long, with soft white spines.

Sowing Period: April to June

Harvesting Period: July to October

Growing Information

Water cucumber plants regularly. Apply greenhouse shading as required and create a humid atmosphere by regularly spraying or damping down pathways.

Climbing greenhouse types will produce higher yields if allowed to climb. Train the main shoots onto 1.8m (6ft) high nets, canes or strings until they reach the top of their support and then pinch out the growing point. Pinch out sideshoots once fruit begins to develop, leaving two leaves after each fruit. Remove male flowers from greenhouse types.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550475780]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cucumber-seeds-jogger-f1-hybrid-1611221695_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7474</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pepper Chilli Seeds - Aji Habanero]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pepper-chilli-seeds---aji-habanero</link><description><![CDATA[Pepper Chilli Seeds - Aji Habanero

In spite of its slightly confusing name, Aji Habanero is a pure Capsicum baccatum variety. The plants are easy to grow, with an open growth habit, and produce an abundant crop of rich orange chillies which ripen early in the season.

Packet content 8 seeds.

Sowing period: February to April

Planting period: May to June

Harvesting period: July to October

Growing Information

Using a good quality, moist seed compost, sow your seeds in a propagator and cover with 6mm (&amp;frac14;&amp;quot;) compost. Place on a windowsill or in a greenhouse at approximately 21-24&amp;ordm;C (70-75 &amp;ordm;F) to germinate, usually 5-7 days. Transfer seedlings into 7.5cm (3&amp;quot;) pots and grow on. Performs well in a large pot on a patio or most productive when grown in a greenhouse. Plant out in a sunny, sheltered position 50cm (20&amp;quot;) apart after risk of frost has passed. Support your plants as the fruit develops. Feed regularly with a proprietary fertiliser. Pick fruits yellow/orange. Sowing&amp;nbsp;to Cropping: 22 Weeks]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567355569]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pepper-chilli-seeds-aji-habanero-1612439883_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7494</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Shirley]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/c</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - F1 Shirley

Packet content 20 seeds. An early maturing tomato, Shirley crops heavily on short jointed plants. Nicely shaped fruit of fine quality.

Resistant to TMV (tobacco mosaic virus), leaf mould, Fusarium and greenback. For greenhouse culture. RHS Award of Garden Merit winner.

(Cordon variety - one stem grown by pinching off side-shoots as they appear, needs staking and tying in.)

Sowing period: February to April

Harvesting period: July to September

Growing Information

For greenhouse crops, sow February/April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in well prepared borders, large pots or growing bags, removing laterals as they appear. For outdoor crops, sow April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in warm, sunny positions in well prepared, moisture retentive soil allowing 45-60cm (1&amp;frac12;-2') between plants, and water regularly in dry periods. (16-18 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567181380]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/c-1612521246_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7497</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bean (Climbing French) Seeds - Cobra]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bean-climbing-french-seeds-cobra</link><description><![CDATA[Bean (Climbing French) Seeds - Cobra

Average packet content 70 seeds. This Climbing French Bean, Cobra produces beautiful round, stringless pods that can grow up to 20cm in length. They can grow through summer all the way to autumn if the beans are picked regularly.

These delicious tasting Climbing French Beans will be a family favourite on their dinner plates in no time! A perfect winner of the RHS Award of Garden Merit.

Sowing period: April to June

Harvesting period: June to October

Growing Information

Sow outdoors late April-June or in April under glass for transplanting outdoors. Provide suitable support - e.g. netting or pea sticks (12-16 weeks maturity).

Runner bean seeds need to be sown under glass in April or outdoors in May or June. They need to be planted between 15 and 23cm apart, with canes erected by each seed to support them when they begin to grow. Runner bean seeds only take 12-16 weeks to reach maturity, and then the yummy, tender beans can become the best part of your Sunday roast.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567195561]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bean-climbing-french-seeds-cobra-1612521411_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7509</g:id><title><![CDATA[Rigid Standard Seed Tray]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rigid-standard-seed-tray</link><description><![CDATA[Rigid Standard Seed Tray

This Rigid Standard Seed Tray without holes is ideal for growing all types of seeds or cuttings. It has been designed for easy stacking without disturbing soil or seeds.

The tray is perfect for raising healthy young plants from seed in your own home or greenhouse.


	Premium quality tray used by professional growers
	Reusable tray with drainage holes
	Easy stacking without disturbing seeds
	Strong yet lightweight
	Made from 100% recycled and recyclable plastics
	Made in Great Britain
	H 6cm x W 37cm x D 22cm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396790973]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rigid-standard-seed-tray-1612537558_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7578</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weedol® Lawn Weedkiller - 800ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weedol-lawn-weedkiller-800ml</link><description><![CDATA[Weedol&amp;reg; Lawn Weedkiller - 800ml&amp;nbsp;

Weedol Gun! Lawn Weedkiller is a pre-diluted, ready-to-use selective weedkiller spray for use on lawns, for control of most common broad-leaved weeds. Kills weeds but not the grass. Pre-diluted and ready-to-use spray gun

Use: April - September Ideal for spot treatment or treating small patched of lawn Kills dandelions, daisies, white clover, black medick, lesser trefoil, yarrow and more Avoid mowing for 3 days before or after application.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272181791]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weedol-lawn-weedkiller-800ml-1000x1000-65ddccd815085_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7579</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roundup® Total Ready to Use - 1ltr with 20% Extra Free]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roundup-total-ready-to-use-1ltr-with-20-extra-fr</link><description><![CDATA[Roundup Total Ready to Use - 1ltr with 20% Extra Free

Roundup 1.2L Weed Killer is a systemic weedkiller, killing the root so weeds don't come back. Degraded in soil by micro organisms, fast action results are visible in 1-2 days.

Fast action ready to use weed killer that works quickly to kill weeds down to their roots.
&amp;ndash; Kills most garden weeds with a single application
&amp;ndash; Fully degrades in soil, leaving no harmful residues to allow replanting]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5017676018012]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roundup-total-ready-to-use-1ltr-with-20-extra-free-1613043766_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7584</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Clematis Feed  0.9Kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-clematis-feed-09kg</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Clematis Feed &amp;nbsp;0.9Kg

Vitax Clematis Feed is a balanced fertiliser that provides the nutrients that are vital for vigorous growth and bright flowers. Formulated to promote the growth and flowering of clematis and other climbing plants such as Honeysuckle &amp;amp; Ivy.

With plenty of nitrogen to promote stem and leaf growth and high levels of potassium to promote flowering, this is the perfect feed for these specialised plants.

Clematis Fertiliser should be applied in March with repeat applications made every three months during the growing season.

NPK: 7-4-10 + 3% Magnesium and 0.2% Iron

As with all garden chemicals, please ensure that you read the label and instructions prior to use.

Supplied in a 900g resealable pouch]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351120097]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-clematis-feed-0-9kg-1613051101_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7586</g:id><title><![CDATA[Levington® Growmore - 3.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/levington-growmore-35kg</link><description><![CDATA[Levington&amp;reg; Growmore - 3.5kg

Levington&amp;reg; Growmore Garden Plant Food is an essential mix of nutrients for all plants. It can be applied prior to seeding or turfing lawns. These easy to use granules produce strong and healthy growth and improve soil fertility.

How to use

In spring for new planting:&amp;nbsp;small plants in beds, borders, bare rooted plants and vegetable plots apply with soil preparation before planting. For bigger well rooted plants / bushes and trees mix with soil or compost and use as planting mix. Water well afterwards.

In spring for established plants and for reapplication during growing season:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil around the plants. Gently work it into the soil surface with a hand fork or hoe without disturbing the plant roots and water in thoroughly.

Where to use

Suitable for all plants around the garden. It is also ideal for top dressing the lawn.

How often to apply

A second dose or third dose can be given every 6 weeks, when plants are actively growing.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 7-7-7.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Only use where there is a recognised need to feed plants. Keep away from plant leaves and stems. Wash hands and exposed skin after use. Do not eat while applying this product.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192445]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/levington-growmore-3-5kg-700x700-69b15315c6cc3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Levingtons]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7587</g:id><title><![CDATA[Nippon Ant Killer Liquid Gel - 25g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/nippon-ant-killer-liquid-gel-25g</link><description><![CDATA[Nippon Ant Killer Liquid Gel - 25g

Nippon Ant Killer Liquid Gel contains a sugary bait which worker ants take back to the colony, giving easy and effective control even when the ants' nest is inaccessible.


	1 x Nippon Ant Killer Liquid 25g
	Destroys complete colonies without a trace
	Designed to attract worker ants which carry the bait back to the nest to feed the whole colony
	Contains spinosa
	Simply place three to four drops on a clean surface such as a piece of plastic, glass or metal next to the ant run
	Depending on how often the ants feed, a colony could be destroyed within 7-10 days
	Hazardous to bees and should not be used near food areas, or where water could become contaminated
	Always read the label and product information before use
	Biocides should be used safely
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[96127131]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/nippon-ant-killer-liquid-gel-25g-1613051268_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7590</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Growmore - 1.25kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-growmore-125kg</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Growmore - 1.25kg

Growmore contains the three major nutrients that are essential for strong and healthy plant growth. Vitax Growmore promotes heavy crops of fruit and vegetables, balanced vigorous plants and beautiful flowers.

Containing the three major plant nutrients &amp;ndash; Nitrogen (N), Phosphates (P) and Potassium (K) &amp;ndash; it promotes heavy crops of fruit and vegetables, vigorous plants and beautiful flowers.

Vitax Growmore is also the ideal fertiliser for use before laying turf or sowing grass seed.

Apply evenly at the recommended rates, hoe or fork into the top surface of the soil, and if dry, water well for maximum benefits.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351071214]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-growmore-1-25kg-1613051794_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7592</g:id><title><![CDATA[Levington® Growmore - 1.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/levington-growmore-15kg</link><description><![CDATA[Levington&amp;reg; Growmore - 1.5kg

Levington&amp;reg; Growmore Garden Plant Food is an essential mix of nutrients for all plants. It can be applied prior to seeding or turfing lawns.

How to use

In spring for new planting:&amp;nbsp;small plants in beds, borders, bare rooted plants and vegetable plots apply with soil preparation before planting. For bigger well rooted plants / bushes and trees mix with soil or compost and use as planting mix. Water well afterwards.

In spring for established plants and for reapplication during growing season:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil around the plants. Gently work it into the soil surface with a hand fork or hoe without disturbing the plant roots and water in thoroughly.

Where to use

Suitable for all plants around the garden. It is also ideal for top dressing the lawn.

How often to apply

A second dose or third dose can be given every 6 weeks, when plants are actively growing.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 7-7-7.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Only use where there is a recognised need to feed plants. Keep away from plant leaves and stems. Wash hands and exposed skin after use. Do not eat while applying this product.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192421]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/levington-growmore-1-5kg-1200x1200-69b153a4d78b7_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Levingtons]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7593</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Tree &amp; Shrub Planting Feed - 900g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-tree-shrub-planting-feed-900g</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Tree &amp;amp; Shrub Planting Feed - 900g

Vitax Tree &amp;amp; Shrub Planting Feed contains all the vital plant foods in natural organic form, for the best possible start when planting trees and shrubs; particularly ideal for bare root hedges.


	Boosts establishment of all trees and shrubs and encourages intensive root growth for stronger plants.
	Also contains Vitax Q4 Rootmore mycorrhizal fungi and a range of biostimulants for vigorous root growth.
	Feeds right through the first year.
	Each resealable pouch contains 900g of feed.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351120134]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-tree-shrub-planting-feed-900g-1613057287_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7596</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Perlite - 10ltr]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-perlite-10ltr</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Perlite - 10ltr

Vitax Perlite is micro-porous granules that increase water and nutrient retention in compost. Perlite is a naturally occurring volcanic rock, which, when heated to super high temperatures, produces incredibly light-weight granules.


	Use alone as a seed starting medium
	Mix with compost to improve water and nutrient holding capacity
	Mix with soil when planting out to help hold water and nutrients close to the root system


Perlite is a naturally occurring volcanic rock which, when heated to super high temperatures, produces incredibly lightweight, micro-porous granules.

When mixed with compost, these granules hold water and nutrients&amp;nbsp;and also improve aeration and drainage in the compost, creating a healthier growing environment and stimulating root development and growth.

Vitax Perlite can be used alone as a seed starting medium. Its structure maintains uniform moisture and temperature levels and its bright white colour provides protection against bright sunlight and high radiant energy.

The white colour also reflects light up under the foliage which encourages growth.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012042100773]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-perlite-10ltr-1613058045_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7597</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® Bone Meal - 1.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-bone-meal-15kg</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Bone Meal - 1.5kg

Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Bone Meal Root Builder is a 100% organic fertiliser. It naturally releases nutrients to build stronger roots and guarantees greener, healthier trees and shrubs.

How to use

During soil preparation/planting time:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil and mix in well. Can also be added to planting compost and mixed in well. During dry weather, water in well after sowing seeds and planting out.

During the growing season:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil around established plants. Gently fork it into the soil surface with a hand fork or hoe without disturbing the plants roots and water in thoroughly.;

For established plants and plants in containers:&amp;nbsp;apply at the start of the season and reapply 1-2 times to stimulate flowering, fruit formation for fruit ripening, when plants are actively growing. Sprinkle around plants, fork in and water in well.

Vegetable plots, beds and borders:&amp;nbsp;apply by forking into the soil at the start of the season before planting.

For new plants:&amp;nbsp;fork into the bottom of the planting hole and add to the compost and soil used as planting mixture. Water in well.

Remember plants also require other nutrients like potash for optimal growth. Use this product in combination with compost, manure or a complete fertiliser like Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Growmore or Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; All Purpose Soluble Plant Food.

Where to use

Sprinkle evenly over soil or compost and mix in well.

How often to apply

Can be applied prior to sowing or planting and whenever needed throughout the growing season.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 5-10-0.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Wash hands and exposed skin after use.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192681]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-bone-meal-1-5kg-1613057543_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro®]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7598</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Q4 All Purpose Liquid Plant Food - 1ltr]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-q4-all-purpose-liquid-plant-food-1ltr</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Q4 All Purpose Liquid Plant Food - 1ltr

Vitax Q4 All Purpose Liquid Plant Food contains a unique formula which boosts rooting and optimises nutrient uptake. Suitable for use indoors or around the garden.


	This finest feed contains a unique formula which boosts rooting and optimises nutrient uptake.
	Unique formula containing seaweed, humates and trace elements
	For indoor and outdoor plants
	Use all around the garden
	Concentrated makes up to 50 watering cans
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351096125]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-q4-all-purpose-liquid-plant-food-1ltr-1613057759_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7600</g:id><title><![CDATA[Levington® Fish, Blood &amp; Bone - 1.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-fish-blood-bone-15kg</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Fish, Blood &amp;amp; Bone - 1.5kg

Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Fish, Blood &amp;amp; Bone all purpose plant food encourages strong and healthy growth. It is a slow release and long lasting feed which boosts soil fertility and produces more flowers, fruit &amp;amp; vegetables.

How to use

During soil preparation/planting time:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil and mix in well. During dry weather, water well after sowing seeds and planting out.

During the growing season:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil around established plants. Gently work it into the soil surface with a hand fork or hoe without disturbing the plant roots and water in thoroughly.

Planting small plants and bare rooted plants:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle around plants after planting and slightly work into the soil.

Planting bigger plants/shrubs/trees:&amp;nbsp;mix with soil from planting hole with planting compost and use as planting mixture.

Where to use

Sprinkle directly into the soil.

How often to apply

Apply every 6-8 weeks during the growing season.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 5-3-5.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192483]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/levington-fish-blood-bone-1-5kg-1280x1280-67f8d0cdf41d7_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Levingtons]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7601</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Blood, Fish &amp; Bone - 1.25kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-blood-fish-bone-125kg</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Blood, Fish &amp;amp; Bone - 1.25kg

This Blood, Fish &amp;amp; Bone from Vitax contains the three major nutrients for strong and healthy plant growth.

Blood, Fish and Bone:


	Contains nitrogen to encourage strong growth and healthy, rich green foliage
	Slowly and steadily releases phosphate to promote vigorous root growth
	Added Potash promotes flower colour and improves ripening in fruit and vegetables


Applied throughout the growing season, Blood, Fish and Bone can be used prior to sowing or planting or as a top dressing. Although it should be watered in, try not to use before rainfall.

During application, avoid the fertiliser lodging on leaves or stems and do not exceed the recommended application information.

Always read the product label. If you own a smallholding, do not use where cattle, sheep, goats and deer have access.

Keep out of reach of children, pets and other animals. Store in a dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351057102]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-blood-fish-bone-1-25kg-1613060177_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7604</g:id><title><![CDATA[Nippon Ant Control System - 2 Traps with 25g Liquid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/nippon-ant-control-system-2-traps-with-25g-liqui</link><description><![CDATA[Nippon Ant Control System - 2 Traps with 25g Liquid

Nobody likes to find ants running around in the kitchen or in and out of holes in the skirting board. The Nippon Ant Control System will come to your rescue with a quick and convenient way to eliminate ants and their nests without trace.

This very useful Nippon product has two refillable plastic disc shaped traps with tiny holes which can be punched in the sides for the ants to enter. Simply put a few drops of Nippon Ant Killer Liquid (included in the box) inside the traps and the ants will soon find their way in. After feeding on this liquid they will carry it back to the colony where it is passed to the queen and all the other ants in the colony. Over a period of about 7 to 10 days a fatal dose of Nippon Ant Killer Liquid will build up in the queen herself, and eradicate the whole nest.

Nippon ant traps can be safely left inside or outside the home, particularly near likely entrance points for ants such as window frames, waste pipes, air bricks, kitchen units, baths and wash basins. Nippon Ant Killer Liquid contains a mix of sugar, honey and Spinosad, a naturally occurring ingredient, which has been extensively tested and found to be effective against ants but which will not harm the majority of beneficial insects.

Box Contains
2 plastic traps
25 g Nippon Ant Killer Liquid]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012042040505]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/nippon-ant-control-system-2-traps-with-25g-liquid-1613134292_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7605</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hydrangea Colourant - 500g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hydrangea-colourant-500g</link><description><![CDATA[Hydrangea Colourant - 500g

Hydrangea Colourant is a specially-formulated salt which changes the colour of pale pink Hydrangea varieties to blue and darker pink varieties to blue/purple.

Westland Hydrangea Colourant is a salt which changes the colour of pale pink hydrangea varieties to blue and darker pink varieties to mauve blue. However some hydrangeas are bred to be pink in all soil conditions and will not change colour so it is worth checking the plant label. Where the soil is naturally alkaline use ericaceous compost instead or double the application rate.


	
	Best results are obtained with plants growing in acid soils
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012042631529]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hydrangea-colourant-500g-1613135081_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7608</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® EverGreen® Water Soluble Lawn Food - 1kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-evergreen-water-soluble-lawn-food-1k</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; EverGreen&amp;reg; Water Soluble Lawn Food - 1kg

Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Water Soluble Lawn Food guarantees a richer, greener lawn in 5 days. It is easy to apply using the Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Feeder or mixing in a watering can.

How to use

To make sure your lawn is richer and greener throughout the season, apply once a month from early spring to the Autumn.

Watering Can:&amp;nbsp;Mix one large (15ml) level spoonful of Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Lawn Food into an average sized 4.5 litre (1 gallon) watering can and spread evening over 2.5m&amp;sup2;.

Miracle-Gro Feeder:&amp;nbsp;Empty one 500g sachet into the feeder, attach feeder to hose pipe, and spread evenly over 100m&amp;sup2;. Apply the lawn food as evenly as possible whilst walking up and down your lawn. Reseal pack, store in dry place and wash hands after use. &amp;nbsp;

Lawns in Poor Conditions:&amp;nbsp;Apply every two weeks.

How often to apply

Approximately once a month.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 36-6-6.

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5000308210731]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-evergreen-water-soluble-lawn-food-1kg-1613135751_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro®]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7609</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Organic Rooting Powder - 50g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-organic-rooting-powder-50g</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Organic Rooting Powder - 50g

Vitax Organic Rooting Powder is the ideal way to start rooted cuttings, as it contains an organic rooting fertiliser that stimulates root development.


	
	Suitable for edible and ornamental plants
	
	
	Use with soft, medium and hardwood cuttings
	


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[50928446]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-organic-rooting-powder-50g-1613135899_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7611</g:id><title><![CDATA[Job Done Moss Killer Concentrate - 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/job-done-moss-killer-concentrate-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Job Done Moss Killer Concentrate - 500ml

Job Done Moss Weedkiller is idea for killing any unwanted moss in your lawn.


	Effective moss and algae killer
	Can be used on lawns
	Concentrated formula offers great economy
	For use on permeable surfaces such as block paving, decking and gravel
	Can also be used on natural surfaces, for example natural paths and on open areas around trees
	Active ingredients: Natural fatty acids
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060512740820]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/job-done-moss-killer-concentrate-500ml-1613136150_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7614</g:id><title><![CDATA[SlugClear™ Ultra - 685g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/slugclear-ultra-685g</link><description><![CDATA[SlugClear&amp;trade; Ultra - 685g

SlugClear&amp;trade; Ultra kills a wide range of surface feeding slugs and snails. One application lasts up to 2 weeks and is suitable to grow your own crops.

How to use

Use these slug pellets at the first sign of slug or snail damage.

Sprinkle the slug pellets evenly and thinly over the soil around the plants to be protected, so that the individual pellets fall 8-10cm (3-4&amp;quot;) apart (approximately 140 pellets or 3g/m&amp;sup2;). Do not put on the ground in heaps.

Where to use

Apply to bare soil around the base of strawberries, salad crops, brassicas, ornamentals and flowers to reduce slug and snail damage. Apply pellets evenly over the whole area of plants, ensure they do not become trapped in leaves or other parts of plants.

How often to apply

Repeat application after 2 weeks indoors or 10 days outdoors if further protection is required. Maximum number of treatments per year: 4. Avoid excessive irrigation or watering for a few days after application.

Cautions

For use only as as a home and garden snail and slug killer.

To avoid risk to human health and the environment, comply with the instructions for use. Keep out of reach of children. Do not eat, drink, or smoke when using this product.

Avoid excessive irrigation or watering for a few days after application.

Dipose of contents/container to a household waste recyling centre as hazardous waste except for empty clean containers which can be disposed of by recycling. Contact your local council for details.

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[50333943]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/slugclear-ultra-685g-1613137020_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7615</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Hydrangea Feed - 1kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-hydrangea-feed-1kg</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Hydrangea Feed - 1kg

A stunning hardy plant, hydrangeas are popular amongst most gardeners. To aid growth and flowering, Hydrangea Feed is a tailored feed developed to match the specific nutritional needs of hydrangeas.


	
	For vibrant flowers and strong healthy growth
	
	
	Added magnesium and iron to boost flowering
	
	
	For abundant blooms of high quality flowers
	
	
	Improves plant health, quality and vitality
	
	
	Weatherproof pouch
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351096095]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-hydrangea-feed-1kg-1613136534_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7619</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® Superphosphate - 1.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/levington-superphosphate-15kg</link><description><![CDATA[Levington Superphosphate - 1.5kg

Levington Superphosphate Fruit &amp;amp; Vegetable Ripener helps plants establish quickly. These are easy to use, low dust granules and guarantee healthier, abundant fruit &amp;amp; vegetables.

How to use

For established plants and plants in containers:&amp;nbsp;apply during the growing season, from March to end of August, when plants are actively growing. Water in well.

Soil preparation:&amp;nbsp;apply at any time you are preparing new beds and borders.

For new plants:&amp;nbsp;fork into the bottom of the planting hole and add to the compost and soil used as a planting mixture. Water in well.

Remember plants also require other nutrients like nitrogen and potassium. Use this product in combination with manure or a complete fertiliser like Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Growmore.

Where to use

For established plants and plants in containers and for new plants.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 0-18-0.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Use only where there is a recognised need to feed plants. Keep away from plant leaves and stems. Do not exceed the appropriate application rate. Increasing the dosage may result in damage to your plants.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192605]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/levington-superphosphate-1-5kg-875x1000-698227c6b4125_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Levingtons]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7625</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Mulch Mats - Pack of 10]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-mulch-mats---pack-of-10</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Mulch Mats - Pack of 10

Vitax Mulch Mats are completely biodegradable and ideal for use around strawberry plants, lettuces and newly planted shrubs and roses.

Helping to suppress weed growth, Mulch Mats retain soil moisture and protect plant roots from extreme temperatures.


	Keep plants clean and protect against mould
	Act as a slug barrier
	Completely biodegradable.


Multi-purpose, Mulch Mats can be used for a wide range of plants and crops to protect fruits and low, ground-level leaves.

For strawberries, the mats keep the lower leaves and fruit clean and dry keeping the soft fruit free from botrytis &amp;ndash; a grey mould. Mulch Mats are best to be used with strawberries when the leaves are growing well and flowers are beginning to appear.

Mulch Mats can also protect lettuces from slug invasion when leaves start to grow and shrubs and roses after planting.

Easy-to-use, after planting and watering plants carefully level the soil around the base.&amp;nbsp; Holding the leaves carefully from the ground, the mat can be easily slid into place under the leaves.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351040111]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-mulch-mats-pack-of-10-1613470706_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7628</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® EverGreen® Fast Green Spray &amp; Feed - 1ltr]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-evergreen-fast-green-spray-feed-1lt</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; EverGreen&amp;reg; Fast Green Spray &amp;amp; Feed - 1ltr

Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; EverGreen&amp;reg; Fast Green Spray &amp;amp; Feed lawn food is simple, easy and actually works. The special formula helps to create a richer, greener colour that lasts up to 6 weeks.

Miracle-Gro EverGreen Fast Green Spray &amp;amp; Feed greens your lawn in just 24 hours. This ready to use spray attaches straight on to your hose to feed and water your lawn at the same time. It takes approx 12 minutes to feed a 100m&amp;sup2; (10m x 10m) lawn.

To determine the size of your lawn multiply the length by the width in metres. Alternatively a lawn with 6 by 5 standard fence panels (1.82m width), will cover approx 100m&amp;sup2;. Feeding helps lawns recover from wear and tear and is ideal for lawns used by children and pets.

How to use

Shake well before use. Connect sprayer to hose and turn on water. To begin spraying, point nozzle in the direction you want to spray.

Bend small green plastic tab on side of sprayer back, and turn knob clockwise to &amp;lsquo;ON&amp;rsquo; position

Spray evenly over measured area. To stop spraying, bend small green plastic tab back and turn knob anti-clockwise to &amp;lsquo;OFF&amp;rsquo; position. Turn off water. To relieve water pressure still in the hose bend the plastic tab back and turn knob to &amp;lsquo;ON&amp;rsquo; position until water slows to a drip. Then turn knob to &amp;lsquo;OFF&amp;rsquo; position.

How often to apply

Repeat after 6 weeks.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 27-0-0 + 0.5% Iron.

Cautions

Children and pets can return to the treated area once it is dry.

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272073966]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-evergreen-fast-green-spray-feed-1ltr-1613471519_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro®]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7632</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Green Up Enhance Lawn Feed - 200m2]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-green-up-enhance-lawn-feed---200m2</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Green Up Enhance Lawn Feed - 200m2

Vitax Green Up Enhance Liquid Lawn Feed is the most advanced liquid lawn feed available; it can be used on freshly germinated and newly established lawns.

Used by professional greenkeepers, it has added seaweed and a turf wetting agent which helps reduce grass stress and improves root growth.

Green Up Enhance Liquid Lawn Feed:


	Can be used in wet or dry conditions
	Contains organic nutrients and essential amino acids
	Used on freshly germinated and newly established lawns


Apply Green Up Enhance Liquid Lawn Feed any time from March to September. Re-apply two to three times over the growing season to maintain grass vigour and vibrancy.

If you are looking for a quality lawn which looks as good as a professional pitch, spray grass at monthly intervals.

Apply with a watering can, or for larger lawns with a dribble bar. Green Up Enhance Liquid Lawn Feed can also be applied via a knapsack or other sprayer.

Children and pets are allowed onto treated areas following application. Always wash hands after use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012042070120]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-green-up-enhance-lawn-feed-200m2-1613471902_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7694</g:id><title><![CDATA[Queen of Sweden English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/queen-of-sweden-english-shrub-rose-david-austin</link><description><![CDATA[Queen of Sweden English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Queen of Sweden English Shrub Rose from David Austin Roses offers exquisite little buds open to half-enclosed cups, eventually becoming wide, shallow, upward-facing cups of pleasing formality.&amp;nbsp;The colour begins as soft-apricot pink, gradually changing to pure soft pink over time. There is a lovely myrrh fragrance. It forms a bushy, yet upright shrub. Named to commemorate the Treaty of Friendship and Commerce between Sweden and Great Britain. David Austin, 2004.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Light pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2004
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Medium, Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium&amp;nbsp;Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Shady Areas
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp; Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825016629]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/queen-of-sweden-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1613658018_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7695</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Ancient Mariner® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-ancient-mariner-english-shrub-rose-david-aus</link><description><![CDATA[The Ancient Mariner&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The Ancient Mariner English Shrub Rose from David Austin Roses is an impressive variety, bearing masses of large, many petalled blooms on a bushy, quite upright shrub.&amp;nbsp;The blooms are a lovely glowing mid pink at the centre, paling towards the edges.&amp;nbsp;Over time, they each reveal a cluster of golden stamens. There is a medium-strong myrrh fragrance. The name of this rose was inspired by Samuel Taylor Coleridge&amp;rsquo;s epic poem, The Rime of the Ancient Mariner. There is a strong, warm myrrh fragrance. David Austin, 2015.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Mid pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2015
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Medium-strong, Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub.125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Shady Areas


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021272]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-ancient-mariner-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e228ab1b598_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7698</g:id><title><![CDATA[James L. Austin English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/james-l-austin-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-r</link><description><![CDATA[James L. Austin English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

James L. Austin English Shrub Rose from David Austin Roses bears large, many petalled, deep pink rosettes, each with a button eye. There is a light-medium strength fruity fragrance. It forms a neat and tidy shrub with a bushy, upright habit. Named for the son of David Austin Senior and brother of David Austin Junior. David Austin, 2017.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Deep pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2017
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light-medium, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 110cm height &amp;amp; 110cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Rose Hedges
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Border


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021746]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/james-l-austin-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1613658230_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7702</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pretty Polly Patio Rose - Whartons Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pretty-polly-patio-rose-whartons-roses</link><description><![CDATA[Pretty Polly Patio Rose - Whartons Roses

Pretty Polly Patio Rose from Whartons Roses offers shell pink double blooms.

Rose Attributes


	Height/Spread: 40cm x 40cm
	Fragrance: Lightly Scented
	Flower Diameter: 4cm
	Award Garden Merit: Yes


Uses and appropriate situations


	Can be grown in pots
	Can be grown in beds and borders


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011622202821]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pretty-polly-patio-rose-whartons-roses-1613658753_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7745</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Tumbling Tom Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tomato-seeds---tumbling-tom-red</link><description><![CDATA[Tomato Seeds - Tumbling Tom Red

Average packet content 22 seeds. Tumbling Tom Red Tomato combines a habit that makes it perfect for growing in patio containers and hanging baskets, with a taste that is simply the best!

Sowing Period: March to April

Harvesting Period: July to October

Growing Information

For greenhouse crops, sow February/April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in well prepared borders, large pots or growing bags, removing laterals as they appear. For outdoor crops, sow April under glass 18-21&amp;deg;C (65-70&amp;deg;F). Grow in warm, sunny positions in well prepared, moisture retentive soil allowing 45-60cm (1&amp;frac12;-2') between plants, and water regularly in dry periods. (16-18 weeks maturity).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567181311]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tomato-seeds-tumbling-tom-red-1614003490_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7748</g:id><title><![CDATA[Sprouting Seeds - Broccoli Green-Sprouting]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/sprouting-seeds---broccoli-green-sprouting</link><description><![CDATA[Sprouting Seeds - Broccoli Green-Sprouting

Average packet contents 2500 seeds. Enjoy that unique broccoli taste and high vitamin content in a microgreen with these Broccoli Green-Sprouting seeds.

Sowing Period: All year round

Harvesting Period: All year round

Growing Information

Easy to grow indoors all year round. Sow seed thinly over a seed tray of fine damp compost. Place on a well lit windowsill but avoid strong sunlight. Maintain moisture levels and harvest with scissors when the seedlings are approximately 4cm (1&amp;frac12;&amp;rdquo;) high. (1-3 weeks maturity).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567360648]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/sprouting-seeds-broccoli-green-sprouting-1614003648_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7756</g:id><title><![CDATA[Spinach Seeds - Perpetual Spinach]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/spinach-seeds---perpetual-spinach</link><description><![CDATA[Spinach Seeds - Perpetual Spinach

Average packet content 250 seeds. Excellent on dry soils where annual spinach would run to seed quickly. Hardy and useful for autumn and winter dishes.

Sowing Period: March to July

Harvesting Period: June to March

Growing Information

Crops continuously if picked often.Sow March-July outdoors and thin out early for use in summer and autumn. (4-14 weeks maturity). Use thinnings as 'baby' leaves.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567178434]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/spinach-seeds-perpetual-spinach-1614164653_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7757</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bean (Broad) Seeds - De Monica]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bean-broad-seeds---de-monica</link><description><![CDATA[Bean (Broad) Seeds - De Monica

This superb, early-maturing variety grows well in low daylight conditions, producing bountiful crops of 15cm (6&amp;quot;) long pods filled with 5-7 tasty, creamy-coloured beans per pod.

Sowing Period: February to March and October and December

Harvesting Period: April to July

Growing Information

Sow seeds into soil prepared by digging and raking at a depth of 5cm (2&amp;quot;), and 15-23cm (6-9&amp;quot;) apart. Best sown alternately in double rows allowing 23cm (9&amp;quot;) between the two lines forming each row. Allow 60-90cm (24-36&amp;quot;) between further rows. Germination up to 21 days. Can also be sown in pots or trays of compost on a windowsill or in a greenhouse for eventual planting outside. Pods are 15cm (6&amp;quot;) long and 3cm (1&amp;quot;) wide with 5-7 beans per pod. This variety has a good tolerance to soil borne diseases. Sowing to cropping 12-16 weeks.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567338128]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bean-broad-seeds-de-monica-1614164756_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7762</g:id><title><![CDATA[Parsnip Seeds - White Gem]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/parsnip-seeds---white-gem</link><description><![CDATA[Parsnip Seeds - White Gem

Specially bred by Suttons, Parsnip White Gem is highly recommended for use on all soils. Shorter roots than Tender and True, with fine, white smooth skin.

Sowing Period: February to May

Harvesting Period: September to March

Growing Information

Sow late February-May outdoors in well-cultivated ground manured for a previous crop. Lift for use as required. (32-36 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567175105]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/parsnip-seeds-white-gem-1614163025_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7764</g:id><title><![CDATA[Parsnip Seeds - F1 Panorama]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/parsnip-seeds---f1-panorama</link><description><![CDATA[Parsnip Seeds - F1 Panorama

This fantastic F1 vigour produces uniform roots, so it's perfect for the plate and the show bench!

Sowing Period: February to March

Harvesting Period: October to March

Growing Information

For container growing, sow direct into the compost. For raised beds try sowing in 30cm squares, spacing four seeds every 15cm, 1.5cm deep. (Germination 10-28 days). As the seedlings emerge, remove spare seedlings to leave one per station (then you will have 9 plants per square). Alternatively, sow in rows 30cm apart.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567450882]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/parsnip-seeds-f1-panorama-1614162889_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7766</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - Red Drumhead]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cabbage-seeds---red-drumhead</link><description><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - Red Drumhead

Solid, dark red, round heads of fine texture, excellent for pickling and for speciality cooked dishes. Summer/Autumn maturing.

Sowing Period: March to May and August

Harvesting Period: June and August to October

Growing Information

For early crops sow under glass at 10-15&amp;deg;C (50-60&amp;deg;F) in February. For use in late summer, autumn and winter sow March-May outdoors. For use April-May choose varieties bred specifically for sowing in autumn.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567154667]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cabbage-seeds-red-drumhead-1614163481_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7767</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - F1 Kilazol]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cabbage-seeds---f1-kilazol</link><description><![CDATA[Cabbage Seeds - F1 Kilazol

High quality, round headed white cabbage. Produces heads weighing between 1.5-2.5kg. Ideal for long term field standing and stores well in the fridge.

Sowing Period: March to June

Harvesting Period: September to December

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567355484]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cabbage-seeds-f1-kilazol-1614163140_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7770</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cauliflower Seeds - All The Year Round]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cauliflower-seeds---all-the-year-round</link><description><![CDATA[Cauliflower Seeds - All The Year Round

Average packet content 200 seeds. White, well-protected large curds, popular for summer shows, for freezing, and straight from the garden. Summer/autumn maturing.

Sowing Period: January to July

Harvesting Period: June to October

Growing Information

Sow January-February under glass for a July harvest, March-May outdoors and September-October in coldframes to over winter.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567158481]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cauliflower-seeds-all-the-year-round-1614163669_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7772</g:id><title><![CDATA[Celery Seeds - Loretta]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/celery-seeds---loretta</link><description><![CDATA[Celery Seeds - Loretta

A first rate, vigorous, upright-growing, self-blanching celery, producing deliciously flavoured, smooth, succulent, mouth-watering white sticks.

Sowing Period: April to May

Harvesting Period: September to November

Growing Information

Should be grown on level ground approximately 23cm (9&amp;quot;) apart each way. Regular watering is essential. Do not plant in trenches. Not frost hardy. (18 weeks maturity.)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567160156]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/celery-seeds-loretta-1614162768_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7773</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mustard Seeds - White]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mustard-seeds---white</link><description><![CDATA[Mustard Seeds - White

Delicious for salads and sandwiches. Sow two days after cress for maturing together.

Sowing Period: March to July

Harvesting Period: August to November

Growing Information

Sow at intervals indoors throughout the year, scattering the seed liberally but not too thickly in trays lined with a moist tissue/flannel. Cover trays with paper until the seedlings are 25mm (1&amp;quot;) high. Ready to cut when stems are about 50mm (2&amp;quot;) high. Sowing to Cropping: 4-7 days.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567360846]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mustard-seeds-white-1614004157_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7774</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pak Choi Seeds - Crunchy Colour Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pak-choi-seeds-crunchy-colour-mix</link><description><![CDATA[Pak Choi Seeds - Crunchy Colour Mix

Average packet content 150 seeds. Red and green leaves with contrasting green-and-white undersides. The colour of the red deepens as the weather becomes cooler.

Sowing Period: March to August

Harvesting Period: April to October

Growing Information

Sow March-April and again in late summer in rows 38cm (15&amp;quot;) apart.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011567344495]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pak-choi-seeds-crunchy-colour-mix-1614164088_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7780</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kelkay Quartzite Pea Gravel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/quartzite-pea-gravel</link><description><![CDATA[Quartzite Pea Gravel

6-14mm Natural Quartzite Stone

This fish friendly Quartzite Pea Gravel is also suitable for paths, patios and driveways, borders and beds.

When calculating how many bags you will need, we recommend a minimum depth of 35mm

Please note:&amp;nbsp;products made up of natural materials will vary in size and colour, some significantly

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055066400245]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/quartzite-pea-gravel-1000x1000-63ff2db5a077c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7804</g:id><title><![CDATA[True Grace Sage Dinner Candle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/true-grace-sage-dinner-candle</link><description><![CDATA[True Grace Sage Dinner Candle

True Grace Sage Dining Candles are manufactured using a traditional method and contain paraffin wax. Burn time 12 hours.

True Grace&amp;nbsp;through-colour moulded dining candles burn beautifully, adding colour and warmth to your home.

H29.5 x W2.3 x D2.3cm
Burn Time 12 hours]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[875056008436]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/true-grace-sage-dinner-candle-1615455308_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7816</g:id><title><![CDATA[True Grace Fluro Green Dinner Candle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/true-grace-fluro-green-dinner-candle</link><description><![CDATA[True Grace Fluro Green Dinner Candle

True Grace Fluro Green Dining Candles are manufactured using a traditional method and contain paraffin wax. Burn time 12 hours.

True Grace&amp;nbsp;through-colour moulded dining candles burn beautifully, adding colour and warmth to your home.

H29.5 x W2.3 x D2.3cm
Burn Time 12 hours]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[875056008696]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/true-grace-fluro-green-dinner-candle-1615394606_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7841</g:id><title><![CDATA[Antique Galvanised Metal Olive Basket Plant Pot]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/antique-galvanised-metal-olive-basket-plant-pot</link><description><![CDATA[Antique Galvanised Metal Olive Basket Plant Pot

This Antique Metal Olive Basket Plant Pot will look beautiful wherever it is situated in the home or garden.

These buckets were traditionally used during the harvest of grapes and olives throughout Europe. Once collected, the fruit would be rinsed in local rivers then left to naturally dry out in the sun. They now make the perfect planters, both indoors and outdoors.&amp;nbsp;

Dimensions


	Diameter at top of pot - 40cm
	Diameter at base of pot - 27cm
	Height - 38cm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[19690006]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/antique-galvanised-metal-olive-basket-plant-pot-1614943578_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7860</g:id><title><![CDATA[Arran After The Rain Scented Candle 35cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/arran-after-the-rain-scented-candle-35cl</link><description><![CDATA[Arran After The Rain Scented Candle 35cl

Create an uplifting mood with the fragrance of this luxury scented candle. After the Rain is an irresistibly fresh fragrance of rose petals, musk and floral citrus, combined with the aroma of Arran's precious woods.&amp;nbsp;

Packaged in an Arran Home candle tin.

ABOUT THE RANGE

Introduce your home to the heavenly scented world of Arran. Each of the eight fragrances are available in scented candle, reed diffuser and room fragrance.

ABOUT THE FRAGRANCE

A fresh blend of rose petals, musk and floral citrus combined with the notes of Arran&amp;rsquo;s precious woods.

PRODUCT SIZE

35cl

DIRECTIONS FOR USE

For best results, the wick should be trimmed to a length of 5mm before each use. 35cl, with an even burn time of up to 35 hours.

KEY POINTS


	Always keep candles out of reach of children.
	Never leave a burning candle unattended.
	Always burn candle on a heat resistant surface.
	See box for further information.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[737129099249]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/arran-after-the-rain-scented-candle-35cl-1000x1000-620bc541f2ecd_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7875</g:id><title><![CDATA[Broad Bean Seeds - De Monica]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/broad-bean-seeds---de-monica</link><description><![CDATA[Broad Bean Seeds - De Monica

Average packet contents 40 seeds. Be the first to harvest delicious Broad Beans! Ten years of breeding have produced Broad Bean De Monica, the earliest maturing broad bean variety from a spring sowing.

Sowing period: February to April

Flowering period: May to July

Harvesting period: June to August

&amp;nbsp;

High yields of 15cm (6&amp;quot;) pods with 4-5 large seeds per pod will be ready to harvest at the same time as winter sown variety 'Aquadulce'. This exciting new variety has a strong root system and an upright growth habit, producing 2-3 stems per plant. Height: 120cm (48&amp;quot;). Spread: 45cm (18&amp;quot;).

Companion planting: Try growing broad beans with&amp;nbsp;summer savory&amp;nbsp;to help repel black bean aphids, a common pest of broad beans.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055550472949]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/broad-bean-seeds-de-monica-1615370964_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7893</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Boltardy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetroot-seeds---boltardy</link><description><![CDATA[Beetroot Seeds - Boltardy

Average packet contents 300 seeds. One of the best known and most popular varieties available, Beetroot Boltardy produces good yields of deep red, globe shaped roots with a superb sweet flavour and tender, ring free flesh.

Sowing period: March to July

Harvesting period: June to October

This RHS AGM variety is bolt-resistant making it ideal for early sowings. Not only does this longstanding customer favourite offer perfect sweet roots for roasting, pickling and slicing for salads, the baby leaves can also be harvested through the season for salad use. Sow every two weeks from March through to mid July for a constant supply through the season. Height: 30cm (12&amp;quot;). Spread: 15cm (6&amp;quot;).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567002887]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetroot-seeds-boltardy-1615379582_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7898</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chamomile]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herb-seeds---chamomile</link><description><![CDATA[Herb Seeds - Chamomile

Average packet contents 700 seeds. Daisy-like flowers with yellow centres and feathery foliage which has an apple smell when crushed.

Sowing period: April to May

Flowering period: June to September

Wild chamomile leaves make a delicious soothing chamomile tea, skin wash or shampoo. This delicate annual is also ideal for filling gaps at the front of flower borders. Please note: This variety is not suitable for use as a lawn. Height: 50cm (20&amp;quot;). Spread: 25cm (10&amp;quot;).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[076567001149]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.29 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herb-seeds-chamomile-1615380232_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7928</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Digging Spade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-digging-spide</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Digging Spade

A robust solid forged, high quality Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Digging Spade made from carbon steel, for strength, and beautiful ash wood.

Featuring an extended shank for improved strength, as well as having a larger tread edge for added comfort, this tool has quality guaranteed with its 10 year guarantee.


	High quality carbon steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Larger tread edge for added digging comfort
	Weight performance above UK standards
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797101]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-digging-spade-1000x1000-62cc32a720f98_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7929</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Spade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-spade</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Spade

A robust solid forged, high quality Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Border Spade made from carbon steel, for strength, and beautiful ash wood.

Featuring an extended shank for improved strength, as well as having a larger tread edge for added comfort, this tool has quality guaranteed with its 10 year guarantee.


	High quality carbon steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood split to form a traditional YD
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Larger tread edge for added digging comfort
	Weight performance above UK standards
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797125]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-spade-1000x1000-62cc323a73786_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7933</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Spade]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-digging-spade</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Spade

This Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Spade has a large blade for efficient digging, and mirror-polished stainless steel head for rust resistance and clean movement through the soil.

To save your back, it has a longer handle than most spades, crafted in FSC certified hardwood. The handle has a comfortable 'Y' grip, double riveted at the base for strength. An extra-long, double-riveted strapped socket introduces strength and an element of flex at this key joint.

This spade has a large blade for efficient digging, in mirror-polished stainless steel head for rust resistance and clean movement through the soil. Wide comfort treads at the top of the blade prevent any discomfort for feet, allowing you to really dig deep, in even the most challenging soil.

Specification

Handle: FSC certified hardwood

Head: stainless steel

Head dimensions: 29cm long x 18cm wide

Overall length: 111cm

Weight: 2.01kg]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360008620]]></g:mpn><g:price>42.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-digging-spade-1000x1000-62a9c3e987ccd_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7934</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-digging-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Fork

This classic Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Digging Fork is extremely strong; it has been tested to a breaking strain of 100kg - that's 82% stronger than the British standard.

The handle of this fork is slightly longer than most forks, for reduced back strain. Crafted in FSC certified hardwood, the handle has a comfortable 'Y' grip, double riveted at the base for strength. An extra-long, double-riveted strapped socket introduces strength and an element of flex at this key joint.

The stainless steel tines are highly resistant to rust, and slide easily through the soil. The tines are rolled, for outstanding strength and resistance to bending.

Specification

Handle: FSC certified hardwood

Head: stainless steel

Head dimensions: 29cm long x 18cm wide

Overall length: 111cm

Weight: 2.12kg]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360008651]]></g:mpn><g:price>42.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-digging-fork-1000x1000-62a9c367899f8_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7936</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Mealworm Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-flick-n-click-mealworm-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Mealworm Feeder

The Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Mealworm Feeder is an easy to use plastic feeder which features a flick 'n' click plastic lid for simple filling.

The whole lid and the entire base can also be completely removed for easy cleaning. The base can be accessed all the way around and acts as a bowl for the mealworms.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026051]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-flick-n-click-mealworm-feeder-1615551253_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7940</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Nut Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-flick-n-click-nut-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Nut Feeder

This Tom Chambers Flick 'n' Click Nut Feeder has a flick top lid, enabling easy filling of bird feed. It has a strong mesh tube, perfect to allow garden birds to enjoy breakfast, lunch &amp;amp; dinner!


	Flick top lid, flicks back to enable easy filling
	Clicks shut easily
	Strong mesh tube
	Base removes for easy cleaning
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506019138]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-flick-n-click-nut-feeder-1615551466_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7965</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Pewter Double Suet Treat Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-pewter-double-suet-treat-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Pewter Double Suet Treat Feeder

This Tom Chambers Pewter Double Suet Treat Feeder is a heavy duty feeder which has been made from strong powder coated metal, in an attractive pewter finish.

The feeder holds two suet cakes, meaning it won't have to be filled up as much.

Birds enjoy a delicious treat which they won't be able to resist, particulary during the winter months.&amp;nbsp;

The included hanger can be used to hang the feeder from a feeding station or branch.&amp;nbsp;

Dimensions - H 310 x Dia 80mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506029434]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-pewter-double-suet-treat-feeder-1615567440_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>7969</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Poet's Wife® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-poets-wife-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-r</link><description><![CDATA[The Poet's Wife&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Bears rich yellow flowers, which pale over time. Their formation is most pleasing, having a neat outer ring of petals enclosing an information group of petals within.&amp;nbsp;There is a strong, wonderfully rich fragrance with a hint of lemon, which becomes sweeter and stronger with age. It forms a bushy, nicely rounded shrub with arching branches and rather shiny foliage. David Austin, 2014.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Rich yellow
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2014
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 110cm height &amp;amp; 110cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Shady Areas
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight
	Partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021098]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-poet-s-wife-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e227424fca0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8015</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Fig Tree Scented Tealights]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-fig-tree-scented-tealights</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Fig Tree Scented Tealights

Set the mood with these gorgeously scented Fig Tree Tealights with its clean and refreshing scent with hints of sweet fresh figs.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 6 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;36mm x 15mm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Fig
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;A clean and refreshing scent with hints of sweet fresh figs.
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Tray of 9 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003610878]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-fig-tree-scented-tealights-1615909913_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8018</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Sea Salt Scented Tealights]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-sea-salt-scented-tealights</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Sea Salt Scented Tealights

The North Coast of Cornwall in a tealight, enjoy the best selling Sea Salt fragrance in a tealight.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 6 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;38mm x 15mm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Sea Salt
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;A unique blend of ozonic and citrus scents
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Tray of 9 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003610984]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-sea-salt-scented-tealights-1000x1000-61fa98a492240_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8021</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Bay &amp; Rosemary Scented Tealights]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-bay-rosemary-scented-tealights</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Bay &amp;amp; Rosemary Scented Tealights

A little everyday luxury with these best selling Bay &amp;amp; Rosemary Scented Tealights from St Eval. Create a relaxing ambience of warm, flickering candlelight with heavenly herbal scented tealights.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 6 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;38mm x 15mm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Bay &amp;amp; Rosemary
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;An invigorating combination of herbal rosemary and cool bay leaf.
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Tray of 9 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003610793]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-bay-rosemary-scented-tealights-1615908893_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8022</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Citronella Scented Tin Candle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-citronella-scented-tin-candle</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Citronella Scented Tin Candle

The perfect gift to give at a BBQ this summer! This St Eval Citronella Scented Tin Candle has a fresh lemony fragrance, great to keep insects away.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 45 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;7.6cm x 7.6cm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Citronella
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;A fresh lemony fragrance, great to keep insects away.
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003606536]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-citronella-scented-tin-candle-1615909421_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8038</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Ultimate Fat Balls - 6 Pack]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-ultimate-fat-balls---6-pack</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Ultimate Fat Balls - 6 Pack

These National Trust Ultimate Fat Balls are packed with calories and contain only the best quality ingredients, making them an energy treat that your birds will love.

&amp;bull; Extremely high quality &amp;ndash; a high fat content and no addition of lime, plus quality ingredients such as black sunflower seeds, chopped peanuts, cereals, seeds and oils.

&amp;bull; Unique composition - balls remain soft enough in extreme cold, but are also great for use in summer shade. The high fat content ensures that the fat balls are suitably water-repellent.

&amp;bull; Net Free - supplied without nets making them safer for birds and wildlife and more environmentally friendly. To attract a variety of birds, we recommend using one of our specially designed fat ball feeders to feed these fat balls.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054254562]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-ultimate-fat-balls-6-pack-1617201534_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8053</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 60cm Terrace Trough - Terracotta]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stewart-garden-60cm-terrace-trough---terracotta</link><description><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 60cm Terrace Trough - Terracotta

This great value Stewart Garden 60cm Terrace Trough is perfect for patios and windowsills.


	Suitable for a number of planting ideas
	8 litre capacity
	Durable plastic construction
	Lightweight
	Made In the UK
	Manufacturer: Stewart
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022938062344]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stewart-garden-60cm-terrace-trough-terracotta-1615997427_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8056</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Claw Cultivator]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon--ball-rhs-stainless-steel-claw-cultivator</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Claw Cultivator

This sturdy Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Claw Cultivator is ideal for breaking up and aerating the soil in borders or beds ready for planting, or to allow better absorption of water and nutrients.

The stainless steel used to make this tool is highly resistant to rust and will stay looking good for years to come, while a strong leather cord allows the cultivator to be hung up tidily when not in use.


	Overall length 29cm, width 7cm.
	Handle: 100% FSC certified hardwood
	Head: stainless steel
	Hanging cord: leather
	Weight: 220g
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360008514]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-claw-cultivator-1000x1000-643697fe9f73a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8058</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Hand Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-hand-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Hand Fork

A solid forged, high quality Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Hand Fork made from carbon steel and beautiful ash wood.

Featuring a cranked shaft to protect knuckles during work, this tool also has quality guaranteed with its 10 year guarantee.


	High quality carbon steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood contoured for perfect comfortable grip
	Cranked shaft to protect knuckles during work
	Ideal for use in borders and raised beds
	Used for weeding, planting and cultivating
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797248]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-hand-fork-1000x1000-62ebc05bcd4d6_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8068</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Rose Pruner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-rose-pruner</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Rose Pruner

The action of squeezing the blades on this Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Rose Pruner together to complete the cut, causes a gripping device to lock onto the stem, holding it firmly in place for release without having to ever touch it.

Fully hardened and tempered, high carbon steel blade for lasting sharpness. Cuts up to 1cm diameter.

Robust alloy handles, covered in a comfortable Racing Green grip.


Overall length 20cm.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360003199]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-rose-pruner-480x480-64230cca86ce2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8111</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Sam 100% Recycled Fat Ball Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-sam-100-recycled-fat-ball-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Sam 100% Recycled Fat Ball Feeder

Attract more wildlife to your garden with the National Trust Sam Recycled Fat Ball Feeder, where elegance meets functionality.

The National Trust Sam Recycled Fat Ball Feeder will hold 3 fat balls. For best results we recommend using with the National Trust Ultimate Fat balls, which are a popular, affordable favourite plus they are packed with calories and contain only the best quality ingredients making them an energy treat that your birds will love.


	Colour - Graphite-Grey
	Exclusive Collection - National Trust Product Range
	Height - 24cm
	Diameter - 6 cm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054259659]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-sam-100-recycled-fat-ball-feeder-1617721054_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8116</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Original Peanut Butter for Birds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-original-peanut-butter-for-birds</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Original Peanut Butter for Birds

This unique National Trust Original Peanut Butter for Birds blend of tallow, flour and rapeseed oil will be a popular choice with a wide variety of garden birds species from Blue Tits to woodpeckers.

Peanuts are naturally high in calories and when blended into butter, make a tasty high energy treat.

Feed by simply removing the lid and placing the jar into a specialist feeder. Alternatively, you can feed by sitting the jar securely on a bird table, or by smearing the peanut butter onto the trunk of a tree for more timid birds to find. Note: Peanut butter intended for human consumption contains up to 100 times more salt than our specialist blend and should not be fed to garden birds or wildlife.


	Calories (per 100g) - 665
	Composition - Tallow, Maize Flour, Peanut Flour and Rapeseed Oil
	Pack Size - 330g
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054182261]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-original-peanut-butter-for-birds-1617785334_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8224</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Vermiculite - 10ltr]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-vermiculite-10ltr</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Vermiculite 10l

Vitax Vermiculite is a natural mineral that has been heated to high temperatures to produce lightweight, highly absorbent flakes. Its use in the garden will improve aeration of growing media such as compost or soil. Vitax Vermiculite is a natural mineral that has been heated to high temperatures to produce lightweight, highly absorbent flakes. Its use in the garden will improve aeration of growing media such as compost or soil.


	Can be used on its own or mixed 50/50 with compost
	Used for pricking out or potting on
	Improves the overall weight of larger pots and containers by improving water retention.


Vermiculite can help promote faster, healthier plant growth and also possesses &amp;lsquo;cation exchange&amp;rsquo; properties enabling it to hold and make available to growing plants ammonium, potassium, calcium and magnesium.

Providing good air balance, Vermiculite helps maintain an even temperature and can be used for seed germinations, pricking out, potting-on and plants in containers or tubs.

Vermiculite which is added to compost and other growing media will ensure the applied nutrients are available to the plant&amp;rsquo;s root system.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012042100742]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-vermiculite-10ltr-1000x1000-61dc238a46b2a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8230</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Café Roma 2 Seater Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caf-roma-2-seater-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caf&amp;eacute; Roma 2 Seater Set

The Kettler Caf&amp;eacute; Roma Outdoor Bistro Set includes a 60cm round table and dining chairs.&amp;nbsp;

Made with steel mesh, the Caf&amp;eacute; Roma is durable and tough. The&amp;nbsp;metal comes with a 3-year anti-rust warranty to get the most out of your garden furniture. Both the table and chairs are foldable for easy storage and tuck into a small space.

Ideal for a sophisticated lunch with a loved one or a simple cup of tea in the sun, the Caf&amp;eacute; Roma brings Italian style to your garden, balcony or patio.

Features


	Chair: Steel Mesh seat and back.
	Table: Steel mesh.
	Durable and long-lasting.
	Foldable chairs and table for easy storage.
	Protective footcaps.
	3-year anti-rust warranty


Warranty

Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679900645]]></g:mpn><g:price>199 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-cafe-roma-2-seater-set-1000x1000-62725c7f1a001_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8275</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mum in a Million Bush Rose - Whartons Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mum-in-a-million-bush-rose-whartons-roses</link><description><![CDATA[Mum in a Million Bush Rose - Whartons Roses

Mum in a Million is a Bush Rose which is a&amp;nbsp;very fragrant hybrid tea rose with medium pink double flowers.

Rose Attributes


	Height/Spread: 90cm x 70cm
	Fragrance: Lightly Scented
	Award Garden Merit: Yes


Growing Conditions


	Full sun or partial shade
	Fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil


Delivery Information: Please note&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Free local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23.&amp;nbsp;Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011622209165]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mum-in-a-million-bush-rose-whartons-roses-1046x1024-620cee96405b0_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8279</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darkwoods Coffee Good Morning Sunshine Ground Coffee 250g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darkwoods-coffee-good-morning-sunshine-ground-coffee-250g</link><description><![CDATA[Darkwoods Coffee Good Morning Sunshine Ground Coffee 250g

A bold breakfast blend, selected from sweet and complex high-altitude South &amp;amp; Central American arabicas. A medium roast tempers the natural acidity found in high altitude washed arabicas and adds body and depth whilst retaining stone fruit and milk chocolate sweetness.&amp;nbsp;

This is a perfect everyday coffee for those who like a richer brew and it stands up to milk, sugar, eggs, bacon and cornflakes alike.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060503420403]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darkwoods-coffee-good-morning-sunshine-ground-coffee-250g-1630663860_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8283</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Fat Balls - 6 Pack No Net]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-fat-balls-6-pack-no-net</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Fat Balls - 6 Pack No Net

These Tom Chambers Fat Balls offer a high energy mix of suet, seeds and cereals. Feed from a fat ball feeder or simply from a bird table.


	High energy mix of suet, seeds and cereals
	Feed from a fat ball feeder or from a bird table
	Attracts a wide range of garden birds
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Bird Feed]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506016960]]></g:mpn><g:price>1.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-fat-balls-6-pack-no-net-1624370218_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8288</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Strawberry &amp; Black Pepper Jam]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-strawberry-black-pepper-jam</link><description><![CDATA[Another extremely popular jam that people return to our shop in Hawkshead regularly for. The hint of black pepper amplifies the flavour of the British strawberries to create a very special jam. All you need is a freshly baked baguette and the whole jar will be gone in an instant.

Ingredients:

strawberries (35%), sugar, pectin, lemon, dark rum (3%), lime juice Fruit content 40g per 100g Total sugar content 45g per 100g Contains alcohol!

&amp;nbsp;

Legal Disclaimer:

Actual product packaging and materials may contain more and different information than what is shown on our app or website. We recommend that you do not rely solely on the information presented here and that you always read labels, warnings, and directions before using or consuming a product.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183360952]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-strawberry-black-pepper-jam-1000x1000-671f6c812699b_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8298</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Black Garlic Ketchup]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-black-garlic-ketchup</link><description><![CDATA[Product Description

Hawkshead Relish Black Garlic Ketchup 310g is handmade in the English Lake District in small batches. Launched in 2017, this innovative ketchup became an instant best seller. Using bulbs of Black Garlic that have been roasted for 45 days, they are combined with tomatoes, balsamic vinegar and hearbs and spices to create a delicious and versatile umami inspired ketchup. perfect addition to burgers, used as a marinade and added to casseroles and soups to give a rich flavour. This Ketchup is gluten free, nut free, vegetarian and vegan with no artificial additives or preservatives and made with all natural ingredients. The perfect gift for the foodie in your life to try something new By purchasing this product you're helping to support our small family business.

Ingredients

Brown Sugar, Black Garlic(19%), Acetic acid, Balsamic Vinegar (Acetic Acid, Cooked Grape Must), Onions, Tomato Puree, Olive Oil, Halen Mon Sea Salt PDO, Spices.

Directions

Use as desired]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183362901]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-black-garlic-ketchup-1000x1000-671f6a6ae889c_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8311</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hartman 15kg Parasol Base]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hartman-15kg-parasol-base</link><description><![CDATA[Hartman 15kg Parasol Base

Perfect for keeping your parasol shading you and your guests, this 15kg parasol base from Hartman has a black finish.

The base supports parasol poles which have a diameter of 48mm. The base is strong and durable, as well as not requiring needing a cover when left outside throughout the year.&amp;nbsp;

Features


	For Use With 48mm Parasol Poles
	15kg Weight
	Colour: Black
	Suitable for Outside Use Throughout The Year
	Assembly Required


Dimensions


	(H) 35cm x (W) 45cm x (D) 45cm


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Parasols &amp; Bases]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8711268562866]]></g:mpn><g:price>49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hartman-15kg-parasol-base-1000x1000-62751299d01c4_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8404</g:id><title><![CDATA[James Galway English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/james-galway-english-climbing-rose-david-austin</link><description><![CDATA[James Galway English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses

With its vigorous, upright growth it makes a wonderful climber in a short time. The strikingly beautiful flowers are mid pink at the centre, gradually becoming lighter towards the edges. The numerous, neatly placed petals in each bloom create a slightly domed shape. Named after the Irish flautist. David Austin, 2000.

Characteristics


	Colour: Light pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Climbing Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2000
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light-medium, Old Rose
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Climber. 12ft (3.75m)


Ideal For


	10ft wall or Fence
	Front of House
	Obelisk or Pillar
	Shady Areas


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight
	Partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is free for orders over &amp;pound;50. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825017275]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/james-galway-english-climbing-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-62c306978c889_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8405</g:id><title><![CDATA[Olivia Rose Austin® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/olivia-rose-austin-english-shrub-rose-david-aust</link><description><![CDATA[Olivia Rose Austin&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Pretty buds open to beautiful, cupped rosettes of an even, mid pink colouring. They have a light to medium fruity fragrance. It commences flowering exceptionally early in the season and flowers in flushes until well into the autumn. It forms a very healthy, well-balanced shrub with dark green foliage, which shows off the flowers to the very best effect. Named after the daughter of David Austin Junior and granddaughter of David Austin Senior.

Characteristics


	Colour: Mid-pink
	Bloom Size: Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2014
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light-medium, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 110cm height &amp;amp; 110cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Shady Areas
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full Sunlight
	Partial Sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021081]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/olivia-rose-austin-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-795x795-63e22825c1008_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8430</g:id><title><![CDATA[Potato Planter Bags (Pack of 2)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/potato-planter-bags-pack-of-2</link><description><![CDATA[Potato Planter Bags (Pack of 2)The simple and effective design of these planters mean you can easily harvest potatoes from the front flap; consequently, there's no digging out required. The planter folds flat for easy storage when not in use with carry handles for easy transportation.DetailsA strong and durable woven polythene potato planterSupport rings and drainage hole in the basePotatoes can be harvested through access flaps in the lower sectionRe-use season after seasonEach planter holds approximately 40 litres of compostPack of 2H 50cm x D 40cm&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024160091185]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/potato-planter-bags-pack-of-2-1000x1000-62307f9f5b156_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8441</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler 70cm Round Mesh Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-70cm-round-mesh-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler 70cm Round Mesh Table

Protective footcaps and hard wearing mesh keep the table looking great while the material has year round weather resistance for repeated use, season after season.

The iron grey colour gives the table a traditional look that fits any classic garden. A simple yet beautiful design, mix and match the 70cm Round Mesh Table with other KETTLER mesh garden furniture for the perfect outdoor dining set.

Features


	Material: Steel Mesh.
	Colour: Iron Grey.
	Self assembly.
	Protective footcaps.
	Seats 2


Warranty

Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679926461]]></g:mpn><g:price>149 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-70cm-round-mesh-table-1000x1000-61a0eb92da42c_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8442</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-chair</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair

The classic Caredo chair is a popular choice in the Kettler garden furniture range, providing countless gardens with comfy places to dine.

The time you spend in your garden is precious and Kettler wants your garden chairs to help you dine, relax and enjoy your time outdoors. A favourite for its simple, comfy design, the Caredo Chair is a gem in our metal range.

The durable steel mesh comes in an iron grey colourway for that vintage look. The curved armrests and back aid in your posture. Simply relax on a patio and enjoy the outdoors.

Features


	Material: Steel Mesh seat and back.
	Enhanced thermoguard
	3 seat pad colours: Sage, Stone &amp;amp; Slate - sold separately
	Durable and long-lasting &amp;ndash; two of the main characteristics of metal.
	Colour: Iron Grey.
	Stackable for neat storage.
	Protective footcaps.
	3-year anti-rust warranty.


Warranty

Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679901185]]></g:mpn><g:price>99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-chair-1080x1080-679389e8a795e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8450</g:id><title><![CDATA[Nook Farm Borage Flower Honey (340g)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/nook-farm-borage-flower-honey-340g</link><description><![CDATA[Nook Farm Borage Flower Honey (340g)

This Borage Flower Honey from Nook Farm is a single flower honey and unique in its flavour and quality. It is a pale light, runny honey with a delicate mild taste.

Borage honey is a very versatile honey and can be used to sweeten tea or coffee. It adds flavour and sweetness without being overpowering. Borage Honey can be used instead of sugar and it could be better for you as you need only a little to add sweetness to a dish. It is pure, unpasteurised and raw honey.&amp;nbsp;

In the summer a field of Borage will be alive with the sound of Honeybees. Borage or Starflower is a traditional medicinal and culinary herb native to the Mediterranean it was first cultivated in Turkey and Syria. You may be familiar with Borage in your garden or have seen the flowers in a glass of Pimm&amp;rsquo;s.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[69774831705]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/nook-farm-borage-flower-honey-340g-1627556017_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8495</g:id><title><![CDATA[Haxnicks Rapid Rootrainers]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/haxnicks-rapid-rootrainer</link><description><![CDATA[Haxnicks Rapid Rootrainer

The Seed Tray &amp;quot;Rapid Rootrainers&amp;quot; is perfect for the cultivation of all garden and potted plants, lettuces and herbs. The size is also ideal for cuttings.

The following plants are suitable for the Rapid Rootrainer:


	Garden plants: begonias, lobelia
	Geraniums, fuchsias
	Lettuce, radishes, tomatoes
	Small herbs: chives, basil


The package includes: 1 Seed Tray, 8 trays, 1 cover]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[651609210057]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/haxnicks-rapid-rootrainer-1000x1000-6228ae5815c19_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8504</g:id><title><![CDATA[Begonia - Giant Red Cascading (3 per Pack)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/begonia-giant-red-cascading-3-per-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Begonia - Giant Red Cascading (3 per Pack)


	Bulb Size: 4-5cm
	Colour: Red
	Flowering time: July Onwards
	Flowering height: 20cm/8&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting depth: Plant on The Surface
	Planting distance: 5cm/2&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting time:&amp;nbsp;April&amp;nbsp;Onwards
	Soil/position:&amp;nbsp;Begonias like a rich, moist garden soil with good drainage. Preferably in a semi-shaded place, although they will bloom in full sun.
	Application:&amp;nbsp;Good for hanging baskets, window boxes and containers on the patio and balcony.


Expert's tip:&amp;nbsp;For early flowering, place tubers close together and level with the soil in trays containing damp compost and sand.&amp;nbsp; Try to maintain a temperature of 7-16&amp;ordm;C/45-60&amp;ordm;F.&amp;nbsp; Plant outdoors when all danger of frost has passed.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Summer Flowering Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015882042050]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/begonia-giant-red-cascading-3-per-pack-1536x2366-6984aa2ae8624_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Taylors Bulbs]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8563</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Gift Box Christmas Selection]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-gift-box-christmas-selection</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Christmas Selection Gift Box

A beautifully presented gift box containing four assorted jars perfect for the Christmas season!

Christmas Selection Includes:


	Boxing Day Chutney 120g
	Christmas Chutney 125g
	Fruity Cranberry Sauce 125g
	New Year Relish 110g


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183366671]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-gift-box-christmas-selection-1000x1000-671a69406e939_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8612</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vanessa Bell® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vanessa-bell-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-ros</link><description><![CDATA[Vanessa Bell&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Pink-tinged buds open to mediumsized cups held in large clusters. Pale yellow, paling to white at the edges; each has a rich yellow eye. The fragrance is similar to green tea with aspects of lemon and honey. It forms a bushy, upright shrub. Named for the artist, designer and founder member of the Bloomsbury Group &amp;ndash; sister of the writer, Virginia Woolf. David Austin, 2017.

Rose Attributes:&amp;nbsp;


	Height/Spread: 110cm x 90cm
	Fragrance: Medium - Strong, Tea
	Year of Introduction: 2017
	Has won International Awards: No


Uses and appropriate situations


	Can be grown in pots
	Can be grown in beds and borders


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full Sunlight
	Partial Sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is free for orders over &amp;pound;50. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021753]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vanessa-bell-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1536x1536-63e2280443660_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8753</g:id><title><![CDATA[Begonia - Odorata Sunny Dream Bulbs (3 per pack)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/begonia-odorata-sunny-dream-bulbs-3-per-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Begonia - Odorata Sunny Dream Bulbs (3 per pack)

Begonia Odorata Sunny Dream Bulbs by Taylors have fragrant double cascading yellow flowers with a pink blush. 3 per pack.


	Bulb Size: 4-5cm
	Colour: Yellow
	Flowering time: July Onwards
	Flowering height: 18cm/7 inches
	Planting depth:&amp;nbsp;Plant on the surface
	Planting distance: 5cm/2&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting time:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;April&amp;nbsp;Onwards
	Soil/position:&amp;nbsp;Begonias like a rich, moist garden soil with good drainage. Preferably in a semi-shaded place, although they will bloom in full sun.
	Application:&amp;nbsp;Suitable for flower beds, borders, containers on the patio and balcony. Also suitable as a houseplant.&amp;nbsp;


Expert's tip:&amp;nbsp;For early flowering, place tubers close together and level with the soil in trays containing damp compost and sand.&amp;nbsp; Try to maintain a temperature of 7-16&amp;ordm;C/45-60&amp;ordm;F.&amp;nbsp; Plant outdoors when all danger of frost has passed.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Summer Flowering Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015882030712]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/begonia-odorata-sunny-dream-bulbs-3-per-pack-1535x2226-6984a7e8c3472_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Taylors Bulbs]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>8773</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lily - Miss Peculiar Bulbs (2 per pack)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lily-miss-peculiar-bulbs-2-per-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Lily - Miss Peculiar Bulbs (2 per pack)


	Bulb Size: 16-18cm
	Colour: Cream
	Flowering time: June / July
	Flowering height: 120cm/48&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting depth:&amp;nbsp;15cm/6&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting distance:&amp;nbsp;15cm/6&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting time: February&amp;nbsp;Onwards
	Soil/position:&amp;nbsp;Lilies like well-drained, moisture retentive soil with plenty of organic material. They like sun or partial shade and protection from strong winds.
	Application:&amp;nbsp;Good for flower beds, borders, wild gardens and containers on the patio or balcony.


Expert's tip:&amp;nbsp;Plant fragrant varieties close to doors and windows.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Summer Flowering Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015882016709]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lily-miss-peculiar-bulbs-2-per-pack-1536x2366-6984aa9bd45c0_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Taylors Bulbs]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9073</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beeble Honey Whisky 20cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beeble-honey-whisky-20cl</link><description><![CDATA[A warming, mellow and floral drink with the perfect balance of lingering sweetness.

The bees work closely with a family run distillery in Perthshire. The distillery hand-pick their barley and delicately combine it with yeast, catalysing the fermentation process. The barrel aged scotch is then blended using honey from the&amp;nbsp;Wiltshire hives to form a smooth and rich spirit with the perfect touch of natural sweetness.

Best Served:

&amp;bull; Best enjoyed over ice

&amp;bull; Alternatively, mix with ginger ale for a refreshing cocktail]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000126616]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beeble-honey-whisky-20cl-1000x1000-6486e5ef56d5c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9236</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kelkay Yorkshire Cream Gravel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yorkshire-cream-gravel</link><description><![CDATA[Yorkshire Cream Gravel

Yorkshire Cream Gravel from Kelkay is ideally used for paths &amp;amp; patios, beds &amp;amp; borders and plant pot toppers.&amp;nbsp;The decorative gravel is naturally angular in form, adding texture and definition to your outdoor areas.

Use a combination of chippings and other materials, such as slate or pebbles, to make a statement in your garden. The chippings are perfect if you&amp;rsquo;re searching for an attractive, low-maintenance surface.

Details


	Area: 0.4m2
	Depth: 35mm


We recommend a minimum depth of 35mm when calculating how many bags you&amp;rsquo;ll require.

Please keep in mind that natural materials will vary in size and colour, with some being significantly different.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055066401204]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yorkshire-cream-gravel-1000x1000-63ff29ffe0566_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9313</g:id><title><![CDATA[Holdsworth Happy Hoppy Easter Bunnies]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/holdsworth-happy-hoppy-easter-bunnies</link><description><![CDATA[Holdsworth Happy Hoppy Easter Bunnies

Decadent milk chocolate bunnies, filled with creamy caramel and packed into an elegant treat bag, perfect for sharing this Easter.

Ingredients

Milk&amp;nbsp;Chocolate 64% (Sugar, Cocoa Butter, Whole&amp;nbsp;Milk&amp;nbsp;Powder, Cocoa Mass, Emulsifier:&amp;nbsp;Soya&amp;nbsp;Lecithin, Natural Vanilla), Caramel 36% (Glucose Syrup, Sweetened Condensed Skimmed&amp;nbsp;Milk, Sugar, Water, Cocoa Butter, Modified Starch, Thickener: Agar-Agar, Flavours, Emulsifiers: Mono and Diglycerides of Fatty Acids and Sunflower Lecithin, Salt, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid, Preservative: Potassium Sorbate), Salt Flakes.

For allergens, please see ingredients in bold. May contain traces of nuts.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034279001340]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/holdsworth-happy-hoppy-easter-bunnies-1000x1000-640767c6cfa0e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9390</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wisley 2008® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wisley-2008-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-rose</link><description><![CDATA[Wisley 2008&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The perfect rosette flowers are shallowly cupped, about 3&amp;rdquo; across, and are a very pure light pink. The outer petals pale prettily towards the edges.&amp;nbsp;The growth is elegantly arching, producing its flowers along the stems and building up into a fine, vigorous shrub. Named for the Royal Horticultural Society&amp;rsquo;s garden. David Austin, 2008.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Light pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2008
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large Shrub. 140cm height &amp;amp; 140cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825019019]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/wisley-2008-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e227a48dd40_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9391</g:id><title><![CDATA[Princess Anne® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/princess-anne-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-ro</link><description><![CDATA[Princess Anne&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The young flowers are deep pink, almost red, fading to pure rich pink. The rather narrow petals are unusually substantial, with a hint of yellow on their undersides.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Rich pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder: David Austin
	Fragrance: Medium, Tea
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2010
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Shady Areas
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825019620]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/princess-anne-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e22902e51a0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9393</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tranquility® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tranquility-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-rose</link><description><![CDATA[Tranquility&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Beautifully rounded flowers, with neatly placed petals making up perfect rosettes. The buds are lightly tinged with yellow but as the flowers open they become pure white.&amp;nbsp;A vigorous shrub; its growth is bushy and upright, clothed in light green foliage, curving outwards in a most attractive manner. With its pure white flowers, this rose lives up to its name. David Austin, 2012.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;White
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2012
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Border
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825020718]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tranquility-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e226a62d538_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9394</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wildeve English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wildeve-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses</link><description><![CDATA[Wildeve English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Distinctly quartered, rosette blooms are produced on long arching branches. They are soft blush with a pretty apricot hue, the outer petals paling to almost white.&amp;nbsp;It forms a bushy, mounding shrub. Named after the character in Thomas Hardy's The Return of the Native. David Austin, 2003.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Light pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2003
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 150cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Shady Areas


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full &amp;amp; partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825015943]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/wildeve-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1622037810_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9396</g:id><title><![CDATA[Silas Marner® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/silas-marner-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-ros</link><description><![CDATA[Silas Marner&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

An unfussy rose of soft mid pink, the petals are pale on the reverse and fade at the edges creating a gentle quality.&amp;nbsp;Held on red stems, the medium-sized cupped blooms have relaxed, almost ruffled petals which are set around an attractive button eye. There is a medium-strong Old Rose fragrance with accents of fruity lemon, green banana and apricot. A very healthy medium-sized shrub with glossy dark green foliage and wide, arching growth. Named after the kindhearted hero of George Eliot&amp;rsquo;s classic novel.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Mid pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2020
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Medium-strong, Old Rose
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 110cm height &amp;amp; 140cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Shady Areas
	Rose Border
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825022064]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/silas-marner-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e228d676050_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9397</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gentle Hermione English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gentle-hermione-english-shrub-rose-david-austin</link><description><![CDATA[Gentle Hermione English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The perfectly formed, shallow cups are pure light pink, paling to soft blush on the outer petals. There is a strong, warm myrrh fragrance.&amp;nbsp;It forms an attractive, quite broad shrub, with slightly arching stems. The leaves are tinged red at first, later turning green. Hermione is the faithful wife of Leontes, the King of Sicila, in Shakespeare&amp;rsquo;s The Winter&amp;rsquo;s Tale. David Austin, 2005.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Light pink
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2005
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 140cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Attracting Bees
	Cutting
	Wild Areas


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9, LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free of charge for orders over &amp;pound;50. Orders under &amp;pound;50 are subject to a &amp;pound;5 delivery fee. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825016971]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gentle-hermione-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1622036104_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9406</g:id><title><![CDATA[Opinel No.115 Peeler - Natural]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/opinel-no115-peeler-natural</link><description><![CDATA[Opinel No.115 Peeler - Natural

Please note, this item is only available to be sold to those over 18 years of age. ID may be required upon delivery.

This Opinel No.115 Peeler is natural is perfect for peeling fruit and vegetables rapidly and efficiently. Suitable for right and left-handed users.

Simple, versatile and efficient, The Essentials small knives make everyday cooking much easier.

The blades are Sandvik 12C27 stainless steel with high carbon content for excellent cutting quality and good resistance to corrosion. The handle is made from natural beech that has been covered in a protective varnish for excellent resistance to water.

Features:


	Varnished beech handle
	6cm stainless steel blade
	0.8mm blade thickness
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3123840019289]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/opinel-no-115-peeler-natural-1622719906_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9422</g:id><title><![CDATA[Borough Pastry Brush]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/borough-pastry-brush</link><description><![CDATA[Borough Pastry Brush

A glistening glaze can be hard to create without one of these. The Borough Pastry Brush in natural beech is that handy utensil for egg washing pastry and greasing dishes before cooking.


	Dimensions: H2 x W19 x D2cm
	Crafted in Beech
	Brush is made from boar bristles
	Handwash only
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5039314067695]]></g:mpn><g:price>6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/borough-pastry-brush-1622714821_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Garden Trading]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9470</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ama Dinner Plate (25cm diameter)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ama-dinner-plate</link><description><![CDATA[Ama Dinner Plate

These eye-catching Ama plates are handmade from stoneware using traditional techniques. Each plate is decorated by hand with a striking black splatter finish. The collection brings playful style to a table.


	Dishwasher safe - Yes
	Microwave safe - Yes
	Oven safe - Yes
	Suitable for outdoor use - No
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055672480365]]></g:mpn><g:price>22.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ama-dinner-plate-1623239455-1_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[NKUKU]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9497</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mbata Medium Brass Candlestick]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mbata-medium-brass-candlestick</link><description><![CDATA[Mbata Medium Brass Candlestick

This iron Mbata Medium Brass Candlestick has an elegant stem and artisan looking candle holder, that is well suited to a table or sideboard.

This iron Mbata Small Brass Candlestick has an elegant stem and artisan looking candle holder, that is well suited to a table or sideboard.

The rustic finish is skilfully created during the soldering process. This effect adds to the aesthetic of the design and compliments the brass material. Mix and match heights for an attractive display.


	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;30cm x 8cm x 8cm
	Weight: 600g
	Suitable for outdoor use: No
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055672472452]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mbata-medium-brass-candlestick-1624014232_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[NKUKU]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9502</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp; Jasmine Body Lotion 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-body-lotion-300ml</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Body Lotion 300ml

This Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Body Lotion from Bath House is a soothing luxurious body lotion, with moisturising ingredients to soften, condition and hydrate the skin.

Key Ingredients


	Glycerine, a natural water-based emollient for sealing in moisture.
	Shea butter, deeply moisturising, rich in vitamins A and E.
	Bamboo shoot extract, a naturally soothing skin conditioner.
	Aloe Vera leaf juice, to soothe and rehydrate the skin.
	Ginseng root extract, helps purify and tone the skin.
	Rice Bran oil, vitamin-rich and naturally rich in antioxidants.


Made with 97% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (Water), Glycerin, Cetearyl Alcohol, Glyceryl Stearate, Dicaprylyl Ether, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Vitis Vinifera (Grape) Seed Oil, Cetearyl Glucoside, Phenoxyethanol, Parfum (Fragrance), Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Oil, Aloe Barbadensis (Aloe Vera) Leaf Juice, Sodium Stearoyl Glutamate, Tocopheryl Acetate, Ethylhexylglycerin, Lactic Acid, Bambusa Vulgaris (Bamboo) Shoot Extract, Ginkgo Biloba (Ginkgo) Leaf Extract, Panax Ginseng (Ginseng) Root Extract, Potassium Sorbate, SodiumBenzoate, Butylphenyl Methylpropional, Linalool, Citronellol, Hydroxycitronellal.

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334026775]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-body-lotion-300ml-1000x1000-654a60e2db152_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bath House]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9503</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp; Jasmine Hair &amp; Body Wash 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-hair-body-wash-300ml</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Hair &amp;amp; Body Wash 300ml

This Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Hair &amp;amp; Body Wash from Bath House is a gentle body wash to cleanse and soothe, enriched with carefully chosen natural extracts and plant oils to leave skin feeling conditioned and refreshed.

Fragranced with the fresh, crisp scent of Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine. Refill this bottle time and again with one of our refill pouches. Please keep the durable pump lid and reorder the aluminium bottle with the screw lid to reduce wastage.

Key Ingredients


	Glycerine, a natural water-based emollient to gently cleanse the skin and lock in moisture
	Aloe Vera leaf juice, to soothe and rehydrate the skin.
	Bamboo shoot extract, a naturally soothing skin conditioner.
	Ginkgo leaf extract, a natural skin cleanser.
	Ginseng root extract, to revitalise and stimulate the senses.
	Rice Bran oil, a radiant skin-booster, naturally rich in omega 6.
	Grape seed oil, vitamin and mineral-rich, helps to lock in moisture.&amp;nbsp;


Made with 98% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (Water), Cocamidopropyl Betaine, Lauryl Glucoside, PEG-120 Methyl Glucose Dioleate, Lauryl Betaine, Sodium Chloride, Glycerin, Parfum (Fragrance), PEG-7 Glyceryl Cocoate, Aloe Barbadensis (Aloe Vera) Extract, Tocopheryl Acetate, Bambusa Vulgaris (Bamboo) Shoot Extract, Ginkgo Biloba (Ginkgo) Leaf Extract, Panax Ginseng (Ginseng) Root Extract, Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Oil, Vitis Vinifera (Grape) Seed Oil, Potassium Sorbate, Sodium Benzoate, Disodium EDTA, Citric Acid, Benzyl Alcohol, Triethylene Glycol, Propylene Glycol, Magnesium Nitrate, Methylchloroisothiazolinone, Magnesium Chloride, Methylisothiazolinone, Butylphenyl Methylpropional, Linalool.

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334025136]]></g:mpn><g:price>22 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-hair-body-wash-300ml-1000x1000-654a610c00785_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bath House]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9505</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp; Jasmine Hand Wash 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-hand-wash-300ml</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Hand Wash 300ml

Cleanse your hands with this gentle yet effective Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine Hand Wash from Bath House, enriched with beneficial natural extracts and plant oils to leave hands cleansed and hydrated.&amp;nbsp;

Fragranced with the fresh, crisp scent of Bamboo &amp;amp; Jasmine. Refill this bottle time and time again with our refill pouches.

Key Ingredients


	Glycerine, a natural water-based emollient for gently cleansing the skin.
	Rice Bran oil, vitamin-rich and naturally rich in antioxidants.
	Bamboo shoot extract, a naturally soothing skin conditioner.
	Ginkgo leaf extract, a natural skin cleanser.
	Ginseng root extract, helps purify and tone the skin.


Made with 97% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (Water), Ammonium Lauryl Sulfate, Cocamidopropyl Betaine, Coco-Glucoside, Cocamide DEA, Parfum (Fragrance), Glyceryl Oleate, Glycerin, PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, Bambusa Vulgaris (Bamboo) Shoot Extract, Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Oil, Ginkgo Biloba (Ginkgo) Leaf Extract, Panax Ginseng (Ginseng) Root Extract, Benzyl Alcohol, Magnesium Nitrate, Methylchloroisothiazolinone, Methylisothiazolinone, Magnesium Chloride, Potassium Sorbate, Sodium Benzoate, Butylphenyl Methylpropional, Linalool,&amp;nbsp;

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334025099]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-bamboo-jasmine-hand-wash-300ml-1624017096_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bath House]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9509</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp; Black Pepper Body Lotion 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-body-lotion-300</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Body Lotion 300ml

This Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Body Lotion is an enriching and luxurious body lotion with moisturising ingredients to soften, condition and hydrate the skin.

Key Ingredients


	Shea butter, deeply moisturising and naturally rich in Vitamins A and E.
	Aloe Vera extract, to soothe and moisturise the skin.
	Glycerine, a natural humectant to help seal in moisture.
	Black Peppercorn extract, with anti-inflammatory skincare properties.
	Bergamot oil, helps circulation, bringing radiance to the skin.
	Vitamin E, hydrates and protects the skin.


Made with 97% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (Water), Glycerin, Cetearyl Alcohol, Glyceryl Stearate, Dicaprylyl Ether, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea Butter), Parfum (Fragrance), Cetearyl Glucoside, Aloe Barbadensis (Aloe Vera) Extract, Citrus Bergamia (Bergamot) Oil, Piper Nigrum (Black Peppercorn) Seed Extract, Juglans Regia (Walnut) Extract, Tocopheryl Acetate, Dimethicone, Sodium Stearoyl Glutamate, Xanthan Gum, Phenoxyethanol, Ethylhexylglycerin, Potassium Sorbate, Sodium Benzoate, Linalool. Limonene, Butylphenyl Methylpropional, Coumarin, Geraniol, Citral

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334025372]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-body-lotion-300ml-1000x1000-654a616ce0bd1_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9514</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp; Black Pepper Bath Soak 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-patchouli--black-pepper-bath-soak-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Bath Soak 500ml

This Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Bath Soak is an enriching bath soak to relax and unwind body and mind, made with natural extracts and plant oils to gently soothe and cleanse the skin.

Key Ingredients


	Coconut-derived surfactant, a natural foaming agent to gently cleanse the skin.
	Glycerine, a natural water-based emollient for gently cleansing the skin.
	Aloe Vera leaf juice, to soothe and moisturise the skin.
	Bergamot fruit oil, helps improve circulation.
	Black Peppercorn seed extract, anti-inflammatory to help maintain healthy and conditioned skin.
	Ginger root extract, with anti-oxidant properties to promote healthy skin.


Made with 98% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (Water), Lauryl Glucoside, Cocamidopropyl Betaine, Lauryl Betaine, PEG-120 Methyl Glucose Dioleate, Glycerin, Parfum (Fragrance), PEG-7 Glyceryl Cocoate, Piper Nigrum (Black Pepper) Seed Extract, Zingiber Officinale (Ginger) Root Extract, Aloe Barbadensis (Aloe Vera) Leaf Juice, Disodium EDTA, Citric Acid, Citrus Bergamia (Bergamot) Fruit Oil, Benzyl Alcohol, Magnesium Nitrate, Methylchloroisothiazolinone, Magnesium Chloride, Methylisothiazolinone, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Linalool, Limonene, Butylphenyl Methylpropional.

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334025921]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-bath-soak-500ml-1624018236_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9516</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp; Black Pepper Hand Cream 30ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-hand-cream-30ml</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Hand Cream 30ml

This Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Hand Cream is an enriching hand cream to strengthen nails and soften cuticles with moisture-rich ingredients.

Key Ingredients


	Shea butter, a natural skin moisturiser.
	Cocoa butter, a soothing and softening skin emollient.
	Glycerine, a natural water-based emollient for sealing in moisture.
	Sweet Almond oil, a natural softener, leaving skin soothed.
	Vitamin E, provides long-lasting hydration and protection.
	Grapeseed oil, rich in natural anti-oxidants to ensure soft, healthy skincare.


Made with 98% natural ingredients

Ingredients

Aqua (water), Glycerine, Cetearyl Alcohol, Cetyl Alcohol, Prunus Amygdalus Dulcis (Sweet Almond Oil), Vitis Vinifera (Grape) Seed Oil, Caprylic/Capric Triglycerides, Glyceryl Stearate, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea Butter), Parfum (Fragrance), Phenoxyethanol, Ethylhexylglycerin, Theobroma Cacao (Cocoa Butter), Ceteareth-20, Carbomer, Sodium Hydroxide, Tocopheryl Acetate (Vitamin E), Linalool, Limonene, Butylphenyl Methyl Propional, Coumarin, Geraniol, Citral, Eugenol, Alpha-Isomethyl Ionone

Not suitable for nut allergy sufferers]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334025280]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-hand-cream-30ml-1624019093_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9523</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ward 100l Slimline Water Butt]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ward-100l-slimline-water-butt</link><description><![CDATA[Ward 100l Slimline Water Butt

This Slimline Water Butt is ideal for smaller gardens and will hold up to 100 litres.

Product information


	Ideal for conserving water by collecting rainwater
	Holds up to 100L litres
	Made from HDPE, Hardwearing to withstand the elements


Features and benefits


	Made in the UK
	Made using recycled materials
	Using rainwater in your garden can help to improve your home&amp;rsquo;s water efficiency


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5021711045437]]></g:mpn><g:price>49.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ward-100l-slimline-water-butt-1624026878_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9528</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stewart 32cm Lead Effect Round Planter]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stewart-32cm-lead-effect-round-planter</link><description><![CDATA[Stewart 32cm Lead Effect Round Planter

This Round Lead Effect Planter will add a classical feel to your garden.

These stylish plant pots maintain an authentic lead look whilst being lightweight and great value, as they are rotationally moulded in premium plastic.&amp;nbsp;

Features


	Colours available: Pewter Effect
	Traditional design
	Drainage holes for outdoor use
	48 litre soil capacity
	Long-lasting: lightweight, frost-proof, shockproof and UV resistant
	Made in the UK from premium grade plastic
	Ideal for a range of plants, conical Buxus and small trees


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Outdoor Pots]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011431107317]]></g:mpn><g:price>22.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stewart-32cm-lead-effect-round-planter-1624291517_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9539</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Snuggler Nest Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-snuggler-nest-box</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Snuggler Nest Box

The Tom Chambers Snuggler Nest Box is perfect for larger Tits and Sparrows with the 32mm entrance hole.

The ridged roof gives the box a traditional look.

There is a real shortage of natural nesting sites in the UK as more areas are urbanised, so placing a nest box in your garden really helps to keep our garden bird population going. This Nest Box will help to attracting breeding birds throughout the Spring but will also offer shelter and warmth to roosting birds during the Autumn and Winter.

Dimensions - H 240mm x W 120mm x D 120mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Wildlife/Birdhouses, Feeders &amp; Tables]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026068]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-snuggler-nest-box-1624370973_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Wildlife]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9542</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Chartwell Seed Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-chartwell-seed-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Chartwell Seed Feeder

The Chartwell Seed Feeder from Tom Chambers is a versatile feeder which is made from wood.

The feeder has a hexagonal wood design which is different from other feeders yet it blends in will blend in with your garden.

The feeder has a solid hard-wearing construction and comes with a metal hook for easy hanging.

Seed and straight foods can be fed from the feeder.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026990]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-chartwell-seed-feeder-1624369528_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9595</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elisa Large Candlestick]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elisa-large-candlestick</link><description><![CDATA[Elisa Large Candlestick

This brass aluminium Elisa Large Candlestick from Bloomingville has a beautiful golden effect, and is perfect to be styled all year round with your favourite dinner candles.

Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;D&amp;nbsp;9cm xH 25cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5711173255726]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elisa-large-candlestick-1624629568_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9596</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elisa Small Candlestick]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elisa-small-candlestick</link><description><![CDATA[Elisa Small Candlestick

This brass aluminium Elisa Small Candlestick from Bloomingville has a beautiful golden effect, and is perfect to be styled all year round with your favourite dinner candles.

Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;D&amp;nbsp;9cm xH 18cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5711173255719]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elisa-small-candlestick-1624629685_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9604</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Priory Sage Large Obelisk (1.7m height)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-priory-sage-large-obelisk-17m-height</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Priory Sage Large Obelisk (1.7m height)

This Tom Chambers Priory Sage Obelisk measures 1.7m in height and is manufactured from heavy-duty solid steel rod with strong welds to give plants plenty of support in the garden.

A practical yet decorative plant support. Coated in an elegant sage green finish. Traditional style to add a touch of class to any garden.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506024675]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-priory-sage-large-obelisk-1-7m-height-1624883528_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9610</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Medium Cottage Garden Arc (45cm diameter)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-medium-cottage-garden-arc-45cm-diamet</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Medium Cottage Garden Arc (45cm diameter)

This Tom Chambers Medium Cottage Garden Arc is used to support and contain splaying plants or plants at the front of a border.

It is simple to use, blends in with your garden border and is handcrafted from heavy duty steel&amp;nbsp;


	45cm Diameter
	80cm Height
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506019961]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-medium-cottage-garden-arc-45cm-diameter-1624890624_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9614</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Nostell Large Obelisk (1.6m height)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-nostell-large-obelisk-16m-height</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Nostell Large Obelisk (1.6m height)

This Tom Chambers Nostell Large Obelisk measures 1.6m in height and and has been manufactured from heavy-duty solid steel rod with strong welds, to provide ample support to your plants.


	Contemporary spiral design with new&amp;nbsp;finial
	Great for use in containers with&amp;nbsp;climbing plants
	Hand welded and plastic coated


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506005452]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-nostell-large-obelisk-1-6m-height-1624890483_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9619</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Medium Herbaceous Support Twin Pack (54cm height)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tom-chambers-medium-herbaceous-support-twin-pack-5</link><description><![CDATA[Tom Chambers Medium Herbaceous Support Twin Pack (54cm height)

This Tom Chambers Medium Herbaceous Support Twin Pack contains two supports, both measuring 54cm in height and 40cm in width. Made from steel and plastic for longevity.&amp;nbsp;


	Dimensions - 40cm (h) x 54cm (w)
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022506026365]]></g:mpn><g:price>32.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tom-chambers-medium-herbaceous-support-twin-pack-54cm-height-1624890837_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Tom Chambers]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9626</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wainwright Fells Black Map with Frame &amp; Gold Pen by Oldfield Design Co]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wainwright-fells-black-map-with-frame-gold-pen-by</link><description><![CDATA[Wainwright Fells Black Map with Frame &amp;amp; Gold Pen by Oldfield Design Co

Mark each fell you have climbed with the included Gold paint pen and hang with the wooden magnetic frame hanger to create a personalised print for your living room or bedroom.&amp;nbsp;

The perfect gift for a those who enjoy walking and hiking. Keep track of when you climb each Wainwright Fell in the Lake District.

Size: 29.7 x 42cm (A3) Printed locally in the Lake District on high quality paper stock.
Printed on paper sourced from a sustainable forest source.

Included in each order:


	A3 Wainwright Print
	Wooden Magnetic hanger frame
	Gold Posca Paint Pen
	&amp;nbsp;
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[604565693631]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/wainwright-fells-black-map-with-frame-gold-pen-by-oldfield-d-1536x1536-64259f962f0ed_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Oldfield Design Co]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9639</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pennington’s Miniature Gift Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/penningtons-miniature-gift-set</link><description><![CDATA[Pennington&amp;rsquo;s Miniature Gift Set

Pennington&amp;rsquo;s Miniature Gift Set offers the best selection of spirits and liqueurs, handpicked by Mr. Pennington himself &amp;ndash; the man behind the flavours. Please note, this item is only suitable to be purchased by those over 18 years of age.&amp;nbsp;

This beautifully presented gift pack features the iconic Kendal Mint Cake Liqueur &amp;ndash; the perfect after-dinner drink and winner of Gold at the Liqueur Masters 2019. Developed from an original recipe, Kendal Mint Cake Liqueur embellishes upon the local delicacy famed for having been taken to the top of Mt. Everest.

It also features the inimitable Bakewell Gin Liqueur which is the perfect addition to a glass all-year round. Paired with Fever Tree&amp;rsquo;s Sicilian Lemonade, this is a world beater and we won&amp;rsquo;t have anybody say different!

Our multi-award winning London Dry Gin is the last bottle to discover; Lakeland Moon Gin. Harvesting wild junipers under the Full Moon on the Lake District fells to add to the 6 other ingredients, before being cut back with Lake District Spring Water keeps this gin as true to its&amp;rsquo; roots as any. This ultra smooth Gin delivers an uplifting burst of citrus on the nose which complements forward juniper notes on the palate and is best served with Fever Tree Mediterranean Tonic Water or simply over ice as a Sipping Gin.

This collection is perfect for the gin lover who enjoys wandering the Lake District fells or a loved one who deserves something a little special!

Pennington&amp;rsquo;s Miniature Gift Set features three miniature bottles (5cl):


	Kendal Mint Cake Liqueur 24% ABV
	Bakewell Gin Liqueur 20% ABV
	Lakeland Moon Gin 42.1% ABV
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065010560451]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pennington-s-miniature-gift-set-1626173032_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9646</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Lakes Rhubarb and Rosehip Gin Liqueur 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-lakes-rhubarb-and-rosehip-gin-liqueur-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[The Lakes Rhubarb and Rosehip Gin Liqueur 70cl

Zesty rhubarb meets aromatic rosehip in this refreshingly bittersweet liqueur with The Lakes Gin at its heart.

Delicately fruity with a tantalising tang, intricate flavour infusion creates a deliciously light gin liqueur with a gentle pink hue.

Perfect straight over ice or with ginger ale for a vibrant thirst-quencher.

Specification:


	Lakes Gin Liqueur - Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rosehip
	25% ABV
	Natural colour
	Synthetic cork
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060307843330]]></g:mpn><g:price>27 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-lakes-rhubarb-and-rosehip-gin-liqueur-70cl-1631268522_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9652</g:id><title><![CDATA[Organic Liquorice Pebbles 100g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/organic-liquorice-pebbles-100g</link><description><![CDATA[Organic Liquorice Pebbles 100g

Escape to the beach with Seggiano Organic Liquorice Pebbles sweeties with the chewy centre.


	100% Organic, gluten free &amp;amp; vegan
	Organic Italian liquorice root farmed in Calabria
	Made by a family run business
	Chewy in the middle


Ingredients

Cane sugar*, glucose syrup*, Calabrian liquorice extract* 3%, thickener: gum arabic*, natural anise and mint flavourings*, natural colouring: elderberry Juice*. *from organic agriculture

Store in a cool, dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742002921]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/organic-liquorice-pebbles-100g-1627999741_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9653</g:id><title><![CDATA[Organic Linguine Pasta 250g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/organic-linguine-pasta-250g</link><description><![CDATA[Organic Linguine Pasta 250g

This Seggiano Organic Linguine Pasta is made from a certified organic Tuscan wheat, the pasta is slow dried and formed using bronze moulds.


	From wheat fully traceable to the farm where it was grown
	Organic premium 100% Tuscan durum wheat for best flavour
	Bronze drawn for bonding perfectly with sauces
	Slow low temperature drying for excellent consistency


Ingredients

Organically grown Tuscan durum WHEAT semolina*. *organic ingredient

May contain traces of egg and soya.

Store in a cool, dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8001232464273]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/organic-linguine-pasta-250g-1628692126_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9654</g:id><title><![CDATA[Organic Liquorice Spirals 100g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/organic-liquorice-spirals-100g</link><description><![CDATA[Organic Liquorice Spirals 100g

These all time favourite soft liquorice spirals are made with organic Calabrian liquorice root extract.


	Liquorice with provenance &amp;amp; traceability
	Organic liquorice farmed in Calabria, Italy
	Made by a family run business
	Contains 6% pure liquorice extract


Ingredients

Cane molasses*, WHEAT flour*, glucose syrup*, Calabrian liquorice extract* 6%, salt, natural anise flavouring*, sunflower oil*, beeswax*, carnauba wax*. *from organic agriculture

Store in a cool, dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742002914]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/organic-liquorice-spirals-100g-1627999603_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9657</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fusilli - Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fusilli-yorkshire-pasta-company-500g</link><description><![CDATA[Fusilli - Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g

Fusilli &amp;lsquo;spindles&amp;rsquo; are like a corkscrew &amp;ndash; it is the helterskelter of the pasta world!&amp;nbsp;The swirly design partnered with the texture created from our traditional bronze-drawn method, leads to a champion sauce-holding ability and such a delightful mouthfeel. The shape is a pretty funky creation when you think about it. We love to eat these stirred into a punchy bolognese sauce.

Weight:&amp;nbsp;0.5 kg

IngredientsL Wheat ﬂour with vitamins and minerals (calcium carbonate, iron, niacin (B3), thiamin (B1)).

Suitable for Vegans: Yes

Nutritional Values Per 100g as sold:


	Typical Values:
	Energy 1424kj/340kcal
	Fat 1.4g of which saturates 0.2g
	Carbohydrate 73.9g of which sugars 1.4g
	Fibre 3.4g
	Protein 13.3g
	Salt 0.01g


Shelf Life:&amp;nbsp;24 Months

Allergen Information: For allergens see ingredients in bold.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000136301]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fusilli-yorkshire-pasta-company-500g-1626874195_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9660</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tortiglioni – Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tortiglioni-yorkshire-pasta-company-500g</link><description><![CDATA[Tortiglioni &amp;ndash; Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g

Similar to Rigatoni, but with more pronounced grooves that actually swirl their way around the pasta. Hence their name, which stems from the Latin &amp;lsquo;torquere&amp;rsquo;, meaning &amp;lsquo;to turn&amp;rsquo;.&amp;nbsp;Perfect with simple sauces, zesty salads and fish dishes. Big, bold and mighty in appearance, texture and taste.

Weight: 0.5 kg

Ingredients: Wheat ﬂour with vitamins and minerals (calcium carbonate, iron, niacin (B3), thiamin (B1)).

Suitable for Vegans: Yes

Nutritional Values Per 100g as sold:


	Typical Values:
	Energy 1424kj/340kcal
	Fat 1.4g of which saturates&amp;nbsp;0.2g
	Carbohydrate 73.9g of which sugars 1.4g
	Fibre 3.4g
	Protein 13.3g
	Salt 0.01g


Shelf Life: 24 Months

Allergen Information: For allergens see ingredients in bold.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000136332]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tortiglioni-yorkshire-pasta-company-500g-1626874350_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9661</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mezze Maniche Rigate - Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mezze-maniche-rigate-yorkshire-pasta-company-500</link><description><![CDATA[Mezze Maniche Rigate - Yorkshire Pasta Company 500g

Ridged tubes of pasta almost as wide as they are long, with furrows down the outside.

Rumoured to be hard to find and unlikely to be appreciated outside of Rome, this stylish number is making its debut in Yorkshire. They are capable of holding a range of sauces, from substantial and meaty to creamy and velvety.

Weight: 0.5 kg

Ingredients: Wheat ﬂour with vitamins and minerals (calcium carbonate, iron, niacin (B3), thiamin (B1)).

Suitable for Vegans: Yes

Nutritional Values Per 100g as sold:


	Typical Values:
	Energy 1424kj/340kcal
	Fat 1.4g of which saturates 0.2g
	Carbohydrate 73.9g of which sugars&amp;nbsp;1.4g
	Fibre 3.4g
	Protein 13.3g
	Salt 0.01g


Shelf Life: 24 Months

Allergen Information: For allergens see ingredients in bold.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000136349]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mezze-maniche-rigate-yorkshire-pasta-company-500g-1626874308_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9671</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mandarin Jam Conserve 225g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mandarin-jam-conserve-225g</link><description><![CDATA[Mandarin Jam Conserve 225g

Spring harvested Tardivo di Ciaculli mandarins make a delicious breakfast conserve.


	Sicilian Giacullo mandarin extra fruit marmalade
	Minimum heat processing delivers maximum flavour
	Made without pectin


Ingredients

Ciaculli mandarins 65%, cane sugar, lemon juice.

Store away from heat &amp;amp; light. Once opened refrigerate and consume within one week.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742001863]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mandarin-jam-conserve-225g-1628692152_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9674</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fig Jam Conserve 200g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fig-jam-conserve-200g</link><description><![CDATA[Fig Jam Conserve 200g

This simple, pure fruit jam is made using just Dottato figs and lemon.


	Calabrian Dottato variety fig extra jam
	Minimum heat processing delivers maximum flavour
	No added sugar
	Made without pectin
	Delicious combined with creamy cheeses or yoghurt


Ingredients

Dottato figs 99.4%, lemon juice, lemon zest.

Store away from heat &amp;amp; light. Once opened refrigerate and consume within one week.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742001887]]></g:mpn><g:price>7 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fig-jam-conserve-200g-1628692012_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9675</g:id><title><![CDATA[Grapefruit Jam Conserve 225g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/grapefruit-jam-conserve-225g</link><description><![CDATA[Grapefruit Jam Conserve 225g

Delicious experience to your breakfast table of the freshly harvested pink grapefruit.


	Sicilian pink grapefruit extra fruit marmalade
	Minimum heat processing delivers maximum flavour
	No pectin


Ingredients

Pink grapefruit 82%, cane sugar, lemon juice.

Store away from heat &amp;amp; light. Once opened refrigerate and consume within one week.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742001870]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/grapefruit-jam-conserve-225g-1628692073_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9679</g:id><title><![CDATA[Amaretti Soft Almond Biscuits 210g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/amaretti-soft-almond-biscuits-210g</link><description><![CDATA[Amaretti Soft Almond Biscuits 210g

A traditional recipe made in the Province of Siena, Tuscany using freshly prepared almond paste.


	45% freshly ground almonds
	Gluten free dolcetti
	With organic egg &amp;amp; local honey
	Made in a Tuscan family bakery


Ingredients

ALMONDS 42%, sugar, glucose&amp;amp;fructose, organic EGG white, raising agent: ammonium carbonate.

Produced in a facility that also handles soya and nuts (almond, pistachio, hazelnut, walnut).

Store in a cool dark place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742001429]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/amaretti-soft-almond-biscuits-210g-1628691937_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9680</g:id><title><![CDATA[Sunflower Raw Honey 500g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/sunflower-raw-honey-500g</link><description><![CDATA[Sunflower Raw Honey 500g

A vibrant yellow, set honey from the banks of the Tiber in Umbria.


	Cold extracted, raw, unblended honey
	Monovarietal honey from mainland Italy
	GM crops are banned in Italy - our honeys are GM free


Ingredients

Sunflower raw honey.

Store in a cool, dry place.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033742000163]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/sunflower-raw-honey-500g-1628692312_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9730</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Langdale 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumbrian-ales-langdale-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Langdale 500ml

Lovely bitter with the amazing aroma and taste of English fruit and marmalade. Brewed with Maris Otter and lager malts, in cask version the beer won silver in the Champion Golden Ale of Britain.

ABV 4%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060167290046]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumbrian-ales-langdale-500ml-1628690481_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9732</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Loweswater Gold 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumbrian-ales-loweswater-gold-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Loweswater Gold 500ml

World famous Golden Ale with a tropical fruit flavour. In cask version, the beer won Champion Golden Ale of Britain 2011.

ABV: 4.3%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060167290022]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumbrian-ales-loweswater-gold-500ml-1628691135_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9733</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Buttermere Beauty 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumbrian-ales-buttermere-beauty-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Cumbrian Ales Buttermere Beauty 500ml

Superb golden Pilsner fermented with lager yeast at cool temperatures.

ABV: 4.8%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060167290121]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumbrian-ales-buttermere-beauty-500ml-1628690550_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9734</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Red 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lancaster-brewery-red-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Red 500ml

A premium strength, ruby beer. Robust and malt-dominated, fired by a spicy but sweet fragrance. An impact beer designed to leave lasting impressions both visually and on the taste buds.

Please note this product is only available to those over 18 years of age.&amp;nbsp;

4.8% ABV]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060208340020]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lancaster-brewery-red-500ml-1628691700_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9736</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Black 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lancaster-brewery-black-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Black 500ml

Classic, traditional stout. Complex taste with a rich and full body. Crisp, with a full bouquet of spices, fruit and floral aromas.

Please note this product is only available to those over 18 years of age.&amp;nbsp;

4.5% ABV]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060208340037]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lancaster-brewery-black-500ml-1628691194_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9737</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Blonde 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lancaster-brewery-blonde-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Lancaster Brewery Blonde 500ml

A vivid golden bitter, designed to offer pale beer with real taste and aromatic impact. The initial bitterness is followed by a surprising sweetness culminating with a long dry finish.

Please note this product is only available to those over 18 years of age.&amp;nbsp;

4% ABV]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060208340013]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lancaster-brewery-blonde-500ml-1628691221_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>9763</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wooden Cow Shape Sorter Wooden Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cow-shape-sorter-wooden-toy</link><description><![CDATA[Cow Shape Sorter Wooden Toy

Djeco have brought their superior styling and design flair to the classic wooden shape sorting toy much loved by one and two year olds.

Wooden Djeco 'Cachatou' is styled on a friendly cow - brightly patterned and coloured with the head on a bouncy spring. &amp;nbsp;The&amp;nbsp;6 different coloured smooth wooden shapes fit through the correct holes.

Great for hand to eye co-ordination and shape recognition this toddler toy is suitable for children from&amp;nbsp;18 months old. A lovely, unusual variation on a classic gift. Box dimensions 22 x 16.5 x 11.5 cm, shape sorting game dimensions 17 x&amp;nbsp;21 x&amp;nbsp;10.5cm.


	Classic wooden toy for toddlers
	Sort the wooden shapes through the holes
	Themed on a friendly cow
	Colourful and solid
	6 brightly coloured wooden shapes
	Head on wobbly spring
	Perfect for hand eye co-ordination&amp;nbsp;
	Develops manual dexterity
	Box dimensions 22 x 16.5 x 11.5 cm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3070900063099]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cow-shape-sorter-wooden-toy-1627557083_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10003</g:id><title><![CDATA[Serpent and Twig White Cast Iron Bench]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/serpent-and-twig-white-cast-iron-bench</link><description><![CDATA[Serpent and Twig White Cast Iron Bench

This Serpent and Twig White Cast Iron Bench is original and late Victorian with beautiful white paint patina.

Dimensions

92cm l x 62cm w x 86cm h.

Due to the reclaimed nature of this product, measurements may vary slightly.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture/Garden Reclamation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[19690196]]></g:mpn><g:price>1200 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/serpent-and-twig-white-cast-iron-bench-1629303074_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10015</g:id><title><![CDATA[Antique Rhubarb Force]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/antique-rhubarb-force</link><description><![CDATA[Antique Rhubarb Force

This original, English handmade Antique Rhubarb Force is made from terracotta.

Dimensions

45cm w at the base x 24cm w at the top x 69cm h.

Due to the reclaimed nature of this product, measurements may vary slightly.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture/Garden Reclamation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[19690220]]></g:mpn><g:price>289 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/antique-rhubarb-force-1629359847_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10019</g:id><title><![CDATA[Reclaimed Metal Wire Basket]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/reclaimed-metal-wire-basket</link><description><![CDATA[Reclaimed Metal Wire Basket

This Reclaimed Metal Wire Basket has wooden handles, and is great to use in the garden or for indoor storage.

Dimensions

49cm l x 15cm h x 25 cm w

Due to the reclaimed nature of this product, measurements may vary slightly.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture/Antiques &amp; Reclaimed Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[19690013]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/reclaimed-metal-wire-basket-1629362299_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10022</g:id><title><![CDATA[Antique Confit Pot]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/antique-confit-pot</link><description><![CDATA[Antique Confit Pot

This Antique Confit Pot originates from France where it was used throughout the 19th Century to cook and store traditional meat dishes, such as Confit de Canard.

Dimensions

20cm diam at the opening x 33cm h x approx. 33cm wide
Due to the reclaimed nature of this product, measurements may vary slightly.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture/Antiques &amp; Reclaimed Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[19690208]]></g:mpn><g:price>175 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/antique-confit-pot-1629362595_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10164</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni 12' Bamboo Pizza Peel &amp; Serving Board]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-12-bamboo-pizza-peel-serving-board</link><description><![CDATA[Oonie 12&amp;quot; Bamboo Pizza Peel &amp;amp; Serving Board

Featuring a moisture-resistant, smooth bamboo surface to prevent pizza dough from sticking, it also doubles up as a stylish board for serving and slicing pizzas.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568341590]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/oonie-12-bamboo-pizza-peel-serving-board-1000x1000-637256675e264_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10244</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Mixed Selection Gift Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-mixed-selection-gift-box</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Mixed Selection Gift Box

A beautifully presented box of four jars - perfect for those who like a choice.

Mixed Selection Includes:


	Westmorland Farmhouse Chutney
	Raspberry &amp;amp; Vanilla Jam
	Five Fruit Marmalade
	Cheeseboard Chutney


&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Christmas Food &amp; Drink]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183366534]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-mixed-selection-gift-box-1637x1637-6545054f00c35_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10394</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Copper Electric Floor Standing Patio Heater]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-copper-electric-floor-standing-patio-heate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Copper Electric Floor Standing Patio Heater

The durable patio heater allows you to relax in your garden whatever the weather, with an impressive heat output of up to 2500W. Although expansive in size the powerful patio heater is held securely in place by the sturdy base, which can be fitted to the floor.

With the Copper Floor standing patio heater, you can enjoy your garden for longer, whilst keeping your guests warm on those chilly evenings. The durable patio heater boasts a stylish brushed Copper colour, ideal for those who want something different. With multiple heat settings (1000W, 1500W and 2500W), you have the option to enjoy a light simmer of heat or feeling toasty. With an adjustable lampshade you can move it to different angles so you can direct the heat to a preferred area.&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;

The energy efficient Copper Floor standing garden heater features double frost halogen heating tubes, which means they instantly start providing focal heat. As the heater is electric powered it doesn&amp;rsquo;t release any fumes or smoke.&amp;nbsp; For added safety the heater has built-in-tip-over protection, which ensures it will automatically switch off if not upright.

Features

1 x Copper Floor Standing Heater


	Double Frost halogen heating lamp with rose gold coating which emits a soft, warm colour.&amp;nbsp;
	Choice of heat settings from 1000W to 2500W.&amp;nbsp;
	Cable Length: 1.8M
	IP Rating: IP54.


Warranty

The 1 YEAR Kalos Warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms and conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Care &amp;amp; Maintenance


	Unplug the heater and let it cool completely.&amp;nbsp;
	When disconnected from the electrical supply, clean the outside of the heater with a damp cloth. Never use corrosive or solvent cleansers or immerse in water. Wait until the unit is completely dry before use.


Storage Guidelines

If the heater will not be used for a long period of time, store, store it in a cool, dry location. To prevent dust and dirt build-up, use the original packaging to repack the heater.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Heaters]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229753526]]></g:mpn><g:price>399 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-copper-electric-floor-standing-patio-heater-1000x1000-61a0d9b2cc569_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10401</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Large Aluminium Storage Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-large-aliminium-storage-box</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Large Aliminium Storage Box

Made with durable yet lightweight powder-coated aluminium so the storage box is rustproof. This means it can be left outdoors all year round without it deteriorating.

With minimum maintenance required the aluminium storage box will look great for years to come. The large storage box features a waterproof zipped liner to keep your items protected from the elements. The gas hinges will ensure the lid can be opened and closed easily. For your convenience, the large storage box has wheels on one side so the box can be moved easily.

Features


	Large aluminium Storage box &amp;ndash;Dimensions H96.5 x W167 x D91.5cm
	Made from lightweight powder coated aluminium
	Rust proof
	Waterproof zipped liner
	Lockable fastener (Padlock not included)
	Gas hinges
	Wheels on one side and handles allowing for added convenience
	3-year warranty included. Terms and Conditions apply
	Assembly Required


Warranty

Kettler 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is available, please&amp;nbsp;contact us&amp;nbsp;for a quote.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229742995]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-large-aliminium-storage-box-1000x1000-61a0f4b38480d_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10402</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Medium Aluminium Storage Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-medium-aluminium-storage-box</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Medium Aluminium Storage Box

The garden storage box is made from robust powder coated aluminium and features a waterproof zipped liner which will keep your garden furniture cushions protected from the elements.

With minimum maintenance required the aluminium storage box will look great for years to come.

The top-loading practical storage box is perfect to keep your garden furniture cushions or garden accessories well protected. Boasting innovative features like gas hinges which ensure the lid doesn&amp;rsquo;t slam shut. It also features a lockable fastener so you can add a padlock (not included) to keep your items secure.

Features


	Storage box Dimensions H72 x W138 x D67cm
	Waterproof Zipped liner
	Lockable fastener
	Convenient lid opening with gas assisted spring damper
	Made with aluminium which is rustproof and waterproof
	Wheels on one side for easy transportation
	3-year warranty included. Terms and Conditions apply


Warranty

Kettler 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is available, please&amp;nbsp;contact us&amp;nbsp;for a quote.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229743008]]></g:mpn><g:price>449 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-medium-aluminium-storage-box-1000x1000-643681b44c502_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10421</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® Luxury Grass Seed - 420g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-luxury-grass-seed---420g</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Luxury Grass Seed - 420g

How to use

Create a new lawn or fill in a bare patch


	Remove all weeds and stones and lightly turn the soil surface over. Level and firm by treading the soil.
	Shake the box to remix the seeds. Apply one handful per square metre (approximately 30g).
	Create a criss-cross pattern by sowing half the seed from left to right and the rest from top to bottom.
	Gently rake in and tread the seeds into the soil. Unless it rains, soak with a fine spray and keep soil moist for the next few weeks.


How to overseed an existing lawn


	Prepare the lawn by mowing it short, raking out dead grass, moss and debris. Apply a lawn dressing such as Miracle-Gro EverGreen Lawn Dressing.
	In dry conditions, moisten the lawn.
	Sprinkle a small handful of seed for each square metre (25g). Lightly rake the seed into the lawn.
	Unless it rains, soak with a fine spray and keep soil moist for the next few weeks.


Where to use

For use on lawns.

How often to apply

Apply as required.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Only use where there is a recognised need to feed plants. Keep away from plant leaves and stems. Wash hands and exposed skin after use. Do not eat while applying this product.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272184945]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-luxury-grass-seed-420g-450x450-61effd22dfd15_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10422</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® Shady Lawn Seed]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-shady-lawn-seed</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Shady Lawn Seed

How to use

Create a new lawn or fill in a bare patch


	Remove all weeds and stones and lightly turn the soil surface over. Level and firm by treading the soil.
	Shake the box to remix the seeds. Apply one handful per square metre (approximately 30g).
	Create a criss-cross pattern by sowing half the seed from left to right and the rest from top to bottom.
	Gently rake in and tread the seeds into the soil. Unless it rains, soak with a fine spray and keep soil moist for the next few weeks.


How to overseed an existing lawn


	Prepare the lawn by mowing it short, raking out dead grass, moss and debris. Apply a lawn dressing such as Miracle-Gro EverGreen Lawn Dressing.
	In dry conditions, moisten the lawn.
	Sprinkle a small handful of seed for each square metre (25g). Lightly rake the seed into the lawn.
	Unless it rains, soak with a fine spray and keep soil moist for the next few weeks.


Where to use

For use on shady lawns.

How often to apply

Apply as required.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Only use where there is a recognised need to feed plants. Keep away from plant leaves and stems. Wash hands and exposed skin after use. Do not eat while applying this product.

Always read the label and product information before use.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272184907]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-shady-lawn-seed-500x571-69b1549d9bab8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro®]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10424</g:id><title><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro® Evergreen® Liquid Feed &amp; Moss Control - 1L]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/miracle-gro-evergreen-liquid-feed--moss-control---</link><description><![CDATA[Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Evergreen&amp;reg; Liquid Feed &amp;amp; Moss Control - 1L

How to use

Mark out areas to be treated and apply evenly at the following rates:


	Using a watering can:&amp;nbsp;150ml to 9 litres of water applied evenly over 10m&amp;sup2;.
	Using a sprayer:&amp;nbsp;150ml to 500ml of water applied evenly over 10m&amp;sup2;.


Once the moss has turned died and turned black after 7-14 days you can rake it out. Avoid walking on treated areas until 100% dry.

Where to use

For use on lawns.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 5-0-0.

Cautions

Contains iron sulphate. Keep out of reach from children.

To avoid risk to human health and the environment, comply with the instructions for use.

Read label before use. Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. If medical advice is needed, have product container or label to hand.

Unused product in its container may be disposed of in the dustbin. Dispose of empty container by recycling.

Apply this product very carefully as it will cause brown stains on any surface it comes into contact with e.g. clothing, tarmac drives, paving, decking and kitchen floors.

Note:&amp;nbsp;This list is not exhaustive.

Do not walk on the treated area and keep children and pets away from the area until the product is thoroughly watered in and the grass is completely dry to stop it transferring onto other surfaces. Sweep up any spillages and dispose of carefully.

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272182064]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/miracle-gro-evergreen-liquid-feed-moss-control-1l-450x450-61f00a6a1484c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10439</g:id><title><![CDATA[Levington® Bone Meal Multi Purpose Plant Food - 3.5kg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/levington-bone-meal-multi-purpose-plant-food-35k</link><description><![CDATA[Levington&amp;reg; Bone Meal Multi Purpose Plant Food - 3.5kg

How to use

During soil preparation/planting time:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil and mix in well. Can also be added to planting compost and mixed in well. During dry weather, water in well after sowing seeds and planting out.

During the growing season:&amp;nbsp;sprinkle evenly over the soil around established plants. Gently fork it into the soil surface with a hand fork or hoe without disturbing the plants roots and water in thoroughly.;

For established plants and plants in containers:&amp;nbsp;apply at the start of the season and reapply 1-2 times to stimulate flowering, fruit formation for fruit ripening, when plants are actively growing. Sprinkle around plants, fork in and water in well.

Vegetable plots, beds and borders:&amp;nbsp;apply by forking into the soil at the start of the season before planting.

For new plants:&amp;nbsp;fork into the bottom of the planting hole and add to the compost and soil used as planting mixture. Water in well.

Remember plants also require other nutrients like potash for optimal growth. Use this product in combination with compost, manure or a complete fertiliser like Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; Growmore or Miracle-Gro&amp;reg; All Purpose Soluble Plant Food.

Where to use

Sprinkle evenly over soil or compost and mix in well.

How often to apply

Can be applied prior to sowing or planting and whenever needed throughout the growing season.

Fertiliser analysis

NPK 5-10-0.

Cautions

Always wear gloves when gardening. Wash hands and exposed skin after use.

Always read the label and product information before use.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Fertilisers &amp; Chemicals]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5010272192704]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/levington-bone-meal-multi-purpose-plant-food-3-5kg-1473x1920-67f8d1414241e_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Levingtons]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10461</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Round 110cm Iron Grey Mesh Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-round-110cm-iron-grey-mesh-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Round 110cm Iron Grey Mesh Table

Height adjustable legs keep the table steady on uneven ground while the protective footcaps keep the metal safe from hard floors. A parasol hole in the centre of the table lets you place a parasol for some shade on a sunny day so you can feel comfortable while you dine.

Features


	Material: Steel Mesh.
	Colour: Iron Grey.
	Parasol hole.
	Self assembly.
	Height adjuster for uneven surfaces.
	Protective footcaps.
	Seats 4


Dimensions

Height:72cm

Diameter:110cm

Warranty

Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679926478]]></g:mpn><g:price>219 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-round-110cm-iron-grey-mesh-table-1000x1000-61f3bc2dd5072_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10474</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Sea Salt Scented Tin Candle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-sea-salt-scented-tin-candle</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Sea Salt Scented Tin Candle

We love these Sea Salt fragranced tins as do you, making this fragrance one of the&amp;nbsp;best sellers. Sea Salt has a unique blend of ozonic and citrus scents which are reminiscent of the ocean and the addition of mossy undertones evokes the sensation of fresh sea breezes.&amp;nbsp;


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 45&amp;nbsp;hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;7.6cm x 7.6cm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Sea Salt
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;A unique blend of ozonic and citrus scents
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;1 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003605584]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-sea-salt-scented-tin-candle-1000x1000-61fa95dbe3333_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10478</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Bergamot &amp; Nettle Scented Tealights]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-bergamot-nettle-scented-tealights</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Bergamot &amp;amp; Nettle Scented Tealights

The tealights are poured at a&amp;nbsp;factory nestled on the North Coast of Cornwall. Enjoy a twinkling burn time of up to 6 hours per tealight.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 6 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;38mm x 15mm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Bergamot &amp;amp; Nettle
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;An uplifting, herbal aroma with hints of spice.
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Tray of 9 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003610809]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-bergamot-nettle-scented-tealights-1000x1000-61fa940a0073d_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10488</g:id><title><![CDATA[Slate Blue Velvet Feather Filled Cushion 40x60cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/slate-blue-velvet-feather-filled-cushion-40x60cm</link><description><![CDATA[Slate Blue Velvet Feather Filled Cushion 40x60cm

This&amp;nbsp;Rectangular Velvet Cushion&amp;nbsp;is&amp;nbsp;proof that sometimes simple designs are the most elegant.


	Dimensions: 40x60cm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Cushions, Blankets &amp; Throws]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5025532344281]]></g:mpn><g:price>27.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/slate-blue-velvet-feather-filled-cushion-40x60cm-1000x1000-61fa9f933084e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10517</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Garden Life Stainless Steel Digging Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-garden-life-stainless-steel-digging-fo</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Garden Life Stainless Steel Digging Fork

40% lighter garden fork than Kent &amp;amp; Stowe originals &amp;ndash; specially crafted for you to make the rewarding hobby of gardening more accessible. Made and tested to be lightweight, evenly weighted and balanced. Fluffing up soil, lifting potatoes and breaking up clumps is a piece of cake with Kent &amp;amp; Stowe&amp;rsquo;s light and functional Garden Life Digging Fork.


	High quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, split to form a traditional YD
	Perfect for tighter spaces and beds and borders gardening
	For digging, soil turning, improved drainage
	L 91.5cm
	Weight 1.07kg
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797446]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-garden-life-stainless-steel-digging-fork-1000x1000-62cc3e2527441_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10519</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Hand Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-hand-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Hand Fork

This Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Hand Border Fork is ideal for use on raised beds and backs of borders. It is suitable for weeding, planting and cultivating and&amp;nbsp;is lightweight for ease of use. The handle is made from beautiful FSC&amp;reg; approved ash wood, that has been tapered for comfort.


	Handcrafted, traditional quality
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, contoured for perfect comfortable grip at any length
	High quality carbon steel head
	Efficient cultivation with minimal soil adhesion


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797552]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-hand-fork-1000x1000-62f12d58f03e6_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10520</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Hand Transplanting Trowel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-hand-transplanting-trowel</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Hand Transplanting Trowel

This Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Hand Transplanting Trowel is ideal for use on borders and raised beds. Suitable for planting bulbs and seedlings. With a useful depth guide marked in inches and centimetres etched on the blade. The handle is made from beautiful FSC approved ash wood, tapered for comfort. Handcrafted for traditional quality.


	Hand crafted, traditional quality
	Ideal for use in planting bulbs and seedlings
	Comfortable tapered handle
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797286]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-hand-transplanting-trowel-1000x1000-62ebc4925aac3_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10521</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Border Fork

A traditionally styled, Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Border Fork with an extended shank for improved strength. Its handle is made from beautiful FSC&amp;reg; approved ash wood that has been split to form a traditional YD handle.


	Quality carbon steel head
	Extended shank for improved strength
	Solid forged from one piece for added strength
	Ash wood handle split to form a traditional YD
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797132]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-border-fork-1000x1000-62cc31d10273f_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10524</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Long Handled Dutch Hoe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-long-handled-dutch-hoe</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Carbon Steel Long Handled Dutch Hoe

Use this high quality Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Long Handled Dutch Hoe made from solid forged carbon steel, for strength. The handle is made from beautiful ash wood for a natural finish. Additionally this tool is the perfect height for easy working, therefore eliminating the need for bending.


	High quality carbon steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood tapered for comfort
	Delivers maneuverability and agility with the upright luxury of a long shafted tool
	Used for weeding in a push-pull motion
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797200]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-carbon-steel-long-handled-dutch-hoe-1000x1000-62cc3c493f58f_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10534</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Lightweight Shear]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-lightweight-shear</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Lightweight Shear

Easy to use and incredibly lightweight &amp;ndash; weighing less than 1kg &amp;ndash; these garden shears allows you to use them for long periods without tiring out your arms or your grip.


	Lightweight garden shears &amp;ndash; weighing under 1kg
	Ideal for grass trimming, hedge trimming and topiary
	Replaceable SK5 8inch carbon steel blades
	Long handles for extra reach
	Tension adjuster for precision
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210009907]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-lightweight-shear-1024x1024-64230e338e5a6_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10539</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Classic Hedge Shears]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-classic-hedge-shears</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Classic Hedge Shears

Comfortable in use and suitable for grass and hedge trimming.&amp;nbsp;

Ergonomic, with slightly raised handles, high carbon steel blades and comfortable grips, its wonderfully light and weighs just 554 grams making it a pleasure to use.


	Includes a tension adjuster and easy locking mechanism.
	High carbon steel blades
	Soft grip ergonomic handles for greater comfort.&amp;nbsp;
	Overall length: 44cm
	Weight: 554g


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210001680]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-classic-hedge-shears-1024x1024-64230d37cbe13_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10540</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Mini Bypass Pruner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-mini-bypass-pruner</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Mini Bypass Pruner

A good size to keep in your garden carrier, ready to cut back any stragglers you might find. A nice small secateur for light pruning. Ideal for flower arranging and floral art.&amp;nbsp; Keep handy when out walking or hiking.&amp;nbsp;

The single handed locking mechanism is invaluable &amp;ndash; just squeeze the handles and push the catch forward. The catch can be operated right or left handed.&amp;nbsp;


	Stainless steel blade for rust resistance
	Pocket sized
	Suitable for light pruning.
	Length; 15.2cm
	Weight; 128g
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210000508]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-mini-bypass-pruner-1500x1500-64230ed8df545_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10541</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Softies Scissors]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-softies-scissors</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Softies Scissors

Softies Scissors are a real general-purpose scissor with many uses in the home and garden. Over the years they have become a firm favourite with gardeners and flower arrangers.&amp;nbsp;

In the garden they can be used for cutting flowers, herbs, plant ties, and twine, even light pruning. An ideal tool for Flower Arrangers as the large, pliable grips mould comfortably to the hand in prolonged use.


	Tough blades with large pliable handles for greater comfort.
	Useful in the home and garden
	Length; 16.5cm
	Weight; 59g
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210001000]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-softies-scissors-1024x1024-64230f08abdaf_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10542</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Harvest &amp; Asparagus Knife]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-harvest-asparagus-knife</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Harvest &amp;amp; Asparagus Knife

An award-winning razor-sharp knife that promises to be indispensable to kitchen gardeners who grow their own crops, the DP951 Harvest and Asparagus Knife from Darlac is specially designed to assist with the gathering process. Whether cropping asparagus, slicing off cabbages and lettuces or trimming leeks, the sharp, scalloped edge stainless steel blade will cleanly cut through stems with unrivalled ease.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210011108]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-harvest-asparagus-knife-500x500-64230d71d0a1c_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10543</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Garden Scissors]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-garden-scissors</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Garden Scissors

They have precision-sharpened, stainless steel blades and comfort grip handles for improved control.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796166]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-garden-scissors-1024x1024-6424081a26bf5_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10551</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gardena Combisystem Joint Brush]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gardena-combisystem-joint-brush</link><description><![CDATA[Gardena Combisystem Joint Brush

Equipped with steel bristles and a scraping edge for stubborn dirt, this Gardena Combisystem Joint Brush is ideal for the easy removal of moss in paving joints and on wall edges.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[4078500360500]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gardena-combisystem-joint-brush-1000x1000-62ebb0ae6b789_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10564</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darlac Lightweight Shears]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darlac-lightweight-shears</link><description><![CDATA[Darlac Lightweight Shears

The Darlac Lightweight Shears offer extra long handles for greater reach and razor sharp replaceable carbon steel blades.&amp;nbsp;


	Overall length: 650mm
	Length of blades: 200mm
	Extra long handles
	Replaceable Blades
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038210002304]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darlac-lightweight-shears-1500x1500-64230e5aa9cae_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10609</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bosmere Garden Sieve 6mm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bosmere-garden-sieve-6mm</link><description><![CDATA[Bosmere Garden Sieve 6mm

Ideal for filtering stones and debris from soil as well as sowing seeds.

Details


	Mixing and preparing compost and soil
	Strong sieve made from green powder coated steel
	Covering newly sown plants and seeds
	Size: 6mm mash
	Measures 14.25-inch diameter by 3-inch depth&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5013554144804]]></g:mpn><g:price>18.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bosmere-garden-sieve-6mm-1000x1000-6228cbd834ad0_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10610</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 52cm Premium Extra Deep Seed Tray]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stewart-garden-52cm-premium-extra-deep-seed-tray</link><description><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 52cm Premium Extra Deep Seed TrayAn essential piece of gardening equipment for propagating and growing flowers, vegetables and herbs.DetailsSize: 52 x 42 x 9cmColour: Dark GreenDeep sidedDrainage holes for healthy root growthRobust outdoor or indoors growing tray]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022938380042]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stewart-garden-52cm-premium-extra-deep-seed-tray-1000x1000-6228cb0e3d834_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10618</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stewart Garden Potting Tray]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stewart-garden-potting-tray</link><description><![CDATA[Stewart Garden Potting Tray

This&amp;nbsp;potting tray offers&amp;nbsp;a wide and deep working surface to repot plants whilst keeping soil mess to a minimum. Easy to clean and portable.

*Please note: Shelf is NOT included.

Details


	Provides a deep working surface
	Recyclable
	Long-lasting


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022938310056]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stewart-garden-potting-tray-1000x1000-62308eb40de63_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10619</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 38cm Premium Extra Deep Seed Tray]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stewart-garden-38cm-premium-extra-deep-seed-tray</link><description><![CDATA[Stewart Garden 38cm Premium Extra Deep Seed Tray

This extra deep multi-purpose garden and greenhouse tray, suited for direct sowing and nurturing of plants from seeds and cuttings. Strong durable green injection moulded plastic which is strong and hard wearing, robust for outdoor or indoor use. Designed for retaining soil and young seedlings, the premium seed tray includes plenty of drainage holes to prevent plants from waterlogging. Tray retains soil level of 7-8cm depth.

Dimensions


	Length: 38cm
	Width: 24cm
	Depth: 8cm


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022938375048]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stewart-garden-38cm-premium-extra-deep-seed-tray-1000x1000-623082e90410c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10622</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gro-sure Visiroot Seed Tray (Pack of 4)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gro-sure-visiroot-seed-tray-pack-of-4</link><description><![CDATA[Gro-sure Visiroot Seed Tray (Pack of 4)

This transparency helps to regulate and monitor the root growth and moisture levels of your plants, producing visibly better results. Additionally, these trays can be combined with the Gro-Sure Seed Tray Lid to produce a simple and easy propagator. In order to produce the best results, we recommend using a seed and cutting compost for strong germination and establishment.

&amp;nbsp;


	Pack of four trays
	Dimensions: L38cm x W24cm x H5cm
	Ideal for growing all types of seeds and cuttings&amp;nbsp;
	Multi-level drainage
	Easy to check root growth and moisture levels
	Stable for efficient storage and neat potting
	Strong, lightweight and reusable&amp;nbsp;
	Made from RPET - east to recycle at home


&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;



&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377015670]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gro-sure-visiroot-seed-tray-pack-of-4-1000x1000-623088bea1d25_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10624</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gro-sure Visiroot 9cell (Pack of 8)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gro-sure-visiroot-9cell-pack-of-8</link><description><![CDATA[Gro-sure Visiroot 9cell (Pack of 8)Gro-Sure Visiroot Cell Trays are not only sustainable but also give increased performance. The performance comes from the transparent rPET material, making roots visible to the eye. This enables gardeners to easily check root growth and moisture levels without disturbing the plant. The UV filtering green tint trays also ensure that the roots of the germinating plants will not damage from direct sunlight.DetailsMoisture bridge cells for even wateringEasy to check root growthDurable for use year after yearMade from rPET easy to recycle at home&amp;nbsp;Ideal for the distribution of seeds and cuttings&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377015687]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gro-sure-visiroot-9cell-pack-of-8-1000x1000-62308d41e8440_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10632</g:id><title><![CDATA[Haxnicks Vegetable Patio Planter (Pack of 3)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/haxnicks-vegetable-patio-planter-pack-of-3</link><description><![CDATA[Haxnicks Vegetable Patio Planter (Pack of 3)

Specially designed for use on patios, balconies and in small gardens, each pack of Vegetable Pation Planters contains three planters of different depths - deep, medium and shallow, ideal for different types of vegetables.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[651609211788]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.19 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/haxnicks-vegetable-patio-planter-pack-of-3-1000x1000-6231e0c38ac06_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10633</g:id><title><![CDATA[Haxnicks Herb Wall Garden]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/haxnicks-herb-wall-garden</link><description><![CDATA[Haxnicks Herb Wall Garden

The tough oxford fabric will help to conserve moisture, and drainage holes prevent over-watering. The lightweight planter can be suspended on fences and walls using standard screws or hooks and can easily be cleaned and folded away when not in use.

&amp;nbsp;

Dimensions

Width: 60cm

Height: 48cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[651609214338]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/haxnicks-herb-wall-garden-1000x1000-6231e2b2f3b8d_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10643</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tony's Chocolonely Egg-stra Special Chocolate Eggs]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tonys-chocolonely-egg-stra-special-chocolate-eggs</link><description><![CDATA[Tony's Chocolonely Egg-stra Special Chocolate Eggs

Which egg is which? Red: milk chocolate, Dark Blue: extra dark, Yellow: milk almond honey nougat, Orange: milk caramel sea salt, Light Blue: dark milk, Green: dark almond sea salt, Dark Green: milk hazelnut, Purple: milk pretzel toffee, Pink: white raspberry popping candy, White: white chocolate.

Ingredients

DARK CHOCOLATE:cocoa mass, sugar, cocoa butter, emulsifier (soyalecithin),MILK CHOCOLATE CARAMEL SEA SALT:sugar, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, 10.00% caramel pieces (sugar, glucose syrup, cream (milk), butter (milk)), 0.50% sea salt, emulsifier (soyalecithin),MILK CHOCOLATE:sugar, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, emulsifier (soyalecithin),DARK MILK CHOCOLATE PRETZEL TOFFEE:sugar, cocoa mass, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, 7.22% pretzel pieces (wheatflour, salt, sunflower oil, malted&amp;nbsp;wheat&amp;nbsp;flour, yeast, acidity regulator (sodium hydroxide)), 2.78% caramel (sugar, glucose syrup), sea salt, emulsifier (soyalecithin),MILK CHOCOLATE HAZELNUT:sugar, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, 10.00%&amp;nbsp;hazelnuts, emulsifier (soyalecithin),MILK CHOCOLATE ALMOND HONEY NOUGAT:sugar, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, 10.00% honey-almond-nougat (cane sugar, glucose syrup,&amp;nbsp;almonds, potato starch, 0.10% honey, cocoa butter,&amp;nbsp;egg&amp;nbsp;white), emulsifier (soya&amp;nbsp;lecithin),DARK MILK CHOCOLATE:sugar, cocoa mass, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, cocoa butter, emulsifier (soyalecithin),WHITE CHOCOLATE:sugar, cocoa butter, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, emulsifier (soyalecithin),DARK CHOCOLATE ALMOND SEA SALT:cocoa mass, sugar, 10.00%&amp;nbsp;almonds, cocoa butter, 0.50% sea salt, emulsifier (soya&amp;nbsp;lecithin),WHITE CHOCOLATE RASPBERRY POPPING CANDY:sugar, cocoa butter, dried whole&amp;nbsp;milk, 2.70% freeze-dried raspberry, 2.00% popping candy (glucose syrup, sugar, natural gas (carbon dioxide)), emulsifier (soyalecithin)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719956496769]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tony-s-chocolonely-egg-stra-special-chocolate-eggs-1080x1080-67e2d9ca87eaf_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10661</g:id><title><![CDATA[Easter Honeycomb Decoration (6 Decorations)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/easter-honeycomb-decoration-6-decorations</link><description><![CDATA[Easter Honeycomb Decoration (6 Decorations)

It features two bunnies, two striped eggs, a hen and a chick, with amazing paper tissue honeycomb details. They'll look sensational on your party table, or wherever you want to make a statement to impress your guests.

Details


	The chick is adorned with fluffy tail feathers
	Attach the bunnies' pompom tails, and nose and whisker stickers - supplied in the set
	Includes instructions, and paper clips, for easy assemble
	Gold foil details add a stylish effect
	Simple self assembly required
	Suitable for ages 3+
	Packaging made using eco-friendly paper
	Pack of 6 in 6 designs
	Size (smallest): 197 x 137 x 197mm
	Size (largest): 140 x 330 x 140mm


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Partyware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781534036024]]></g:mpn><g:price>10 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/easter-honeycomb-decoration-6-decorations-1000x1000-623c5cb4a2f43_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10666</g:id><title><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Cat Vegan Truffle Cat Tin]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/monty-bojangles-cat-vegan-truffle-cat-tin</link><description><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Cat Vegan Truffle Cat Tin

Rich and chocolatey truffles with crunchy cocoa nibs inclusions, coated with a generous dusting of exquisite bitter-sweet cocoa powder.

Ingredients

Vegetable Oils (Coconut, RSPO MB Palm Kernel) , Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder, Cocoa Bean Nibs (5%), Cocoa Powder, Emulsifier (soya&amp;nbsp;Lecithin).

May contain traces of&amp;nbsp;barley,&amp;nbsp;egg,&amp;nbsp;milk,&amp;nbsp;nuts,&amp;nbsp;sesame&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;wheat.

Allergy Information:

For allergens, see ingredients highlighted&amp;nbsp;in bold&amp;nbsp;in the ingredients list.

Products may contain trace amounts other ingredients if produced in a mixed environment

&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Christmas Food &amp; Drink]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060413268331]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/monty-bojangles-cat-vegan-truffle-cat-tin-1000x1000-637263958c2a2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10724</g:id><title><![CDATA[Island Bakery Lemon Melt Biscuits]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/island-bakery-lemon-melt-biscuits</link><description><![CDATA[Island Bakery Lemon Melt Biscuits

Without a doubt, Island Bakery's&amp;nbsp;most popular creation. One taste and you will discover why. The zesty lemon biscuit is the perfect foil for the rich, sweet blanket of white chocolate, and the melt in the mouth texture adds to the joy.


	133g carton


Ingredients

WHEAT&amp;nbsp;flour (WHEAT&amp;nbsp;flour, Calcium Carbonate*, Iron*, Niacin*, Thiamin*), White Chocolate 30% (Sugar, Cocoa Butter, Whole&amp;nbsp;MILK&amp;nbsp;Powder, Emulsifier:&amp;nbsp;SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin), Butter (MILK), Sugar, Invert Sugar Syrup, Lemon Oil 1%, Sea Salt*, Raising Agent*: Ammonium Carbonate. *Non Organic.

Allergy Information

For allergens see ingredients in bold.
May contain nuts &amp;amp; peanuts]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060027070122]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/island-bakery-lemon-melt-biscuits-1000x1000-62694901c694f_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10725</g:id><title><![CDATA[Island Bakery Oat Crumble Biscuits]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/island-bakery-oat-crumble-biscuits</link><description><![CDATA[Island Bakery Oat Crumble Biscuits

The Oat Crumbles are the most versatile variety in the range. They are less sweet than some, yet sweet enough to satisfy a tea-time craving, and substantial enough with their jumbo oats, to keep you going for a while after. The more adventurous have found that they also go rather well with cheese, especially Isle of Mull Cheese, of course!


	133g carton


Ingredients

WHEAT&amp;nbsp;flour (WHEAT&amp;nbsp;flour, Calcium Carbonate*, Iron*, Niacin*, Thiamin*), White Chocolate 30% (Sugar, Cocoa Butter, Whole&amp;nbsp;MILK&amp;nbsp;Powder, Emulsifier:&amp;nbsp;SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin), Butter (MILK), Sugar, Invert Sugar Syrup, Lemon Oil 1%, Sea Salt*, Raising Agent*: Ammonium Carbonate. *Non Organic.

Allergy Information

For allergens see ingredients in bold.
May contain nuts &amp;amp; peanuts]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060027070153]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.2 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/island-bakery-oat-crumble-biscuits-1000x1000-6269497010590_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10726</g:id><title><![CDATA[Island Bakery Shortbread Biscuits]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/island-bakery-shortbread-biscuits</link><description><![CDATA[Island Bakery Shortbread Biscuits

There&amp;rsquo;s no nonsense here, pure and simple. The ingredients list is short and sweet, just like these shortbread biscuits. Our bakers skillfully blend four basic ingredients, to deliver just the right balance of crunch, sweetness and the rich butter taste you can only get from an all-butter recipe. Less is more when it comes to shortbread!


	125g Carton


Ingredients

Ingredients: Flour (WHEAT), Butter 32% (MILK), Sugar, Sea Salt*.*non-organic

Allergy Information

For allergens see ingredients in bold.
May contain nuts &amp;amp; peanuts]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060027070146]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/island-bakery-shortbread-biscuits-1000x1000-62694a1378d94_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10764</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Novero Footstool]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-novero-footstool</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Novero Footstool

The classic iron grey colouring gives the stool/side table a traditional look that can be mixed and matched with KETTLER&amp;rsquo;s great range of metal furniture.&amp;nbsp;

Features


	Material: Steel Mesh seat
	Enhanced thermoguard
	Durable and long-lasting
	Colour: Iron Grey
	Protective foot caps
	Ecologically friendly and 100% recycled
	No Assembly Required


Warranty

Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679903462]]></g:mpn><g:price>79 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-novero-footstool-1000x1000-62726ebe70f18_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10782</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Palma Led Candle Light 55cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/palma-led-candle-light-55cm</link><description><![CDATA[Palma Led Candle Light 55cm

Illuminate your garden with the stylish colour changing LED candle.

Features


	Height: 55cm
	Sturdy Metal Frame
	Choice of up to 4 colour lights (Red, Green, Blue and White)
	Choice of 5 light modes including solid, flash, strobe, fade and smooth
	6 to 8 hour run time
	Rechargeable battery.
	12 month warranty. Terms and conditions apply.


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229743084]]></g:mpn><g:price>49.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/palma-led-candle-light-55cm-1000x1000-628f5e7607257_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10791</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Capability Trowel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-capability-trowel</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Capability Trowel

The high-quality stainless steel head offers excellent rust resistance with minimal soil adhesion.

The head features a serrated edge for weeding and opening compost bags.

The pointed tip helps break up tough soils and the planting depth scale aids accuracy when planting.

The ergonomic, FSC&amp;reg; certified ash wooden handle is designed for comfort.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024160000033]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-capability-trowel-1000x1000-62a9c25d59a65_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10793</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Border Fork]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-border-fork</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Stainless Steel Border Fork

This long-handled garden fork is slightly smaller than our digging fork, making it ideal for smaller gardeners, for digging in confined spaces, and for those who prefer a lighter-weight tool.

It is nevertheless extremely strong; it has been tested to a breaking strain of 90kg, compared with the British standard of 55kg.

Handle: FSC certified hardwood

Head: stainless steel

Head dimensions: 23cm long x 14cm wide

Overall length: 98cm

Weight: 1.46kg]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Long Handled Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360008668]]></g:mpn><g:price>42.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-stainless-steel-border-fork-1000x1000-62a9c3a118959_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10799</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fallen Fruits Sharpening Stone]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fallen-fruits-sharpening-stone</link><description><![CDATA[Fallen Fruits Sharpening Stone

Keep your garden tools in top shape with a whetstone, suitable for kitchen knives and garden pruners.


	H2 x L15.2 x W2.6cm.
	Suitable for garden tools and kitchen knives.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8714982111693]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.79 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fallen-fruits-sharpening-stone-1000x1000-62a9c72d72cd4_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10807</g:id><title><![CDATA[St Eval Citronella Tealights]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/st-eval-citronella-tealights</link><description><![CDATA[St Eval Citronella Tealights

Each poured St Eval Citronella Tealight is delicately filled with a fresh lemony fragrance, great to keep insects away.


	Burn Time:&amp;nbsp;up to 6 hours&amp;nbsp;
	Size:&amp;nbsp;36mm x 15mm
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Citronella
	Fragrance Description:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;A fresh lemony fragrance, great to keep insects away.
	Pack Size:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1 tray of 9 per pack
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060003610830]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/st-eval-citronella-tealights-1000x1000-62a9c96a5c017_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10835</g:id><title><![CDATA[Oreya Tuscan Classic 45cm Pot]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/oreya-tuscan-classic-45cm-pot</link><description><![CDATA[Oreya Tuscan Classic 45cm Pot

The Tuscan pots are a classic design which are stable and extremely functional - this large style is perfect for planting larger plants or arrangements.&amp;nbsp;

Available for local delivery only.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Outdoor Pots]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060048831733]]></g:mpn><g:price>59.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/oreya-tuscan-classic-45cm-pot-1000x1000-62b1e931eaa76_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10837</g:id><title><![CDATA[Oreya Tuscan Classic 30cm Pot]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/oreya-tuscan-classic-30cm-pot</link><description><![CDATA[Oreya Tuscan Classic 30cm Pot

The Tuscan pots are a classic design which are stable and extremely functional - this perfectly sized pot is a the perfect item to complete every garden or driveway.&amp;nbsp;

Available for local delivery only.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Outdoor Pots]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060048831719]]></g:mpn><g:price>23.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/oreya-tuscan-classic-30cm-pot-1000x1000-62b1ea194e971_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10838</g:id><title><![CDATA[AFK Classic Painted 380 Lavender Planter]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/afk-classic-painted-380-lavender-planter</link><description><![CDATA[AFK Classic Painted 380 Lavender Planter

These lovely painted, heavy duty planters are made in the UK by&amp;nbsp;AFK.

They are constructed using FSC wood and painted with a quality knotting undercoat and durable topcoat.

Ready assembled and factory finished, comes with a free pre-formed heavy duty liner.

Available for local delivery only.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Outdoor Pots]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022725004205]]></g:mpn><g:price>49.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/afk-classic-painted-380-lavender-planter-1000x1000-62b1d15cbc3fe_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10839</g:id><title><![CDATA[AFK Classic Painted 460 Heritage Sage Planter]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/afk-classic-painted-460-heritage-sage-planter</link><description><![CDATA[AFK Classic Painted 460 Heritage Sage Planter

Handcrafted in the UK, this wooden painted square trough planter from AFK is perfect for planting vegetables, herbs or flowers. Built from high quality, heavy duty timber, and comes complete with a pre-formed liner for easy planting, this weather treated trough planter will make a classic addition to any garden, patio or driveway.

Available for local delivery only.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Outdoor Pots]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5022725002348]]></g:mpn><g:price>56 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/afk-classic-painted-460-heritage-sage-planter-1000x1000-62b1e2de23e74_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10854</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Long Reach Metal 9 Litre Watering Can]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-long-reach-metal-9-litre-watering-can</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Long Reach Metal 9 Litre Watering Can

This classic style, long reach watering can enables you to water precise areas from a distance. It also features a swivel rose for different pouring patterns; swivel the rose for a precise or rain shower effect.

Made from strong galvanised steel, this beautiful crafted watering can is powder coated and rust resistant; great for using all year round.


	Classic long-reach watering can
	Swivel rose for different pouring patterns - precise or rain shower effect
	Rust resistant strong, galvanised steel
	Forest Green colour
	9Ltr capacity (2 gallons)
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024160803610]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-long-reach-metal-9-litre-watering-can-1000x1000-62b1b58022222_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10858</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Hesperis Seeds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kew-pollination-collection---hesperis-seeds</link><description><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Hesperis Seeds

Charming, large spikes of single, lilac and purple flowers are produced in the spring filling the air with their sweet and spicy evening fragrance.

Sweet Rocket will also attract butterflies and other beneficial insects to your garden. Hardy Biennial - can be perennial in some soils.&amp;nbsp;

Flowering Period:&amp;nbsp;May, June, July
Sowing Months: February, March, April, May

Includes Approx 500 seeds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/The Gardener's Edit]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554099702]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kew-pollination-collection-hesperis-seeds-1000x1000-62b1b1d07eb10_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10859</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Musk Mallow Seeds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kew-pollination-collection---musk-mallow-seeds</link><description><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Musk Mallow Seeds

Compact dwarf plants, covered in masses of glistening snow white flowers all summer.&amp;nbsp;

Sow: Feb - June or Sept - Oct.

Flower: June - Sept

Includes Approx 40 seeds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/The Gardener's Edit]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554099764]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kew-pollination-collection-musk-mallow-seeds-1000x1000-62b1afc1b641e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10860</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Poppy Seeds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kew-pollination-collection---poppy-seeds</link><description><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Poppy Seeds

Often seen sprinkling cornfields with its bright scarlet flowers. Ideal for creating a bright splash of colour in a sunny corner where little else will grow, or in the wild garden where it self seeds with ease. Flowers early summer.

Flowering Period: June, July, August

Sowing Months: March, April, May, June, September, October

Position: Full sun

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/The Gardener's Edit]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554099801]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kew-pollination-collection-poppy-seeds-1000x1000-62b1b2cbaf2db_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10861</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Hyssop Seeds]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kew-pollination-collection---hyssop-seeds</link><description><![CDATA[Kew Pollination Collection - Hyssop Seeds

An aromatic herb, Hyssop make an attractive plant for the border. Produces a mix of pretty blue, white and pink blooms.

Sow: April-May

Flower: July-September

Includes Approx 150 seeds]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/The Gardener's Edit]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057554099719]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kew-pollination-collection-hyssop-seeds-1000x1000-62b1b06f44dc8_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10866</g:id><title><![CDATA[Sangria Kneelo® Knee Pads]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/sangria-kneelo-knee-pads</link><description><![CDATA[Sangria Kneelo&amp;reg; Knee Pads

At the heart of all Kneelo knee pads lies a deep core of shock absorbing EVA foam, sandwiched between generous twin layers of luxurious memory foam. These layers have an outer cover of hardwearing neoprene with a quick dry nylon coating.

The unique, registered cut-out design offers incredible wearer comfort, with no digging-in either at the back of the legs when kneeling, or uncomfortable pressure at the front when standing. Adjustable &amp;lsquo;hook and loop&amp;rsquo; straps ensure a snug but comfortable fit.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360202783]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/sangria-kneelo-knee-pads-1000x1000-62b1c185f1e04_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10877</g:id><title><![CDATA[Princess Alexandra of Kent® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/princess-alexandra-of-kent-english-shrub-rose-da</link><description><![CDATA[Princess Alexandra of Kent&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The unusually large, bright pink flowers of this Princess Alexandra of Kent David Austin Rose are full-petalled and deeply cupped.&amp;nbsp;In spite of their size, they are never clumsy, being held nicely poised on a well-rounded shrub. There is a strong and delicious fresh Tea fragrance, which changes to lemon, eventually taking on hints of blackcurrants. Named for Princess Alexandra &amp;ndash; a keen gardener. David Austin, 2007.

Characteristics


	Colour: Bright Pink
	Bloom Size: Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction: 2007
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Tea
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 4ft (125cm) x 4ft (125cm)


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Shady Areas


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825018364]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/princess-alexandra-of-kent-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-r-1000x1000-63e22700b83ba_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10899</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries E-Gift Voucher]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-e-gift-voucher</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries E-Gift Voucher

Gift a loved one a shopping experience at Beetham Nurseries; vouchers are available at any value, up to a maximum of &amp;pound;250.&amp;nbsp;Gift Vouchers can&amp;nbsp;be used in-store and for telephone and website purchases.

Simply enter the desired value above, click 'buy now' and checkout as normal. A&amp;nbsp;PDF will be emailed to you once checkout is completed, which you can then print or forward on to your recipient.


	Gift Vouchers cannot be exchanged for cash or used to pay for vouchers or additional gift cards.
	Gift Vouchers are valid 24 months from the first transaction.


Full terms and conditions can be found on the voucher PDF.

When ordering, please use your name and email. The voucher PDF will be&amp;nbsp;attached to the order confirmation and emailed to the invoice email address, not the delivery email address.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gift Vouchers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5003952]]></g:mpn><g:price>0 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-e-gift-voucher-692x692-679212153bab9_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10903</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Mini Corner Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-charlbury-signature-mini-corner-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Mini Corner Dining Set

This classically designed garden furniture set includes a right-corner sofa, a left-corner sofa, and a one-corner sofa with weatherproof cushions, plus a high/low adjustable glass top table to create the perfect round-table garden lounge space.

Each is crafted with our high-quality, handwoven rattan with weatherproof protection, and the arms and edges of the Charlbury garden corner dining set use the 5mm full round rattan for added durability. The sides include a mix of flat and half-round rattan, woven together for a unique, classic look.

This set will seat 6 in sumptuous comfort, with double-piped sofa cushions that retain their shape and ease you into its 5cm foam core. You and your guests can be seated around the 100x100cm outdoor table using the corner sofa. The glass top is sunk into the table to create a flush finish that does not allow movement, and the table feet are adjustable should you have any uneven surfaces. Whether you&amp;rsquo;re in the conservatory or on the patio, the Charlbury Mini Corner set is perfect for dining or lounging.

Features


	Set includes: 1 x left and right sofa with cushions, 1 x corner sofa with cushions, 1 x small bench with seat pad and 1 x high/low adjustable glass top table measuring 100x100cm.
	Material: UV-resistant hand-woven synthetic rattan.
	Sofa Edges and Arms Material: Powder-coated aluminium frame with 5mm full round rattan.
	Sofa Sides Material: 3mm horizontal flat rattan and 5mm vertical double half-round rattan.
	Made for Comfort &amp;ndash; weatherproof cushions will retain their shape thanks to the 5cm foam core and double piping.
	Adjustable table feet.
	Can be left outdoors all year round (excludes cushions). Protective cover also available.
	Available in one colourway with natural cushions.
	Matching accessories are also available including bench, armchair and sunlounger.


Warranty

The 3 YEAR wicker warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229770103]]></g:mpn><g:price>1699 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-charlbury-signature-mini-corner-set-900x900-6602a495687cf_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0><g:custom_label_1>discount</g:custom_label_1></item><item><g:id>10907</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Blackcurrant &amp; Liquorice Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-blackcurrant-liquorice-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Blackcurrant &amp;amp; Liquorice Cordial

Add still or sparkling water to this delicious Mr Fitzpatrick's Blackcurrant &amp;amp; Liquorice Cordial; use as a mixer or cocktail base.

Try hot for a great alternative to traditional caffeine-based drinks.

A distinct flavour of blackcurrants and liquorice reminiscent of the popular blackcurrant &amp;amp; liquorice childhood sweets.&amp;nbsp;

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Colour: Caramel (E150d), Blackcurrant Juice Concentrate, Liquorice Flavouring, Stabiliser: (Citric Acid), Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate)

Bottle size: 500ml]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060198439759]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-blackcurrant-liquorice-cordial-1000x1000-62cfec7c8cfc8_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10908</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Rhubarb &amp; Rosehip Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-rhubarb-rosehip-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rosehip Cordial

Think garden parties with traditional afternoon tea, float away on a summer breeze with this distinctive blend of English rhubarb with a pleasant rosehip infusion.

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Rhubarb Juice (17.5%), Acidulent: (Citric Acid), Natural Flavouring, Rosehip Extract, Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060198439841]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-rhubarb-rosehip-cordial-1000x1000-62cfe64cc8254_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10909</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Gooseberry &amp; Elderflower Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-gooseberry-elderflower-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Gooseberry &amp;amp; Elderflower Cordial

This delicious Mr Fitzpatrick's cordial is made from an infusion of Fragrant English Elderflowers blended with the sharp distinct flavour of Gooseberries with notes of muscat grape.

Mix with still or sparkling mineral water.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Acidulent: (Citric Acid), Gooseberry Juice 10% (from Concentrate), Natural Flavouring with English Elderflower Extracts, Preservative (Potassium Sorbate), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C))

&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070308]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-gooseberry-elderflower-cordial-1000x1000-62cfeff1dcea3_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10911</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Sour Cherry, Red Grape &amp; Hibiscus Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-sour-cherry-red-grape-hibiscus-co</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Sour Cherry, Red Grape &amp;amp; Hibiscus Cordial

This delicious Mr Fitzpatrick's Cordial is a mix of dark red cherries and fruity red grapes with added botanical notes of hibiscus.

Add still or sparkling water, use in your Sodastream or use as a mixer or cocktail base.&amp;nbsp; Serve warm for the ultimate Hug in a Mug.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Natural Flavourings, Sour Cherry Juice Concentrate (2.29%), Red Grape Juice (2.23%), Preservative: (Malic Acid), Natural Colour: (Carantho), Natural Flavouring: (Red Grape, Sour Cherry), Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate), Antioxidant (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C)), Hibiscus&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060198439827]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-sour-cherry-red-grape-hibiscus-cordial-1000x1000-62d698a69a2d9_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10914</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Elderflower &amp; Apple Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-elderflower-apple-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Elderflower &amp;amp; Apple Cordial

This delicious Mr Fitzpatrick's cordial is the perfect summer drink. It's often said: summer has only really arrived when the elderflowers start appearing in the hedgerows!

This refreshing quintessentially English drink will soon have you reminiscing of lazy Sunday afternoons, picnics and village fetes.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Apple Juice, (8.6%), Stabiliser: (Citric Acid), Natural Flavourings, Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060198439834]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-elderflower-apple-cordial-1000x1000-62cfef7068e13_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10915</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Root Beer Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-root-beer-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Root Beer Cordial

Rich in flavour, vivacious in taste, reminiscent of the childhood pop man - this new Mr Fitzpatrick's Root Beer Cordial is a perfect balance of sweetness, tartness and tanginess.

A truly authentic Root Beer. A blend of sarsaparilla, aniseed notes, liquorice root, and vanilla beans create a Root Beer with a creamy finish and authentic taste.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Water, Sugar, Colouring: (Caramel (E150d)), Natural Flavourings, Preservatives: (Potassium, Sorbate)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070100]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-root-beer-cordial-1000x1000-62d696ca49246_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10916</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Rhubarb &amp; Rose Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-no-added-sugar-rhubarb-rose-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rose&amp;nbsp;Cordial

This Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rose&amp;nbsp;Cordial is a sophisticated blend of rhubarb cordial with exotic rose notes, our very own English delight!

Same great as our best selling Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rose, just with less sugar!

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Rhubarb Juice 50% (from Concentrate), Water, Stabiliser: (Glycerine), Preservative: (Malic Acid), Natural Flavourings (including Rhubarb &amp;amp; Rose Extracts), Sweeteners (Sucralose, Acesulfame K), Preservative (Potassium Sorbate), Natural Colouring (Black Carrot Extract), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C))]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070599]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-no-added-sugar-rhubarb-rose-cordial-1000x1000-65ddd04adc834_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10917</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Clementine, Orange &amp; Bergamot Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-no-added-sugar-clementine-orange</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Clementine, Orange &amp;amp; Bergamot Cordial

A lively, low-calorie cordial made from a refreshing blend of Clementines and Orange with a tantalizing Bergamot twist.

Add still or sparkling water, use in your Sodastream or use as a mixer or cocktail base.&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Fruit Juice 50% (English Apple Juice, Orange Juice Made from concentrate). Water, Stabilisers: (Glycerine), Acidulent: (Citric Acid), Natural Flavourings (including Clementine, Orange &amp;amp; Bergamot Extracts), Sweeteners (Sucralose, Acesulfame K), Preservative (Potassium Sorbate), Natural Colouring (beta Carotene E16-A), Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070681]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-no-added-sugar-clementine-orange-bergamot-c-1000x1000-62cff16b94338_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10918</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Dandelion &amp; Burdock Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-no-added-sugar-dandelion-burdock</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Dandelion &amp;amp; Burdock Cordial

We are Cocker Hoop about this Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Dandelion &amp;amp; Burdock Cordial. The same great taste but with fewer calories!

Dandelion &amp;amp; Burdock a timeless authentic classic drink with a rich mellow creamy finish&amp;nbsp;made from a blend of lightly fermented roots.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Water, Stabiliser, Colour: (Caramel E150(d)), Stabiliser: (Glycerine), Dandelion Burdock flavour (0.4%), Preservatives: (Malic Acid, Potassium Sorbate), Sweeteners: (Sucralose (E955) and Acesulfame-K), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C))]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070834]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-no-added-sugar-dandelion-burdock-cordial-1000x1000-62cff20876e26_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10919</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Elderflower &amp; Bramley Apple Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-no-added-sugar-elderflower-bramle</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Elderflower &amp;amp; Bramley Apple Cordial

Reminiscent of a summer's day with its sweet familiar taste of crunchy apple perfectly balanced with the fragrant taste of elderflower. This fabulously fruity cordial is sure to add a touch of elegance to any occasion.

A lighter version of Mr Fitzpatrick's&amp;nbsp;best selling cordial.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Water, Stabiliser: (Glycerine), Preservative: (Malic Acid), Apple Juice Concentrate (1.52%), Elderflower Flavouring (0.55%), Apple Flavouring (0.27%), Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate), Sweeteners: (Sucralose, Acesulfame K), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070711]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-no-added-sugar-elderflower-bramley-apple-co-1000x1000-62cff3eda8689_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10921</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Lemon, Yuzu &amp; Turmeric Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-lemon-yuzu-turmeric-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Lemon, Yuzu &amp;amp; Turmeric Cordial

Here, Mr Fitzpatrick's Lemon, Yuzu &amp;amp; Turmeric Cordial is blended Sicilian Lemon Juice, Yuzu and Turmeric to create a bright, vibrant citrusy taste of the Orient.

For the uninitiated Yuzu is a delightful Japanese citrus fruit (a cross between a grapefruit, lime, and mandarin orange).

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Natural Flavourings, Acidulent: (Citric Acid), Lemon Juice, Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070339]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-lemon-yuzu-turmeric-cordial-1000x1000-62cff0e5325dd_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10922</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Cream Soda Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-cream-soda-cordial</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's Cream Soda Cordial

Mr Fitzpatrick's Cream Soda Cordial is unmistakably sweet and creamy, with a taste of vanilla, particularly popular with the temperance youths in the 1920's and 30's.

You'll soon fall in love as you're transported to a simpler time, believed to calm the nerves and restore a sense of tranquillity.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Sugar, Water, Flavouring with Madagascan Vanilla Extract, Acidulent: (Citric Acid), Preservative (Potassium Sorbate), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C))&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060198439810]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-cream-soda-cordial-1000x1000-62cfee8c179cd_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10923</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Gooseberry &amp; Elderflower Cordial]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-fitzpatricks-no-added-sugar-gooseberry-elderfl</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Gooseberry &amp;amp; Elderflower Cordial

This Mr Fitzpatrick's No Added Sugar Gooseberry &amp;amp; Elderflower Cordial is made from an infusion of Fragrant English Elderflowers blended with the sharp distinct flavour of Gooseberries with notes of muscat grape.

Mix with still or sparkling mineral water.

Bottle size: 500ml

Ingredients

Water, Stabilister: (Glycerine), Preservative: (Malic Acid), Gooseberry Juice (10%), Elderflower Flavour (0.55%), Gooseberry Flavour (0.27%), Preservative: (Potassium Sorbate), Sweeteners: (Sucralose, Acesulfame K), Antioxidant: (Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C))]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060407070773]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-fitzpatrick-s-no-added-sugar-gooseberry-elderflower-cordi-1000x1000-62d692a8e5a53_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10935</g:id><title><![CDATA[Brick Feather Filled Cushion 40x60cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/brick-feather-filled-cushion-40x60cm</link><description><![CDATA[Brick Feather Filled Cushion 40x60cm

Add a simple pop of colour to your living space with this rectangular velvet, feather filled cushion.

This&amp;nbsp;beautifully soft velvet cushion&amp;nbsp;will stylishly update your room. The royal toned colours are perfect for adding depth and sophistication to your decor. The linen-look neutral toned reverse grounds the design - great for layering with other textured cushions for added impact on your bed. This versatile cushion would look beautiful styled downstairs on your favourite armchair or sofa, too.

Features


	Dimensions: 40 x 60cm
	Do not iron
	100% polyester
	Dry clean only
	With a small and discreet zip closure, they are easy to fill and secure
	Feather filler included
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Cushions, Blankets &amp; Throws]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5025532007032]]></g:mpn><g:price>27.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/brick-feather-filled-cushion-40x60cm-1000x1000-62d802a39d790_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10941</g:id><title><![CDATA[Alina White Diffuser]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/alina-diffuser</link><description><![CDATA[Alina Diffuser

Minimal yet beautiful in design with its lantern-like outer case, the Alina emits a soft warm glow to aid relaxation, ideal for meditation or mindfulness.

Carefully fill the diffuser with water, and add a few drops of the essential oil or fragrance oil of your choice to instantly fill any space with the soul-soothing benefits of aromatherapy via a fine mist of scented vapour. There is a convenient intermittent mist control and a no-light night mode to aid restless nights, which works perfectly with a few drops of a relaxing essential oil such as Lavender.

For complete safety, the Alina automatically shuts off when the water falls below a certain level making it ideal for use around children or pets.
&amp;nbsp;

Features


	Suitable for use with any essential or fragrance oils&amp;nbsp;
	Emits a relaxing ambient light
	Night mode, so diffuser can be used without the light
	Two mist settings &amp;ndash; constant, intermittent
	Mini humidifier improves air quality
	Mist duration 4+ hours
	No heat, so no degradation of essential oils
	Worry free, turns off automatically once the machine runs empty, making it safe to use around children or pets
	No mess, wax or smoke
	Easy to clean
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060187862636]]></g:mpn><g:price>48 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/alina-diffuser-1000x1000-62d809ebf2dc8_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10942</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lakes Brew Co DDH Pale - 4%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lakes-brew-co-ddh-pale-4</link><description><![CDATA[Lakes Brew Co DDH Pale - 4%

This Lakes Brew Co DDH Pale is juicy, bold &amp;amp; balanced, with intense tropical &amp;amp; citrus impact.


	440ml Can
	Vegan Friendly
	Unfiltered, Unfined


Hops

Citra, Mosaic, Citra Cryo, Idaho 7, Simcoe

Ingredients

Water,&amp;nbsp;Malted Barley, Wheat, Oats, Hops, Yeast]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065005305005]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lakes-brew-co-ddh-pale-4-1000x1000-62d810f247130_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>10943</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lakes Brew Co NE Session IPA - 4.7%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lakes-brew-co-ne-session-ipa-47</link><description><![CDATA[Lakes Brew Co NE Session IPA - 4.7%

This Lakes Brew Co NE Session IPA is hazy, hoppy and tropical.

440ml Can

Hops

Equanot, Mosaic Cryo, Citra, Eldorado, Amarillo

Ingredients

Water,&amp;nbsp;Malted Barley,&amp;nbsp;Wheat,&amp;nbsp;Oats, Hops, Yeast]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065005305012]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lakes-brew-co-ne-session-ipa-4-7-1000x1000-62d811ddd7ded_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11027</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp; Black Pepper Room Diffuser]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bath-house-patchouli--black-pepper-room-diffuser</link><description><![CDATA[Bath House Patchouli &amp;amp; Black Pepper Room Diffuser

Warm, sensual, earthy, a reminder of patchouli&amp;rsquo;s long smoky past. A rich narcotic fragrance, powerful yet dreamy, blended with scented notes of black pepper, vanilla, warm amber and vetiver.


	How to Use:
	
	- Fill the bottle with oil until about &amp;frac34; full, place all reeds into the oil, carefully turn reeds after 5 minutes (taking care not to drip any oil, this primes the reeds so they can draw up the scented oil), then allow 24-36 hours for the fragrance to diffuse. Reeds may be turned every few days to refresh the intensity of the scent. Store the refill bottle in a cool, dark place.

	- Take care when turning the reeds not to spill, and always keep out of the reach of children or pets. This product is highly flammable, so please keep away from heat sources and naked flames. Further detailed instructions are included within the diffuser packaging.

	&amp;nbsp;
	
	Ingredients:
	
	Bio Based Solvent, Artisan Fragrance.
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[656334024610]]></g:mpn><g:price>64 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bath-house-patchouli-black-pepper-room-diffuser-1000x1000-631709eb3e733_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11117</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Gift Wrap Christmas Selection]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-gift-wrap-christmas-selection</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Gift Wrap Christmas Selection

The perfect gift for any Foodie this Christmas, this festive selection from Hawkshead Relish can be enjoyed at any time of year!

Includes:


	La'al Christmas Chutney 120g
	La'al Boxing Day Chutney 110g
	La'al New Year Relish 110g


All items are FREE from additives, preservatives, GM, nuts, gluten and are suitable for vegetarians.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183364325]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-gift-wrap-christmas-selection-1000x1000-671b65fe23782_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11132</g:id><title><![CDATA[Keswick Ketchup by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wild-fruitful-preserves-keswick-ketchup</link><description><![CDATA[Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful Preserves Keswick Ketchup

Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful's Keswick Ketchup is always made with fresh local tomatoes. These deliciously sweet tomatoes are tastefully blended with caramelised slow-roasted garlic and our secret blend of subtle spices.

&amp;nbsp;Rich and full of beautiful garlic flavour, the perfect balance of sweet and savoury, a well and truly tastefully combined condiment.

Ingredients

Tomatoes (34%), Double Concentrated Tomato Paste (Tomatoes, Salt), Garlic (14%), Sugar, Onions, Red Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Salt, Refined Olive Pomace Oil (Refined Olive Pomace Oil, Extra Virgin Olive Oil), Balsamic Vinegar (Wine Vinegar, Concentrated Grape Must, Cooked Grape Must (Sulphites)), Black Onion Seeds, Fenugreek Seeds, Cumin Seeds, Paprika, Cayenne Pepper. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g

Energy: 573KJ/136Kcal. Fat: 1.7g of which Saturates 0.3g. Carbohydrate: 27g of which Sugars 24g. Protein: 3.3g. Salt: 1.7g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610442]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.85 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/keswick-ketchup-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-64510ae8da4a6_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11149</g:id><title><![CDATA[British Cassis Blackcurrant Liqueur 200ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/british-cassis-blackcurrant-liqueur-200ml</link><description><![CDATA[British Cassis Blackcurrant Liqueur 200ml

Crafted with blackcurrants grown in the fields of their Herefordshire farm, this natural White Heron British Cassis is rich and full bodied.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Freshly picked British blackcurrants are allowed to ferment naturally with champagne yeast, blended with vodka to fortify and a little sugar to bring out the intensely fruity flavours.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060202250615]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/british-cassis-blackcurrant-liqueur-200ml-1000x1000-634ec3298487a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11150</g:id><title><![CDATA[British Framboise Raspberry Liqueur 200ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/british-framboise-raspberry-liqueur-200ml</link><description><![CDATA[British Framboise Raspberry Liqueur 200ml

The essence of the raspberries, grown in the fields of Herefordshire, is perfectly captured in this White Heron British Framboise Raspberry Liqueur.&amp;nbsp;The vibrant colour is matched by irresistible summer flavours, light and zesty yet crammed with fruity notes. A wonderful addition to fizz and champagne and an exciting new dimension to cocktails.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060202250707]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/british-framboise-raspberry-liqueur-200ml-1000x1000-634ec3621b5a2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11167</g:id><title><![CDATA[Esplosivo Italian Chilli Sauce 280g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/esplosivo-italian-chilli-sauce-280g</link><description><![CDATA[Esplosivo Italian Chilli Sauce 280g

Esplosivo is a blend of Italian chilli peppers, vegetables, Calabrian herbs and mushrooms - packed with an EXPLOSIVE taste!

Add a little to your sandwiches, bruschetta, pizza...... and BOOM... incredible flavour!!!

It's great tossed alone with pasta and some cheese; it could be the &amp;quot;secret ingredient&amp;quot; for your pasta sauce; serve with baked/grilled fish or meat; use it as a topping on your pizzas or simply spread it on a nice chunk of bread! Buon Appetito.

Ingredients

Add a little to your sandwiches, bruschetta, pizza...... and BOOM... incredible flavour!!!

It's great tossed alone with pasta and some cheese; it could be the &amp;quot;secret ingredient&amp;quot; for your pasta sauce; serve with baked/grilled fish or meat; use it as a topping on your pizzas or simply spread it on a nice chunk of bread! Buon Appetito]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060370740079]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/esplosivo-italian-chilli-sauce-280g-1000x1000-6351218037ce2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11173</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Secret Garden Wild Gin 50cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-secret-garden-wild-gin-50cl</link><description><![CDATA[The Secret Garden Wild Gin 50cl

Looking for a delicious organic gin? Look no further than Secret Garden&amp;rsquo;s Wild Gin made with organic spirit. Made with only the finest ingredients, our organic gin is sure to please even the most discerning palate!

Wild plants are The Secret Garden Distillery&amp;rsquo;s passion; we encourage them to grow freely. We distill home grown Bog Myrtle, Nettle, and nine other indigenous botanicals with Organic Spirit to create this unique gin. Naturally herbaceous, this London Dry Gin was made to reflect the wonders of nature.

Secret Garden Gins are lovingly crafted using 100% natural ingredients. There are no added sugars, artificial colourings, flavourings or additives&amp;hellip;.just nature distilled.

The botanicals are hand-harvested and dried naturally to ensure the highest quality.

Secret Garden Gins reflect the artistry of The Secret Garden Distillery and the wonders of natures in developing beautifully crafted natural Gins.

Perfect Serve:&amp;nbsp;Wild is best served with light tonic and a rosemary garnish.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060547921065]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-secret-garden-wild-gin-50cl-1000x1000-63512613081c2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11202</g:id><title><![CDATA[Prehistoric Land Memory Game (24 Pieces)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/prehistoric-land-memory-game-24-pieces</link><description><![CDATA[Prehistoric Land Memory Game (24 Pieces)

Pair up matching dinosaurs with this fun Prehistoric Land memory game. To play, simply lay all the pieces face down and take turns to flip over two cards. The object of the game is to turn over pairs of matching cards - whoever gets the most, wins!


	Box includes 24 pieces with 12&amp;nbsp;dinosaur designs
	Fun way to improve children's cognitive development
	Plastic-free
	Each game piece measures: 6cm (diameter)
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5027455437811]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/prehistoric-land-memory-game-24-pieces-1000x1000-63590845bc6e7_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11209</g:id><title><![CDATA[Troopo Farm Figures]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/troopo-farm-figures</link><description><![CDATA[Troopo Farm Figures

Adorable collection of seven farm figurines for little hands.

Features a horse, bunny, dog, cat, chicken, pig and cow.

Suitable From:&amp;nbsp;18+ months

Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Box 15 x 9cm

Brand:&amp;nbsp;Djeco]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3070900091160]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/troopo-farm-figures-1000x1000-63590dc0d72e7_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11228</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Vegetable Garden Set of 3 Storage Caddies]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-vegetable-garden-set-of-3-storage</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Vegetable Garden Set of 3 Storage Caddies

Add a pop of colour and interest to your home with this stylish set of 3 square storage caddies, part of the Vegetable Garden collection from Emma Bridgewater.

Each tin is decorated with a unique vegetable design; juicy tomatoes on the vine, deep purple aubergines and artichokes each one set against a cream background allowing the delicious vegetable to stand out. background. Each caddie has a&amp;nbsp;push on lid that keeps the contents safe and secure. They will look simply fabulous sat side by side on a countertop in your kitchen or down on the allotment.

Perfect for using as storage in the kitchen, or any room, this gorgeous trio makes a wonderful gift for anyone who loves Emma Bridgewater designs and is ideal for birthdays, Christmas, a house- warming or any special occasion.

Wipe clean with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly. Not dishwasher, microwave or oven proof.

Vegetable Garden

The Vegetable Garden range celebrates home grown food from the English garden and allotment. Featuring juicy tomatoes, green artichokes, spicy peppers, fresh cabbage, festive sprouts and wild figs to fill your kitchen with glorious nutrients. Beautifully illustrated in delicious detail, they look good enough to eat straight from the plate.

Dimensions


	
		
			Height (cm)
			7.8
		
		
			Width (cm)
			24
		
		
			Depth (cm)
			10
		
		
			Net Weight (g)
			510
		
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033735457288]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-vegetable-garden-set-of-3-storage-caddies-1000x1000-635945949a955_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11272</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Wildwater Women Book by Ellie Wood]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-wildwater-women-book-by-ellie-wood</link><description><![CDATA[The Wildwater Women by Ellie Wood

Sometimes the best things in life happen when you dare to get out of your depth. Four women, all with reason to step into the water and wash away their past. But will the friendship they build be enough to keep them afloat?

bby lives and works in the heart of the Lake District. She splits her time between bringing up her daughter, working in the Plum Pie Bakery - and dreaming of the time before her husband, Ben, left.

Lori is on holiday from the States, hoping to find her way to the lake that she's looked at for years in a picture on her wall back home.

Rebecca is contemplating taking the plunge too. Despite her immaculate appearance Rebecca is keeping quiet about a childhood trauma which has left her scared of the water.

Clarissa is the founder of The Wildwater Women. An all-year-round open-water swimming veteran, and with a fearsome manner, she knows the lakes like no one else and her boundless energy defies her years.

Four women, all from very different lives, all with reason to step into the water and wash away their past. But will the friendship they build be enough to keep them afloat when they each must face their fears?


	ISBN:&amp;nbsp;9780008471170
	Number of pages:&amp;nbsp;400
	Weight:&amp;nbsp;220 g
	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;198&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;129&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;20&amp;nbsp;mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9780008471170]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-wildwater-women-book-by-ellie-wood-1080x1080-67d83247cea30_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11273</g:id><title><![CDATA[Homesick: Why I Live in a Shed Book by Catrina Davies]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/homesick-why-i-live-in-a-shed-by-catrina-davies</link><description><![CDATA[Homesick: Why I Live in a Shed by Catrina Davies

Aged thirty-one, Catrina Davies was renting a box-room in a house in Bristol, which she shared with four other adults and a child. Working several jobs and never knowing if she could make the rent, she felt like she was breaking apart.

Homesick for the landscape of her childhood, in the far west of Cornwall, Catrina decides to give up the box-room and face her demons. As a child, she saw her family and their security torn apart; now, she resolves to make a tiny, dilapidated shed a home of her own.

With the freedom to write, surf and make music, Catrina rebuilds the shed and, piece by piece, her own sense of self. On the border of civilisation and wilderness, between the woods and the sea, she discovers the true value of home, while trying to find her place in a fragile natural world.

This is the story of a personal housing crisis and a country-wide one, grappling with class, economics, mental health and nature. It shows how housing can trap us or set us free, and what it means to feel at home.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781787478664]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/homesick-why-i-live-in-a-shed-book-by-catrina-davies-2008x2008-65a7b42b166db_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11333</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Vail Larch 32mm Nest Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-vail-larch-32mm-nest-box</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Vail Larch 32mm Nest Box

With a classic nest box design, this National Trust Vail Larch 32mm Nest Box has a green sloping edged roof and is optimized with the addition of a nest box plate to protect nestlings from predators such as woodpeckers.

The National Trust Vail Nest Box is an attractive natural wood nest box with decorative larch lap green roof.&amp;nbsp;

Its 32mm entrance hole is designed to appeal to Great Tits, Sparrows and Pied Flycatchers, and includes an entrance hole plate to deter predation from larger birds.

To enable easy cleaning the side panel can be opened and closed via the metal clip.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054257310]]></g:mpn><g:price>23.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-vail-larch-32mm-nest-box-1000x1000-636d0df4460fb_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11344</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Diner Seed Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-vierno-diner-seed-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Diner Seed Feeder

The National Trust Vierno Diner Seed Feeder allows birds to eat seeds whilst still having a good view of their surroundings.

The attractive, stylish design of the colourful ceramic dish makes this feeder an ideal gift for any nature lover who enjoys watching birds in their garden.

Includes a strong metal hanger and easy to refill and clean.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054255026]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-vierno-diner-seed-feeder-1000x1000-636d0a148f9cc_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11348</g:id><title><![CDATA[Large Timber Cold Frame by Forest Garden (Flat Packed)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/large-timber-cold-frame-by-forest-garden-flat-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Large Timber Cold Frame by Forest Garden (Flat Packed)

Generous sized cold frame that will house any plants that are ready to be moved out of the greenhouse but before being planted in your garden.

The beautifully crafted Large Timber Cold Frame from Forest has a generous amount of room that will house any plants that are ready to be moved out of the greenhouse and into your garden. Cold frames are used as the stepping stone for young plants between growing in a greenhouse to being transferred outdoors: if a plant is moved straight outside into the cold it can stunt its growth, so a cold frame is a great way to ease it into life in outside.

The acrylic glazing of this practical cold frame is a safer alternative to glass that still lets plenty of light and warmth through. The two independently opening lids each have a prop so you can work without completely opening the cold frame and exposing your plants. We recommend using a weed block fabric to prevent weeds from growing in your cold frame and capture even more warmth.

The cold frame is manufactured using timber that has been Pressure Treated to give it a 15 year guarantee against rot with the manufacturer.

Comes with full instructions for easy self-assembly.

If using to grow food produce we recommend lining the bed with a membrane before adding the soil.


	Perfect as a transitional stage between the greenhouse and planting outside
	Manufactured from Pressure Treated timber for a superior build
	Two independently opening lids allow you to easily access your plants
	Acrylic glazing is a safer alternative to glass
	For increased insulation and to deter weed, we recommend using a weed block fabric in the base of the cold frame
	15 Year Anti-Rot Guarantee
	Manufactured from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources
	Delivered flat packed for easy self-assembly
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5013053135631]]></g:mpn><g:price>169.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/large-timber-cold-frame-by-forest-garden-flat-packed-1000x1000-636d0f0ee9e4a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11350</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Tajine Water Dish]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-vierno-tajine-water-dish</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Tajine Water Dish

The attractive design of the colourful ceramic dish makes this water dish an ideal gift for any nature lover who enjoys watching birds in their garden.

The National Trust Vierno Tajine Water Dish is a stylish ceramic dish that allows birds to drink whilst still having a good view of their surroundings. &amp;nbsp;

Includes strong metal hanger and easy to fill and clean.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054255088]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-vierno-tajine-water-dish-600x600-636d0c6612d7f_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11351</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Crete Window Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-crete-window-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Crete Window Feeder

The Crete Window Feeder is great for keen beginners as it attaches to a window for up close views of birds feeding.

It is perfect for those with limited or a small amount of outdoor space, who still want to get close to nature.

Highly practical and easy to fill and clean, the strong suction cups secure the feeder to the window.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054255002]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-crete-window-feeder-600x600-636d0a5c7d109_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11352</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Drinker Water Dish]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-vierno-drinker-water-dish</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Vierno Drinker Water Dish

The attractive design of the colourful ceramic dish makes this drinker an ideal gift for any nature lover who enjoys watching birds in their garden.

The National Trust Vierno Drinker&amp;nbsp;is a stylish ceramic dish that allows birds to drink whilst still having a good view of their surroundings. &amp;nbsp;

Includes strong metal hanger and easy to fill and clean.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054255057]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-vierno-drinker-water-dish-656x595-636d0bfd130e4_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11353</g:id><title><![CDATA[National Trust Arundel Bat Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/national-trust-arundel-bat-box</link><description><![CDATA[National Trust Arundel Bat Box

The National Trust Arundel Bat Box has been designed with an easy entry point and a grooved ladder entrance, to make this an attractive roosting site for bats.

With a black roof and bat shaped motif, we think this box will make a great feature to any outdoor area.

Bats typically rely on existing nooks and crannies for shelter and a safe space to raise their young. A shortage of natural spaces can make it difficult for bats to find suitable sites though so why not lend a helping hand and add a specialist bat box to your garden.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051054256986]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/national-trust-arundel-bat-box-1000x1000-636d1051da691_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11415</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Black Pepper, Ginger &amp; Chamomile Muscle &amp; Joint Balm 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-black-pepper-ginger-chamomile-muscle2</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Black Pepper, Ginger &amp;amp; Chamomile Muscle &amp;amp; Joint Balm 50ml

An easily absorbed balm for muscle &amp;amp; joint fatigue.&amp;nbsp;Relax the muscles and relieve stiffness with this natural, warming, easily absorbed blend of ginger&amp;nbsp;and black pepper combined with invigorating rosemary &amp;amp; soothing lavender.

Black Pepper:&amp;nbsp;encourages circulation

Ginger:&amp;nbsp;warming &amp;amp; anti-inflammatory

Chamomile:&amp;nbsp;calms &amp;amp; balances

Lavender:&amp;nbsp;restores &amp;amp; relaxes

Coconut Butter:&amp;nbsp;naturally high in antioxidants

Avocado Oil:&amp;nbsp;high in vitamin e &amp;amp; potassium for healthy skin

Tocopherol:&amp;nbsp;a natural source of vitamin e

Aloe Vera:&amp;nbsp;nutrient-rich, cooling &amp;amp; calming

HOW TO USE:

Gently massage to soothe aches and pains

NATURAL. CRUELTY FREE. ETHICAL. SCIENTIFICALLY FORMULATED

INGREDIENTS:

Aqua (Water), Helianthus Annus* (Sunflower Oil), Aloe Barbadensis* (Aloe Vera), Persea Gratissima (Avocado Oil), Cocos Nucifera (Coconut Oil), Glyceryl Monostearate (Emulsifier), Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier), Cetearyl Glucoside (Emulsifier), Glycerin, Xanthan (Thickener), Tocopheral (Vitamin E), Lavandula Angustifolia (Lavender Essential Oil), Rosmarinus Officinalis (Rosemary Essential Oil), Zingiber Officinale (Ginger Essential Oil), Piper Nigrum (Black Pepper Essential Oil) Anthemis Nobilis (Chamomile Essential Oli), Phenoxyethanol, Benzyl Alcohol, Potassium Sorbate (Preservative System &amp;lt;1%), Citric Acid, Sodium Hydroxide (ph modifier)

Citral,**Geraniol,**Citronellol,**Limonene,**Linalool.**

*Organic **From Natural Essential Oils

WARNING: External use only. Keep out of reach of children. Discontinue use if a reaction occurs. If in contact with eyes, then rinse with water

FREE FROM: Alcohol, Lanolin, Petroleum Jelly, MI, Gluten, Artificial Perfumes &amp;amp; Colours]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270256]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-black-pepper-ginger-chamomile-muscle-joint-balm-5-1000x1000-63776578e2a24_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11429</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mr Puddlebrush by Jon Buxton]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mr-puddlebrush-by-jon-buxton</link><description><![CDATA[Mr Puddlebrush by Jon Buxton

Have you ever wondered why puddles disappear? Mr Puddlebrush is a fun new way to look at nature, and encourages readers and listeners to get outside and play.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781838453800]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mr-puddlebrush-by-jon-buxton-640x548-6390635d8cd15_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11446</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mbata Large Brass Candlestick]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mbata-large-brass-candlestick</link><description><![CDATA[Mbata Large Brass Candlestick

This iron Mbata Large Brass Candlestick has an elegant stem and artisan looking candle holder, that is well suited to a table or sideboard.

The rustic finish is skilfully created during the soldering process. This effect adds to the aesthetic of the design and compliments the brass material. Mix and match heights for an attractive display.


	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;40 x 9.5 x 9.5cm
	Weight: 700g
	Suitable for outdoor use: No
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055672472469]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mbata-large-brass-candlestick-1000x1000-6397104b6079d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[NKUKU]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11462</g:id><title><![CDATA[Canna Tropicanna Black (1 per pack)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/canna-tropicanna-black-1-per-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Canna Tropicanna Black (1 per pack)

Very dark foliage with beautiful red flowers.


	Colour: Orange
	Flowering time: All summer long
	Flowering height: 100cm/40 inches
	Planting depth: 5cm/2 inches
	Planting distance: 545cm/18 inches
	Planting time:&amp;nbsp;March Onwards
	Soil/position:&amp;nbsp;Canna rhizomes like a moist, humus rich soil and to be in full sun. Dig over the ground and add well-rotted manure if possible.
	Application:&amp;nbsp;Flower beds, outdoor containers and focal points.


Expert's tip:&amp;nbsp;This plant is not frost hardy, so life, clean and divide before the first frosts. Store in a frost free area, until planting time again.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Summer Flowering Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015882216109]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/canna-tropicanna-black-1-per-pack-1535x2226-6984a837d86d4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Taylors Bulbs]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11464</g:id><title><![CDATA[Begonia - Splendide Alfira (3 per Pack)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/begonia-splendide-alfira-3-per-pack</link><description><![CDATA[Begonia - Splendide Alfira (3 per Pack)


	Bulb Size: 4-5cm
	Colour: Pink
	Flowering time: July Onwards
	Flowering height: 35cm/14 inches
	Planting depth:&amp;nbsp;Plant on the durface
	Planting distance: 5cm/2&amp;nbsp;inches
	Planting time:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;April&amp;nbsp;Onwards
	Soil/position:&amp;nbsp;Begonias like a rich, moist garden soil with good drainage. Preferably in a semi-shaded place, although they will bloom in full sun.
	Application:&amp;nbsp;Suitable for flower beds, borders, containers on the patio and balcony. Also suitable as a houseplant.


Expert's tip:&amp;nbsp;Just occasionally, double varieties will produce single flowers, this is normal. For early flowering, place tubers close together and level with the soil in trays containing damp compost and sand. Try to maintain a temperature of 7-16 degrees celcius.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Summer Flowering Bulbs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015882027347]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/begonia-splendide-alfira-3-per-pack-1535x2226-6984a79cd76d9_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Taylors Bulbs]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11480</g:id><title><![CDATA[No. 3 - Conchigliette Pasta - Northern Pasta Co. (450g)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/no-3-conchigliette-pasta-northern-pasta-co-450</link><description><![CDATA[No. 3 - Conchigliette Pasta - Northern Pasta Co. (450g)

These beautiful mini seashells are almost too pretty to eat&amp;hellip;almost. Made with Northern Pasta Co's signature blend of flours, these beautiful shells have a nutty taste that adds depth and texture to your soup, salad or sauce.

Ingredients

Spelt Wheat&amp;nbsp;Flour, Organic Stoneground Semolina&amp;nbsp;Wheat&amp;nbsp;Flour, Water

Please see allergens in&amp;nbsp;bold

Suitable for Vegans

Allergens

Wheat, Gluten]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070002114123]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/no-3-conchigliette-pasta-northern-pasta-co-450g-750x750-690b2b1c4391e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Northern Pasta]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11499</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Lark Ascending® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-lark-ascending-english-shrub-rose-david-aust</link><description><![CDATA[The Lark Ascending&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Graceful semi-double flowers, of a pleasing apricot, are produced from the ground upwards, and are held in large heads of up to fifteen, nicely spaced blooms.&amp;nbsp;They have a beautiful open-cup shape, loosely filled with about twenty petals, arranged around a cluster of golden stamens. It forms an extremely healthy shrub with tall, airy growth. Named after the much-loved piece of music by Ralph Vaughan Williams. David Austin, 2012.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Apricot
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2012
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Light Tea/Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Very Large&amp;nbsp;Shrub. 150cm height &amp;amp; 150cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Rose Hedges
	Shady Areas
	Attracting Bees
	Rose Hips
	Wild Areas


Growing Conditions


	Nort, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight
	Partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825020732]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-lark-ascending-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e224fad34a9_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11500</g:id><title><![CDATA[Desdemona® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/desdemona-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses</link><description><![CDATA[Desdemona&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Peachy pink buds open to beautiful, white, chalice-shaped blooms, with a pinkish hue. The incurved petals create an arresting interplay of light and shadow.&amp;nbsp;The strong Old Rose fragrance has hints of almond blossom, cucumber and lemon zest. It forms a most attractive neat, rounded, bushy shrub. Named after the tragic heroine of Shakespeare&amp;rsquo;s Othello.. David Austin, 2015.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;LWhite
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2015
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Old Rose
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub, 110cm height, 110cm width


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Rose Border
	Cutting


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9, LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free of charge for orders over &amp;pound;50. Orders under &amp;pound;50 are subject to a &amp;pound;5 delivery fee. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021265]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/desdemona-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e2214a18ad3_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11502</g:id><title><![CDATA[Eustacia Vye® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/eustacia-vye-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-ros</link><description><![CDATA[Eustacia Vye&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

An exceedingly pretty rose of soft, glowing apricot-pink, each bloom packed with numerous delicately ruffled petals.&amp;nbsp;Held on red-tinged stems, the blooms begin as shallow cups, opening to full rosettes, revealing petals of a richer hue, which gradually pale over time. They have a delicious strong fruity fragrance. A very healthy variety; itmakes a strong, vigorous shrub with bushy, upright growth. Named after the flawed heroine of Thomas Hardy&amp;rsquo;s, The Return of the Native. David Austin, 2019.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Mid pink and apricot
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2019
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Fruity
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 90cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Border
	Shady&amp;nbsp;Areas


Growing Conditions


	Nort, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight
	Partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9, LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free of charge for orders over &amp;pound;50. Orders under &amp;pound;50 are subject to a &amp;pound;5 delivery fee. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021982]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/eustacia-vye-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63e2220aa7f47_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11523</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Lady Gardener® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-lady-gardener-english-shrub-rose-david-austi</link><description><![CDATA[The Lady Gardener&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

Bears large, quartered rosettes, each about 4&amp;rdquo; across, packed with loosely arranged petals. They are a beautiful shade of pure apricot, paling towards the edges. There is a lovely Tea fragrance, with hints of cedar wood and vanilla. Named for Plant Heritage, who do so much to protect Britain&amp;rsquo;s garden plant diversity. David Austin, 2013.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Apricot
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2013
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Medium, Tea
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium&amp;nbsp;Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Shady Areas


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825020879]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-lady-gardener-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63ee430bd376e_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11524</g:id><title><![CDATA[Golden Celebration® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/golden-celebration-english-shrub-rose-david-aust</link><description><![CDATA[Golden Celebration&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

One of the largest-flowered English Roses, bearing rich yellow blooms in the form of giant cups. They have a strong Tea fragrance, developing wonderfully combined notes of Sauternes wine and strawberry. It forms a rounded shrub, with ample foliage &amp;ndash; the flowers held beautifully poised on long, arching branches. David Austin, 1992.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Rich yellow
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Shrub Rose
	Year of Introduction: 1992
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Tea
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium&amp;nbsp;Shrub. 125cm height &amp;amp; 125cm spread


Ideal For


	Mixed Border
	Pots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Hedges
	Attracting Bees
	Rose Hips


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free when you spend over &amp;pound;50. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825002097]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/golden-celebration-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63ee3e41d0bcc_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11528</g:id><title><![CDATA[Claire Austin English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/claire-austin-english-climbing-rose-david-austin</link><description><![CDATA[Claire Austin&amp;reg; English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses

This vigorous, upright rose makes a very good climber in both beauty and performance. It bears pleasingly cupped, pale lemon buds which gradually open to large, creamy white flowers, the outer petals perfectly arranged in concentric circles.&amp;nbsp;They have a strong myrrh fragrance with dashes of meadowsweet, vanilla and heliotrope. The growth is strong and particularly healthy, and it is clothed in attractive matt green foliage.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Creamy white
	Bloom Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Climbing Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2007
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Strong, Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Medium&amp;nbsp;Climber, 12ft


Ideal For


	6ft Wall or Fence
	Large Arch
	Shady Areas
	10ft Wall or Fence
	Obelisk or Pillar
	Standard Arch
	Doorway


Growing Conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full or partial sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free of charge for orders over &amp;pound;50. Orders under &amp;pound;50 are subject to a &amp;pound;5 delivery fee.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825018746]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/claire-austin-english-climbing-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63ecbc135908d_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11530</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bathsheba® English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bathsheba-english-climbing-rose-david-austin-ros</link><description><![CDATA[Bathsheba&amp;reg; English Climbing Rose - David Austin Roses

Apricot-yellow buds open to shallowly cupped, many petalled rosettes. They are a beautiful blend of subtle apricot-pink and soft yellow, giving the overall impression of apricot, with creamy outer petals.&amp;nbsp;There is a superb floral myrrh fragrance, with hints of honey and Tea. It forms a short, vigorous climber. The name was inspired by the heroine of Thomas Hardy&amp;rsquo;s Far from the Madding Crowd. David Austin, 2016.

Characteristics


	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Apricot
	Bloom Size: Large
	Breeder:&amp;nbsp;David Austin
	Flowering:&amp;nbsp;Repeat Flowering
	Family:&amp;nbsp;English Climbing Rose
	Year of Introduction:&amp;nbsp;2016
	Fragrance:&amp;nbsp;Medium-strong, Myrrh
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Short Climber. 10ft


Ideal For


	M6ft wall or fence
	Standard Arch
	Obelisk or Pillar
	Doorway


Growing Conditions


	East, South, West Facing
	All soil types
	Full sunlight


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is currently free of charge for orders over &amp;pound;50. Orders under &amp;pound;50 are subject to a charge of &amp;pound;5. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825021647]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bathsheba-english-climbing-rose-david-austin-roses-1000x1000-63ecba12773b3_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11597</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Farmyard Manure - 50 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-farmyard-manure-50-litre</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Farmyard Manure - 50 Litre

Westland Farmyard Manure is the perfect soil conditioner that provides the essential nutrients needed for higher crop yields.&amp;nbsp; It breaks down naturally in the soil, releasing these nutrients, as well as a rich, natural source of organic matter and humus. Westland Farmyard Manure is perfect for mulching and incorporating during planting. It is also perfect for conditioning the soil for the healthy development of plants, fruits and vegetables.


	Perfect soil conditioner &amp;ndash; improves soil structure
	Replenishes depleted soils
	Supports strong establishment
	Rich source of organic matter
	For higher crop yields
	Works best with beds &amp;amp; borders, vegetable plots, roses and trees &amp;amp; shrubs


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377014581]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-farmyard-manure-50-litre-1000x1000-6980b3dd217c2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11598</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Peat Free Multi-Purpose Compost with John Innes - 50 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-peat-free-multi-purpose-compost-with-john</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Peat Free Multi-Purpose Compost with John Innes - 50 Litre

This Peat Free Multi-Purpose Compost with John Innes is perfect for supporting plant growth from seed through to mature plants.&amp;nbsp;

It has been specially developed to help plants at every life stage for a stronger, healthier life &amp;ndash; the Life Partner for Plants. Made from loam for perfect nutrient and moisture retention, as well as sand and grit for excellent drainage. It is also enriched with BIO3 to boost plant growth and to also promote roots and shoots. Our revolutionary new peat alternative,&amp;nbsp;BIO3&amp;nbsp;is engineered to outperform all peat based blends.

Use Peat Free Multi-Purpose Compost with John Innes to plant up seedlings, flowers, fruit and veg as well as containers and baskets. Not suitable for ericaceous plants.


	Perfect for all life stages of plants
	Stronger plant development
	More flowers as well as more vibrancy
	Longer plant life
	Peat free


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377017018]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-peat-free-multi-purpose-compost-with-john-innes-50--1000x1000-63ff3c3e93ae0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11600</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland John Innes No.2 Peat Free Potting-on Compost - 28 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-john-innes-no2-peat-free-potting-on-compo</link><description><![CDATA[Westland John Innes No.2 Peat Free Potting-on Compost - 28 Litre

Westland John Innes Peat Free No.2 Potting-on Compost feeds and establishes plants for a healthier life. Developed specially to also feed plants for four weeks.

It is enriched with Potassium humate which promotes root and shoot growth, improves aeration and water management too. John Innes Peat Free No.2 Potting-on Compost also contains loam which is perfect for nutrient and moisture retention, as well as sand and grit for excellent drainage.


	Feeds and encourages healthy plant growth
	Feeds for four weeks
	Develops stronger roots
	Encourages flower development
	Potassium humate to promote root and shoot growth


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377019883]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-john-innes-no-2-peat-free-potting-on-compost-28-lit-1000x1000-6968fc42bf1de_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11604</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland John Innes Peat Free No.3 Mature Plant Compost - 28 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-john-innes-peat-free-no3-mature-plant-com</link><description><![CDATA[Westland John Innes Peat Free No.3 Mature Plant Compost - 28 Litre

Westland John Innes Peat Free No.3 Mature Plant Compost nurtures and also sustains plants for a longer life. It has been developed specially to help mature plants and shrubs, with a long lasting and nutrient rich formulation.

With a four month feed it will sustain plants for longer, improve aeration as well as water management.


	Nurtures and sustains growth
	Feeds for four months
	Rich in nutrients for hungry plants
	Encourages new growth


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel/Compost]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377019906]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-john-innes-peat-free-no-3-mature-plant-compost-28-l-1000x1000-6968fcd2182b2_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11606</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Bio-Life Soil Improver - 50 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-bio-life-soil-improver---50-litre</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Bio-Life Soil Improver - 50 Litre

Westland Bio-Life Soil Improver replenishes depleted soils. It has blends of manure and barks to improve soil structure and fertility. The soil works naturally in 3 ways to create the best foundations for growth.

This includes physical structure, chemical organic matter &amp;amp; pH as well as biological soil biodiversity and microbial activity.

The physical structure creates a more open, free draining soil that is easier to re-wet and retain nutrients. Soil biodiversity and microbial activity improves soil fertility for higher crop yields and stronger healthier plants.


	Improving nutrient level &amp;amp; soil fertility
	Improves structure in clay &amp;amp; sandy soils
	Enhances the workability of the soil


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377014550]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-bio-life-soil-improver-50-litre-1000x1000-63ff428e64527_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11610</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Top Soil - 30 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-top-soil-30-litre</link><description><![CDATA[For creating new beds and borders or simply improving existing soil in your garden Westland Top Soil is ideal for a high quality finish.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel/Compost]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377014574]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-top-soil-30-litre-1280x1280-67f14653e2a3c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11612</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland John Innes Peat Free No.1 Young Plant Compost - 28 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-john-innes-peat-free-no1-young-plant-comp</link><description><![CDATA[Westland John Innes Peat Free No.1 Young Plant Compost - 28 Litre

Westland John Innes No.1 Young Plant Compost gives young plants the best start in life. A peat free blend that is developed specially for the needs of all young plants to help them establish.

With added Zinc complex, this biostimulant will promote healthy growth. The mix also has loam for perfect nutrient and moisture retention as well as sand and grit for excellent drainage. Use John Innes Young Plant Compost all year round on all types of young plants.


	Gives young plants the best start in life
	Feeds for four weeks
	Encourages healthy growth
	Develops stronger roots
	Added zinc complex for healthy growth


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel/Compost]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377019869]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-john-innes-peat-free-no-1-young-plant-compost-28-li-1000x1000-6968fc0ddc30f_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11619</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kelkay Blue Slate Chippings]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kelkay-blue-slate-chippings</link><description><![CDATA[Kelkay Blue Slate Chippings - 40mm

Enhance your outdoor spaces with these beautiful slate chippings. Garden slate is easy to lay and the ideal material for rock gardens, paths, ponds, borders, and driveways.&amp;nbsp;

Slate is a flat, reflective stone with a contemporary aesthetic, which looks fantastic when wet or dry.

For added character, use the Blue Slate in conjunction with other slates or aggregates, such as pebbles or chippings.

Ideal Uses:


	Fish Friendly &amp;ndash; Wash prior to use
	Alpines &amp;amp; Rock Gardens
	Borders &amp;amp; Beds


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055066400115]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kelkay-blue-slate-chippings-1000x1000-63ff591ce3f5b_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11620</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kelkay Autumn Gold Chippings]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kelkay-autumn-gold-chippings</link><description><![CDATA[Kelkay Autumn Gold Chippings

The Autumn Gold chippings may be put to good use in borders, patios, walkways, driveways, and ponds. The decorative gravel is naturally angular in form, adding texture and definition to your outdoor areas.&amp;nbsp;

Use a combination of chippings and other materials, such as slate or pebbles, to make a statement in your garden. The chippings are perfect if you&amp;rsquo;re searching for an attractive, low-maintenance surface.


	We recommend a minimum depth of 35mm.
	1 bag covers 0.4 square metres with a 35mm depth


Ideal Uses:


	Fish Friendly &amp;ndash; wash prior to use
	Paths, Patios &amp;amp; Driveways
	Borders &amp;amp; Beds


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055066400177]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kelkay-autumn-gold-chippings-1000x1000-63ff59b34799c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11623</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Biscuits Long Deep Rectangular Tin]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-biscuits-long-deep-rectangular-ti</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Biscuits Long Deep Rectangular Tin

The perfect tin for any lover of sweet treats! Perfect as a gift for a loved one or for yourself, this is the perfect tin to proudly display in the kitchen, and house plenty of&amp;nbsp;goodies.

Details


	Height: 10cm
	Width: 7.8cm
	Length: 24cm
	Care instructions:&amp;nbsp;Wipe with a damp cloth &amp;amp; dry thoroughly, not dishwasher/microwave or oven proof.
	Material: Steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033735291264]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-biscuits-long-deep-rectangular-tin-1000x1000-63ff72b7a73b2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11648</g:id><title><![CDATA[Easter Cupcake Kit by Meri Meri]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/easter-cupcake-kit-by-meri-meri</link><description><![CDATA[Easter Cupcake Kit by Meri Meri

Make Easter more fun with Easter themed cupcakes. This sensational set includes 8 different topper designs including bunnies, flowers and chicks, and delightful gingham print cases.

Product Specification


	The 24 toppers have 8 different designs of bunnies, flowers and chicks
	The cupcakes cases come in 2 gingham print colours
	The flowers are crafted from yellow and purple tissue paper
	The chicks have charming little crepe paper tails
	Gold foil detail adds a stylish touch
	The kit is beautifully packaged, and has a blue velvet ribbon handle - perfect as a gift!
	Packaging made using sustainable FSC paper
	Pack of 24 toppers in 8 designs
	Case dimensions: 64 x 32 x 64mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Partyware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781534040199]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/easter-cupcake-kit-by-meri-meri-1000x1000-640876b0be2d5_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Meri Meri]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11651</g:id><title><![CDATA[Easter Cookier Cutters by Meri Meri]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/easter-cookier-cutters-by-meri-meri</link><description><![CDATA[Easter Cookier Cutters by Meri Meri

Create the most charming Easter cookies with this fabulous set of a leaping bunny, sitting bunny, flowers and a butterfly. Kids will love to help you cut out the cookies (not to mention decorate them once baked, and then eat them!)

Specification


	The cutters are crafted from stainless steel
	The set is beautifully packaged in a kraft box with gold foil detail, so makes a wonderful gift too
	Packaging made using sustainable FSC paper
	Pack of 4 in 4 designs
	Product dimensions: Average height - 76mm, Average width - 72mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Partyware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781534035799]]></g:mpn><g:price>6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/easter-cookier-cutters-by-meri-meri-1000x1000-64087662dcebc_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Meri Meri]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11682</g:id><title><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Kitten Tin Collection Cocoa Dusted Truffles]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/monty-bojangles-kitten-tin-collection-cocoa-dusted</link><description><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Kitten Tin Collection Cocoa Dusted Truffles

A selection of curiously moreish double dusted luxury truffles packaged in a gift box with 4 collectable kitten tins.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;Each tin is uniquely designed as a beautiful and fantastical cat, each with its own personality and charm!&amp;nbsp;

This collection includes a remarkable combination of the following delicious mouth-watering&amp;sbquo;flavours - pure chocolatey Choccy Scoffy, crunchy Cocoa Nibs Night, creamy Flutter Scotch and tropically tantalizing Coconut Crush. Each carefully selected for a perfect assortment of delectable flavours!

Ingredients

Persian Pink Ingredients: Vegetable Oils (Coconut, RSPO MB Palm Kernel), Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder, Whey Powder (From&amp;nbsp;MILK), Cocoa Powder, Emulsifier (SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin).&amp;nbsp;

Spirit Blue Ingredients: Vegetable Oils (Coconut, RSPO MB Palm Kernel), Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder, Whey Powder (From&amp;nbsp;MILK), Caramelised Coconut Pieces (5%) (Coconut, Sugar), Cocoa Powder, Natural Flavour, Emulsifier (SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin).&amp;nbsp;

Midnight Prince Ingredients: Vegetable Oils (Coconut, RSPO Mb Palm Kernel), Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder, Cocoa Bean Nibs (5%), Cocoa Powder, Emulsifier (SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin).

Savanna Gold Ingredients: Vegetable Oils (Coconut, RSPO MB Palm Kernel), Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder, Whey Powder (From&amp;nbsp;MILK), Butterscotch Chips (5%) (Sugar, Glucose Syrup, Cream [MILK], Skimmed&amp;nbsp;MILK&amp;nbsp;Powder, Salted Butter (Butter [MILK], Salt), Sea Salt), Cocoa Powder, Emulsifier (SOYA&amp;nbsp;Lecithin), Natural Flavouring.

For allergens see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;BOLD

May also contain Barley, Eggs, Nuts, Sesame &amp;amp; Wheat]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060413268942]]></g:mpn><g:price>27.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/monty-bojangles-kitten-tin-collection-cocoa-dusted-truffles-1675x1675-6544da72c954c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11683</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lind &amp; Lime Gin 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lind-lime-gin-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Lind &amp;amp; Lime Gin 70cl

44% ABV

Lind &amp;amp; Lime Gin is our classic London Dry Gin, produced and bottled at the Coburg Street Stillhouse in Leith.&amp;nbsp;With juniper at its core, fresh lime peel is used, and a hint of pink peppercorns to create a classic benchmark expression that is balanced, dry and intensely refreshing. Lind &amp;amp; Lime Gin is forged from the talent, heritage and industry of Edinburgh and its historic distilling district of Leith.&amp;nbsp;

Distillers take a base spirit at 96% ABV and re-distill it with a carefully curated recipe of 7 botanicals to ensure that each of them is working in delicate harmony. Juniper provides the backbone, complemented by crisp and&amp;nbsp;citrusy&amp;nbsp;lime, and underpinned by earthy flavours of pink peppercorns. The result is deliciously complex, dry and thoroughly refreshing.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060577440017]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lind-lime-gin-70cl-1000x1000-640f3be4b8630_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11686</g:id><title><![CDATA[Port of Leith Sherry - Oloroso 75cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/port-of-leith-sherry-oloroso-75cl</link><description><![CDATA[Port of Leith Sherry - Oloroso 75cl

19% ABV

Sourced from Bodegas Baron, a 480 year old producer with a very modern outlook, the un-matured version of this Oloroso wine will be used to season our oak casks in Sanl&amp;uacute;car de Barrameda, in the heart of Jerez in South West Spain, before we ship them to Scotland to fill them with whisky.

Sherry plays a crucial role in transforming the character of many of Scotland&amp;rsquo;s best-loved whiskies, and this sherry will enhance ours. So we thought it should be savoured and enjoyed while we wait for our whisky.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7090027750111]]></g:mpn><g:price>22 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/port-of-leith-sherry-oloroso-75cl-1000x1000-640f3cbb18cfe_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11699</g:id><title><![CDATA[Apple Juice by Witherslack Orchards]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/apple-juice-by-witherslack-orchards</link><description><![CDATA[Apple Juice by Witherslack Orchards 750ml

Our delicious apple juice, made with fruit grown and pressed in the South Lakes.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5003773]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/apple-juice-by-witherslack-orchards-1000x1000-64105ca3671af_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11703</g:id><title><![CDATA[Garlic &amp; Rosemary Rapeseed Oil by Eden Yard]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/garlic--rosemary-rapeseed-oil-by-eden-yard</link><description><![CDATA[Garlic &amp;amp; Rosemary Rapeseed Oil by Eden Yard

Cold pressed, extra virgin rapeseed oil naturally infused with delicious garlic and rosemary.

Grown in the beautiful Eden Valley, local collection available.

250ml]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000403267]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/garlic-rosemary-rapeseed-oil-by-eden-yard-1000x1000-64105dfdbb94f_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11704</g:id><title><![CDATA[Damson Gin Liqueur by Witherslack Orchards]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/damson-gin-liqueur-by-witherslack-orchards</link><description><![CDATA[Damson Gin Liqueur by Witherslack Orchards 500ml

Our Damson Gin Liqueur is made with in small batches using handpicked Westmorland Damsons from our own orchards.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;

These damsons are steeped with quality London dry gin and a&amp;nbsp;little sugar for 3-6 months, allowing the full and complex flavour of our damsons to really show itself.

With a wonderful fruit flavour, our gin is perfect with Champagne, prosecco or even by itself. Perfect for a hipflask or as an after dinner drink.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004186]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/damson-gin-liqueur-by-witherslack-orchards-1000x1000-64105d7899bb2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11705</g:id><title><![CDATA[Chilli Infused Rapeseed Oil by Eden Yard]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/chilli-infused-rapeseed-oil-by-eden-yard</link><description><![CDATA[Chilli Infused Rapeseed Oil by Eden Yard

Cold pressed, extra virgin rapeseed oil naturally infused with chillies. For those who like it hot!

Grown in the beautiful Eden Valley, local collection available.

250ml]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5070000403250]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/chilli-infused-rapeseed-oil-by-eden-yard-1000x1000-64105dbe0ccaf_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11751</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gro-Sure Visiroot Windowsill Propagator Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gro-sure-visiroot-windowsill-propagator-set</link><description><![CDATA[Gro-Sure Visiroot Windowsill Propagator Set

The Gro-Sure Visiroot Windowsill Propagator is ideal for growing seeds and cuttings on windowsills. It has modular cells for growing different seed varieties so you can maximise your growing. The transparent RPET cells make it easy to check root growth and moisture levels. This also means you don&amp;rsquo;t have to disturb the plant and therefore will give you visibly better results. Use year after year for each growing season.&amp;nbsp;

All of the Visiroot range is recyclable through all kerbside collections at home too.


	The Gro-Sure Visiroot Windowsill Propagator includes 5 x 4 cell trays, 1 x drip tray and 1 x propagator lid
	Modular cells for different seed varieties
	Easy to check root growth
	Complete with drip tray and propagator lid
	Durable for use year after year
	Made from RPET &amp;ndash; easy to recycle at home
	Ideal for growing seeds and cuttings on windowsills


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377015779]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gro-sure-visiroot-windowsill-propagator-set-1024x1024-6418795208fed_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11754</g:id><title><![CDATA[RHS Cottage Garden Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rhs-cottage-garden-mix</link><description><![CDATA[RHS Cottage Garden Mix

A carefully blended mixture of traditional cottage garden favourites. Created to provide a beautiful display of colour throughout the summer months.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Contains flowers that are great for cutting and will provide a food source for birds and beneficial insects.

Covers up to 20m2

Details


	Sow/Plant Outside: April to June
	Flowers/Harvest: June to October
	Hardy Annual
	Half Hardy Annual
	Full Sun
	Height: up to 120cm
	Coverage: up to 20m2
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011775335759]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rhs-cottage-garden-mix-1000x1000-6411f2e0123c5_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11755</g:id><title><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Bees Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rhs-flowers-for-bees-mix</link><description><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Bees Mix

Specially designed by experts to provide a wealth of reliable, nectar and pollen rich blooms, to attract and benefit a wide variety of useful, pollinating bees. Creating a colourful display which is easy to grow and flowers over a long period.



Covers up to 20m2



Details


	Sow/Plant Outside: April to June
	Flowers/Harvest: June to October
	Hardy Annual
	Half Hardy Annual
	Hardy Perennial
	Half Hardy Perennial
	Full Sun
	Suitable for Attracting Bees
	Height: up to 60cm
	Coverage: up to 20m2
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011775335797]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rhs-flowers-for-bees-mix-1000x1000-6411f3a1ce835_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11756</g:id><title><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Birds Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rhs-flowers-for-birds-mix</link><description><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Birds Mix

A special mixture created by experts to provide an attractive and useful resource for birds, with annual flowers and grasses providing nutritious seed heads over a long season. Easy to grow and full of colour.&amp;nbsp;It also makes and ideal filler for any gaps in the border.

Covers up to 20m2

Details


	Sow/Plant Outside: April to June
	Flowers/Harvest: June to October
	Hardy Annual
	Half Hardy Annual
	Full Sun
	Height: up to 100cm
	Coverage: up to 20m2
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011775335766]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rhs-flowers-for-birds-mix-1000x1000-6411f4442c293_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11757</g:id><title><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Insects Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rhs-flowers-for-insects-mix</link><description><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Insects Mix

Beautiful, nectar and pollen rich blooms known to attract a wide variety of pollinators and useful predatory insects. This special blend of flowers creates a colourful and beneficial display which is easy to grow and blooms over a long period.

Covers up to 20m2

Details


	Sow/Plant Outside: April to June
	Flowers/Harvest: June to October
	Hardy Annual
	Half Hardy Annual
	Hardy Perennial
	Full Sun
	Height: up to 90cm
	Coverage: up to 20m2
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011775335773]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rhs-flowers-for-insects-mix-1000x1000-6411f7f275647_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11759</g:id><title><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Wildlife Cool Mix]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rhs-flowers-for-wildlife-cool-mix</link><description><![CDATA[RHS Flowers for Wildlife Cool Mix

A carefully designed mixture to create a stylish display in colour coordinated, cool and serene shades.&amp;nbsp;Produces blue and white, nectar and pollen rich flowers over a long period, to provide maximum benefit to a wide variety of visiting wildlife.

Covers up to 20m2

Details


	Sow/Plant Outside: April to June
	Flowers/Harvest: June to October
	Hardy Annual
	Half Hardy Annual
	Full Sun
	Suitable for Attracting Bees
	Suitable for Attracting Butterflies
	Height: up to 60cm
	Coverage: up to 20m2
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5011775335742]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rhs-flowers-for-wildlife-cool-mix-1000x1000-6411f8962ae52_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11764</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vitax Grow Pots Round 8cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vitax-grow-pots-round-8cm</link><description><![CDATA[Vitax Grow Pots Round 8cm - Pack of 16

Vitax Grow Pots are perfect for seeds, seedlings and cuttings which will require planting out at a later date.&amp;nbsp;Completely&amp;nbsp;biodegradable, Grow Pots can be put straight into the garden when the time is right for planting.


	Keeps roots warm and moist for vigorous growth
	Protects roots from transplant damage
	Plant out complete pot
	Each pot has good strength and flexibility, and as young plants do not have to be disturbed whilst transferring into the ground, the pots ensure roots stay healthy and undamaged.


Once old enough, the roots will break through the pots and continue to grow as normal.

One seed should be used per pot.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Seed Trays, Planters &amp; Propagation]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012351040142]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vitax-grow-pots-round-8cm-2000x2000-64187f992b511_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11766</g:id><title><![CDATA[GroZone Polythene Tunnel by Smart Garden]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/grozone-polythene-tunnel-by-smart-garden</link><description><![CDATA[GroZone Polythene Tunnel by Smart Garden

Sturdy polythene tunnel to control temperature and protect delicate plants.

Dimensions


	0.4 x 0.5 x 3.1m
	
	
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5050642030700]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/grozone-polythene-tunnel-by-smart-garden-600x600-64187ab9666f2_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11823</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kalos Industrial Style Electric Free-standing Patio Heater]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kalos-industrial-style-electric-free-standing-pati</link><description><![CDATA[Kalos Industrial Style Electric Free-standing Patio Heater

This industrial style floor standing heater is as much about design as about heat.&amp;nbsp;It has two halogen lamps, which provide a powerful heat of 900/1200/2100W.


Features



	Made from steel and aluminium.
	Double carbon tube with a power output of 900/1200/2100W.
	IP rating of 54.


Kalos 1 Year Warranty

The 1 YEAR Kalos Warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms and conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.

]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Heaters]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229761637]]></g:mpn><g:price>379 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kalos-industrial-style-electric-free-standing-patio-heater-1000x1000-64367fe7ef081_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11824</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Hand Trowel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-hand-trowel</link><description><![CDATA[Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Stainless Steel Hand Trowel

A traditionally styled, high quality Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Hand Trowel made from stainless steel and beautiful ash wood.&amp;nbsp;Featuring a cranked shaft to protect knuckles during work, this tool also has quality guaranteed with its 15 year guarantee.&amp;nbsp;


	High quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood contoured for perfect comfortable grip
	Excellent rust resistance and minimum soil adhesion


Length: 33.5cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396796937]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kent-stowe-stainless-steel-hand-trowel-905x905-690b28d050d06_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kent &amp; Stowe]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11993</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Groundbreaker Trowel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-rhs-groundbreaker-trowel</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Groundbreaker Trowel

This super-tough garden trowel has a pointed, sharpened head to slice easily through the most challenging ground.

The mirror-polished stainless steel head is resistant to rust and offers clean movement through the soil. The wide, deep dish carries the maximum load with every scoop.&amp;nbsp;The FSC-certified hardwood handle offers a comfortable grip, and the sturdy leather cord is ideal for hanging the trowel tidily in the shed between uses.

Our Groundbreaker trowel is endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society, perhaps the ultimate accolade in gardening. Like all our RHS-endorsed stainless steel tools, this garden trowel carries our lifetime guarantee.

Specification


	Overall length: 31.5cm
	Head width: 9cm
	Weight: 272g
	Tool head: stainless steel
	Handle: FSC&amp;reg; hardwood
	Hanging cord: leather
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360203292]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-groundbreaker-trowel-1000x1000-643697163bc37_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>11994</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball RHS Planting Trowel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon--ball-rhs-planting-trowel</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball RHS Planting Trowel

A gorgeously designed and extremely versatile heart-shaped trowel, perfect for all types of planting.&amp;nbsp;It&amp;rsquo;s useful for shallower digging and scooping when planting bulbs, bedding, or plug plants. It&amp;rsquo;s also ideal for container gardening.

The short, wide head has a pointed, sharpened tip to slice easily through ground, and the width enables it to move soil quickly and efficiently. The ergonomic design makes this trowel a delight to use: the head is in line with the handle, rather than angled, making digging easier and more powerful.

The mirror-polished stainless steel head is resistant to rust and offers clean movement through the soil. The FSC-certified hardwood handle offers a comfortable grip, and the sturdy leather hanging cord is ideal for tidy storage.

This covetable trowel combines eye-catching design with brilliant planting performance, making it a must-have for any tool shed!

Specification


	Overall length: 26cm
	Width: 11cm
	Weight: 240g
	Tool head: stainless steel
	Handle: FSC&amp;reg; hardwood
	Hanging cord: leather
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360203308]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-rhs-planting-trowel-1000x1000-643697c7e90e6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12008</g:id><title><![CDATA[Sharp Edge Hot Chilli Sauce by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/sharp-edge-hot-chilli-sauce-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Sharp Edge Hot Chilli Sauce by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Named in homage to Sharp Edge on the iconic Blencathra mountain and all the other steep, awe-inspiring ridges and edges of the Cumbrian Fells.

Hot, spicy, sharp, and sweet! A tastebud tantalising sauce loaded with chilli, garlic, and ginger, perfect for adding a spicy punch of flavour to everyday dishes. A must try for chilli fanatics and those looking for a delicious lip-smackingly good hot sauce.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Red Chilli Peppers (11%), Garlic, Ginger, Maize Starch, Salt, Cayenne Pepper. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1080KJ/254Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 60g of which Sugars 57g. Protein: 0.7. Salt: 0.58g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610466]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.85 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/sharp-edge-hot-chilli-sauce-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-6450fd5917f35_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12009</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumbrian Damson &amp; Gin Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumbrian-damson-gin-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Cumbrian Damson &amp;amp; Gin Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A taste of the Lakes collaboration with The Lakes Distillery. Divine Cumbrian damsons and a generous helping of The Lakes Gin pair perfectly in this sharp tasty jam.&amp;nbsp;Simply delicious spread on fresh bread or hot buttered toast. Added to a gin and tonic gives a burst of real fruitful flavour. Serve with ice cream or plain cheesecakes for a tasty treat.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Damsons (38%), Apples, Lakes Distillery Gin (5%). Prepared using 57g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 56g per 100g. May contain fruit stones.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 913KJ/215Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 52g of which Sugars 52g. Protein: 0g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610145]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumbrian-damson-gin-jam-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447b097e9316_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12010</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fruity Lakeland Chutney by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fruity-lakeland-chutney-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Fruity Lakeland Chutney by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A must try for any condiment connoisseur. Sweet apricots perfectly balanced with a handful of apples and a blend of subtle spices.

A perfect accompaniment to cheeseboards and sandwiches alike. Sweet and fruity with great depth of flavour, mix through homemade meatballs and burgers for added richness.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Dried Apricots (Dried Apricots, Rice Flour) (Sulphites) (19%), Onions, Apples (19%), Sugar, Tomatoes (15%), White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Garlic, Salt, Black Onion Seeds,&amp;nbsp;Mustard Seeds, Cayenne Pepper, Ground Mixed Spice (Cassia Cinnamon, Coriander, Ginger, Allspice, Nutmeg, Cloves), Ground Cinnamon. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 585KJ/138Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 30g of which Sugars 29g. Protein: 1.5g. Salt: 0.59g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610176]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fruity-lakeland-chutney-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-644900f60c547_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12012</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gooseberry, Elderflower &amp; Gin Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gooseberry-elderflower-gin-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Gooseberry, Elderflower &amp;amp; Gin Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A perfect seasonal mix of tart summer gooseberries and floral elderflower. We use locally sourced Cumbrian gooseberries whenever possible.&amp;nbsp;Adds an interest twist to cocktails. Make a tasty Gooseberry Fool or create a fruity Pavlova with this floral flavoured jam.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Gooseberries (52%), Lakes Distillery Gin (5%), Elderflower (1%), Gelling Agent: Pectin. Prepared using 52g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 65g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1241KJ/293Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 68g of which Sugars 68g. Protein: 1.1g. Salt: 0.01g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610183]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gooseberry-elderflower-gin-jam-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447b11e1dc72_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12013</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumbrian Blackberry &amp; Apple Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumbrian-blackberry-apple-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Cumbrian Blackberry &amp;amp; Apple Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A perfect pairing of beautifully sweet blackberries and sharp bramley apples. A firm family favourite.

Traditional flavours delicately balanced in our Blackberry &amp;amp; Apple Jam recipe. Perfect on freshly baked bread or delicious folded through whipped cream, topped with meringue and fresh berries for an autumnal style Eton Mess.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Blackberries (41%), Apples (23%), Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid. Prepared using 63g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 58g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1102KJ/259Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 63g of which Sugars 63g. Protein: 0.5g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610114]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumbrian-blackberry-apple-jam-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-6451277831780_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12014</g:id><title><![CDATA[Blueberry &amp; Lemon Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/blueberry-lemon-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Blueberry &amp;amp; Lemon Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A popular combination of fresh blueberries with subtle hint of lemon. Spooned over pancakes, waffles or crumpets, this jam recipe is perfect for adding a fresh and zesty flavour at breakfast time.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Blueberries (64%), Sugar, Lemon Juice (4%), Lemon Zest (1%), Gelling Agent: Pectin, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid. Prepared using 69g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 64g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1234KJ/291Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 71g of which Sugars 70g. Protein: 0.6g. Salt: 0.01g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610077]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/blueberry-lemon-jam-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447b05821f35_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12015</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pear &amp; Stem Ginger Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pear-stem-ginger-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Pear &amp;amp; Stem Ginger Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A match made in heaven, truly delicious, bursting with fresh flavours of juicy pears and warming ginger.&amp;nbsp;

A jam perfect for something a little different at breakfast time, lovely and tasty on hot buttered toast and fresh bread or stirred through porridge. Equally delicious as a fruity glaze for cakes.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Pears (51%), Sugar, Lemon Juice, Orange Juice, Ginger Crush (Stem Ginger (45%), Sugar, Water) (3%), Ginger (2%), Lemon Zest, Orange Zest, Gelling Agent: Pectin, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid. Prepared using 51g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 51g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1048KJ/247Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 60g of which Sugars 59g. Protein 0g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610244]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pear-stem-ginger-jam-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-6451289aa7142_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12017</g:id><title><![CDATA[Chilli Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/chilli-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Chilli Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Hot and spicy, sharp and sweet, exactly how chilli jam should be! A delicious combination of red chillies, peppers and fragrant nigella seeds, cooked slowly to capture the unique flavours of each ingredient.

Add a real tasty hit of sweet chilli flavour to everyday dishes, sauces and sandwiches. Equally delicious as a spicy accompaniment to cheeses, cold cuts, pies and pasties. A sweet and spicy condiment.

Ingredients:Sugar, Red Chilli Peppers (34%), Red Peppers (34%), Onions, White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Garlic, Black Onion Seeds, Salt. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1005KJ/237Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 56g of which Sugars 55g. Protein: 1.3g. Salt: 0.36g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610411]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/chilli-jam-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-64511211c2f76_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12020</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kendal Curry Sauce by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kendal-curry-sauce-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Kendal Curry Sauce by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Named in homage to Kendal, ancient riverside Market town, gateway to the Lakes and home to the famous Kendal Mint Cake, found in all the best rucksacks!

A deliciously fragrantly spiced curried condiment, made with sweet slow cooked onions and an aromatic mix of spices, perfect splashed over fries, halloumi or chicken for a kick of curry flavour.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Onions, Tomatoes, Garlic, Apples, Sugar, White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Ginger, Red Chilli Peppers, Refined Olive Pomace Oil (Refined Olive Pomace Oil, Extra Virgin Olive Oil), Garlic Powder, Turmeric, Curry Powder (Coriander, Turmeric,&amp;nbsp;Mustard, Cumin, Chickpea, Chilli, Salt, Fennel, Fenugreek, Cardamom, Garlic, Black Pepper, Cloves), Garam Masala (Coriander, Cumin, Fennel, Ginger, Cloves, Cardamom,&amp;nbsp;Celery, Tarragon), Salt, Fenugreek Seeds, Cumin Seeds, Black Onion Seeds, Ground Coriander. For allergens see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.&amp;nbsp;Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 636KJ/150Kcal. Fat: 2.8g of which Saturates 0.2g. Carbohydrate: 28.3g of which Sugars 22.9g. Protein: 3.6g. Salt: 0.85g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767611210]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.85 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kendal-curry-sauce-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-6451081b62da2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12021</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bowness BBQ Sauce by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bowness-bbq-sauce-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Bowness BBQ Sauce by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Named after Bowness on Windermere, a former fishing village when commercial fishing of Char was carried out on Windermere, and now the busiest tourist hotspot in the lakes.

A delicious blend of tangy tomatoes, caramelised onions and a smoky mix of spices. The perfect sauce for adding a hit of barbecue flavour to meats, fries and sides.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Tomatoes, Onions, Brown Sugar, Concentrated Tomato Paste (Tomatoes, Salt), White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Garlic, Apples, Black Treacle (Invert Sugar Syrup, Cane Molasses), Refined Olive Pomace Oil (Refined Olive Pomace Oil, Extra Virgin Olive Oil), Red Chilli Peppers, Salt, Paprika, Smoked Paprika, Ground Cumin, Ground Black Pepper, Ground Ginger,&amp;nbsp;Mustard Powder. For allergens see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 492 KJ/116 Kcal. Fat: 1.5g of which Saturates 0.1g. Carbohydrate: 24.1g of which Sugars 22.5g. Protein: 2g. Salt: 0.9g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767611197]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.85 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bowness-bbq-sauce-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-64510897b38a6_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12022</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hot as Helvellyn Chilli Sauce by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hot-as-helvellyn-chilli-sauce-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Hot as Helvellyn Chilli Sauce by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Named in honour of Helvellyn, England's third highest mountain, and together with the treacherous Striding Edge a magnet for the more adventurous Lake District visitor.

Seriously hot! A hot as hell chilli sauce made with scorching Scotch Bonnets and flaming Carolina Reapers, perfect for adding a serious hit of heat to pretty much anything you eat. Enjoy with caution!

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Preserved Tomatoes (Tomatoes, Tomato Juice, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid), Sugar, Distilled Malt Vinegar (from&amp;nbsp;Barley), Scotch Bonnet Chilli Mash (Scotch Bonnet Chillies, Cider Vinegar, Salt), Concentrated Tomato Paste (Tomatoes, Salt), Carolina Reaper Chilli Puree (Carolina Reaper Chillies, Cider Vinegar, Salt), Garlic. For allergens see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 338KJ/80Kcal. Fat: 0.1g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 18.5g of which Sugars 18.5g. Protein: 1.1g. Salt: 0.02g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767611203]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.85 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hot-as-helvellyn-chilli-sauce-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-645108ccda8f1_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12023</g:id><title><![CDATA[Really Raspberry Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/really-raspberry-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Really Raspberry Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Jam packed with summer fruit flavour. Sweet, sharp and delicious.&amp;nbsp;

A jam full of summer ripened raspberries, perfect with scones and clotted cream or as a filling for a classic Victoria Sponge or Bakewell Tart. Serve with pancakes at breakfast time for a weekend treat.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Raspberries (57%), Sugar, Gelling Agent: Pectin. Prepared using 57g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 57g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1061KJ/250Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 61g of which Sugars 60g. Protein: 0g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610305]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/really-raspberry-jam-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447b4097de0c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12024</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pink Grapefruit, Gin &amp; Rhubarb Marmalade by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pink-grapefruit-gin-rhubarb-marmalade-by-wild-fr</link><description><![CDATA[Pink Grapefruit, Gin &amp;amp; Rhubarb Marmalade by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A taste of the Lakes collaboration with The Lakes Distillery. Using the Lakes Pink Grapefruit Gin perfectly complimented by tropical ruby grapefruit and tangy rhubarb, a taste sensation!

A must for marmalade and gin connoisseurs alike. Delicious on freshly baked bread. Equally divine added to gin &amp;amp; tonics, cocktails or as a glaze for cakes.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Pink Grapefruit (30%), Rhubarb (13%), Lakes Distillery Pink Grapefruit Gin (2%), Gelling Agent: Pectin, Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid. Prepared using 43g fruit per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1106KJ/260Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 63g 0f which Sugars 63g. Protein: 0g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610008]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pink-grapefruit-gin-rhubarb-marmalade-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447b62b9807c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12026</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pear &amp; Walnut Chutney by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pear-walnut-chutney-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Pear &amp;amp; Walnut Chutney by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A mellow autumnal flavour pairing tastefully combined with roasted walnuts in this delicious chutney.

Fruity, nutty and utterly delicious. Use to dress salads, uplift pork and chicken dishes. Perfectly compliments any cheese, especially blue.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Pears (54%), Distilled Malt Vinegar (from&amp;nbsp;Barley), Sugar, Apples, Onions, Sultanas (Sultanas, Sunflower Oil),&amp;nbsp;Walnuts&amp;nbsp;(6%), Orange Juice, Orange Zest, Salt, Ground Cinnamon. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 789KJ/187Kcal. Fat: 4.1g of which Saturates 0.5g. Carbohydrate: 35g of which Sugars 34g. Protein: 1.6g. Salt: 0.33g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610251]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pear-walnut-chutney-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6449044e914cd_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12028</g:id><title><![CDATA[Rich Blackcurrant Jam by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rich-blackcurrant-jam-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Rich Blackcurrant Jam by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A traditional jam recipe, packed full of fruity flavour with a taste of summer in every jar.&amp;nbsp;

This recipe is rich in summer blackcurrants perfect for adding a burst of fruity flavour to yogurts or porridge, equally delicious as an alternative jam to serve with scones and clotted cream.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Blackcurrants (45%), Gelling Agent: Pectin. Prepared using 45g fruit per 100g. Total sugar content 64g per 100g.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 1167KJ/275Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 67g of which Sugars 67g. Protein: 0g. Salt: 0g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610336]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rich-blackcurrant-jam-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-6447afebdd63e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12029</g:id><title><![CDATA[Original Roast Smooth Peanut Butter by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/original-roast-smooth-peanut-butter-by-wild-fruit</link><description><![CDATA[Original Roast Smooth Peanut Butter by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful was born out of a passion for All Natural products. At our small factory in the North of Cumbria we carefully make our Peanut Butter in small batches from the finest Hi Oleic Argentinian Peanuts.&amp;nbsp;With nothing added but a pinch of natural Sea Salt, this is a Peanut Butter bursting with Taste, Energy, Protein - and Passion.

First, we lightly roast, then grind whole Hi-Oleic Peanuts to achieve just the right consistency. Great for spreading, using in recipes, or if you are like us just eating straight off the spoon!

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Peanuts&amp;nbsp;(99.6%), Sea Salt (0.04%).&amp;nbsp;For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.&amp;nbsp;Gluten Free, Vegan Friendly.

Nutritional&amp;nbsp;information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 2466KJ/590Kcal. Fat: 46.1g of which Saturates 8.2g. Carbohydrate: 12.5g of which Sugars 6.2g. Protein: 25.6g. Salt: 0.02g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610473]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/original-roast-smooth-peanut-butter-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-644903d29ee6a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12030</g:id><title><![CDATA[Original Roast Crunchy Peanut Butter by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/original-roast-crunchy-peanut-butter-by-wild-frui</link><description><![CDATA[Original Roast Crunchy Peanut Butter by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful was born out of a passion for All Natural products. At our small factory in the North of Cumbria we carefully make our Peanut Butter in small batches from the finest Hi Oleic Argentinian Peanuts.&amp;nbsp;With nothing added but a pinch of natural Sea Salt, this is a Peanut Butter bursting with Taste, Energy, Protein - and Passion.

First, we lightly roast, then grind whole Hi-Oleic Peanuts, then we add just the right amount of partially crunched nuts. Great for spreading, topping cakes, or if you are like us just eating straight off the spoon!

Ingredients: Peanuts&amp;nbsp;(99.6%), Sea Salt (0.04%).&amp;nbsp;For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.&amp;nbsp;Gluten Free, Vegan Friendly.

Nutritional&amp;nbsp;information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 2466KJ/590Kcal. Fat: 46.1g of which Saturates 8.2g. Carbohydrate: 12.5g of which Sugars 6.2g. Protein: 25.6g. Salt: 0.02g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610480]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/original-roast-crunchy-peanut-butter-by-wild-fruitful-1000x1000-644903858b7cb_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12031</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cumberland Spice Sauce by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cumberland-spice-sauce-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Cumberland Spice Sauce by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

Named in homage to the history of the Cumberland spice trail. From the late 1600&amp;rsquo;s spices would arrive in Whitehaven, then Britain&amp;rsquo;s second largest port, and be transported south through the mountain passes of the Lake District.

The flavours and essence of Cumberland deliciously captured in a rich brown sauce. A perfect balance of Cumberland spices and fresh fruity flavour, inspired by the spicy flavour of the world famous Cumberland Sausage.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Tomatoes (60%), Onions, Sugar, Apples (14%), White Wine Vinegar (Sulphites), Black Treacle (Invert Sugar Syrup, Cane Molasses), Raisins (Raisins, Sunflower Oil), Whole Dried Dates, Garlic (3%), Red Chilli Peppers (1%), Salt, Ground Ginger, Cloves, Ground White Pepper, Star Anise, Juniper Berries, Fennel Seeds. For allergens see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 749KJ/176Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 41g of which Sugars 40g. Protein: 1.1g. Salt: 1.4g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610459]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.65 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cumberland-spice-sauce-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-64510cb5683fd_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12033</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ploughmans Pickle by Wild &amp; Fruitful]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ploughmans-pickle-by-wild-fruitful</link><description><![CDATA[Ploughmans Pickle by Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful

A necessity for any picnic in the park. Vegetables with a crunchy bite coated in a flavoursome sauce, makes for the perfect pickle.

A sweet pickle for any occasion but particulary good with hams, savoury pies and pasties. Use in a multitude of sandwiches or add to a shepherds pie for a real kick of flavour.

Ingredients:&amp;nbsp;Sugar, Carrots (21%), Apples (21%), Onions (16%), Distilled Malt Vinegar (from&amp;nbsp;Barley), Dried Dates (Dates, Rice Flour), Salt, Black Treacle (Invert Sugar Syrup, Cane Molasses), Lemon Juice, Maize Starch,&amp;nbsp;Mustard Seeds, Dried Red Chilli Peppers, Ground Ginger. For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold.

Nutritional information per 100g:&amp;nbsp;Energy: 899KJ/212Kcal. Fat: 0g of which Saturates 0g. Carbohydrate: 50g of which Sugars 49g. Protein: 0.7g. Salt: 3.2g.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610275]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ploughmans-pickle-by-wild-fruitful-3000x3000-645123a89a930_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12059</g:id><title><![CDATA[Children's Kneeling Pad]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/childrens-kneeling-pad</link><description><![CDATA[Children's Kneeling Pad

This softly padded kneeler protects little knees from moisture, dirt, and injuries when gardening. The cute design features numerous garden dwellers and is sure to appeal to children.&amp;nbsp;This kneeler for children is a must for gardening and helps to protect their knees from cold, hard and damp surfaces. The wide handles make it easy to move the kneeler.

Dimensions: 28 x 20 x 1.9cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8714982221170]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/children-s-kneeling-pad-2000x2000-6464d4956ef0b_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12060</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Hand Fork by Kent &amp; Stowe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kids-stainless-steel-hand-fork-by-kent--stowe</link><description><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Hand Fork by Kent &amp;amp; Stowe

This perfectly sized Kids Hand Fork is ideal for the growing gardener. The rounded tips make it safe and easy to use for children of 4 years+ with adult supervision. These compact and light garden tools, combine strength and practicality with beautiful ash wood handles to ensure they are simply smaller versions of our full size collection. The Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Kids range will give children their first taste of real garden tools &amp;ndash; tools to use and cherish for years to come.&amp;nbsp;


	High quality rounded stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, contoured for a comfortable grip for the smaller hand
	Proportionally smaller and lighter than an adult&amp;rsquo;s hand trowel
	Hand crafted to ensure the tool is suitable for children
	For weeding, planting and cultivating soil
	15 year guarantee
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797606]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kids-stainless-steel-hand-fork-by-kent-stowe-2000x2000-6464b9a122cad_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12061</g:id><title><![CDATA[Children's Metal Bucket]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/childrens-metal-bucket</link><description><![CDATA[Children's Metal Bucket

This cheerful coloured bucket is a must have for little gardeners!&amp;nbsp;The bucket has a handy handle that makes it easy to carry around.

Dimensions: L18 x D16 x 15.4cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8714982221194]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/children-s-metal-bucket-2000x2000-6464cde5a0a2c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12065</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gardena Oscillating Sprinkler Aqua S]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gardena-oscillating-sprinkler-aqua-s</link><description><![CDATA[Gardena Oscillating Sprinkler Aqua S

Enjoy every inch of summer &amp;ndash; with the Aqua S oscillating sprinkler from GARDENA.&amp;nbsp;The sprinkler ensures that your lawn and plants are evenly and precisely watered without forming puddles in the process. The Aqua S is designed for areas of 90 to 220 m&amp;sup2; and can be set up in the blink of an eye.

Just place it on the lawn and set the range anywhere between 7 and 17 metres using the slider. The width range of the Aqua S is max. 13 metres. Once the hose is connected, you can turn on the water and your plants will be reliably watered. It&amp;rsquo;s not just good for the plants, it also allows you to spend more time on other things. The durable material with metal components ensures that the sprinkler remains firmly on the ground. It is also worth noting that the Aqua S is protected against frost as well as UV radiation, meaning that it doesn&amp;rsquo;t always need to be removed from the lawn after use. The 5-year manufacturer&amp;rsquo;s guarantee further highlights its top-quality, together with the Made in Germany-seal. Cleaning the Aqua S is as simple as setting it up. The water connection has a built-in metal filter, which can be taken out very easily by rotating the connection. Then, just hold it under running water to clean it off. If lime builds up on the nozzles, use the needle provided: it is located at the other end of the sprinkler in a screw cap. Use it to unclog the nozzles with a quick poke.

Specification


	Area coverage minimum: 90m2
	Area coverage maximum: 220m2
	Range of spray (m): 7m-17m
	Width of spray maximum: 13m
	Warranty in years (after registration): 5
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[4078500049214]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gardena-oscillating-sprinkler-aqua-s-1536x1536-64621f1bbfab2_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12104</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fraser Hunting Weathered Tartan Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fraser-hunting-weathered-tartan-recycled-wool-picn</link><description><![CDATA[Fraser Hunting Weathered Tartan Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.

This TBCo Picnic Blanket with fringe is woven from 70% recycled wool and 30% mixed recycled fibres. On average, each blanket saves six garments from landfill, turning preloved into reloved.

Recycling wool can be a challenge as the fibres can be too short to respin. Our solution is to blend recycled wool with longer mixed fibres saved from landfill to create a soft and durable yarn, which is woven in a dense twill weave and brushed for texture. All the benefits of wool, in a sustainable blanket! What&amp;rsquo;s more, they&amp;rsquo;re even machine washable. Learn More about the Recycled Wool process&amp;nbsp;here.

Finished with a water-resistant backing and the option to add on a brass and leather picnic strap for easy carrying, meet your favourite companion for spontaneous adventures and outdoor picnics.

Designed in our Edinburgh studio.

Fibre&amp;nbsp;| 70% recycled wool, 30% mixed fibres &amp;amp; water-resistant polyester
Touch&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Smooth &amp;amp; durable with a water-resistant reverse
Size&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;55&amp;quot; x 75&amp;quot; / 140cm x 190cm, including fringing*
Wool Source&amp;nbsp;| India
Woven In&amp;nbsp;| India
Care&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Machine wash on wool cycle. Lay Flat to Dry.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055603564584]]></g:mpn><g:price>110 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fraser-hunting-weathered-tartan-recycled-wool-picnic-blanket-1000x1000-64539b5b4fd19_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12105</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wildflower Patchwork Check Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wildflower-patchwork-check-recycled-wool-picnic-bl</link><description><![CDATA[Wildflower Patchwork Check Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.

This TBCo Picnic Blanket with fringe is woven from 70% recycled wool and 30% mixed recycled fibres. On average, each blanket saves six garments from landfill, turning preloved into reloved.

Recycling wool can be a challenge as the fibres can be too short to respin. Our solution is to blend recycled wool with longer mixed fibres saved from landfill to create a soft and durable yarn, which is woven in a dense twill weave and brushed for texture. All the benefits of wool, in a sustainable blanket! What&amp;rsquo;s more, they&amp;rsquo;re even machine washable. Learn More about the Recycled Wool process&amp;nbsp;here.

Finished with a water-resistant backing and the option to add a recycled or leather Picnic Carrier for easy travelling to meet your favourite companion for spontaneous adventures and outdoor picnics.

Designed in our Edinburgh studio.

Fibre&amp;nbsp;| 70% recycled wool, 30% mixed fibres &amp;amp; water-resistant polyester
Touch&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Smooth &amp;amp; durable with a water-resistant reverse
Size&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;55&amp;quot; x 75&amp;quot; / 140cm x 190cm, including fringing*
Wool Source&amp;nbsp;| India
Woven In&amp;nbsp;| India
Care&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Machine wash on wool cycle. Lay Flat to Dry.

Our Recycled Wool Blankets contain pre-loved fibres that may differ slightly in colour, design and size.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Outdoor Living]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055603574156]]></g:mpn><g:price>115 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/wildflower-patchwork-check-recycled-wool-picnic-blanket-by-t-1000x1000-6453ab5b3470a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12106</g:id><title><![CDATA[Honey Meadow Check Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/honey-meadow-check-recycled-wool-picnic-blanket-by</link><description><![CDATA[Honey Meadow Check Recycled Wool Picnic Blanket by Tartan Blanket Co.

This TBCo Picnic Blanket with fringe is woven from 70% recycled wool and 30% mixed recycled fibres. On average, each blanket saves six garments from landfill, turning preloved into reloved.

Recycling wool can be a challenge as the fibres can be too short to respin. Our solution is to blend recycled wool with longer mixed fibres saved from landfill to create a soft and durable yarn, which is woven in a dense twill weave and brushed for texture. All the benefits of wool, in a sustainable blanket! What&amp;rsquo;s more, they&amp;rsquo;re even machine washable. Learn More about the Recycled Wool process&amp;nbsp;here.

Finished with a water-resistant backing and the option to add a recycled or leather Picnic Carrier for easy travelling to meet your favourite companion for spontaneous adventures and outdoor picnics.

Designed in our Edinburgh studio.

Fibre&amp;nbsp;| 70% recycled wool, 30% mixed fibres &amp;amp; water-resistant polyester
Touch&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Smooth &amp;amp; durable with a water-resistant reverse
Size&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;55&amp;quot; x 75&amp;quot; / 140cm x 190cm, including fringing*
Wool Source&amp;nbsp;| India
Woven In&amp;nbsp;| India
Care&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;Machine wash on wool cycle. Lay Flat to Dry.

Our Recycled Wool Blankets contain pre-loved fibres that may differ slightly in colour, design and size.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Outdoor Living]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055603574187]]></g:mpn><g:price>115 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/honey-meadow-check-recycled-wool-picnic-blanket-by-tartan-bl-1000x1000-64539ce851c8d_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12142</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Digging Fork by Kent &amp; Stowe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kids-stainless-steel-digging-fork-by-kent--stowe</link><description><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Digging Fork by Kent &amp;amp; Stowe

This perfectly sized Kids Digging Fork is ideal for the growing gardener.&amp;nbsp;The rounded tips make it safe and easy to use for children of 4 years+ with adult supervision. These compact and light garden tools, combine strength and practicality with beautiful ash wood handles to ensure they are simply smaller versions of our full size collection. The Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Kids range will give children their first taste of real garden tools &amp;ndash; tools to use and cherish for years to come.&amp;nbsp;


	High quality stainless steel rounded tines
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, split to form a traditional YD
	Proportionally smaller and lighter than an adult&amp;rsquo;s digging fork
	4 rounded tines for effective digging
	Hand crafted to ensure the tool is suitable for children
	For cultivation, soil turning and breaking up soil
	15 year guarantee


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797583]]></g:mpn><g:price>22.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kids-stainless-steel-digging-fork-by-kent-stowe-2000x2000-6464bbb8096ee_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12143</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Garden Rake by Kent &amp; Stowe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kids-stainless-steel-garden-rake-by-kent-stowe</link><description><![CDATA[Kids Stainless Steel Garden Rake by Kent &amp;amp; Stowe

This perfectly sized Kids Garden Rake, for the growing gardener.&amp;nbsp;The rounded tips make it safe and easy to use for children of 4 years+ with adult supervision. These compact and light garden tools, combine strength and practicality with beautiful ash wood handles to ensure they are simply smaller versions of our full size collection. The Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Kids range will give children their first taste of real garden tools &amp;ndash; tools to use and cherish for years to come.&amp;nbsp;


	High quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, split to form a traditional YD
	Proportionally smaller and lighter than an adult&amp;rsquo;s garden rake
	8 rounded tines for effective raking
	Hand crafted to ensure the tool is suitable for children
	For cultivating surface soil and levelling off for final preparation
	15 year guarantee
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797613]]></g:mpn><g:price>22.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kids-stainless-steel-garden-rake-by-kent-stowe-2000x2000-6464bc6d72185_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12145</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kids Digging Spade by Kent &amp; Stowe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kids-digging-spade-by-kent--stowe</link><description><![CDATA[Kids Digging Spade by Kent &amp;amp; Stowe

This perfectly sized Kids Digging Spade for the growing gardener.&amp;nbsp;

The rounded edge makes it safe and easy to use for children of 4 years+ with adult supervision. These compact and light garden tools, combine strength and practicality with beautiful ash wood handles to ensure they are simply smaller versions of our full size collection. The Kent &amp;amp; Stowe Kids range will give children their first taste of real garden tools &amp;ndash; tools to use and cherish for years to come. The&amp;nbsp;Kids Digging Fork&amp;nbsp;goes brilliantly with this kids digging spade. Both ideal for children aged 4 and above.


	High quality stainless steel head
	Handle made from beautiful ash wood, split to form a traditional YD
	Proportionally smaller and lighter than an adult&amp;rsquo;s digging spade
	Hand crafted to ensure the tool is suitable for children
	For cultivating surface soil and levelling off for final preparation
	15 year guarantee
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060396797576]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kids-digging-spade-by-kent-stowe-2000x2000-6464d78e2763d_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12153</g:id><title><![CDATA[John Innes Peat Free Seed Sowing Compost - 28 Litre]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/john-innes-peat-free-seed-sowing-compost-28-litr</link><description><![CDATA[John Innes Peat Free Seed Sowing Compost - 28 Litre

Westland John Innes Seed Sowing Compost is naturally peat free. It is perfect for bringing seeds to life for fast as well as healthy germination.

Enriched with vermiculite to retain moisture and nutrients, it also feeds for the first three weeks. John Innes Seed Compost also contains sand for excellent drainage as well as coir and loam for perfect nutrient and moisture retention.


	Specially developed to help all seeds germinate successfully
	For fast, healthy seed germination
	Fine texture
	Helps retain moisture around seed
	Vermiculite to improve germination


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel/Compost]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377019845]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/john-innes-peat-free-seed-sowing-compost-28-litre-1000x1000-6464f5158d553_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12271</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Cyclist Chamois Wax 60ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-cyclist-chamois-wax-60ml</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Cyclist Chamois Wax 60ml

A powerful blend of moisturising Coconut and Shea Butter, Beeswax, Avocado oil, Sunflower oil, antibacterial Eucalyptus,Tea Tree with the relaxing scent of Lavender and Chamomile.

HOW TO USE

Warm a small amount between your fingertips and gently massage onto dry and sensitive skin.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus var dulcis), Beeswax, Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Coconut Butter (Cocos Nucifera), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Partii), Tocopherol, Lavender (Lavandula Angustifolia), Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus Globulus), Calendula (Calendula Officinalis), Chamomile (Anthemis Nobilis), Tea Tree (Melaleuca Alternifolia), From essential oils (Citronellol, Geraniol, Limonene, Linalool)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270379]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-cyclist-chamois-wax-60ml-1703x1703-6494226886add_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12274</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rosewood &amp; Black Pepper Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-rosewood-black-pepper-hand-body-lotio</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Rosewood &amp;amp; Black Pepper Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

A gentle, lightweight and easily absorbed moisturising lotion to help soften and soothe your skin. Infused with Rosewood and Black Pepper.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Water (Aqua),&amp;nbsp;Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus),&amp;nbsp;Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus),&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima),&amp;nbsp;Glycerin * (Humactant), Glyceryl Stearate,&amp;nbsp;Cetyl Alcohol (Emollient/Emulsifier),&amp;nbsp;Cetearyl Glucoside (Emollient/Emulsifier),&amp;nbsp;Coconut Oil (Cocos Nucifera), Citric Acid,&amp;nbsp;Thickener (Xanthan), Coriander (Coriandrum Sativum), Black Pepper (Piper Nigrum), Vitamin E (Tocopherol), Rosewood (Aniba Rosaeodora&amp;nbsp;Amazonica), Vetiver (Vetiveria Zizanoides), Agonis Fragrans Branch/Leaf Oil, Aloe Vera (Aloe Barbadensis*), Limonene, Geraniol, Linalool,&amp;nbsp;Preservative &amp;lt; 1% (Phenoxyethanol, Potassium Sorbate, Benzyl Benzoate, Benzyl Alcohol). * Organic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270898]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-rosewood-black-pepper-hand-body-lotion-250ml-2275x2275-649429e34b0e9_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12285</g:id><title><![CDATA[Palma Mini White Wash Glass Top Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/palma-mini-white-wash-glass-top-table</link><description><![CDATA[Palma Mini White Wash Glass Top Table

Local delivery only. Ex-display table.

The Palma Mini White Wash Glass Top Table combines with the Palma Mini corner sofa and stools to make a place to dine and lounge in the garden.&amp;nbsp;A versatile piece of garden furniture, the Palma Mini Table fits into both modern and traditional gardens.


	Material: Aluminium frame with 5mm half round wicker.
	Table Top: Glass inset.
	Weatherproof &amp;ndash; you can leave outdoors all year round.
	UV resistant.
	Durable and long-lasting &amp;ndash; built to the highest specification.
	Seats 7.
	3 year warranty.


For information about available seating to go with this table, please don't hesitate to contact us.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

As this item is pre-built, it is available for local delivery only.&amp;nbsp;

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229121936]]></g:mpn><g:sale_price>199 GBP</g:sale_price><g:price>349 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/palma-mini-white-wash-glass-top-table-1000x1000-64d0fceb08100_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0><g:custom_label_1>discount</g:custom_label_1></item><item><g:id>12299</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fandango Kindling Cracker King]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fandango-cracker-king</link><description><![CDATA[Fandango Kindling Cracker King

The patented Kindling Cracker&amp;trade; KING is almost twice as big as the Kindling Cracker Original. You can split firewood that is both longer and wider. Perfect for your wood burning stove and fireplace. Kindling Cracker is a firewood splitter anyone can use, both young and old.

Hundreds of thousands have been sold worldwide. The Kindling Cracker has become the new go-to tool for splitting firewood.


	A safe and effective way to split kindling and firewood without a dangerous axe.
	This is the original and patented wood-splitter. Crafted in an Australia foundry from high quality cast iron.
	5 year warranty.
	Easy to use and virtually maintenance free.


Kindling Cracker&amp;nbsp;King takes firewood up to&amp;nbsp;22 cm in diameter.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[639072435139]]></g:mpn><g:price>189 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fandango-cracker-king-450x450-6515a29067c22_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fandango]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12301</g:id><title><![CDATA[Amazonas Samba Marine Hammock]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/amazonas-samba-marine-hammock</link><description><![CDATA[Amazonas Samba Marine Hammock

The Samba Marine Hammock is made from Elltex fibres. A technical polycotton fabric specially engineered to provide comfort and durability. Accompanied by a colour-coded bag, the hammock is weather-resistant, UV-resistant and mildew protected.

Recommended for: Those seeking a long-lasting spreader bar hammock.

Details

Lying Surface:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;210 x 140 cm
Spreader Bar Length:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;100 cm
Full Length:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;310 cm
Load Capacity:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;150 kg
Weight&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;2.3 kg
Individual pack dimensions:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;approx. 100 x 10 x 6 cm
Material:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;EllTex (Weatherproof - water &amp;amp; UV)
Extras:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; -
How to wash:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;Hand wash only. No dryer.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[4030454003322]]></g:mpn><g:price>95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/amazonas-samba-marine-hammock-450x450-6628d9f899c9b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Amazonas]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12303</g:id><title><![CDATA[Amazonas Aruba Vanilla Hammock]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/amazonas-aruba-vanilla-hammock</link><description><![CDATA[Amazonas Aruba Vanilla Hammock

The&amp;nbsp;Aruba&amp;nbsp;Vanilla Single Hammock is soft and comfortable, it is virtually tear-proof and will keep its colour year after year. The Aruba&amp;nbsp;Vanilla Hammock is a lovely colourful addition to your garden furniture.

Can be used strung from trees or on one of our lovely stands. This is one of our top selling hammocks for a reason.

Recommended for:&amp;nbsp;Those who want extra comfort with extra style.

Because:&amp;nbsp;This single hammock can easily fit two people and is extremely comfortable. It can be left outside in any weather.

Details

Lying Surface:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;210 x 120 cm
Full Length:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;310 cm
Length spreader bar:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;80 cm
Load Capacity:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;180 kg
Weight&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;1.6 kg
Material:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;EllTex (Weatherproof - water &amp;amp; UV)
Extras:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;Includes bag (does not include cushion)
How to wash:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;Hand wash only. &amp;nbsp;No Dryer

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[4030454001038]]></g:mpn><g:price>64 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/amazonas-aruba-vanilla-hammock-450x450-6516d6a0c5d02_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Amazonas]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12330</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 45 Hard Cooler Charcoal]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-tundra-45-hard-cooler-charcoal</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 45 Hard Cooler Charcoal

A SOLID ALL-PURPOSE SIZE. HOLDS OVERNIGHT CAMP PROVISIONS FOR FOUR PEOPLE OR DRINKS FOR A DAY ON THE WATER.

The Tundra&amp;reg; 45 Cooler combines versatility with durability. This premium cooler is infused with that legendary YETI toughness &amp;mdash; a durable rotomoulded construction &amp;mdash; and up to three inches of PermaFrost&amp;trade; Insulation. Which is to say it's built to last and will keep your contents ice-cold even in sweltering conditions, or keep your campfire food warm despite the wind chill.

BUILT TOUGH


	﻿ROTOMOLDED CONSTRUCTION&amp;nbsp;For virtually indestructible protection.
	T-REX&amp;reg;&amp;nbsp;LID LATCHES&amp;nbsp;Heavy-duty, patented, and made to never bust.
	NEVERFAIL&amp;trade; HINGE SYSTEM&amp;nbsp;An interlocking two-pin design that prevents breaking.


LEGENDARY PERFORMANCE


	FATWALL&amp;trade; DESIGN&amp;nbsp;Holds up to three inches of insulation.
	PERMAFROST&amp;trade; INSULATION&amp;nbsp;Pressure-injected polyurethane locks in that just-packed temp.
	INTERLOCK&amp;trade; LID SYSTEMCreates a form-fitting barrier against extreme temps.
	COLDLOCK&amp;trade; GASKET&amp;nbsp;A freezer-quality gasket that blocks out the heat and locks in the cold.


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;65.0W X 40.4D X 39.4H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;10.4&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830070956]]></g:mpn><g:price>300 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-tundra-45-hard-cooler-charcoal-1000x1000-653fbd6df151e_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12331</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 35 Hard Cooler Charcoal]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-tundra-35-hard-cooler-charcoal</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 35 Hard Cooler Charcoal

HOLDS ENOUGH FOR A SMALL CREW FOR THE DAY. FITS IN NICELY ON A 4-WHEELER AND INNER TUBE.

Our Tundra&amp;reg; 35 Hard Cooler is the right pick for transporting provisions for a small crew. It boasts up to three inches of PermaFrost&amp;trade; Insulation and a rugged rotomolded construction for optimum adventure performance. Not to mention, it fits nicely in an inner tube, making it the perfect, portable cooler to take tubing down the river.

BUILT TOUGH


	﻿ROTOMOLDED CONSTRUCTION&amp;nbsp;For virtually indestructible protection.
	T-REX&amp;reg;&amp;nbsp;LID LATCHES&amp;nbsp;Heavy-duty, patented, and made to never bust.
	NEVERFAIL&amp;trade; HINGE SYSTEM&amp;nbsp;An interlocking two-pin design that prevents breaking.


LEGENDARY PERFORMANCE


	FATWALL&amp;trade; DESIGN&amp;nbsp;Holds up to three inches of insulation.
	PERMAFROST&amp;trade; INSULATION&amp;nbsp;Pressure-injected polyurethane locks in that just-packed temp.
	INTERLOCK&amp;trade; LID SYSTEMCreates a form-fitting barrier against extreme temps.
	COLDLOCK&amp;trade; GASKET&amp;nbsp;A freezer-quality gasket that blocks out the heat and locks in the cold.


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;53.6W X 40.4D X 39.1H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;9&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830070949]]></g:mpn><g:price>250 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-tundra-35-hard-cooler-charcoal-1000x1000-653fc1205b6ff_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12334</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 20 Oz Travel Mug Navy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-travel-mug-navy</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 20 Oz Travel Mug Navy

TAKE YOUR MORNING COFFEE TO-GO.

This double-duty, on-the-go drink handler is topped with the Rambler&amp;reg; Stronghold&amp;trade; Lid &amp;mdash; a leak-resistant, twist-on upgrade that&amp;rsquo;s backed with dual-slider magnet technology. This lid easily rotates to fasten for both right-and left-handed users, adding a strong layer between your free-flowing drink and the outside world. And if we&amp;rsquo;re talkin&amp;rsquo; about where to take it, its elevated handle lets you enjoy cupholder convenience just about anywhere.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;The Stronghold&amp;trade; Lid is specially made for the Rambler&amp;reg; 20 oz. Travel Mug and won&amp;rsquo;t fit other Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware models. The Travel Mug Stronghold&amp;trade; Lid has four placement options and plays nice with both righties and lefties, just like all our Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware. Do not use the Rambler&amp;reg; Travel Mug Stronghold&amp;trade; Lid with carbonated beverages or for storage of food or perishables. Learn more about product use and safety on our FAQ page.

18/8 STAINLESS STEEL

Made with kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant.

DOUBLE-WALL VACUUM INSULATION

Keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip.

DISHWASHER SAFE

Because no one needs more work to do.

LEAK-RESISTANT LID

Twist-on, twist-off lid backed with dual-slider magnet technology to keep your coffee full and worries away. (As long as it&amp;rsquo;s closed.)

MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;11.6W X 18.9H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;0.5&amp;nbsp;KG

CAPACITY:&amp;nbsp;20&amp;nbsp;FL OZ IMP.

COLOUR: Navy]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830314326]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-travel-mug-navy-1000x1000-653fcc17c74d0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12382</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Christmas Mead 75cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lyme-bay-christmas-mead-75cl</link><description><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Christmas Mead 75cl

A very special festive and rich honey wine. The finest mead gently blended with Christmas spices to make the perfectly smooth and mellow Christmas tipple.

Alcohol Volume: 10%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5055145500330]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lyme-bay-christmas-mead-75cl-1958x1958-654522ef2f3c3_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12387</g:id><title><![CDATA[Film Buff: The Ultimate Movie Quiz Box]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/film-buff-the-ultimate-movie-quiz-box</link><description><![CDATA[Film Buff: The Ultimate Movie Quiz Box

If you think you know everything about movies, Film Buff will put you to the test. Here are over 1000 questions that will make even the most devoted cinephile sweat. Divided into six categories and complete with two dice, the game presents questions about Quotes, Actors, Award Winners and Losers, Directors and Film Makers, Behind the Scenes Facts, and Connections. Pop some corn, roll the dice to pick a category, and get your game night rolling right through to the ninth reel.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781922754677]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/film-buff-the-ultimate-movie-quiz-box-1366x1366-6544c362cfb60_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12390</g:id><title><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Christmas Pudding Wine 75cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/lyme-bay-christmas-pudding-wine-75cl</link><description><![CDATA[Lyme Bay Christmas Pudding Wine 75cl

A delicious warming, rich wine embodying the character of a classic Christmas Pudding.

Alchohol Volume: 10%

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060272781705]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/lyme-bay-christmas-pudding-wine-75cl-1958x1958-6545008bddf5b_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12397</g:id><title><![CDATA[Perry's Cider Gift Selection]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/perrys-cider-gift-selection</link><description><![CDATA[Perry's Cider Gift Selection

Founded in the hamlet of Dawlish Wake in Somerset, Perry&amp;rsquo;s are a fiercely independent cider maker found in specialist shops.

Traditionally made using the very best cider apples.

The 3 ciders in this pack are Puffin 6.5% award winning dry cider, Barn Owl 5.5% award winning medium cider , Grey Heron 5.5% sweet fruity cider.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060096670278]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/perry-s-cider-gift-selection-1000x1000-672b66af212ef_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12428</g:id><title><![CDATA[Girl and the Dinosaur Book by Holly Hughes and Sarah Massini]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/girl-and-the-dinosaur-book-by-holly-hughes-and-sar</link><description><![CDATA[Girl and the Dinosaur Book by Holly Hughes and Sarah Massini

&amp;lsquo;The wishing stars burn bright tonight, the air is thick with dreams, and a deeply sleeping dinosaur is waking up, it seems&amp;hellip;&amp;rsquo; In a seaside town, a little girl called Marianne is often seen on the beach. But she isn't playing with children her own age. Marianne is alone, and digging for dinosaur bones to build a special sort of companion. Then, one night, she goes to sleep wishing with all her heart that her dinosaur might come to life.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781408880548]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/girl-and-the-dinosaur-book-by-holly-hughes-and-sarah-massini-2422x2422-6544e12862b69_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12441</g:id><title><![CDATA[Botivo Alcohol Free Aperitif]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/botivo-alcohol-free-aperitif</link><description><![CDATA[Botivo Alcohol Free Aperitif

Botivo was created with pleasure, not moderation in mind.&amp;nbsp;It&amp;rsquo;s for people who love food and drink, for people who care about real ingredients and how things are made.&amp;nbsp;

Ingredients:

Apple Cider Vinegar, Water, Wildflower Honey, Fructose, Gentian, Wormwood, Rosemary, Thyme &amp;amp; Orange Zest]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065018468001]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/botivo-alcohol-free-aperitif-1536x1536-6545160ab886a_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12442</g:id><title><![CDATA[Feragaia Alcohol Free Spirit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/feragaia-alcohol-free-spirit</link><description><![CDATA[Feragaia Alcohol Free Spirit

Feragaia was founded in 2019 by Jamie Wild &amp;amp; Bill Garnock with a vision to challenge the apologetic nature of alcohol-free drinks, with a truly confident alcohol-free spirit that isn&amp;rsquo;t trying to mimic anything and stands as a drink in it&amp;rsquo;s own right.

Ingredients
Botanical Distillates, Water, Vegetable Glycerine (rapeseed), Flavour Extracts: Cayenne Pepper, Blackcurrant leaf, Kaffir Lime, Chamomile, Lemon Verbena, Ancho Chile, Bay Leaf, Apple, Hibiscus.
Preservative: Potassium Sorbate. Natural acid: Citric, Tartaric, Malic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[750258279238]]></g:mpn><g:price>27 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/feragaia-alcohol-free-spirit-1764x1764-65451918ce30f_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12445</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Heart Rug - Carnival]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-braided-rug-company-heart-rug-carnival</link><description><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Heart Rug - Carnival

50cm x 76cm &amp;ndash; 100% organic jute

Surface clean

Double sided, and extremely hardwearing, this rug is suitable for any room in your house.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[165470030]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-braided-rug-company-heart-rug-carnival-1000x1000-654bceef87a48_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12446</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Heart Rug - Pampas]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-braided-rug-company-heart-rug-pampas</link><description><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Heart Rug - Pampas

50cm x 76cm &amp;ndash; 100% organic jute

Surface clean

Double sided, and extremely hardwearing, this rug is suitable for any room in your house.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[165470031]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-braided-rug-company-heart-rug-pampas-1000x1000-654bcfb63bfe3_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12449</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Tulip Basket - Daffodil]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-braided-rug-company-tulip-basket-daffodil</link><description><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Tulip Basket - Daffodil

23 x 18cm

100% organic]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[165470026]]></g:mpn><g:price>25.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-braided-rug-company-tulip-basket-daffodil-1000x1000-654bd226ac7e4_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12450</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Tulip Basket - Light Blue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-braided-rug-company-tulip-basket-light-blue</link><description><![CDATA[The Braided Rug Company Tulip Basket - Daffodil

23 x 18cm

100% organic]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[165470027]]></g:mpn><g:price>25.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-braided-rug-company-tulip-basket-light-blue-1000x1000-654bd2c60ab54_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12454</g:id><title><![CDATA[Janod Fairy Tales Magneti'book]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/janod-fairy-tales-magentibook</link><description><![CDATA[Janod Fairytales Magneti'book


	A trip to Wonderland guaranteed!
	Scenes from well-known tales to recreate or invent
	Easy to carry and store


&amp;nbsp;

Have you discovered Magneti'books yet? These portable, educational magnetic books are loved by young and old alike! So, how do they work? This magnetic box includes a host of different magnetic items for kids to put together, according to the templates or any way they like! This game with its cardboard pieces will transport children aged 3 and over to fairytale kingdoms with its 30 magnetic parts and 10 template cards. Inside, you can use the magnetic board to build the fairytale scenes shown on the cards using the magnets provided. All the magnetic pieces are completely interchangeable, so kids can have hours of fun coming up with all sorts of crazy characters! Helps children develop their imagination and fine motor skills.

This product is made of FSC&amp;reg; -certified and other controlled material.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3700217325886]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/janod-fairy-tales-magenti-book-1000x1000-654cb42a4cd00_l.webp</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12455</g:id><title><![CDATA[Janod Dinosaurs Magneti'book]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/janod-dinosaurs-magnetibook</link><description><![CDATA[Janod Dinosaurs Magneti'book


	A trip to the time of the dinosaurs guaranteed!
	Dinosaurs to put together or invent
	Easy to carry and store


So, how do they work? This magnetic box includes a host of different magnetic items for kids to put together, according to the templates or any way they like! This cardboard game will transport children aged 3 and over to the realm of the dinosaurs with 40 magnetic pieces and 10 cards, each of which shows a dinosaur&amp;rsquo;s Latin name. Once the book is open, the aim is to put together a picture of the dinosaur shown on the card using the magnets provided. All the magnetic pieces are completely interchangeable, so kids can have hours of fun coming up with beasts even bigger and scarier than the real dinosaurs! Helps children develop their imagination and fine motor skills.

This product is made of FSC&amp;reg; -certified and other controlled material.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3700217325909]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/janod-dinosaurs-magneti-book-1000x1000-654cb1c62c50c_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12456</g:id><title><![CDATA[Janod Princesses Magneti'book]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/janod-princesses-magnetibook</link><description><![CDATA[Janod Princesses Magneti'book

Magnetic educational game in cardboard on the princess theme. Composed of 55 magnets and 7 cards. Once the book is opened, the aim is to make on the stage the same scene as indicated on the card thanks to the magnets. This product is made of FSC&amp;reg; -certified and other controlled material.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3700217327255]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/janod-princesses-magneti-book-1000x1000-654cb25886bc5_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12457</g:id><title><![CDATA[Janod Animals Magneti'book]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/janod-animals-magnetibook</link><description><![CDATA[Janod Animals Magneti'book


	Magnetic
	30 magnets to create lots of animals
	Easy to carry and store


A whole zoo in a small box! The animal Magneti'book contains 30 magnets to bring many animals to life. Super practical thanks to its book format: your child just has to open it to find the magnets as well as the 10 model cards and the magnetic side on which to assemble the magnets. The aim of the game is simple, recreate the animal indicated on the model card on the magnetic scene or let your imagination run wild to create zany and funny animals because each piece is compatible with the others! Among the animals to recreate are the horse, the rhinoceros, the giraffe, the zebra, the bear, the sheep... Thanks to its practical box, you can collect all the magneti'books, store them in a bookcase and take them everywhere to occupy your children from 3 years old at the restaurant or on the way to the holidays!

This product is made of FSC&amp;reg; -certified and other controlled material.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3700217327231]]></g:mpn><g:price>22.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/janod-animals-magneti-book-1000x1000-654cb2cbd93ba_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12500</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pipop Pidoo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pipop-pidoo</link><description><![CDATA[Pipop Pidoo by Djeco

Hit or press on the three colourful little animals to make them leap up in the air. This fun game helps children with their co-ordination skills.


	Suitable From:&amp;nbsp;18+ months
	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;13.5 x 16 x 5cm
	Brand:&amp;nbsp;Djeco
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3070900063006]]></g:mpn><g:price>21.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pipop-pidoo-2567x2567-654cecdb32905_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12514</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tutti and Co Driftwood Socks]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tutti-and-co-driftwood-socks</link><description><![CDATA[Tutti and Co Driftwood Socks

Featuring an abstract, hand drawn print in shades of dark navy and stone.

Made from a stretchy cotton blend, with eco friendly bamboo fibres for a super soft fit and a comfy, breathable feel on the skin.

Naturally antibacterial and hypoallergenic.

65% Bamboo
15% Cotton
10% Elastane
10% Nylon

Please note that these socks are available in one size only, suitable for UK sizes 4-9.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5016123031031]]></g:mpn><g:price>6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tutti-and-co-driftwood-socks-1000x1000-654cfd7fd4d8e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12520</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Massage and Bath Oil Grapefruit and Lemongrass 100ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/pure-lakes-massage-and-bath-oil-grapefruit-and-lemongrass-10</link><description><![CDATA[Pure Lakes Massage and Bath Oil Grapefruit and Lemongrass 100ml

Recommended by Marie Claire magazine.&amp;nbsp;

A deeply luxurious blend of natural oils to soften and moisturise your skin. This beautifully scented body oil, with Vitamin E, Basil, Sunflower, Sweet Almond and Avocado oils, sinks into the skin, leaving it feeling smooth and hydrated.

HOW TO USE

Apply in circular motion to damp skin to lock in moisture after the shower, or add a teaspoon to bath water.&amp;nbsp;

INGREDIENTS

Sweet Almond Oil (Prunus Amygdalus vardulcis), Sunflower Oil * (Helianthus Annus), Avocado Oil (Persea Gratissima), Vitamin E (Tocopherol), Grapefruit * (Citrus Paradisi), Lemongrass * (Cymbopogon Citratus), Geranium (Pelargonium Graveolens), Basil * (Ocimum Basilicum)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060546270102]]></g:mpn><g:price>15 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/pure-lakes-massage-and-bath-oil-grapefruit-and-lemongrass-10-1000x1000-654d0415851c4_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12644</g:id><title><![CDATA[Acorn Bird Feeder]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/acorn-bird-feeder</link><description><![CDATA[Acorn Bird Feeder

Normally acorns are food for birds and squirrels. Now this acorn feeder is holding other food. The bird feeder can be supplied with for example peanuts and nuts. By loosening the suspension ring you can take of the lid and easily refill the bottom part with feed.

Dimensions&amp;nbsp;14 x 14 x 22.2 cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8714982116742]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/acorn-bird-feeder-1000x1000-65798e8b02194_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12650</g:id><title><![CDATA[Maple Orange Stoneware Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/maple-orange-stoneware-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Maple Orange Stoneware Mug

Mix and match with tableware in other colours and patterns for personal and homely table setting and kitchen decor. Each piece is unique as it is decorated by hand.


	Oven safe: Yes
	Microwave safe: Yes
	Dishwasher safe: Yes
	Capacity: 420ml
	Material: Stoneware
	Colour: Orange
	Dimensions: 11 x 9 cm&amp;nbsp;
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5711173301409]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/maple-orange-stoneware-mug-1000x1000-658182771d800_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12691</g:id><title><![CDATA[Where the Crawdads Sing Book by Delia Owens]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/where-the-crawdads-sing-book-by-delia-owens</link><description><![CDATA[Where the Crawdads Sing Book by Delia Owens

A heartbreaking coming of age first novel that has become a bestseller. For years, rumors of the 'Marsh Girl' have haunted Barkley Cove, a quiet town on the North Carolina coast. So in late 1969, when handsome Chase Andrews is found dead, the locals immediately suspect Kya Clark, the so-called Marsh Girl. But Kya is not what they say. Sensitive and intelligent, she has survived for years alone in the marsh that she calls home, finding friends in the gulls and lessons in the sand. Then the time comes when she yearns to be touched and loved. When two young men from town become intrigued by her wild beauty, Kya opens herself to a new life - until the unthinkable happens.


	Author: Owens, Delia
	Publisher: Little Brown Book Group
	Format: Paperback
	Publication Date: 12/12/2019
	ISBN: 9781472154668
	B-Code: B051570
	Pages: 384
	Dimensions: 198x127mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781472154668]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/where-the-crawdads-sing-book-by-delia-owens-1690x1690-65a7ab4ce50e9_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12697</g:id><title><![CDATA[15 Shorts Walks in Arnside &amp; Silverdale Book by David Jordan]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/15-shorts-walks-in-arnside-silverdale-book-by-david-jordan</link><description><![CDATA[15 Shorts Walks in Arnside &amp;amp; Silverdale

15 of the best short walks around Arnside and Silverdale. With no complicated navigation or challenging terrain, most of the walks are from 3km to 10km (2&amp;ndash;6 miles) long and are accessible by public transport. Includes Arnside Knott, the Fairy Steps, Leighton Moss, Warton Crag, Carnforth, Jenny Brown&amp;rsquo;s Point, the Pepperpot and Levens deer park. This guidebook features easy-to-read Ordnance Survey maps, clear route descriptions and information on local beauty spots and refreshment stops. GPX files available for download.


	Author: Jordan, David
	Publisher: Cicerone
	Format: Paperback
	Publication Date: 16/03/2023
	ISBN: 9781786311580
	B-Code: B068555
	Illustrated: Colour maps and photos
	Pages: 96
	Dimensions: 172x116mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781786311580]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/15-shorts-walks-in-arnside-silverdale-book-by-david-jordan-2551x2551-67d9380e392ca_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12730</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Genesis E-315 Gas Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-genesis-e-315-gas-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Genesis E-315 Gas Barbecue in Black

Cashback offer: Buy this BBQ&amp;nbsp;between 30/03/2026 and 26/05/2026 and register your claim until the 9th of June 2026.The Offer is limited to the first 6,000 entrants only, while stock lasts. You can check the online counter to track
the number of remaining claims in real time and to register your claim.

The 3-burner, porcelain-enamel Genesis E-315 delivers legendary Weber quality, performance and durability in a barbecue you can rely on to make outdoor cooking for family and friends easy and enjoyable. The PureBlu burner system sets this barbecue apart from the pack &amp;ndash; featuring unique, tapered burner tubes that generate consistent pressure and flames, and deliver even heat across the barbecuing surface. Flames are directed above the raised gas ports, while food debris falls below, minimising clogging and ensuring the barbecue lights every time.

Features

&amp;nbsp;


	PureBlu burners&amp;nbsp;distribute even heat across the entire cooking grate
	Porcelain-enamelled, cast-iron cooking grates&amp;nbsp;retain heat for searing
	Flavorizer Bars&amp;nbsp;vaporise juices, boosting barbecued flavour
	Grease Management System&amp;nbsp;with pull out grease tray
	WEBER CRAFTED cooking grates&amp;nbsp;expand barbecuing techniques


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924996528]]></g:mpn><g:price>929 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-genesis-e-315-gas-barbecue-in-black-3600x3600-69cbcb5bb8ab4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12731</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Lumin Compact Electric Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-lumin-compact-electric-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Lumin Compact Electric Barbecue in Black

High on heat and big on versatility, this smaller version of Weber&amp;rsquo;s Lumin* electric barbecue takes urban outdoor barbecuing to new heights. This multifunction electric barbecue reaches temperatures over 315&amp;deg;C so sear-mark seekers can achieve high-quality searing, while smoke infusion further enhances that barbecue flavour guests crave. Speaking of satisfied guests, the Lumin Compact electric barbecue can keep food warm so everyone can easily serve themselves (and come back for seconds). Modern and convenient, Weber&amp;rsquo;s new Lumin Compact electric barbecue is designed to suit both your taste and your outdoor space. *LUMIN is a trademark of Weber-Stephen Products LLC and is the subject of pending registrations or applications in the United States and other countries.

Features


	Reach really hot temperatures&amp;mdash;over 315&amp;deg;C
	Sear, smoke, steam or boil with various cooking settings
	Keep meals warm so guests can serve themselves
	Barbecue from frozen by thawing food while the barbecue preheats
	Store simply with compact and space-efficient design


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924190810]]></g:mpn><g:price>399 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-lumin-compact-electric-barbecue-in-black-1000x1000-681dedb51adf3_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12732</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Master-Touch GBS E-5750 Charcoal Barbecue 57cm in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-master-touch-gbs-e-5750-charcoal-barbecue-57cm-in-blac</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Master-Touch GBS E-5750 Charcoal Barbecue 57cm in Black

The ritual of charcoal barbecuing meets the innovative features, convenience and overall wow factor of the Master-Touch charcoal barbecue. The Gourmet BBQ System cooking grate allows you to cook breakfast, simmer stews and prepare a perfectly barbecued pizza. With improved bowl venting, you can now barbecue and smoke with one barbecue; and features such as the Tuck-Away lid holder and One-Touch cleaning system bring convenience to charcoal barbecuing and everyday life.

This product is currently a display model in our showroom.

Features


	Dimensions - Lid Closed: 107cm H x 65cm W x 72cm D
	Diameter: 57cm
	Fuel type: Charcoal
	Cooking grates: Gourmet BBQ System hinged cooking grate
	Built-in lid thermometer


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924085420]]></g:mpn><g:price>285 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-master-touch-gbs-e-5750-charcoal-barbecue-57cm-in-blac-1000x1000-65c505fd05549_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12735</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Compact Kettle Charcoal Barbecue 57cm in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-compact-kettle-charcoal-barbecue-57cm-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Compact Kettle Charcoal Barbecue 57cm in Black

It&amp;rsquo;s time to barbecue. Put on your apron, take out the tools, and get started. Experiment with simple dishes and barbecuing methods or jump right in with a recipe you&amp;rsquo;ve been craving to try. It&amp;rsquo;s a matter of time before your Compact charcoal barbecue becomes your everyday life.

Features


	Dimensions - Lid Closed: 98cm H x 56cm W x 63cm D
	Diameter: 57cm
	Fuel type: Charcoal
	Cooking grates: Plated steel cooking grate


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924002335]]></g:mpn><g:price>147.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-compact-kettle-charcoal-barbecue-57cm-in-black-1000x1000-65c50727a4a15_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12736</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Go-Anywhere Charcoal Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-go-anywhere-charcoal-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Go-Anywhere Charcoal Barbecue in Black

Travel with a taste of home. While spending most days on the way to somewhere else, the Go-Anywhere portable charcoal barbecue brings you back, even while on the road.

Features


	Dimensions - Lid Closed: 36.9cm H x 53.4cm W x 31cm D
	Fuel type: Charcoal
	Cooking grates: Plated steel cooking grate


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924029271]]></g:mpn><g:price>114.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-go-anywhere-charcoal-barbecue-in-black-1000x1000-65c50916c942a_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12744</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Illusion Stripe Spring Throw]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-illusion-stripe-spring-throw</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Illusion Stripe Spring Throw

To celebrate Beetham Nurseries&amp;rsquo; 40th anniversary, we&amp;rsquo;ve produced a collection of home and lifestyle products that are perfect to adorn your home, or as thoughtful gifts for lovers of Beetham Nurseries.

This striped&amp;nbsp;blanket is produced by skilled weavers in a traditional British Mill and finished with fringe detailing on both ends.

Crafted with care and precision, this soft and cosy blanket is made using pure new wool, ensuring a premium quality that promises warmth and comfort like no other.

Ideal for chilly evenings or as an extra layer of comfort on your bed, the Beetham Nurseries Illusion Striped Blanket is more than just a home accessory &amp;ndash; it's a symbol of quality and craftsmanship.

It also makes for a perfect gift for those who appreciate the essence of Beetham Nurseries.

Experience the joy of wrapping yourself in pure new wool, expertly woven to create a blanket that's not just cosy but a true reflection of our commitment to excellence.


	Brand: Beetham Nurseries
	Size: 150x183cm
	Colour: Spring
	Material: Pure New Wool
	Care: Machine Wash According To Instructions On Care Label
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[732419009]]></g:mpn><g:price>79.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-illusion-stripe-spring-throw-2813x2813-65d77aec8dc11_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12761</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Dome S1 Pizza Oven in Bone]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-dome-s1-pizza-oven-in-bone</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Dome S1 Pizza Oven in Bone - Ex Display - Local Delivery Only

The Dome S1 packs the iconic performance and intuitive design of the award-winning Dome into a streamlined, propane gas-fueled package to elevate any backyard. Dome S1 makes it easier than ever to get straight to making restaurant-quality pizza. It works effortlessly for both beginners and chefs, reaching temperatures in excess of 500C so you can cook pizza in 60 seconds.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;

With the quick-start rolling flame, intuitive controls, and built-in precision temperature gauge it&amp;rsquo;s easy to experience the joy of high-temperature cooking&amp;mdash;all through a backyard centerpiece that&amp;rsquo;s worth gathering around.


	Oven external dimensions:&amp;nbsp;634mm H x 628mm D x 730mm W
	Oven internal dimensions:&amp;nbsp;190mm&amp;nbsp;H x 470mm D x 550mm W
	Cooks 16&amp;rdquo; Pizza - Oven mouth:&amp;nbsp;410mm W&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;120mm H
	Weight: 48.6Kg&amp;nbsp;(55.5Kg in packaging)


Compatible with the Dome Stand in Black to complete your backyard setup. Stand sold separately.

What's in the box?

Everything you need to get started:


	Gozney Dome S1 outdoor oven
	Gozney Dome S1 dock
	Detachable flue and cap
	1.2 Metre gas hose &amp;amp; regulator
	Digital thermometer, display unit and batteries
	Stone adjustment tool
	Wrench &amp;amp; screwdriver
	Burner guard
	Manual


5 Year Warranty

Dome S1 is built to last using professional grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Gozney's&amp;nbsp;1 year warranty comes as standard.

Ex Display - Local Delivery /&amp;nbsp;Collection Only

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591603408]]></g:mpn><g:price>1399.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-dome-s1-pizza-oven-in-bone-1000x1000-65ef29d48b79f_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12765</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Roccbox 2.0 Wood Burner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-roccbox-20-wood-burner</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Roccbox 2.0 Wood Burner

Larger, faster and more efficient than its predecessor, the Roccbox Wood Burner 2.0 is finally here. A true powerhouse that's simple to attach, easy to use, and offers the choice to switch between the convenience of gas and tradition of wood-fired cooking.

Cooking with gas is effortless, a great place to start for a beginner. However if you&amp;rsquo;re an enthusiast looking to master the art of wood fired cooking, the Roccbox Wood Burner 2.0 is for you. A high powered wood burner with built-in secondary combustion, designed to create a large, wood-fired rolling flame, perfect for big flavours.

Suitable for the Roccbox Pizza Oven in Grey and the&amp;nbsp;Roccbox Pizza Oven in Olive.

Key Features


	Detachable wood burner for Roccbox
	Easily switch between wood or gas
	Enhanced ventilation for larger rolling flame
	Large doorway for ease of loading
	Removable ash tray and hopper tool
	Multi-fuel: kindling, coal or briquettes
	3 year limited warranty


Specification


	Hopper size: 197 x 224 x 216mm (7.8 x 8.8 x 8.5&amp;rdquo;)
	Combustion chamber capacity: 2560cm3


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060726356688]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-roccbox-2-0-wood-burner-1000x1000-65ef3105523c0_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12766</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope 4 Seater Round Table Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-cora-rope-4-seater-round-table-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope 4 Seater Round Table Dining Set

Beautifully crafted, the Cora Dining&amp;nbsp;chairs pair perfectly with the round table to blend traditional elegance with contemporary design. The 120cm round tabletop means 4 people can dine together in comfort. The table is virtually maintenance-free so will look great for years to come.

The sturdy chairs are made with FSC&amp;reg; certified Acacia wood with hardwearing rope detailing on the back. The rope is UV resistant and weatherproof which means the chairs can be left outdoors all year round (except cushions).

The Cora dining chairs are full of comfort with back and seat cushions included. With minimum maintenance required you can enjoy relaxing on the dining chairs for years to come.&amp;nbsp;

Features


	Dining table dimensions: 120cm
	Dining table &amp;amp; chairs made with Acacia wood frame in smoke white.
	Chairs include rope detailing around the wood frame which is UV resistant so won&amp;rsquo;t fade.
	Includes seat and back cushions.
	Stain resistant cushions &amp;ndash; we advise taking cushions indoors when not in use.
	FSC&amp;reg; certified wood &amp;ndash; best practices for forest management.
	This product requires self-assembly. Ask about our free assembly service.


&amp;nbsp;

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004863]]></g:mpn><g:price>1099 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-cora-rope-4-seater-round-table-dining-set-1000x1000-67f5108ca1b27_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12771</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Pizza Oven in Off-Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-pizza-oven-in-off-black</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Pizza Oven in Off-Black

Introducing the world&amp;rsquo;s most advanced&amp;nbsp;compact&amp;nbsp;oven. Arc brings Gozney&amp;rsquo;s renowned design ethos into a sleek form that&amp;rsquo;s compact outside yet big on cooking space inside. An innovative&amp;nbsp;lateral rolling flame and revolutionary burner replicates the flame of traditional wood-fired ovens, distributing heat evenly and consistently&amp;mdash;so you can spend less time turning pizza and more time making memories. Plus, Arc&amp;rsquo;s intuitive flame control makes it easy to create restaurant-quality&amp;nbsp;14&amp;rdquo;&amp;nbsp;pizza in 60s or less, making it the go-to for our world-famous Pizza Collective. With Arc you can create epic pizza, in your perfect outdoor cooking space, easier than ever before.

Compatible with the&amp;nbsp;Arc + Arc XL Stand&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;Arc + Arc XL Booster&amp;nbsp;to complete your backyard setup. Both stand and booster sold separately.

Unbeatable heat retention

Reach and hold 950F/500C pizza after pizza. Removable 20mm stone floor and dense 2-layer insulation enables Arc to reach higher temperatures faster and stay hotter longer, pizza after pizza.

Dimensions


	Oven external dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 480mm (18.9&amp;quot;) x Depth 564mm (22.2&amp;quot;) x Height 342mm (13.5&amp;quot;)
	Oven internal dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 377mm (14.8&amp;rdquo;) x Depth 462mm (18.1&amp;rdquo;) x Height 173mm (6.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 377mm&amp;nbsp;(14.8&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;x Height 95mm&amp;nbsp;(3.74&amp;rdquo;)
	Weight:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;21.5 Kg/47.5&amp;nbsp;Ibs&amp;nbsp;(28kg/60lbs in packaging)
	Packaging dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 536mm (21.2&amp;quot;) x&amp;nbsp;Depth 402mm (15.9&amp;quot;) x Height&amp;nbsp;643mm (25.3&amp;quot;)


What's in the box?

Everything you need to get started:


	Arc Outdoor Oven
	Thermometer
	1.2m Gas Hose &amp;amp; Regulator
	burner guard
	flue outlet
	stone adjustment tool
	torx screw driver
	matchstick holder
	manual


5 Year Warranty

Arc is built to last using professional-grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Our 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591607246]]></g:mpn><g:price>599.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-pizza-oven-in-off-black-1080x1080-68483c220bacf_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12772</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc XL Pizza Oven in Off-Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-xl-pizza-oven-in-off-black</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc XL Pizza Oven in Off-Black

Introducing the world&amp;rsquo;s most advanced&amp;nbsp;compact&amp;nbsp;oven. Arc XL brings Gozney&amp;rsquo;s renowned design ethos into a sleek form that&amp;rsquo;s compact outside yet big on cooking space inside. An innovative&amp;nbsp;lateral rolling flame and revolutionary burner replicates the flame of traditional wood-fired ovens, distributing heat evenly and consistently&amp;mdash;so you can spend less time turning pizza and more time making memories. Plus, Arc&amp;rsquo;s intuitive flame control makes it easy to create restaurant-quality&amp;nbsp;16&amp;rdquo;&amp;nbsp;pizza in 60s or less, making it the go-to for our world-famous Pizza Collective. With Arc XL you can create epic pizza, in your perfect outdoor cooking space, easier than ever before.

Compatible with the&amp;nbsp;Arc + Arc XL Stand&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;Arc + Arc XL Booster&amp;nbsp;to complete your backyard setup. Both stand and booster sold separately.

Unbeatable heat retention

Reach and hold 950F/500C pizza after pizza. Removable 20mm stone floor and dense 2-layer insulation enables Arc to reach higher temperatures faster and stay hotter longer, pizza after pizza.

Dimensions


	Oven external dimensions: Width 530mm (20.9&amp;quot;) x Depth 629mm (24.8&amp;quot;) x Height 342mm (13.5&amp;quot;)
	Oven internal dimensions: Width 427mm (16.8&amp;rdquo;) x Depth 517mm (20.3&amp;rdquo;) x Height 173mm (6.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 427mm (16.8&amp;rdquo;) x Height 95mm (3.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Weight: &amp;nbsp;26.5 kg/58.5 Ibs (33kg/73lbs in packaging)
	Packaging dimensions: Width 572mm (22.5&amp;quot;) x Depth 402mm (15.9&amp;quot;) x Height 697mm (27.5&amp;quot;)


What's in the box?

Everything you need to get started:


	Arc XL Outdoor Oven
	Thermometer
	1.2m Gas Hose &amp;amp; Regulator
	burner guard
	flue outlet
	stone adjustment tool
	torx screw driver
	matchstick holder
	manual


5 Year Warranty

Arc XL is built to last using professional-grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591603842]]></g:mpn><g:price>799.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-xl-pizza-oven-in-off-black-1080x1080-68483da316c6b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12773</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Oven Stand for Arc + Arc XL]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-arc-xl-pizza-oven-stand</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc + Arc XL Pizza Oven Stand

The Arc + Arc XL Stand is simple to assemble, built to last and easy to maneuver. Making it easy to add your Arc or Arc XL to your outdoor space.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;

Designed with cooking on&amp;nbsp; Gozney Arc Pizza Oven or Gozney&amp;nbsp;Arc XL Pizza Oven in mind, your oven securely connects to the stand with an easy turn fastener and sits at the perfect height for cooking. The durable wooden wings and hanging hooks are built in for convenience while the four large wheels make it easy to move your oven around your outdoor space.&amp;nbsp;


	Dimensions: 1039 x 749 x 850 mm / 40.9 x 29.5 x 33.5 in


Key Features:


	Creates a more flexible set-up for Arc or Arc XL
	Compatible with both&amp;nbsp;Arc&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;Arc XL
	Four large castor wheels with orientation locking and easy press foot brakes&amp;nbsp;
	Steel powder coated legs and&amp;nbsp;aluminum&amp;nbsp;cross beams&amp;nbsp;
	Adjustable&amp;nbsp;acacia wood&amp;nbsp;wings for ingredients and tools
	Hanging hooks for cookware
	Steel platform for gas tank placement


What's in the box?

Everything you need to get started:


	Arc + Arc XL Stand
	All bolts, screws, and washers needed for assembly
	Manual


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591604221]]></g:mpn><g:price>249.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-arc-xl-pizza-oven-stand-800x800-65fc027c1c2a6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12807</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand Wash 250ml

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes,&amp;nbsp;this natural hand wash was made using gentle plant-based ingredients.&amp;nbsp;

A natural hand wash that takes extra care of your hands. This liquid soap is&amp;nbsp;infused with calming yet zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

Lime and bergamot are&amp;nbsp;calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory, whilst glycerin locks in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries'&amp;nbsp;Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot collection also includes a body wash&amp;nbsp;and a hand &amp;amp; body lotion.

Eco-conscious 500ml refill available.

Ingredients

Aqua, Potassium Oleate, Potassium Cocoate, Glycerin, Potassium Citrate, Citric Acid, Sodium Chloride, Melaleuca Alternifolia, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora leaf oil, Pelargonium graveolens flower oil, Cymbopogon flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia peel oil, Limonene*, Linalool*, Geraniol*, Citral*. *Naturally occurring plant compounds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730012]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-250ml-1000x1000-661e979420621_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12808</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Body Wash 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-body-wash-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Body Wash 250ml

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes,&amp;nbsp;this natural body wash was made using gentle plant-based ingredients.&amp;nbsp;

A natural body wash that takes extra care of your hands &amp;amp; body, this liquid soap is&amp;nbsp;infused with zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

A calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory body wash, that locks&amp;nbsp;in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries'&amp;nbsp;Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot collection also includes a hand wash and a hand &amp;amp; body lotion.

Eco-friendly 500ml refill available.

Ingredients

Aqua, Potassium Oleate, Potassium Cocoate, Glycerin, Potassium Citrate, Citric Acid, Sodium Chloride, Melaleuca Alternifolia, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora leaf oil, Pelargonium graveolens flower oil, Cymbopogon flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia peel oil, Limonene*, Linalool*, Geraniol*, Citral*. *Naturally occurring plant compounds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730029]]></g:mpn><g:price>14 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-body-wash-250ml-1000x1000-661e9568b26c7_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12809</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand &amp; Body Lotion 250ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-250ml</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries&amp;nbsp;Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 250ml

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes, this natural hand &amp;amp; body lotion was made using gentle plant-based ingredients.&amp;nbsp;

A natural hand &amp;amp; body&amp;nbsp;that takes extra care of your hands &amp;amp; body. This lotion is&amp;nbsp;infused with calming yet zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

Lime and bergamot are&amp;nbsp;calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory, whilst glycerin locks in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries'&amp;nbsp;Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot collection also includes a hand wash and a body wash.

Eco-conscious 500ml refill available.

Ingredients

Aqua, Prunus amygdalus dulcis oil, Helianthus annuus*, Persea gratissima, Glycerin, Glyceryl Monostearate, Cetyl Alcohol, Cetearyl Glucoside, Cocos nucifera, Citric Acid, Benzyl Alcohol, Phenoxyethanol, Xanthan Gum, Potassium Sorbate, Tocopherol, Aloe barbadensis Leaf Juice Powder*, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora, Pelargonium graveolens Flower oil, Cymbopogon Flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia, Limonene**, Linalool**, Geraniol**, Citral**.&amp;nbsp;*Organic. **Naturally occurring plant compounds&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730036]]></g:mpn><g:price>16 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-250ml-1000x1000-661e9c6f60165_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12870</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball FloraBrite® Pink Flower &amp; Fruit Snip]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-florabrite-pink-flower-fruit-snip</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball FloraBrite&amp;reg; Pink Flower &amp;amp; Fruit Snip

The fluorescent handles of this RHS-endorsed Flower &amp;amp; Fruit Snip show up in any foliage.

Scissor action for precise cutting. 10 year guarantee. Fully hardened &amp;amp; tempered, high carbon steel blade for lasting sharpness.&amp;nbsp;

Robust alloy handles, covered in a comfortable cushion grip.&amp;nbsp;Suits small to medium hands.

Cuts up to 2.5cm diameter, overall length 21cm.


	Overall length of snip: 19cm
	Snip dimensions: 19cm x 5.5cm x 2cm
	Weight of snip: 120g
	Blades: stainless steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013105]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-florabrite-pink-flower-fruit-snip-480x480-66433dcf2ce79_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12871</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball FloraBrite® Yellow Flower &amp; Fruit Snip]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-florabrite-yellow-flower-fruit-snip</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball FloraBrite&amp;reg; Yellow Flower &amp;amp; Fruit Snip

The fluorescent handles of this RHS-endorsed Flower &amp;amp; Fruit Snip show up in any foliage.

Scissor action for precise cutting. 10 year guarantee. Fully hardened &amp;amp; tempered, high carbon steel blade for lasting sharpness.&amp;nbsp;

Robust alloy handles, covered in a comfortable cushion grip.&amp;nbsp;Suits small to medium hands.

Cuts up to 2.5cm diameter, overall length 21cm.


	Overall length of snip: 19cm
	Snip dimensions: 19cm x 5.5cm x 2cm
	Weight of snip: 120g
	Blades: stainless steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013099]]></g:mpn><g:price>13.49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-florabrite-yellow-flower-fruit-snip-480x480-66433eeca9de3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12872</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball  FloraBrite® Pink Garden Gloves - S/M]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-florabrite-pink-garden-gloves-sm</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball FloraBrite&amp;reg; Pink Garden Gloves - S/M

Comfortable stretch fit gloves with nitrile-coated fingers and palm for grip and protection against dirt and moisture.

Design features a reflective logo which glows under torchlight.

Available in a choice of two unisex sizes - S/M and M/L. This is the smaller size]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013167]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-florabrite-pink-garden-gloves-s-m-480x480-664342d3d22dc_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12873</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball FloraBrite® Yellow Garden Gloves - S/M]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-florabrite-yellow-garden-gloves-sm</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball FloraBrite&amp;reg; Yellow Garden Gloves - S/M

Comfortable stretch fit gloves with nitrile-coated fingers and palm for grip and protection against dirt and moisture.

Design features a reflective logo which glows under torchlight.

Available in a choice of two unisex sizes - S/M and M/L. This is the smaller size]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360013150]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-florabrite-yellow-garden-gloves-s-m-480x480-66434369dfee6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12879</g:id><title><![CDATA[A Little Color Blue Square Meze Plate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/a-little-color-blue-square-meze-plate</link><description><![CDATA[A Little Color Blue Square Meze Plate

As one of the best seller of A Little Color collection, this square meze plate promises to fill in the blanks on any table with delicious mezes, tapas, sides and anything you want in style. This beauty of color can be kept clean very easily either in a dishwasher or by hand.


	Dimensions: 11 cm length, 11 cm width
	Colour: Blue
	Weight:&amp;nbsp;160 g
	Material:&amp;nbsp;Enameled Steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Kitchenware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[378656592010]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/a-little-color-blue-square-meze-plate-1000x1000-66449ccaa3886_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kapka]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12893</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Dough Tray]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-dough-tray</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Dough Tray

Create incredible dough. The&amp;nbsp;Gozney&amp;reg; Dough Tray helps your dough proof and ferment in the ideal environment with an airtight seal, pressure release valve, and temperature gauge for maximum control over the proofing process. Made with quality construction and premium materials so you can develop delicious flavor and textures. Includes a removable, non-stick&amp;nbsp;silicone&amp;nbsp;dough ball holder&amp;nbsp;to make removing&amp;nbsp;round&amp;nbsp;dough balls easy.

Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;450mm&amp;nbsp;(17.7&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;L&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;350mm&amp;nbsp;(13.7&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;W&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;80mm&amp;nbsp;(3.15&amp;rdquo;) D

Key Features:


	Provides the perfect environment for rising,&amp;nbsp;flavour, and texture of pizza dough
	Airtight&amp;nbsp;gasket&amp;nbsp;seal
	Pressure release valve
	Temperature dial&amp;nbsp;for maximum control over the proofing process
	Removable&amp;nbsp;silicone&amp;nbsp;dough ball tray&amp;nbsp;for developing great shape and easy removal
	Crystal-clear,&amp;nbsp;thermal-resistant&amp;nbsp;and durable&amp;nbsp;lid
	Durable, lightweight base
	Fits in most home refrigerators
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591602494]]></g:mpn><g:price>49.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-dough-tray-800x800-664b3777acb5f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12895</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Roccbox Mantel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-roccbox-mantel</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Roccbox Mantel

Turn, check, baste, or rest your food with ease using the Roccbox Mantel.

The Roccbox Mantel turns your Roccbox into the ultimate portable pizza oven. Simple to install, this shelf adds more space so you can rotate pizzas with greater ease.

Baste while cooking. Rest and keep food warm without overcooking.

Built of 304 stainless steel, the&amp;nbsp;innovative&amp;nbsp;design keeps air moving under your pizza so it stays crisp, never soggy.

Key features


	Easily connects to your Roccbox
	Air-vented 304 Stainless steel


Specification


	Mantel width 310&amp;nbsp;mm
	Mantel depth 152 mm


Gozney Roccbox sold separately.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591601558]]></g:mpn><g:price>59.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-roccbox-mantel-1090x999-664b3b491dba2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12897</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Server 14']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-pizza-server-14</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Server 14&amp;quot;

The perfect pizza demands the perfect board, handcrafted, durable and hardwearing, the Gozney Pizza Server is not only gorgeous, it's easy to clean. 14&amp;rdquo; of pizza serving perfection.

Key features


	Black fibre board
	Easy to clean


Specification


	14 inch Server: 14&amp;quot; diameter | 5 1/4&amp;quot; x 1 5/8&amp;quot; handle


Please note, the product pictured is the 18&amp;quot; pizza server.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591600964]]></g:mpn><g:price>44.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-pizza-server-14-1091x1000-664b3c32f06d3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12900</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Server 18']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-pizza-server-18</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Server 18&amp;quot;

The perfect pizza demands the perfect board, handcrafted, durable and hardwearing, the Gozney Pizza Server is not only gorgeous, it's easy to clean. 18&amp;rdquo; of pizza serving perfection.

Key features


	Black fibre board
	Easy to clean


Specification


	18 inch Server: 18&amp;quot; diameter |&amp;nbsp;5 1/3&amp;quot; x 1 1/2&amp;quot;&amp;nbsp;handle


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591602821]]></g:mpn><g:price>69.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-pizza-server-18-1091x1000-664b3c7478700_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12901</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Corner Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-charlbury-signature-corner-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Corner Set

Part of the Casual Dining family, this 8-seater set of garden furniture can be used as both a lounging and dining set and equally suitable for indoor or outdoor use.

This set includes left and right facings sofas with a corner sofa, side chair, bench and glass top table. The modular sofa is designed to adapt to your garden. For example, place the side chair between the corner and the two-seat sofas to extend the sofa when you have more guests. Perfect for hosting meals and parties in the outdoor comfort of your garden.

The Charlbury patio furniture features detail-rich woven texture throughout made with durable full-round rattan on areas that see more wear. The backs and sides use a mix of flat weave and double half-round weave to create a harmonious aesthetic.

Plus, all seating comes with weatherproof, double-piped cushions that retain their shape for added comfort. Our seat cushions include a soft-core foam that maintains its comfort season after season. Once the summer is over, take the Charlbury lounge set inside and it becomes a conservatory corner suite.

Features


	Seats: 8
	Set includes: 1 x left and right sofa with cushions, 1 x corner sofa with cushions, 1 x side chair, 1 x bench with seat pad and 1 x casual dining glass top table measuring 160x100cm.
	Material: UV-resistant hand-woven synthetic rattan.
	Sofa Edges and Arms Material: Powder-coated aluminium frame with 5mm full round rattan.
	Sofa Sides Material: 3mm horizontal flat rattan and 5mm vertical double half-round rattan.
	Versatile &amp;ndash; side chair can be positioned in a number of places, such as to extend the corner seating or use as a stand-alone chair
	Made for Comfort &amp;ndash; weatherproof cushions will retain their shape thanks to the 5cm foam core and double piping.
	The glass top table is sunk to have a completely flat top that prevents movement.
	The table also has adjustable feet for uneven surfaces.
	Can be left outdoors all year round (excludes cushions).&amp;nbsp;
	Available in one colourway with natural cushions.


Warranty

12 Month Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229770134]]></g:mpn><g:price>1999 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-charlbury-signature-corner-set-900x900-664cadc3f4007_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0><g:custom_label_1>discount</g:custom_label_1></item><item><g:id>12902</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Lounge Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-charlbury-signature-lounge-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Lounge Set

This inviting collection comprises a 2-seat sofa, two armchairs, and a coffee table, designed to create a cosy and stylish outdoor living space. The Charlbury Lounge Set offers a straightforward arrangement perfect for intimate gatherings or simply soaking up the tranquillity of your outdoor space.

Adorning each seat in this set are weather-resistant, double-piped cushions that retain their shape through the seasons. The soft-core foam within them ensures that they remain a comfortable retreat year after year.

The Charlbury set is distinguished by its intricate woven texture made from durable full-round rattan for enhanced longevity. The sides and back seamlessly blend flat weave with double half-round weave, presenting a visually appealing and cohesive design that elevates any garden or patio. Transitioning effortlessly from an outdoor favourite to an indoor luxury, the Charlbury lounge set gracefully transforms into a conservatory suite, extending the enjoyment beyond the summer months.

Features


	Seats: 4
	Set includes: 1 x 2-seat sofa, 2 x armchairs and coffee table.
	Material: UV-resistant hand-woven synthetic rattan.
	Sofa Edges and Arms Material: Powder-coated aluminium frame with 5mm full round rattan.
	Sofa Sides Material: 3mm horizontal flat rattan and 5mm vertical double half-round rattan.
	Versatile &amp;ndash; side chair can be positioned in a number of places, such as to extend the corner seating or use as a stand-alone chair.
	Made for Comfort &amp;ndash; weatherproof cushions will retain their shape thanks to the 5cm foam core and double piping.
	The glass top table is sunk to have a completely flat top that prevents movement. The table also has adjustable feet for uneven surfaces.
	Can be left outdoors all year round (excludes cushions).&amp;nbsp;
	Available in one colourway with natural cushions.


Warranty

12 Month Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Lounge Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229770165]]></g:mpn><g:price>1299 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-charlbury-signature-lounge-set-900x900-664caf6ca0679_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0><g:custom_label_1>discount</g:custom_label_1></item><item><g:id>12903</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Signature Bistro Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-charlbury-signature-bistro-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Charlbury Bistro Set

This Kettler Charlbury Bistro Set is the perfect addition to any garden, to maximise the enjoyment of your outdoor space.

The Charlbury Bistro Set includes 2 Charlbury Chairs and 1 70cm Table.

Features

Chairs


	Material: Powder coated aluminium frame with a mix of flat and half round wicker weave. Full round wicker is used on the armrests and edges.&amp;nbsp;
	Includes: 2 x Charlbury Dining Chairs and 2 x weatherproof seat cushions
	Durable and long lasting the dining chairs are made to the highest standards.&amp;nbsp;
	Weatherproof &amp;ndash; The dining chairs can be left outdoors all year round, the cushions are weatherproof but should&amp;nbsp;be stored in Winter
	UV protected wicker so the colour won&amp;rsquo;t fade even when left in direct sunlight.&amp;nbsp;


Table


	Material: Sturdy aluminium frame plaited with 3mm horizontal flat and 5mm vertical double half round wicker.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Plus 5mm full round wicker on the edges.
	Includes: 1 x Charlbury 70cm Bistro Glass Top Table.&amp;nbsp;
	Durable with thick 5mm round wicker on the edges.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;
	Weatherproof &amp;ndash; The dining&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;table can be left outdoors all year round&amp;nbsp;
	UV protected wicker so the colour won&amp;rsquo;t fade even when left in direct sunlight.&amp;nbsp;


Warranty

Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use.&amp;nbsp;Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Kettler 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[1527588207]]></g:mpn><g:price>599 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-charlbury-signature-bistro-set-1000x1000-664cb0b15d674_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12927</g:id><title><![CDATA[Urban Nature Culture Good Evening Cup Freely Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/good-evening-cup-freely-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Good Evening Cup Freely Slate

No matter how many miles you&amp;rsquo;ve walked or driven, how busy your mind has been or where your thoughts have taken you &amp;ndash; as soon as dusk settles in, it&amp;rsquo;s time to wind down. Urban Nature Culture&amp;rsquo;s Good Evening Cup Freely joins you for an interlude, with an inspirational, abstract design in both slate &amp;amp; sea grass shade. A new basic to wash down the daily hassle.


	Dimensions (D&amp;nbsp;x&amp;nbsp;H) - 8.5cm x 14.5cm x 10.5cm
	Dishwasher safe - Yes
	Microwave safe - Yes
	Oven safe - Yes
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts Under £25]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8720629978826]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/good-evening-cup-freely-slate-1536x1536-666981f650189_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>12946</g:id><title><![CDATA[Alex Clark Flower Garden Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/flower-garden-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Flower Garden Mug

This Alex Clark mug will make a lovely addition to your kitchen. Perfect for coffee, tea and other hot drinks. Features illustrations around the inside rim and down the handle.&amp;nbsp;


	Made from New Bone China (no animal products)
	Dimensions (H x W x D) - 9cm x 8.8cm
	Dishwasher safe - Yes
	Microwave safe - Yes
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts Under £25]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5063187002972]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/flower-garden-mug-1536x1536-666862261440e_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13023</g:id><title><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - 4Pot System (47L Tank)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/autopot-watering-system-4pot-system-47l-tank</link><description><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - 4Pot System (47L Tank)

This fully-automated, power-free, gravity-fed watering system takes the hassle and strain out of day to day watering. With no need for electricity, pumps, or timers, you're free from the constraints of a power source. This makes the 4Pot wonderfully flexible and and gives you the options to arrange pots virtually at will.

Multiple layouts are possible with the fittings included.

4Pot System includes:


	1x 47ltr tank, lid &amp;amp; 9mm top hat grommet
	1x 9mm golf filter
	4x 9mm tee
	2x 9mm cross connector
	2x 9mm inline taps
	4x 1Pot tray, lid &amp;amp; 9mm top hat grommet
	4x 15 litre pots
	4x AQUAvalve5
	4x root control discs
	4x marix discs
	1x 4 metre length of 9mm pipe


9mm pipe &amp;ndash; Outside Diameter 9mm/Inside Diameter 7mm

16mm pipe &amp;ndash; Outside Diameter 16mm/Inside Diameter 13mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060151870162]]></g:mpn><g:price>112 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/autopot-watering-system-4pot-system-47l-tank-750x750-66f54bcae7e44_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering Systems]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13025</g:id><title><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - Easy2GO Kit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/autopot-watering-system-easy2go-kit</link><description><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - Easy2GO Kit

Connected to your reservoir and placed onto the tray along with your potted plants, easy2GO regulates the supply of water and, if desired, plant fertiliser. Only when the water or nutrient solution in the tray is used up, does easy2GRO allow a fresh supply to enter, making this the ideal solution to holiday watering.

easy2GO can be installed anywhere in the home, greenhouse, conservatory or patio and multiple kits can be linked together to keep larger volumes of plants watered while you&amp;rsquo;re away.

This inexpensive, flexible system can be assembled in minutes and contains all fittings required to connect to a reservoir of your choice. You simply need a water container with a minimum 30 litre capacity, such as the 47L reservoir, and a flat based gardening tray with a minimum depth of 30mm.

easy2GO Kit includes:


	1x AQUAvalve5
	1x AQUAvalve Cover
	1x Circular Spirit Level
	1x 16mm-9mm Click-Fit Adapter &amp;amp; Filter
	1x 9mm Golf Filter
	1x 9mm Top Hat Grommet
	1x 9mm Tee Connector
	1x 9mm Inline Tap
	1.5m of 9mm Pipe


9mm pipe &amp;ndash; Outside Diameter 9mm/Inside Diameter 7mm

16mm pipe &amp;ndash; Outside Diameter 16mm/Inside Diameter 13mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060151870186]]></g:mpn><g:price>18.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/autopot-watering-system-easy2go-kit-750x750-66f5787d0982c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering Systems]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13026</g:id><title><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - 47L Tank Inc. Lid]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/autopot-watering-system-47l-tank-inc-lid</link><description><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - 47L Tank Inc. Lid

The 47 Litre Tank has sufficient capacity to irrigate the following AutoPot Watering Systems:


	1Pot &amp;ndash; including 4Pot and up to 6Pot
	easy2grow &amp;ndash; up to easy2grow 4
	1Pot XL / SmartPot XL &amp;ndash; up to 4Pot XL / SmartPot XL
	easy2GO
	AQUAplate
	easy2Propagate
	Dimensions: 615mm (H) x 375mm (W &amp;ndash; at lid) x 300mm (W &amp;ndash; at base)


Always raise your tank to a minimum of 150mm above the highest AQUAvalve.

Please note that this product includes the pre-drilled 47 Litre Tank, Tank Lid and 9mm Top Hat Grommet.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060151873170]]></g:mpn><g:price>17.6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/autopot-watering-system-47l-tank-inc-lid-750x750-66f57f8985865_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering Systems]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13027</g:id><title><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - Tray2Grow]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/autopot-watering-system-tray2grow</link><description><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering System - Tray2Grow

Tray2Grow is the completely automated, completely power-free system that offers you five ways to feed and water your plants. Seed trays, small pots, grow bags, micro herbs, and planters, can each be accommodated, making this the most versatile product in the AutoPot range and one of the most versatile irrigation systems period.

Equipped for every eventuality, Tray2Grow includes optional capillary spikes that can be fitted to the inside of the tray. These pierce the underside of a grow bag, allowing you to irrigate the substrate within.

With the spikes removed and capillary matting in place Tray2Grow can take up to four standard sized seed trays, two micro herb trays, any number of bottom-perforated or bio pots, or our capacious 107.5 L / 23.5 gal framed fabric planter. Three guide holes on each side of the tray are provided for garden canes if you&amp;rsquo;re trellising plants and there are three inset spirit levels to help you ensure everything is 100% horizontal.

Tray2Grow includes:


	1x Tray2Grow Tray &amp;amp; Lid
	1x AQUAvalve5
	2x 9mm Grommet
	1m of 9mm Pipe
	16-9mm Click-Fit Filter
	1x 9mm Golf Filter
	1x 9mm in-line tap
	1x 9mm tee connector
	1x 6mm Overflow Grommet
	3x Circular Spirit Level
	10x Capillary Spikes
	1x Capillary Matting
	1x Root Control Sheet
	4x Seed Trays
	1x Slug Repellent Copper Tape


1115mm(Length) x 410mm(Width) x 95mm(Depth)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Plant Support &amp; Watering]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060151875488]]></g:mpn><g:price>69.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/autopot-watering-system-tray2grow-750x750-66f5840cdd70e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[AutoPot Watering Systems]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13046</g:id><title><![CDATA[Herdy Peep Mug in Pink]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/herdy-peep-mug-in-pink</link><description><![CDATA[Herdy Peep Mug in Pink


	Approx. capacity 400ml
	Available in 6 great colours
	Fine bone china
	Handmade in England's Staffordshire Potteries
	Perfect Lake District gift
	Hand wash recommended
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[610696041388]]></g:mpn><g:price>18.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/herdy-peep-mug-in-pink-700x700-6707f91e4f3a8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Herdy]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13048</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Soap Bar]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-soap-bar</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Soap Bar

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes to mark Beetham Nurseries' 40th Anniversary this natural soap bar was made using gentle plant-based ingredients.&amp;nbsp;

A natural soap bar that takes extra care of your hands &amp;amp; body. This soap is infused with calming yet zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

Lime and bergamot are calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory, whilst glycerin locks in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries' Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot collection also includes a hand wash and a hand &amp;amp; body lotion.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730043]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-soap-bar-1000x1000-67126a5be3196_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13049</g:id><title><![CDATA[Wild &amp; Fruitful Hot Honey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/wild-fruitful-hot-honey</link><description><![CDATA[Wild &amp;amp; Fruitful Hot Honey

A beautiful golden honey infused with scorching Scotch Bonnet Chillies.&amp;nbsp;This delicious and flaming hot honey is perfect for drizzling over freshly baked pizza, barbecued meats, fried chicken, salads and pretty much everything else in between!

Ingredients
Honey (99%), Scotch Bonnet Chillies (1%).

Unsuitable for infants under 12 months.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060767610701]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/wild-fruitful-hot-honey-1000x1000-671a66e63139f_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13052</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Rum Butter]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-company-rum-butter</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Rum Butter

Traditionally made using Dark Sugar, mixed with Spices and Rum.

Vegetarian &amp;amp; gluten free

Weight: 180g

Ingredients


	Butter
	Rum
	Sugar


Allergens


	Butter
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183361102]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-company-rum-butter-1000x1000-671a685868b2a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13055</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Boxing Day Chutney]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-company-boxing-day-chutney</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Boxing Day Chutney

The day after the big celebrations, everyone is tired, but the festivities continue. Our Boxing Day Chutney is ideal for the Cheeseboards and leftover turkey and stuffing sandwiches which we all graze on throughout the day. A lightly spiced chutney, with apples, ginger and sultanas which encapsulate the taste of winter. Not just reserved for the Christmas period the Boxing Day chutney is an all-rounder, why not try serving it warm with Roast Pork?

Weight: 195g


	Vegan
	Vegetarian
	Gluten Free


Ingredients


	Apple
	Garlic
	Onion
	Salt
	Spices
	Sugar
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183361898]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.65 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-company-boxing-day-chutney-1000x1000-671b63c902d2d_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13058</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Christmas Chutney]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-company-christmas-chutney</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Christmas Chutney

Christmas in a jar. With a fruity and rich base of apricots and the addition of Christmas spices, orange, and cranberries this chutney pairs amazingly with turkey and should be centre of the table for the Christmas dinner. Not just reserved for the winter period though it also works extremely well with crumbly cheese such as Lancashire.

Weight: 215g


	Vegan
	Vegetarian
	Gluten Free


Ingredients


	Apricot
	Cranberries
	Onion
	Orange
	Spices


May contain tra

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183361904]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.65 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-company-christmas-chutney-1000x1000-671b6472bafdc_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13059</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Petite Couture Lemoncello Curd]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkshead-relish-company-petite-couture-lemoncello-curd</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkshead Relish Company Petite Couture Lemoncello Curd

Italian glassware designed to compliment the dining table.&amp;nbsp;

Butter, Eggs, Sugar, Lemon and homemade Lemoncello, deliciously decadent

Weight: 135g


	Vegetarian
	Gluten Free


Ingredients


	Lemon
	Sugar
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060183362437]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkshead-relish-company-petite-couture-lemoncello-curd-1000x1000-671a6b21ad441_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13077</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burning Barn Spiced Apple Rum 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burning-barn-spiced-apple-rum-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Spiced Apple Rum

&amp;nbsp;70cl, 37.5%

Apple pie in a glass. Sweet, juicy, tart apple nods to nutmeg, ginger and cinnamon in a knowing acknowledgement of the ancient fellowship between apples and spice. Caramel, vanilla and treacle notes seal the deal beside the crackling log fire of our full strength, pot and column still rum blend.

Burning Barn is based on a former apple orchard and we've always wanted to bring an apple expression into our core range.

Closely based on our 2022 Limited Edition Apple Rum, this Spiced Apple version is a real winner. We dilute our rum blend with apple juice to bottling strength, add some warming baking spices before finishing the smooth liquid in Ash wood former Cherry Liqueur vats imported from Germany.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;

The Orchard Spritz&amp;nbsp;


	50ml BB Spiced Apple Rum
	150ml Frobishers Apple &amp;amp; Elderflower Sparkler
	Few dashes Angostura bittersServe in a highball glass, with plenty of ice&amp;nbsp;and a
	fresh apple slice&amp;nbsp;to garnish.


Serve in a highball glass, with plenty of ice&amp;nbsp;and a fresh apple slice&amp;nbsp;to garnish.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[604565830036]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burning-barn-spiced-apple-rum-70cl-1000x1000-671ba2893e078_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13208</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ocoopa UT2s Mini 5200mAh Rechargeable Hand Warmer - Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ocoopa-ut2s-mini-5200mah-rechargeable-hand-warmer-black</link><description><![CDATA[Ocoopa UT2s Mini 5200mAh Rechargeable Hand Warmer - Black


	
	Split-type Magnetic Design：Under the attraction of super magnetic force, 2*2600mAh hand warmers can combine into a palm-sized also easily separated to fit into two pockets of jacket or gloves. You can use one in each hand or share this warmth with your family.
	
	
	Pocket-friendly, Compact Body：As lipstick size, easy to slip into your pocket or your pack. Cylindrical body ergonomic design for easy grip, emanating constant heat while keeping your blood flowing.
	
	
	Ultimate Comfortable Heating： Made of premium aircraft-grade aluminum with a polished silicone surface that heats up in 3s while you feel comfortable,3 levels adjustable heats up quickly to 126&amp;deg;F, also we simplify your operation by remembering the previous level of heat you selected and switching to it the next time you use it.
	
	
	Superior Safety：Quality and safety are our top priorities, equipping with advanced safety chips, smart temperature control, and durable ABS material that work together to prevent overcharging, overheating, or short-circuiting. It has UL/CE/FCC certified after rigorous testing to ensure user safety.
	
	
	Warm Winter Gifts:&amp;nbsp;For people who always complain about the cold, whether you're a sports enthusiast or winter commuter, especially for Raynaud's arthritis sufferers who need heat therapy. It's a perfect gift to bring the warmth of fingertips to their hearts on Christmas and anniversaries.
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6975292222307]]></g:mpn><g:price>28.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ocoopa-ut2s-mini-5200mah-rechargeable-hand-warmer-black-1000x1000-672b91c0542b8_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13217</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Navy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-navy</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Navy

A go-to for coffee on the go.


	Cupholder compatible
	Splash resistant
	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830306642]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-navy-1200x1200-67e29abb69fa5_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13226</g:id><title><![CDATA[O'Donnell Moonshine Strawberry &amp; Cream in a Gift Box 700ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/odonnell-moonshine-strawberry-cream-in-a-gift-box-700ml</link><description><![CDATA[O'Donnell Moonshine Strawberry &amp;amp; Cream in a Gift Box 700ml

Are you looking for just a bit of a unique gift this year? We might just have what you are looking for. Equally suitable for him or her, this Gift Set of one 700ml flavoured Moonshine jar is guaranteed to put a smile on their face.

With a wide variety of flavours -&amp;nbsp;everyone can find their favourite.

Allergens

All of our Moonshines, unless indicated otherwise, are allergen free in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1169/2011 and amendments.&amp;nbsp;Most of our products are suitable for vegans and all are safe for those with a gluten intolerance.

All of our spirits are produced using wheat based alcohol. While the distillation process removes gluten from the final product, individuals with certain conditions (i.e coeliac disease) may wish to exercise caution prior to purchase.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[4251790823461]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.9 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/o-donnell-moonshine-strawberry-cream-in-a-gift-box-700ml-1000x1000-67a0f20235584_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13238</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Strawberry Bon Bons]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bon-bons-confectionery-strawberry-bon-bons</link><description><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Strawberry Bon Bons

Traditional dusted strawberry flavoured bon bons with a Devon toffee centre.

Ingredients: Sugar, Glucose Syrup, Palm Oil, Whey Powder (from MILK), Skimmed MILK Powder, Cornflour, Citric Acid, Natural Flavourings, Butter (from MILK), Salt, Emulsifier (SOYA Lecithin), Colour E124. Allergy Advice: Contains MILK and SOYA. Contains Colours That May Have an Adverse Effect on the Activity and Attention in Children.

Packed in an environment which handles Nuts and ALL other Allergens.

The above ingredient/allergen information is always accurate to the best of our knowledge; however, this can change without any prior knowledge. Please read any further information on the products packaging. We accept no liability for any information which is incorrect.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060165040773]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bon-bon-s-confectionery-strawberry-bon-bons-1000x1000-673348ac2f2ce_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13239</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Pink &amp; White Mice]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bon-bons-confectionery-pink-white-mice</link><description><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Pink &amp;amp; White Mice

Strawberry and Cream Flavour Candy Pieces Ingredients: Sugar, Palm Oil MB, Whey Powder (Milk). Wheat Flour with added calcium, iron, thiamin, niacin, Emulsifier: Soya Lecithin; Flavourings: natural colours (carmine). For allergens, please see ingredients above. ALWAYS READ THE LABEL ON THE ITEM BEFORE EATING! May contain traces of nuts &amp;amp; peanuts.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060165040650]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bon-bon-s-confectionery-pink-white-mice-1000x1000-673349ac7074e_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13240</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Snowies]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bon-bons-confectionery-snowies</link><description><![CDATA[Bon Bon's Confectionery Snowies

White chocolate discs decorated with hundreds &amp;amp; thousands

Ingredients: White Chocolate Flavour Candy (Sugar, Palm Oil, Whey Powder (from MILK), WHEAT Flour, Emulsifier (SOYA Lecithin), Natural Flavourings), Sugar, WHEAT Starch, Water, Glucose Syrup, Natural Colours (Chlorophyllin, Carotenes, Betanin, Anthocyanins), Glazing Agent (Beeswax). Allergy Advice: Contains GLUTEN, MILK, SOYA and WHEAT.

Packed in an environment which handles Nuts and ALL other Allergens.

The above ingredient/allergen information is always accurate to the best of our knowledge; however, this can change without any prior knowledge. Please read any further information on the products packaging. We accept no liability for any information which is incorrect.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060165040735]]></g:mpn><g:price>2.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bon-bon-s-confectionery-snowies-1000x1000-67334a3508e2a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13247</g:id><title><![CDATA[Black Colour Rocking Horse Keyhanger]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/black-colour-rocking-horse-keyhanger</link><description><![CDATA[Black Colour Rocking Horse Keyhanger

Cute rocking horse shaped keyhanger with golden coloured alloy.

One Size

Quality: 80% PU, 20% Alloy]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts Under £25]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5715077186773]]></g:mpn><g:price>10 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/black-colour-rocking-horse-keyhanger-1000x1000-67335dc758273_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13249</g:id><title><![CDATA[A Dress With Pockets by Lily Murray &amp; Jenny Lovlie]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/a-dress-with-pockets-by-lily-murray-jenny-lovlie</link><description><![CDATA[A Dress With Pockets by Lily Murray &amp;amp; Jenny Lovlie

But Lucy doesn't care about frills or lace. She wants a dress with pockets. And as she wades through the titchy dresses, witchy dresses and very very itchy dresses, she starts to worry about where she's going to put her leaves, and nettles, and delicate petals, her magical spells and beautiful shells. The hunt is on: will Lucy find the dress of her dreams?]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781529047868]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/a-dress-with-pockets-by-lily-murray-jenny-lovlie-1080x1080-68651c45c3f57_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13255</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Dots of Light Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-secateurs-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Secateurs Tote Bag

These stylish tote bags are ideal for personal belongings or shopping. Our collection includes three distinctive designs&amp;nbsp;hand drawn by Dots of Light.&amp;nbsp;

Details


	Recycled Canvas Bag with Gusset&amp;nbsp;
	Natural
	35 x 40 x 17cm
	70cm Handles
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[20773003]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-secateurs-tote-bag-1000x1000-6734c829bd7ad_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13259</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater® English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater&amp;reg; English Shrub Rose - David Austin Roses

The Emma Bridgewater English shrub rose will make a lasting impact in any garden. Its medium-sized blooms look like an impressionist painting even in real life, offering a kaleidoscope of colours, at first pink with a yellow button eye, then brighter coral-pink tones softening to mauve and lilac.

Characteristics


	Colour: Mid pink
	Flowering: Repeat Flowering
	Bloom Size: Medium
	Flowering: Repeat Flowering&amp;quot;&amp;gt;
	Family: English Shrub Rose
	Size: Medium Shrub
	Height: 4ft (125cm)
	Width: 4ft (125cm)
	Breeder: David Austin
	Year of Introduction: 2024


Location


	Mixed Border
	Roses Ideal for Pots &amp;amp; ContainersPots &amp;amp; Containers
	Rose Border
	Roses Ideal for Rose Hedges


Growing conditions


	North, East, South, West Facing
	Full Sunlight
	Roses ideal for Shady Areas
	Partial Sunlight
	Roses Suitable for All Soil Types


Behind the name

Created in tribute to iconic British potter Emma Bridgewater, celebrating the painterly beauty of her ceramic creations and her great love of gardening.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Roses&amp;nbsp;are available for click &amp;amp; collect or local delivery only - for any enquiries&amp;nbsp;contact us.

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 for orders under &amp;pound;50 and free for orders over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs/Roses]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5031825022248]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-english-shrub-rose-david-austin-roses-600x600-68516cda8ae30_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Buy David Austin Roses]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Plants and Bulbs]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13270</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini 4 Seater Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-4-seater-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini 4 Seater Dining Set

A true masterpiece of creativity and innovation, the Puccini 4 Seater Dining Set brings elegance to outdoor spaces. The latte-coloured marine-grade rope weave on the dining chairs creates a striking visual, perfectly paired with the Prado Dining Table. Featuring a natural teak top and a sturdy cross-frame design, this table blends modern aesthetics with timeless appeal.

This set includes:

4 x Puccini dining chairs in latte with 2 cushions&amp;nbsp;
1 x Prado dining table 130cm with Natural Teak top and legs

Features


	10 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;tables
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004723]]></g:mpn><g:price>2499 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-4-seater-dining-set-1080x1080-67a360dcd93cf_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13272</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bistro Set - Sage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-bistro-set-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bistro Set - Sage

The Caredo 2 Seat Bistro Set is the perfect choice for intimate outdoor dining, combining timeless design with comfort and durability. This charming set includes two classic Caredo chairs, a 70cm round mesh table, and two tailored seat pads in sage, making it an elegant addition to any patio, balcony, or garden.

The Caredo chairs feature a durable steel mesh design in an iron grey finish for a vintage-inspired look. With curved armrests and a supportive backrest, these chairs are crafted to provide hours of comfortable relaxation. The included Caredo seat pads&amp;nbsp;in sage add a touch of style and extra cushioning for enhanced comfort.

The 70cm round mesh table, also finished in iron grey, complements the chairs with its traditional yet versatile design. Built to withstand year-round outdoor use, the table features hard-wearing mesh and protective footcaps for long-lasting durability. Perfectly sized for two, this set is ideal for casual coffee mornings, light lunches, or romantic alfresco dinners.

Features


	Material:&amp;nbsp;Steel mesh for chairs and table; tailored fabric seat pads for added comfort.
	Weatherproof:&amp;nbsp;Designed for year-round outdoor use with a rust-resistant finish.
	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Iron grey mesh with seat pads available in sage.
	Seating Capacity:&amp;nbsp;Compact set designed for two people.
	Comfort:&amp;nbsp;Caredo chairs with ergonomic curved armrests and tailored seat pads for added luxury.
	Versatile Design:&amp;nbsp;Mix and match with other Kettler mesh garden furniture for a cohesive outdoor look.


Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[1527588214]]></g:mpn><g:price>329 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-bistro-set-sage-900x900-679386db4078c_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13276</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bistro Set - Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-bistro-set-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bistro Set - Slate

The Caredo 2 Seat Bistro Set is the perfect choice for intimate outdoor dining, combining timeless design with comfort and durability. This charming set includes two classic Caredo chairs, a 70cm round mesh table, and two tailored seat pads in slate, making it an elegant addition to any patio, balcony, or garden.

The Caredo chairs feature a durable steel mesh design in an iron grey finish for a vintage-inspired look. With curved armrests and a supportive backrest, these chairs are crafted to provide hours of comfortable relaxation. The included Caredo seat pads&amp;nbsp;in slate&amp;nbsp;add a touch of style and extra cushioning for enhanced comfort.

The 70cm round mesh table, also finished in iron grey, complements the chairs with its traditional yet versatile design. Built to withstand year-round outdoor use, the table features hard-wearing mesh and protective footcaps for long-lasting durability. Perfectly sized for two, this set is ideal for casual coffee mornings, light lunches, or romantic alfresco dinners.

Features


	Material:&amp;nbsp;Steel mesh for chairs and table; tailored fabric seat pads for added comfort.
	Weatherproof:&amp;nbsp;Designed for year-round outdoor use with a rust-resistant finish.
	Colour:&amp;nbsp;Iron grey mesh with seat pads available in slate.
	Seating Capacity:&amp;nbsp;Compact set designed for two people.
	Comfort:&amp;nbsp;Caredo chairs with ergonomic curved armrests and tailored seat pads for added luxury.
	Versatile Design:&amp;nbsp;Mix and match with other Kettler mesh garden furniture for a cohesive outdoor look.


Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[1527588241]]></g:mpn><g:price>329 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-bistro-set-slate-265x265-6793893c60401_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13277</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Savita Chair]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-savita-chair</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Savita Chair

The sturdy chairs withstand outdoor weather all year round and stack for neat storage. Mix and match the Savita dining chair with Kettler&amp;rsquo;s wide range of steel mesh outdoor tables.

Features


	Material: Steel Mesh seat and back.
	Enhanced thermoguard coating 70 times thicker than regular pain.
	Durable and long-lasting &amp;ndash; two of the main characteristics of metal.
	Colour: Iron Grey.
	Stackable for neat storage.
	Tailored cushions available in 3 designs.
	Protective foot caps.
	Mix and match with our metal garden tables and accessories.


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[6952679927291]]></g:mpn><g:price>99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-savita-chair-1080x1080-6793b6b93fc20_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13280</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Sento 4 Seat Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-sento-4-seat-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Sento 4 Seater Dining Set

Add a touch of style and elegance to your garden with the attractive Sento Extending Dining Set with 4 Chairs, a new addition to the range for 2024.

A sturdy aluminium frame provides stability and reduces the need for maintenance, while a stylish stat table top offers plenty of space for plates, glasses and more &amp;ndash; just what you need for entertaining guests over summer. When extended, the table transforms from 90cm in length to 180.&amp;nbsp;

The Sento Extending Table is designed to suit the new-for-2024 Sento Dining Chairs. Extending the table is simple: in one swift movement, it doubles in size, allowing six chairs to be accommodated with room to spare.

Each chair sports a robust aluminium frame, which is corrosion-resistant, long-lasting and lightweight. All of these attributes combine to make the Sento dining chair a thoroughly practical and stylish option. As well as looking the part, this makes the Sento Chair effortless to live with.

When you sit down on the Sento Chair, its ergonomic design provides plenty of support in all the right places. The textile sling seat base removes the need for cushions, keeping the chair lightweight and low-maintenance &amp;ndash; while perfectly placed armrests add further comfort.

As a bonus, the Sento Dining Chair is stackable. When you&amp;rsquo;re not using your chairs, they can be placed on top of each other to save space &amp;ndash; handy for storing them over winter.

Features


	Stylish, extending outdoor dining table.
	Comes with four chairs and can accommodate up to six dining chairs when extended.
	Measures 90cm in width by 90cm in length (180cm when fully extended).
	Designed to match Sento Dining Chairs.
	Aluminium frame with attractive slat top.
	Attractive and minimalist outdoor dining chairs.
	Made with an aluminium frame for superior durability.
	Textile sling provides support in all the right places.
	Ergonomic design with perfectly placed armrests.
	Stackable for effortless storage.
	Lightweight and low-maintenance.
	Sento 6 seat dining set also available


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004858]]></g:mpn><g:price>535 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-sento-4-seat-dining-set-900x900-6793b4495ec0f_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13281</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Sento 6 Seat Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-sento-6-seat-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Sento 6 Seater Dining Set

Add a touch of style and elegance to your garden with the attractive Sento Extending Dining Set with six Chairs, a new addition to the range for 2024.

A sturdy aluminium frame provides stability and reduces the need for maintenance, while a stylish stat table top offers plenty of space for plates, glasses and more &amp;ndash; just what you need for entertaining guests over summer. When fully extended, it measures 270cm in length &amp;ndash; enough to accommodate up to 10 matching Sento Dining Chairs.

The Sento Extending Table is designed to suit the new-for-2024 Sento Dining Chairs. Extending the table is simple: in one swift movement, it doubles in size, allowing ten chairs to be accommodated with room to spare.

Each chair sports a robust aluminium frame, which is corrosion-resistant, long-lasting and lightweight. All of these attributes combine to make the Sento dining chair a thoroughly practical and stylish option. As well as looking the part, this makes the Sento Chair effortless to live with.

When you sit down on the Sento Chair, its ergonomic design provides plenty of support in all the right places. The textile sling seat base removes the need for cushions, keeping the chair lightweight and low-maintenance &amp;ndash; while perfectly placed armrests add further comfort.

As a bonus, the Sento Dining Chair is stackable. When you&amp;rsquo;re not using your chairs, they can be placed on top of each other to save space &amp;ndash; handy for storing them over winter.

Features


	Stylish, extending outdoor dining table.
	Comes with six chairs and can accommodate up to ten dining chairs when extended.
	Measures 90cm in height by 135cm in length (270cm when fully extended).
	Aluminium frame with attractive slat top.
	Attractive and minimalist outdoor dining chairs.
	Made with an aluminium frame for superior durability.
	Textile sling provides support in all the right places.
	Ergonomic design with perfectly placed armrests.
	Stackable for effortless storage.
	Lightweight and low-maintenance.
	Sento 4 seat dining set also available


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004859]]></g:mpn><g:price>749 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-sento-6-seat-dining-set-900x900-6793b45906fad_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13290</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini Relax Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-relax-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini Relax Set

The Puccini Lounge Set is a true masterpiece, blending creativity and innovation. The latte-colored marine-grade rope weave on the lounge chairs takes centre stage, offering both style and durability. Paired with the retro-inspired Zucca teak side table, this set adds a touch of elegance to any outdoor space.

This set includes:


	2 x Puccini living chair latte with 2 cushions
	1 x Zucca side table natural teak 45 cm &amp;oslash; H 55 cm


Features


	10 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;tables
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004724]]></g:mpn><g:price>1299 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-relax-set-1080x1080-67f7c3a19ae72_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13291</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini Lounge Set with Footstool]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-lounge-set-with-footstool</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Puccini Lounge Set with Footstool

Experience the perfect blend of creativity and innovation with the Puccini Lounge Set. The elegant latte-colored lounge chairs and sofa are beautifully complemented by the retro-inspired Zucca tables. Complete with a comfortable footstool, this set is designed for ultimate relaxation in style.

This set includes:


	2 x Puccini living chair latte with 2 cushions
	1 x Puccini living 3 seater bench latte with 3 cushions
	1 x Puccini footstool latte with cushion
	1 x Zucca coffee table natural teak &amp;oslash; 90cm
	1 x Zucca side table natural teak 45 cm &amp;oslash; H 55cm


Features


	10 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;tables
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Lounge Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004725]]></g:mpn><g:price>3299 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-puccini-lounge-set-with-footstool-1000x1000-67e16fd719857_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13292</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Barista Bistro Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-barista-bistro-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Barista Bistro Set

The Barista Bistro Set is part of the Taste 4SO collection. Sit down and enjoy your coffee. A beautiful rope pattern, surprising comfort and perfectly complemented by the scandi-style teak Verdi table to create an elegant and intimate outdoor&amp;nbsp;experience.

This set includes:

2 x Barista stacking dining chair in latte with cushion&amp;nbsp;
1 x Verdi&amp;nbsp;side table in natural teak 45 cm &amp;oslash; H 55 cm

Features


	10 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;table
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004726]]></g:mpn><g:price>499 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-barista-bistro-set-1080x1080-67f7c4753139c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13293</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Barista 4 Seater Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-barista-4-seater-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Barista 4 Seater Dining Set

The Barista 4 Seater Dining Set is part of the Taste 4SO collection. Sit down and enjoy your coffee. A beautiful rope pattern, surprising comfort and perfectly complemented by the striking Prado table to create an elegant and intimate outdoor dining experience.

This set includes:

4 x Barista stacking dining chair in latte with cushion
1 x Prado dining table 130cm in natural teak

Features


	10 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;table
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004727]]></g:mpn><g:price>1699 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-barista-4-seater-dining-set-1080x1080-67c99ba1c2e6d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13296</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Ancora 4 Seat Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-ancora-4-seat-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Ancora 4 Seater Dining Set

The Ancora 4 Seater Dining Set's style is airy and organic, making it contemporary. A beautiful rope pattern, surprising comfort and perfectly complemented by the stylish Prado table to create an elegant and intimate outdoor dining experience.

This set includes:

4 x Ancora dining chairs in teak silver grey with 2 cushions&amp;nbsp;
1 x Prado dining table 130cm in natural teak

Features


	5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;table
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004729]]></g:mpn><g:price>1999 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-ancora-4-seat-dining-set-1080x1080-67c99be4c779e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13297</g:id><title><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Ancora 6 Seat Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/4-seasons-outdoor-ancora-6-seat-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor Ancora 6 Seater Dining Set

The Ancora 6 Seater Dining Set's style is airy and organic, making it contemporary. A beautiful rope pattern, surprising comfort and perfectly complemented by the stylish Bel Air Dining table to create an elegant and intimate outdoor dining experience.

This set includes:

6 x Ancora dining chairs in teak silver grey with 2 cushions&amp;nbsp;
1 x Bel Air dining table in natural teak 240 x 100 cm

Features


	5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;chairs, 5 years warranty on&amp;nbsp;table
	Durable rope chairs with a stainless steel frame
	All weather&amp;nbsp;cushions for year-round comfort
	Teak table and legs for a timeless look


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004730]]></g:mpn><g:price>2999 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/4-seasons-outdoor-ancora-6-seat-dining-set-700x700-67c99c0cd79d2_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[4 Seasons Outdoor]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13298</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope 6 Seater Rectangular Table Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-cora-rope-6-seater-table-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope 6 Seater Rectangular Table Dining Set

Host in style with the Kettler Cora 6-Seat Dining Set &amp;mdash; a perfect blend of rustic charm and contemporary comfort.

The generously sized rectangular table is crafted from sustainably sourced FSC&amp;reg;-certified acacia wood and finished in a weathered smoke white tone that brings a light, natural look to your garden or patio.

It&amp;rsquo;s paired with six ergonomic rope-back chairs, handwoven with durable, UV-resistant synthetic rope and finished with deep, foam-core cushions for all-day comfort. Whether you're gathering for a summer barbecue or a casual evening meal, the Cora 6-seat set offers a spacious and inviting outdoor dining solution that&amp;rsquo;s both stylish and built to last.

Features


	Made from FSC&amp;reg; certified acacia wood
	Hand-woven synthetic rope design that's UV-resistant
	Includes stain-resistant seat pads and back cushions


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004862]]></g:mpn><g:price>1599 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-cora-rope-6-seater-rectangular-table-dining-set-450x450-6870d785f2069_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13300</g:id><title><![CDATA[Copenhagen Conversation Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/copenhagen-conversation-set</link><description><![CDATA[Copenhagen Conversation Set

The Copenhagen Conversation Set is a fresh take on a traditional balcony setup that normally include a small bistro table and a pair of chairs. Here, we have replaced the table with a shorter, elegant side table and paired it with two stunningly shaped and comfortable lounge chairs.&amp;nbsp;

Perfectly suited for the urban lifestyle with balconies or small terraces, the set features&amp;nbsp;the elegantly rounded aluminium frames from the Copenhagen range in combination with beautiful FSC wood elements that add a touch of natural warmth.


	Copenhagen Lounge chair x 2
	Copenhagen Jerboa coffee round table 46cm


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[268937089009]]></g:mpn><g:price>150 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/copenhagen-conversation-set-1080x1080-67a360153262f_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13301</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Spirit E-335 Gas Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-spirit-e-335-gas-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Spirit E-335 Gas Barbecue in Black

Barbecue food that tastes better than ever on the reinvented 3-burner Spirit&amp;reg; E-335 Gas Barbecue with Sear Zone and side burner. Create bold, flavourful sear marks on meat, fish, and vegetables with two Boost burners that unleash 40% more power in the Sear Zone. Ignite each individual burner easily with one hand with Snap-Jet ignition and control the heat precisely with a full range of temperatures from high to low and everything in between.

Make the most of your space by adding a variety of Weber Works snap-on accessories (sold separately) to the side rails. Turn your barbecue into a Dutch oven, poultry roaster, and more with the included Weber Crafted&amp;reg; cooking grates that hold Gourmet BBQ System custom-fit grillware (sold separately). Keep platters, seasonings, and tools within reach with hammertone metal side tables, with one that conveniently folds down to fit smaller spaces.

Features


	10-year limited warranty
	2 Boost burners unleash 40% more power in the Sear Zone
	Weber Works side rails for snap-on accessories (sold separately)
	Side burner provides extra cooking space for sauces and sides
	Weber Crafted&amp;reg; porcelain-enamelled cast iron cooking grates
	Gourmet BBQ System compatible (grillware sold separately)
	Precise, consistent heat cooks food evenly across the cooking grates
	Snap-Jet ignition for one hand lighting of individual burners


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924890635]]></g:mpn><g:price>699 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-spirit-e-335-gas-barbecue-in-black-800x800-681dee0dad835_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13303</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Spirit E-410 Gas Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-spirit-e-410-gas-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Spirit E-410 Gas Barbecue in Black

Cashback offer: Buy this BBQ&amp;nbsp;between 30/03/2026 and 26/05/2026 and register your claim until the 9th of June 2026.The Offer is limited to the first 6,000 entrants only, while stock lasts. You can check the online counter to track
the number of remaining claims in real time and to register your claim.

Barbecue food that tastes better than ever on the reinvented 4-burner Spirit&amp;reg; E-410 Gas Barbecue. Ignite each individual burner easily with one hand with Snap-Jet ignition and control the heat precisely with a full range of temperatures from high to low and everything in between.

Make the most of your space by adding a variety of Weber Works snap-on accessories (sold separately) to the side rails. Keep platters, seasonings, and tools within arm&amp;rsquo;s reach with hammertone metal side tables that are scratch-resistant and easy to clean.

Features


	10-year limited warranty
	Weber Works side rails for snap-on accessories (sold separately)
	Precise, consistent heat cooks food evenly across the cooking grates
	Snap-Jet ignition for one hand lighting of individual burners
	Porcelain-enamelled cast iron cooking grates retain even heat
	Cast-aluminium cookbox is built to last
	Stainless steel Flavorizer&amp;reg; Bars boost barbecued flavour
	Grease management system with removable grease tray


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924890369]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-spirit-e-410-gas-barbecue-in-black-3600x3600-69cbcb0724a78_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13308</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bench with Seat Pad Cushion - Sage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-bench-with-seat-pad-cushion-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler&amp;nbsp;Caredo Bench with Seat Pad Cushion - Sage

Stylish, durable and designed for comfort, the Caredo Bench is the perfect addition to any outdoor space. With its elegantly curved back and armrests, this bench offers exceptional support, whether you prefer it with or without cushions. Its tough thermoguard plus coating ensures a weatherproof finish that&amp;rsquo;s 7 times thicker than standard paint, providing long-lasting protection and peace of mind with a 3-year anti-rust warranty. Ideal as part of the Kettler mesh range or as a standalone feature, the Caredo Bench combines timeless design with practical functionality for year-round use.

Features


	Comfortable Design: Curved backrest and armrests offer great support, even without cushions.
	All-Weather Durability: Thermoguard plus coating is 7 times thicker than paint for lasting protection.
	Low-Maintenance: Can be left outdoors all year (excluding cushions) with minimal care.
	Added Protection: Features protective foot caps to prevent scuffs and scratches.
	Customisable Comfort: Tailored cushions available in a variety of colours for a personal touch.


Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

&amp;nbsp;

Please note, this bench is available for local delivery only.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[1527588235]]></g:mpn><g:price>219 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-bench-with-seat-pad-cushion-sage-900x900-67938b6eaf77e_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13309</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Bench with Seat Pad Cushion - Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-bench-with-seat-pad-cushion-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler&amp;nbsp;Caredo Bench with Seat Pad Cushion - Slate

Stylish, durable and designed for comfort, the Caredo Bench is the perfect addition to any outdoor space. With its elegantly curved back and armrests, this bench offers exceptional support, whether you prefer it with or without cushions. Its tough thermoguard plus coating ensures a weatherproof finish that&amp;rsquo;s 7 times thicker than standard paint, providing long-lasting protection and peace of mind with a 3-year anti-rust warranty. Ideal as part of the Kettler mesh range or as a standalone feature, the Caredo Bench combines timeless design with practical functionality for year-round use.

Features


	Comfortable Design: Curved backrest and armrests offer great support, even without cushions.
	All-Weather Durability: Thermoguard plus coating is 7 times thicker than paint for lasting protection.
	Low-Maintenance: Can be left outdoors all year (excluding cushions) with minimal care.
	Added Protection: Features protective foot caps to prevent scuffs and scratches.
	Customisable Comfort: Tailored cushions available in a variety of colours for a personal touch.


Kettler Metal 3 Year Anti-Rust Warranty

Metal Furniture is backed by a comprehensive 3 YEAR anti-rust warranty. Every steel product is treated with our Enhanced Thermoguard+ process. Enhanced Thermoguard+ features state of the art coating technology, specially developed for outdoor conditions. In short, it offers the best weather protection available and is only found on KETTLER products. It requires practically no care except for an occasional wash with mild soapy water. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Please note, this bench is available for local delivery only.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries. Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[1527588236]]></g:mpn><g:price>219 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-bench-with-seat-pad-cushion-slate-900x900-67938c0c9ecf2_l.jpeg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13311</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Stone]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-stone</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Stone

The&amp;nbsp;Caredo Seat Pad&amp;nbsp;in Stone comes tailor-fitted for the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair&amp;nbsp;(sold separately),&amp;nbsp;providing added comfort when sat outdoors. Comfort is key, so make your mesh garden chair softer to sit on with the Caredo Seat Pad.

Features


	Tailored seat pad to fit the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair.
	Co-ordinating&amp;nbsp;parasols available.
	Mould resistant.
	Fire retardant.
	Not machine washable and not to be left outside in bad weather.
	Mix and Match &amp;ndash; choose from the Caredo chair, tables and accessories for your own luxurious metal garden furniture.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229766359]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-stone-900x900-6793b7531f5e1_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13312</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Slate

The&amp;nbsp;Caredo Seat Pad&amp;nbsp;in Slate&amp;nbsp;comes tailor-fitted for the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair&amp;nbsp;(sold separately),&amp;nbsp;providing added comfort when sat outdoors. Comfort is key, so make your mesh garden chair softer to sit on with the Caredo Seat Pad.

Features


	Tailored seat pad to fit the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair.
	Co-ordinating&amp;nbsp;parasols available.
	Mould resistant.
	Fire retardant.
	Not machine washable and not to be left outside in bad weather.
	Mix and Match &amp;ndash; choose from the Caredo chair, tables and accessories for your own luxurious metal garden furniture.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229766366]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-slate-700x700-6793b77f2e4ef_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13313</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Sage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Caredo Chair Seat Pad - Sage

The&amp;nbsp;Caredo Seat Pad&amp;nbsp;in Sage comes tailor-fitted for the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair&amp;nbsp;(sold separately),&amp;nbsp;providing added comfort when sat outdoors. Comfort is key, so make your mesh garden chair softer to sit on with the Caredo Seat Pad.

Features


	Tailored seat pad to fit the&amp;nbsp;Caredo Chair.
	Co-ordinating&amp;nbsp;parasols available.
	Mould resistant.
	Fire retardant.
	Not machine washable and not to be left outside in bad weather.
	Mix and Match &amp;ndash; choose from the Caredo chair, tables and accessories for your own luxurious metal garden furniture.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229766342]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-caredo-chair-seat-pad-sage-700x700-6793b78a434e7_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13319</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Sento Dining Chair]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-sento-dining-chair</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Sento Dining Chair

Each chair sports a robust aluminium frame, which is corrosion-resistant, long-lasting and lightweight. All of these attributes combine to make the Sento dining chair a thoroughly practical and stylish option. As well as looking the part, this makes the Sento Chair effortless to live with.

When you sit down on the Sento Chair, its ergonomic design provides plenty of support in all the right places. The textile sling seat base removes the need for cushions, keeping the chair lightweight and low-maintenance &amp;ndash; while perfectly placed armrests add further comfort.

As a bonus, the Sento Dining Chair is stackable. When you&amp;rsquo;re not using your chairs, they can be placed on top of each other to save space &amp;ndash; handy for storing them over winter.

Features


	Attractive and minimalist outdoor dining chair.
	Made with an aluminium frame for superior durability.
	Textile sling provides support in all the right places.
	Ergonomic design with perfectly placed armrests.
	Stackable for effortless storage.
	Lightweight and low-maintenance.
	Designed to work with Sento Extending Tables.


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229770783]]></g:mpn><g:price>55 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-sento-dining-chair-900x900-6793b42b98ac4_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13320</g:id><title><![CDATA[Vintage Advertising Poster - Mass Halten Bier Trinken]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/vintage-advertising-poster-mass-halten-bier-trinken</link><description><![CDATA[Vintage Advertising Poster - Mass Halten Bier Trinken (Framed, 1960s)

Add a touch of mid-century charm to your space with this original 1960s Austrian advertising poster, promoting responsible beer drinking with the phrase &amp;quot;Mass halten, Bier trinken&amp;quot;&amp;mdash;which translates to &amp;quot;Drink beer moderately.&amp;quot;

This striking two-sheet poster features a bold and stylised design: a couple in traditional Bavarian attire, a cockerel perched atop a house, and a refreshing glass of beer, all set against a vivid blue background. A true collector&amp;rsquo;s piece, it captures the essence of vintage European advertising.

Details:


	Original vintage poster from the 1960s
	Large format for an eye-catching display
	Very good condition&amp;mdash;includes folds and an ink stamp on the reverse
	Sold framed, backed with an acid-proof barrier for preservation
	Country of issue: Austria


A must-have for beer enthusiasts, collectors, and lovers of vintage advertising art.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

National delivery is available on request.

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture/Antiques &amp; Reclaimed Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[196960712]]></g:mpn><g:price>699 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/vintage-advertising-poster-mass-halten-bier-trinken-1000x1000-67a0da98b03ae_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Reclaimed Furniture]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13322</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Taupe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-large-taupe</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Taupe

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Taupe
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833042]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-large-taupe-1000x1000-67a0e77e9bc50_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13323</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-large-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Slate

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Slate
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833059]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-large-slate-1000x1000-67a0e62ab0033_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13324</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Chocolate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-large-chocolate</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick large - Chocolate

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Chocolate
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833066]]></g:mpn><g:price>24.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-large-chocolate-1000x1000-67a0e7a01ac74_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13325</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Forest]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-small-forest</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Forest

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Forest
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833073]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-small-forest-1000x1000-67a0e8ba324b6_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13326</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Taupe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-small-taupe</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Taupe

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Taupe
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833080]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-small-taupe-1000x1000-67a0e95ba7c47_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13327</g:id><title><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/enamel-candlestick-small-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Enamel Candlestick Small - Slate

Handcrafted in small batches at an artisan foundry in India and designed in the UK, this Enamel Candlestick Holder blends timeless craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Available in a range of subtle yet distinctive colours, these elegant candlestick holders add a touch of warmth and sophistication to any space. Choose from two versatile sizes to create a striking display&amp;mdash;pair matching colours for a cohesive look or mix and match for a more eclectic style.


	Colour: Slate
	Size:&amp;nbsp;Small: 8cm (W) x 25cm (H)
	Also available in&amp;nbsp;Large: 10cm (W) x 15cm (H)


Perfect for dining tables, mantelpieces, or cosy corners, these unique pieces celebrate artisanal quality with a modern aesthetic.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603833097]]></g:mpn><g:price>19.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/enamel-candlestick-small-slate-1000x1000-67a0e91155bdd_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13334</g:id><title><![CDATA[Niwaki Sharpening Stone #1000]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/niwaki-sharpening-stone-1000</link><description><![CDATA[Niwaki Sharpening Stone #1000

Fantastic sharpening stones, specially designed for secateurs but also great for shears, topiary clippers and other sharp stuff.


	#1000: fine, for regular sharpening - the most useful stone for regular sharpening: if you only get on stone, make it this one


The bottom of each stone is slightly concave and designed in such a way that it fits the convex curve of the cutting blade perfectly on all our secateurs. This makes it easy to get the angle of attack correct, ensuring great sharpening results every time.

The flat face(s) of the stone are ideal for shears and topiary clippers and for removing the burr from reverse of the blade after you have used the concave face to sharpen secateurs.

They&amp;rsquo;re small enough to get into tight spots, so you can sharpen all the way along the blade, and come highly recommended by Japanese blacksmiths.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060470991951]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/niwaki-sharpening-stone-1000-1000x1000-67a387759c8ab_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Niwaki]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13338</g:id><title><![CDATA[Niwaki Fujimaki Rattan Secateurs]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/niwaki-fujimaki-rattan-secateurs</link><description><![CDATA[Niwaki Fujimaki Rattan Secateurs

These Limited Edition secateurs are special in all sorts of ways - they&amp;rsquo;re forged from KA70 steel, a hard wearing carbon steel that retains its edge well and sharpens easily. The handles are wrapped with Wisteria rattan, that not only looks amazing but also provides a natural textured grip that feels great in the hand and provides perfect ergonomics and grip.

As a natural material, rattan should be treated a step more carefully than our regular secateurs - not bashed about, not left out in the rain overnight (not a good idea, for any tools, incidentally&amp;hellip;) and generally looked after. In particular, don&amp;rsquo;t fold the secateur lock catch inside the handle, or use with it half out, as this can wear and snag the rattan.

Features


	216g
	195 x 52 x 21mm
	Max cut &amp;Oslash;15mm
	KA-70 Carbon Steel
	Wisteria rattan handles
	Made in Sanjo, Japan


Best usage


	Clean with a Niwaki Clean Mate rust and sap eraser
	Sharpen with a Niwaki #1000 grit stone
	Protect with Niwaki Camellia Oil


Please note: By law, we are not permitted to sell a knife or blade to any person under the age of 18. By placing an order for one of these items you are declaring that you are 18 years of age or over. These items must be used responsibly and appropriately.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060470993870]]></g:mpn><g:price>139.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/niwaki-fujimaki-rattan-secateurs-1000x1000-67a3895fddece_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Niwaki]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13339</g:id><title><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Cultivator]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/niwaki-moku-cultivator</link><description><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Cultivator

Hand forged cultivator for garden use - the clawed tines are perfect for loosening soil, hoeing and weeding.

Forged by father and son team in Sanjo, Niigata.

Features


	194g
	258 x 79 x 51mm
	SC Carbon Steel
	Ash handles
	Made in Sanjo, Japan
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060470992125]]></g:mpn><g:price>75.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/niwaki-moku-cultivator-4254x4254-67a388a7417dc_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Niwaki]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13340</g:id><title><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Trowel - Large]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/niwaki-moku-trowel-large</link><description><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Trowel - Large

Hand forged trowel for potting up in the greenhouse and conservatory or light garden use - but not for digging in heavy or unbroken soils.

Beautiful hammer marks on the face of trowel show the care and attention from the father and son team who make these in Sanjo, Niigata.

Features


	194g
	258 x 79 x 51mm
	SC Carbon Steel
	Ash handles
	Made in Sanjo, Japan
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060470992101]]></g:mpn><g:price>75.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/niwaki-moku-trowel-large-1000x1000-67a38bd82a525_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Niwaki]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13341</g:id><title><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Trowel - Small]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/niwaki-moku-trowel-small</link><description><![CDATA[Niwaki Moku Trowel - Small

Hand forged trowel for potting up in the greenhouse and conservatory or light garden use - but not for digging in heavy or unbroken soils.

Beautiful hammer marks on the face of trowel show the care and attention from the father and son team who make these in Sanjo, Niigata.

Features


	173g
	277 x 51 x 33mm
	SC Carbon Steel
	Ash handles
	Made in Sanjo, Japan
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Hand Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060470992095]]></g:mpn><g:price>64.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/niwaki-moku-trowel-small-1000x1000-67a38c6858b9b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Niwaki]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13350</g:id><title><![CDATA[Skytec Argon Thermal Glove - M]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/skytec-argon-thermal-glove-m</link><description><![CDATA[Skytec Argon Thermal Glove - Medium

Double Insulated Glove with Flexible PVC HPT Coating

Product Features


	Durable glove that remains flexible to temperatures as low as -50C
	Encapsulated air molecules provide an inherent cushioning effect
	Hydropellent Technology repels liquids
	Secure grip in wet &amp;amp; dry environments
	Enhanced protection to palm, fingers &amp;amp; knuckles
	Excellent dexterity, flexibility &amp;amp; durability
	Silicone free


Size Guide


	
		
			Size
			Width
			Length
			Height
			Weight
		
	
	
		
			S
			12mm
			27mm
			2mm
			115.5g
		
		
			M
			15mm
			28mm
			3mm
			120g
		
		
			L
			110mm
			250mm
			10mm
			135g
		
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060149205679]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/skytec-argon-thermal-glove-m-800x800-67b74e9f434fb_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13351</g:id><title><![CDATA[Skytec Argon Thermal Glove - L]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/skytec-argon-thermal-glove-l</link><description><![CDATA[Skytec Argon Thermal Glove - Large

Double Insulated Glove with Flexible PVC HPT Coating

Product Features


	Durable glove that remains flexible to temperatures as low as -50C
	Encapsulated air molecules provide an inherent cushioning effect
	Hydropellent Technology repels liquids
	Secure grip in wet &amp;amp; dry environments
	Enhanced protection to palm, fingers &amp;amp; knuckles
	Excellent dexterity, flexibility &amp;amp; durability
	Silicone free


Size Guide


	
		
			Size
			Width
			Length
			Height
			Weight
		
	
	
		
			S
			12mm
			27mm
			2mm
			115.5g
		
		
			M
			15mm
			28mm
			3mm
			120g
		
		
			L
			110mm
			250mm
			10mm
			135g
		
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060149205686]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/skytec-argon-thermal-glove-l-800x800-67b74e087af14_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13355</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Pizza Oven in Off Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-tread-pizza-oven-in-off-black</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Pizza Oven in Off Black

Tread is hyper-portable, ultra-rugged, lightweight, and ready to roam with perfectly tuned adventure-ready insulation. With a robust accessory system, you can enjoy amazing pizza and high-temperature cooking in places you never thought possible. Tread pairs seamlessly with the Venture Stand to let you create an outdoor kitchen anywhere, while the attachable cutting board pairs&amp;nbsp;with a&amp;nbsp;revolutionary&amp;nbsp;lateral flame and space for a 12&amp;rdquo; pizza or&amp;nbsp;cast-iron&amp;nbsp;pan. No matter where you go, Tread is built to explore and carefully designed to elevate the vibe of any campsite, tailgate, and everything in between.&amp;nbsp;


	Oven external dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 418mm (16.5&amp;rdquo;) x Depth&amp;nbsp;484mm&amp;nbsp;(19.1&amp;rdquo;) x Height 320mm (12.6&amp;rdquo;)
	Oven internal dimensions:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Width 310mm (12.2&amp;rdquo;) x&amp;nbsp;Depth&amp;nbsp;380mm (15&amp;rdquo;) x Height&amp;nbsp;150mm&amp;nbsp;(5.9&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 315mm&amp;nbsp;(12.4&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;x Height 85mm&amp;nbsp;(3.35&amp;rdquo;)
	Packaging dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 500mm (19.7&amp;quot;)&amp;nbsp; x&amp;nbsp;Length 550mm (21.7&amp;quot;) x Height 370mm (14.6&amp;quot;)
	Weight: 13.5kg / 29.7Ibs&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;(16kg/35.2lbs in packaging)


What's in the box

Everything you need to get started:


	Tread Outdoor Oven
	1.2m Gas Hose &amp;amp; Regulator
	burner guard
	stone adjustment tool
	torx wrench
	digital manual


Accessories

Sold separately:


	Gozney Tread Venture Stand - coming soon
	Gozney Tread Venture Cover
	Gozney Tread Roof Rack Server
	Gozney Tread Mantel


Care &amp;amp; Maintenance

For the exterior of the oven use a non-caustic bleach free cleaning spray on the dirty areas. Clean the area with warm soapy water and a sponge or non-abrasive dish cloth and then wipe clean with paper towels.

The best way to clean the inside of the Tread is to burn off any food debris or soot that is left behind. When the oven is over 500˚C it will start self cleaning and any burnt on food will burn off after a period of three hours.

For further instructions on how to clean your Tread, please watch our&amp;nbsp;Tread Instructional Videos.

5 Year Warranty

Tread is built to last using professional grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Gozney's 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591607062]]></g:mpn><g:price>499.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-tread-pizza-oven-in-off-black-540x540-67c1e635cb2cb_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13356</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Venture Stand]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-tread-venture-stand</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Venture Stand

Set up your Tread to cook in any location. The Tread Venture Stand is designed to create a stable platform on uneven surfaces with four independently adjustable legs. Find your perfect cooking height with two height&amp;nbsp;levels, and&amp;nbsp;customize your set up with the ability to raise and lower each leg. A built-in&amp;nbsp;level helps you dial in your stand so you can&amp;nbsp;turn a picnic table, tailgate, or rocky campsite into your outdoor kitchen.


	Quad-leg design to be secure and stable in variable terrain
	Quick connect to Tread oven
	Telescoping die cast aluminum legs for lightweight portability and customizable set up
	Built-in level to get set up right the first time
	Designed to effortlessly rotate oven away from wind
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591606430]]></g:mpn><g:price>199.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-tread-venture-stand-1024x1024-680ba29a00404_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13358</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Roof Rack Server]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-tread-roof-rack-server</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Roof Rack Server

Remote location? Not a problem. The Tread Roof Rack, with removable&amp;nbsp;cutting-board,&amp;nbsp;made of durable&amp;nbsp;fibre&amp;nbsp;board,&amp;nbsp;provides a built-in prep area and pizza serving location. Cut up ingredients, slice pizza, or use as a place to set cookware.


	&amp;nbsp;Length 415mm (16.3&amp;quot;) x Width 372 (16.1&amp;quot;) x Height 61mm (2.4&amp;quot;)
	Place hot cast iron (when cutting board removed)&amp;nbsp;
	Quick and secure connect to Tread oven
	Removable cutting board
	Roof Rack base is made of lightweight, durable aluminum&amp;nbsp;


Gozney Tread sold separately.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591606478]]></g:mpn><g:price>89.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-tread-roof-rack-server-540x540-67cef0f4d72d4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13359</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Mantel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-tread-mantel</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Mantel

Turn, check, baste, or rest your food with ease wherever you are using the Tread with the Tread Mantel. Whether&amp;nbsp;you&amp;rsquo;re&amp;nbsp;cooking Neapolitan pizza, roasting vegetables or smoking meat, the Tread Mantel makes moving food in or out of the oven simple. Safely rotate cast iron, check your dish, or keep sides warm through resting them in the doorway - the mantel forms an extension of the oven, designed for convenience.


	Connects easily to Tread for strong work surface
	High pressure die cast aluminum, ceramic coated for high heat and scratch resistance
	Made of 304 Stainless steel


Gozney Tread sold separately.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591606492]]></g:mpn><g:price>79.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-tread-mantel-540x540-67cef1fe09833_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13370</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Tropical Pink]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-tropical-pink</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Tropical Pink

The Details


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830345252]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-tropical-pink-1500x1500-680a4d8781d26_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13385</g:id><title><![CDATA[Angela Harding Swallows and Sea Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/angela-harding-swallows-and-sea-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Swallow and Sea Beautiful Tote Bag&amp;nbsp;

A Beautiful Tote Bag featuring the Swallows and Sea repeat print design. A perfect gift for anyone.

Series: Museums &amp;amp;amp; Galleries&amp;amp;nbsp;
Dimensions: Width x 330mm Height x 420mm Depth x 120mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015278412412]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/angela-harding-swallows-and-sea-tote-bag-2551x2551-67d93849be7a3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13401</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Spirit Classic E-310 Barbecue in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-spirit-classic-e-310-barbecue-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Spirit E-310 Gas Barbecue in BlackWeber Spirit Classic E-310 Barbecue in Black

The look of this BBQ incorporates a black enamel and stainless steel finish coupled with a stylish mesh covering the front of the storage unit underneath the cook box.

The E310 has three stainless steel burners protected by porcelain enamel flavouriser bars in close proximity to the high grade porcelain enamel cooking grates. This makes it absolutely ideal for direct grilling; lots of high heat enables you to cook a wide variety of meats and foods. Ranging from sausages, burgers, steaks, to vegetables and fresh fish.

The third burner will also allow you to experiment with indirect grilling techniques; an advanced BBQ method which will revolutionize how and what you cook on your new Weber BBQ. Don't be limited to plain old bangers and burgers - you can cook almost anything! From whole chickens, to beef joints and much much more!

The cart can be used to hold a gas bottle or any other additional items; the BBQ comes equipped with tool holders. Note that a small 5KG canister will fit inside the unit but a larger 13KG Gas canister should be stored outside of the main body.

Features


	10-year limited warranty
	Three Burners
	Porcelain Enameled Cooking Grates
	Porcelain Enameled Flavorizer Bars
	Includes Weber Warming Rack
	Factory Fitted Gas Hose &amp;amp; Regulator


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery only, as the BBQ is fully built. Delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924015427]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-spirit-classic-e-310-barbecue-in-black-700x700-67ee847c27101_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13416</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob 1900 Stacking Chair in Clay Grey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-1900-stacking-chair-in-clay-grey</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob&amp;nbsp;1900 Stacking Chair in Clay Grey

The 1900 chair takes its cues from the long-standing French tradition of romantic gardens, squares and bandstands, while at the same time incorporating ultra-modern ergonomic design and practicality. This garden chair, redesigned a little over a decade ago, is now available in a&amp;nbsp;stackable&amp;nbsp;version. What better way to save space on your terrace?

The perforated seat and hand-forged rings are made in Fermob&amp;rsquo;s factory in Thoissey, eastern France, drawing on time-served expertise passed down through the generations. The result? An elegant&amp;nbsp;metal garden chair&amp;nbsp;with eye-catching scrolls that&amp;rsquo;s sure to impress your friends and neighbours!

Bad weather is no match for this sturdy piece of furniture.&amp;nbsp;Covered with a polyester powder coating, it will shrug off whatever nature throws at it with ease &amp;ndash; and withstand the test of time.&amp;nbsp;Because 1900 is timeless in more ways than one...&amp;nbsp;

It comes in every shade of the&amp;nbsp;Fermob color chart, from bright and shimmering Acapulco Blue, to softer tones such as Storm Grey. Which one will you go for?

Combine your 1900 chairs with the round tables&amp;nbsp;from the same&amp;nbsp;collection.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540354902]]></g:mpn><g:price>235 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-1900-stacking-chair-in-clay-grey-600x600-680a01d6eaff2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13417</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Opera + Carronde Table in Clay Grey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-opera-carronde-table-in-clay-grey</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Opera + Carronde Table in Clay Grey

The square table with rounded corners &amp;ndash; part-square, part-round &amp;ndash; is a firm favourite from the Op&amp;eacute;ra+ collection. You&amp;rsquo;re sure to fall in love with this piece, whether you&amp;rsquo;re hosting sociable summer dinners or lively poker sessions &amp;ndash; outdoor in any season, or even in your living room! This table, with its gentle rounded corners, lends itself to any type of space: from city-centre balconies to gardens and restaurant terraces.

It&amp;rsquo;s big enough for four or even six guests, bringing a touch of elegance to your outdoors. And in keeping with the Op&amp;eacute;ra+ collection, it&amp;rsquo;s built to last: the steel table top and base are reinforced, meaning your square table with rounded corners will be with you for many years to come, bringing you as much joy and happiness as it did when it was new!

This sturdy, distinctive and timeless table is available in every shade of the Fermob colour chart. And if you want to let your creativity shine through, why not combine it with chairs from another Fermob collection? Here&amp;rsquo;s a tip from our design experts: the Kate and Kintbury models will make the perfect match.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540363935]]></g:mpn><g:price>515 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-opera-carronde-table-in-clay-grey-600x600-680a0037a4d43_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13419</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Lapilli Grey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-lapilli-grey</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Lapilli Grey

Fermob&amp;rsquo;s iconic model, the Bistro metal chair, still has more in store to wow you. From New York to Tokyo, it embodies the French art de vivre in the same way as the Eiffel Tower, with which it shares its year of birth! Making its first appearance in 1889, the Bistro chair was an instant hit with caf&amp;eacute; owners, happy to make the most of their first terraces.

In addition to its emblematic design, the Bistro chair can be folded in the blink of an eye, a feature which has allowed it to be exempted from patent payment. Holder of the &amp;ldquo;Simplex&amp;rdquo; patent, Fermob continues to pave the path of this small metal chair. Here&amp;rsquo;s the story of a 100% French garden chair that is exported worldwide... The timeless Bistro metal chair has a characteristic &amp;ldquo;French look&amp;rdquo;, preserving all of its authenticity and charm. This instantly recognisable garden chair is composed of 7 curved steel slats, and boasts a design that is as elegant as it is effective, which just keeps getting better with time. Fermob&amp;rsquo;s small folding chair is available in the wide range of colours from its exclusive colour chart.

A plethora of colours that have won over many hearts throughout the world, whether it be at the centre of Bryant Park in Manhattan, in the Plaza de la Constituci&amp;oacute;n in Mexico City or on your little Parisian balcony. Manufactured in France, at our historic Thoissey site, the Bistro chair has undergone various upgrades in terms of solidity and durability. Thanks to its seamless mechanism and plastic clips, our metal chair can be folded and unfolded in complete safety.

This ingenious and practical product can easily be stored without taking up too much space. The Bistro metal chair adapts to all your indoor and outdoor spaces and can just as well serve as a garden chair or a last minute seat for your surprise guests.

If you do not yet have one of your own, the time has come! Discover the wonderfully ingenious collection that has been designed around the original Fermob Bistro chair. In total, the Bistro collection includes 10 tables and 4 chairs to mix &amp;amp; match to your heart&amp;rsquo;s content. Bring a burst of joy to your terrace!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540495070]]></g:mpn><g:price>75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-lapilli-grey-600x600-6809fe0caf238_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13421</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Lemon]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-lemon</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Lemon

Fermob&amp;rsquo;s iconic model, the Bistro metal chair, still has more in store to wow you. From New York to Tokyo, it embodies the French art de vivre in the same way as the Eiffel Tower, with which it shares its year of birth! Making its first appearance in 1889, the Bistro chair was an instant hit with caf&amp;eacute; owners, happy to make the most of their first terraces.

In addition to its emblematic design, the Bistro chair can be folded in the blink of an eye, a feature which has allowed it to be exempted from patent payment. Holder of the &amp;ldquo;Simplex&amp;rdquo; patent, Fermob continues to pave the path of this small metal chair. Here&amp;rsquo;s the story of a 100% French garden chair that is exported worldwide... The timeless Bistro metal chair has a characteristic &amp;ldquo;French look&amp;rdquo;, preserving all of its authenticity and charm. This instantly recognisable garden chair is composed of 7 curved steel slats, and boasts a design that is as elegant as it is effective, which just keeps getting better with time. Fermob&amp;rsquo;s small folding chair is available in the wide range of colours from its exclusive colour chart.

A plethora of colours that have won over many hearts throughout the world, whether it be at the centre of Bryant Park in Manhattan, in the Plaza de la Constituci&amp;oacute;n in Mexico City or on your little Parisian balcony. Manufactured in France, at our historic Thoissey site, the Bistro chair has undergone various upgrades in terms of solidity and durability. Thanks to its seamless mechanism and plastic clips, our metal chair can be folded and unfolded in complete safety.

This ingenious and practical product can easily be stored without taking up too much space. The Bistro metal chair adapts to all your indoor and outdoor spaces and can just as well serve as a garden chair or a last minute seat for your surprise guests.

If you do not yet have one of your own, the time has come! Discover the wonderfully ingenious collection that has been designed around the original Fermob Bistro chair. In total, the Bistro collection includes 10 tables and 4 chairs to mix &amp;amp; match to your heart&amp;rsquo;s content. Bring a burst of joy to your terrace!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540353769]]></g:mpn><g:price>75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-lemon-600x600-6809fe5703bbe_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13423</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Opaline Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-opaline-green</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Opaline Green

Fermob&amp;rsquo;s iconic model, the Bistro metal chair, still has more in store to wow you. From New York to Tokyo, it embodies the French art de vivre in the same way as the Eiffel Tower, with which it shares its year of birth! Making its first appearance in 1889, the Bistro chair was an instant hit with caf&amp;eacute; owners, happy to make the most of their first terraces.

In addition to its emblematic design, the Bistro chair can be folded in the blink of an eye, a feature which has allowed it to be exempted from patent payment. Holder of the &amp;ldquo;Simplex&amp;rdquo; patent, Fermob continues to pave the path of this small metal chair. Here&amp;rsquo;s the story of a 100% French garden chair that is exported worldwide... The timeless Bistro metal chair has a characteristic &amp;ldquo;French look&amp;rdquo;, preserving all of its authenticity and charm. This instantly recognisable garden chair is composed of 7 curved steel slats, and boasts a design that is as elegant as it is effective, which just keeps getting better with time. Fermob&amp;rsquo;s small folding chair is available in the wide range of colours from its exclusive colour chart.

A plethora of colours that have won over many hearts throughout the world, whether it be at the centre of Bryant Park in Manhattan, in the Plaza de la Constituci&amp;oacute;n in Mexico City or on your little Parisian balcony. Manufactured in France, at our historic Thoissey site, the Bistro chair has undergone various upgrades in terms of solidity and durability. Thanks to its seamless mechanism and plastic clips, our metal chair can be folded and unfolded in complete safety.

This ingenious and practical product can easily be stored without taking up too much space. The Bistro metal chair adapts to all your indoor and outdoor spaces and can just as well serve as a garden chair or a last minute seat for your surprise guests.

If you do not yet have one of your own, the time has come! Discover the wonderfully ingenious collection that has been designed around the original Fermob Bistro chair. In total, the Bistro collection includes 10 tables and 4 chairs to mix &amp;amp; match to your heart&amp;rsquo;s content. Bring a burst of joy to your terrace!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540414279]]></g:mpn><g:price>75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-opaline-green-600x600-6809fea659c63_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13424</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Chili]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-chili</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Chilli

Fermob&amp;rsquo;s iconic model, the Bistro metal chair, still has more in store to wow you. From New York to Tokyo, it embodies the French art de vivre in the same way as the Eiffel Tower, with which it shares its year of birth! Making its first appearance in 1889, the Bistro chair was an instant hit with caf&amp;eacute; owners, happy to make the most of their first terraces.

In addition to its emblematic design, the Bistro chair can be folded in the blink of an eye, a feature which has allowed it to be exempted from patent payment. Holder of the &amp;ldquo;Simplex&amp;rdquo; patent, Fermob continues to pave the path of this small metal chair. Here&amp;rsquo;s the story of a 100% French garden chair that is exported worldwide... The timeless Bistro metal chair has a characteristic &amp;ldquo;French look&amp;rdquo;, preserving all of its authenticity and charm. This instantly recognisable garden chair is composed of 7 curved steel slats, and boasts a design that is as elegant as it is effective, which just keeps getting better with time. Fermob&amp;rsquo;s small folding chair is available in the wide range of colours from its exclusive colour chart.

A plethora of colours that have won over many hearts throughout the world, whether it be at the centre of Bryant Park in Manhattan, in the Plaza de la Constituci&amp;oacute;n in Mexico City or on your little Parisian balcony. Manufactured in France, at our historic Thoissey site, the Bistro chair has undergone various upgrades in terms of solidity and durability. Thanks to its seamless mechanism and plastic clips, our metal chair can be folded and unfolded in complete safety.

This ingenious and practical product can easily be stored without taking up too much space. The Bistro metal chair adapts to all your indoor and outdoor spaces and can just as well serve as a garden chair or a last minute seat for your surprise guests.

If you do not yet have one of your own, the time has come! Discover the wonderfully ingenious collection that has been designed around the original Fermob Bistro chair. In total, the Bistro collection includes 10 tables and 4 chairs to mix &amp;amp; match to your heart&amp;rsquo;s content. Bring a burst of joy to your terrace!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540218129]]></g:mpn><g:price>75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-chili-600x600-68090dfd1af40_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13425</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Acapulco Blue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-acapulco-blue</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro metal folding chair in Acapulco Blue

Fermob&amp;rsquo;s iconic model, the Bistro metal chair, still has more in store to wow you. From New York to Tokyo, it embodies the French art de vivre in the same way as the Eiffel Tower, with which it shares its year of birth! Making its first appearance in 1889, the Bistro chair was an instant hit with caf&amp;eacute; owners, happy to make the most of their first terraces.

In addition to its emblematic design, the Bistro chair can be folded in the blink of an eye, a feature which has allowed it to be exempted from patent payment. Holder of the &amp;ldquo;Simplex&amp;rdquo; patent, Fermob continues to pave the path of this small metal chair. Here&amp;rsquo;s the story of a 100% French garden chair that is exported worldwide... The timeless Bistro metal chair has a characteristic &amp;ldquo;French look&amp;rdquo;, preserving all of its authenticity and charm. This instantly recognisable garden chair is composed of 7 curved steel slats, and boasts a design that is as elegant as it is effective, which just keeps getting better with time. Fermob&amp;rsquo;s small folding chair is available in the wide range of colours from its exclusive colour chart.

A plethora of colours that have won over many hearts throughout the world, whether it be at the centre of Bryant Park in Manhattan, in the Plaza de la Constituci&amp;oacute;n in Mexico City or on your little Parisian balcony. Manufactured in France, at our historic Thoissey site, the Bistro chair has undergone various upgrades in terms of solidity and durability. Thanks to its seamless mechanism and plastic clips, our metal chair can be folded and unfolded in complete safety.

This ingenious and practical product can easily be stored without taking up too much space. The Bistro metal chair adapts to all your indoor and outdoor spaces and can just as well serve as a garden chair or a last minute seat for your surprise guests.

If you do not yet have one of your own, the time has come! Discover the wonderfully ingenious collection that has been designed around the original Fermob Bistro chair. In total, the Bistro collection includes 10 tables and 4 chairs to mix &amp;amp; match to your heart&amp;rsquo;s content. Bring a burst of joy to your terrace!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540333525]]></g:mpn><g:price>75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-metal-folding-chair-in-acapulco-blue-600x600-6809fcc461fad_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13427</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Clay Grey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-clay-grey</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Clay Grey

Inspired by Parisian bistros, this folding table stands out for its&amp;nbsp;practicality&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;sturdiness.

With its 60 cm diameter, it&amp;nbsp;comfortably&amp;nbsp;accommodates&amp;nbsp;two guests&amp;nbsp;for an intimate meal.&amp;nbsp;Easy to fold&amp;nbsp;and unfold, it can be stored in a snap to optimise space. And with a range of vibrant colours, it adapts to any setting. Pair it with other elements from the collection for an even more&amp;nbsp;convivial&amp;nbsp;space!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540353752]]></g:mpn><g:price>199 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-clay-grey-600x600-680908ab6aecf_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13429</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Rosemary]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-rosemary</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Rosemary

Inspired by Parisian bistros, this folding table stands out for its&amp;nbsp;practicality&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;sturdiness.

With its 60 cm diameter, it&amp;nbsp;comfortably&amp;nbsp;accommodates&amp;nbsp;two guests&amp;nbsp;for an intimate meal.&amp;nbsp;Easy to fold&amp;nbsp;and unfold, it can be stored in a snap to optimise space. And with a range of vibrant colours, it adapts to any setting. Pair it with other elements from the collection for an even more&amp;nbsp;convivial&amp;nbsp;space!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540290705]]></g:mpn><g:price>199 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-rosemary-600x600-68090baf692b4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13430</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Pesto]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-pesto</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Pesto

Inspired by Parisian bistros, this folding table stands out for its&amp;nbsp;practicality&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;sturdiness.

With its 60 cm diameter, it&amp;nbsp;comfortably&amp;nbsp;accommodates&amp;nbsp;two guests&amp;nbsp;for an intimate meal.&amp;nbsp;Easy to fold&amp;nbsp;and unfold, it can be stored in a snap to optimise space. And with a range of vibrant colours, it adapts to any setting. Pair it with other elements from the collection for an even more&amp;nbsp;convivial&amp;nbsp;space!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540534151]]></g:mpn><g:price>199 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-pesto-600x600-6808cb97c4843_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13431</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Chilli]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-chilli</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Bistro Folding Table in Chilli

Inspired by Parisian bistros, this folding table stands out for its&amp;nbsp;practicality&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;sturdiness.

With its 60 cm diameter, it&amp;nbsp;comfortably&amp;nbsp;accommodates&amp;nbsp;two guests&amp;nbsp;for an intimate meal.&amp;nbsp;Easy to fold&amp;nbsp;and unfold, it can be stored in a snap to optimise space. And with a range of vibrant colours, it adapts to any setting. Pair it with other elements from the collection for an even more&amp;nbsp;convivial&amp;nbsp;space!

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50.&amp;nbsp;

Nationwide delivery is &amp;pound;30 for orders under &amp;pound;500 and free for orders over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

Free installation and waste removal on all local deliveries.&amp;nbsp;Please ask for details.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Tables, Chairs &amp; Benches]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540218600]]></g:mpn><g:price>199 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-bistro-folding-table-in-chilli-700x700-68090c9018d41_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13432</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Balad H25 Lamp in Anthracite]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-balad-h25-lamp-in-anthracite</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Balad H25 Lamp in Anthracite

The flagship model of Fermob&amp;rsquo;s Balad collection, the Balad H25 introduced an entirely new category of indoor and outdoor lighting: portable lamps. In contrast to traditional static, wired lighting, these portable lamps embody mobility and a sense of freedom&amp;mdash;marking a true revolution in the lighting world.

Designed by Tristan Lohner, the Balad H25 quickly gained popularity for its distinctive features. With a light output of 40 lumens, this autonomous lamp delivers just the right amount of illumination wherever it's needed, offering four different lighting scenarios&amp;mdash;from cool white to a warm candlelight effect. Whether for evening drinks or creating a soft glow as night falls, this portable LED lamp offers versatility and charm. It also boasts an impressive battery life of up to 14 hours. Additionally, the lamp is designed to be disassembled and repaired, ensuring it can remain a fixture in both indoor and outdoor settings for years to come.

Combining discreet aesthetics with vibrant color options, the Balad H25 features an ultra-lightweight polyethylene diffuser. Embracing the growing trend of nomadic design, Lohner incorporated a colored aluminum handle inspired by headphone bands&amp;mdash;an intentional and stylish choice for this rechargeable portable lamp. Whether used in a living room, during a nighttime stroll through the garden, or at a sunset beach picnic, the Balad H25 is designed for effortless portability and contemporary appeal.

Styling tip: For added height and visual interest, pair the Balad H25 with a Fermob upright or spike stand. It's a simple yet elegant way to transform the lamp from a table-top piece into a freestanding outdoor street-style light.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540400616]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-balad-h25-lamp-in-anthracite-600x600-6808c492136f3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13433</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fermob Balad H25 Lamp in Clay Grey]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fermob-balad-h25-lamp-in-clay-grey</link><description><![CDATA[Fermob Balad H25 Lamp in Clay Grey

The flagship model of Fermob&amp;rsquo;s Balad collection, the Balad H25 introduced an entirely new category of indoor and outdoor lighting: portable lamps. In contrast to traditional static, wired lighting, these portable lamps embody mobility and a sense of freedom&amp;mdash;marking a true revolution in the lighting world.

Designed by Tristan Lohner, the Balad H25 quickly gained popularity for its distinctive features. With a light output of 40 lumens, this autonomous lamp delivers just the right amount of illumination wherever it's needed, offering four different lighting scenarios&amp;mdash;from cool white to a warm candlelight effect. Whether for evening drinks or creating a soft glow as night falls, this portable LED lamp offers versatility and charm. It also boasts an impressive battery life of up to 14 hours. Additionally, the lamp is designed to be disassembled and repaired, ensuring it can remain a fixture in both indoor and outdoor settings for years to come.

Combining discreet aesthetics with vibrant color options, the Balad H25 features an ultra-lightweight polyethylene diffuser. Embracing the growing trend of nomadic design, Lohner incorporated a colored aluminum handle inspired by headphone bands&amp;mdash;an intentional and stylish choice for this rechargeable portable lamp. Whether used in a living room, during a nighttime stroll through the garden, or at a sunset beach picnic, the Balad H25 is designed for effortless portability and contemporary appeal.

Styling tip: For added height and visual interest, pair the Balad H25 with a Fermob upright or spike stand. It's a simple yet elegant way to transform the lamp from a table-top piece into a freestanding outdoor street-style light.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3100540492475]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fermob-balad-h25-lamp-in-clay-grey-600x600-6808c51186cad_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Fermob]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13448</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Jarvis Recliner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-jarvis-recliner</link><description><![CDATA[The Classic Recliner &amp;ndash; Protective Cover features water repellent fabric and protects your garden furniture&amp;nbsp;from UV rays. Pull the drawstring at the corners to achieve a tight fit and secure it in place. The tailored fit then ensures full coverage.

The Protective Cover keeps the furniture safe overnight (excluding cushions) and away from sun damage in the day. Stop frost and rain from attacking the wicker during colder months.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229130532]]></g:mpn><g:price>49 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-jarvis-recliner-1080x1080-6808c3fd48769_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13453</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma 4 Seater Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-palma-4-seater-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Tailor-made for the Palma furniture the Palma Dining 4 seat set protective cover has a pull cord tab that provides a secure fitting. With a wipe-clean surface, minimum maintenance is required.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229743985]]></g:mpn><g:price>79.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-palma-4-seater-dining-set-1080x1080-6808c72a088d3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13454</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Elba Low Lounge Large Corner]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-elba-low-lounge-large-corner</link><description><![CDATA[The shower resistant protective cover is tailor-made to fit the Elba Low Lounge Large Corner Set&amp;nbsp;to shield it from the outdoor elements. The cover features pull tabs so you can tighten it around your garden furniture to provide a secure fit. Durable, yet lightweight the cover can be put on in 30 seconds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229754240]]></g:mpn><g:price>134.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-elba-low-lounge-large-corner-1080x1080-6808c7ab42196_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13458</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Rescue Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-colour-matched-straw-cap-res</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Rescue Red

The Details

Easy to flip, sip and carry.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830374887]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-1920x1920-680a492278e3f_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13472</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Navy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-colour-straw-navy</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Navy

Flip and sip on the go.


	Dishwasher safe
	18/8 stainless steel
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;made with kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant.
	Double Wall Vacuum Insulation -&amp;nbsp;keeps cold drinks cold even on the hottest days.
	Leak-resistant cap


This bottle is over-engineered and double-wall insulated to keep your water cold until the last sip, and it&amp;rsquo;s dishwasher safe for easy cleaning. Plus, it comes with a wide-straw insert, so you get more drink with every sip.

Please note: Do not use the Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Straw Cap with hot, carbonated, or pulp beverages or for storage of food or perishables.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830376737]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-713x713-680b6c70d8b7f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13473</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Rescue Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-colour-straw-rescue-red</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Rescue Red

Flip and sip on the go.


	Dishwasher safe
	18/8 stainless steel
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;made with kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant.
	Double Wall Vacuum Insulation -&amp;nbsp;keeps cold drinks cold even on the hottest days.
	Leak-resistant cap


This bottle is over-engineered and double-wall insulated to keep your water cold until the last sip, and it&amp;rsquo;s dishwasher safe for easy cleaning. Plus, it comes with a wide-straw insert, so you get more drink with every sip.

Please note: Do not use the Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Straw Cap with hot, carbonated, or pulp beverages or for storage of food or perishables.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830374870]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-713x713-680b6c3eac8e2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13475</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-black</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Black

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.


	Cupholder compatible
	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside


The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830376515]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-black-713x713-680b613583a3b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13476</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Charcoal]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-charcoal</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Charcoal

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.


	Cupholder compatible
	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside


The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830214107]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-charcoal-700x700-680b627c095dd_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13479</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Rescue Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-rescue-red-1</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap - Rescue Red

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.


	Cupholder compatible
	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside


The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830232156]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-rescue-red-713x713-680b79737ab49_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13495</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Chihuahua 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-chihuahua-1-2-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Chihuahua 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876309709]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-chihuahua-1-2-pint-mug-435x418-681374513c28b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13504</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Dahlia 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-dahlia-1-2-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Dahlia 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876336866]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-dahlia-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6813775e42a5b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13506</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Antique Roses 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-antique-roses-1-2-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Antique Roses 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876336408]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-antique-roses-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-681377b7c7a2f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13509</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Tulips 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-tulips-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Tulips 1/2 Pint Mug

Product Wording&amp;nbsp;TULIPS (Inside)

The Details


	Height:&amp;nbsp;9.3cm
	Width: 12.1cm
	Diameter:&amp;nbsp;8.2cm
	Capacity: 300ml
	Care instructions: Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave, so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.
	Made In:&amp;nbsp;United Kingdom
	Made From: English Earthenware
	Type: First Pottery
	Shape: Half Pint Mug
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876273482]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-tulips-1-2-pint-mug-959x959-68137d0b10ad9_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13511</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Poppy 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-poppy-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Poppy 1/2 Pint Mug

Product Wording&amp;nbsp;POPPIES (Inside)

The Details


	Height:&amp;nbsp;9cm
	Width: 12cm
	Diameter:&amp;nbsp;8cm
	Capacity: 300ml
	Care instructions: Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave, so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.
	Made In:&amp;nbsp;United Kingdom
	Made From: English Earthenware
	Type: First Pottery
	Shape: Half Pint Mug
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876337535]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-poppy-1-2-pint-mug-959x959-68137e1f68517_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13514</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Lifestyle Hex Check Throw in English Mustard]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-lifestyle-hex-check-throw-in-english-musta</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Lifestyle Hex Check Throw in English Mustard

We&amp;rsquo;ve produced a collection of home and lifestyle products that are perfect to adorn your home, or as thoughtful gifts for lovers of Beetham Nurseries.

This striped&amp;nbsp;blanket is produced by skilled weavers in a traditional British Mill and finished with fringe detailing on both ends.

Crafted with care and precision, this soft and cosy blanket is made using pure new wool, ensuring a premium quality that promises warmth and comfort like no other.

Ideal for chilly evenings or as an extra layer of comfort on your bed, the Beetham Nurseries Lifestyle Hex Check Throw in English Mustard is more than just a home accessory &amp;ndash; it's a symbol of quality and craftsmanship.

Experience the joy of wrapping yourself in pure new wool, expertly woven to create a blanket that's comfortable and&amp;nbsp;cosy.


	Brand: Beetham Nurseries
	Size: 150x240cm
	Colour: English Mustard
	Material: Pure New Wool
	Care: Machine Wash According To Instructions On Care Label
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Cushions, Blankets &amp; Throws]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060958301951]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-lifestyle-hex-check-throw-in-english-musta-1024x1536-681b641b82b8d_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13522</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Palma Firepit Cover]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-palma-firepit-cover</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Palma Firepit Cover

The 2021+ Palma Fire Pit is a brand new protective cover for the 2021 model. The ideal cover to cover your furniture, stop frost, UV rays and tree sap and also protects the garden table all year round. The covers are made from a lightweight fabric to remove them quickly and easily.

Our covers have a tailored fit and include pull tabs to secure the cover.

Dimensions 300cm x 280cm x 60cm.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229755216]]></g:mpn><g:price>65 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-palma-firepit-cover-900x900-683879fbe7c54_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13524</g:id><title><![CDATA[Palma Mini Fire Pit Table Protective Cover]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/palma-mini-fire-pit-table-protective-cover</link><description><![CDATA[Palma Mini Fire Pit Table Protective Cover

The Kettler Palma Mini Fire Pit table is suitable to be kept outdoors all year round however, to keep it looking its best use the tailor-made protective cover when not using the table. The polyester protective cover has a wipe-clean surface, for easy cleaning.&amp;nbsp;

This cover is made to fit Palma Mini Fire Pit Table with approx. Dimensions 300cm x 280cm x 60cm.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229754165]]></g:mpn><g:price>54.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/palma-mini-fire-pit-table-protective-cover-896x896-68387a6ab48ed_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13527</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Coffee Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-palma-coffee-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Coffee Table

Please note these covers will protect your cushions from the light shower during Spring and Summer. During the winter months it is advised that the cushions are removed and stored in a dry and ventilated area.

Features


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
	Keep your protective covers in top condition by storing them in this handy duffle bag.
	It is recommended that you treat your garden furniture with a cleaner and protector twice a year.
	For more information on looking after your garden furniture, read the Garden furniture complete care guides.
	Hold down your protective covers with our protective cover weight set.
	Avoid water pooling on the protective covers with our protective cover tent pole.


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229744036]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-palma-coffee-table-900x900-683ef70463d9f_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13528</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Mini High/Low Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-palma-mini-highlow-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Mini High/Low Table

The tailored fit wraps around the Palma Mini Table perfectly while pull tabs secure the protective cover down.&amp;nbsp;The&amp;nbsp;Palma Mini Corner Sofa Protective Cover&amp;nbsp;is also available.

This cover is made to fit Palma Mini High/Low Table with approx. dimensions 80cm x 290cm x 280cm

Features


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
	Keep your protective covers in top condition by storing them in this handy duffle bag.
	It is recommended that you treat your garden furniture with a cleaner and protector twice a year.
	For more information on looking after your garden furniture, read the Garden furniture complete care guides.
	Hold down your protective covers with our protective cover weight set.
	Avoid water pooling on the protective covers with our protective cover tent pole.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229772619]]></g:mpn><g:price>39 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-palma-mini-high-low-table-900x900-683ef746e54e4_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13529</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma High/Low Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-palma-highlow-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma High/Low Table

The tailored fit ensures the snuggest fit around your wicker table for further protection. The lightweight material makes covering and uncovering the table easier, so do not waste a minute and serve the food up on a table that looks good as new.

This cover is made to fit the Palma High/Low Table with approx. dimensions 100cm x 290cm x 280cm

Features


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
	Keep your protective covers in top condition by storing them in this handy duffle bag.
	It is recommended that you treat your garden furniture with a cleaner and protector twice a year.
	For more information on looking after your garden furniture, read the Garden furniture complete care guides.
	Hold down your protective covers with our protective cover weight set.
	Avoid water pooling on the protective covers with our protective cover tent pole.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229772626]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-palma-high-low-table-1080x1080-683ef72907cd3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13530</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Mini Table]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-palma-mini-table</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Palma Mini High/Low Table

The tailored fit wraps around the Palma Mini Table perfectly while pull tabs secure the protective cover down.&amp;nbsp;The&amp;nbsp;Palma Mini Corner Sofa Protective Cover&amp;nbsp;is also available.

This cover is made to fit Palma Mini Table with approx. dimensions 113cm x 84cm x 73cm

Features


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
	Keep your protective covers in top condition by storing them in this handy duffle bag.
	It is recommended that you treat your garden furniture with a cleaner and protector twice a year.
	For more information on looking after your garden furniture, read the Garden furniture complete care guides.
	Hold down your protective covers with our protective cover weight set.
	Avoid water pooling on the protective covers with our protective cover tent pole.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229130334]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-palma-mini-table-900x900-683ef76cb5e85_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13531</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - RHS Steamer Armchair]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-rhs-steamer-armchair</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - RHS Steamer Armchair


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229131133]]></g:mpn><g:price>54.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-rhs-steamer-armchair-900x900-683ef7ab9f924_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13532</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Force BBQ]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-force-bbq</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Force BBQ

Made from high-quality, durable materials, this cover ensures your BBQ stays protected from rain, sun, wind, and dust, so it&amp;rsquo;s always ready for your next outdoor gathering.

Complete Weather Protection: Built with waterproof material, this cover keeps your BBQ dry even during heavy rain. Whether it&amp;rsquo;s facing a summer shower or the chilly winds of winter, the cover ensures your grill stays clean and rust-free.

Tailored Fit: Designed to fit BBQ grills with dimensions of 89 cm (H) x 74 cm (W) x 41 cm (D), the protective cover offers a snug fit, preventing it from slipping off or letting in dust and debris. The custom sizing ensures full coverage of your grill while still being easy to put on and remove.

UV Resistant for Year-Round Use: The heavy-duty material is UV resistant, offering exceptional protection from the sun&amp;rsquo;s rays. This feature ensures that the BBQ cover not only shields your grill from rain but also prevents fading, cracking, or wear from prolonged sun exposure, keeping your BBQ in top condition throughout the seasons.

Durable and Long-Lasting: Made with robust, high-quality fabric, the Kettler BBQ Protective Cover is built to last, providing long-term protection without tearing or wearing out. It&amp;rsquo;s engineered to withstand changing temperatures and harsh outdoor environments, giving you peace of mind when storing your BBQ outdoors.

Easy Maintenance: Cleaning the cover is simple&amp;mdash;just wipe it down with a damp cloth, and it&amp;rsquo;s ready to protect your BBQ again. Its low-maintenance design makes it the perfect solution for busy outdoor enthusiasts who want to keep their grill in prime condition without the hassle.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9312646024274]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-force-bbq-600x600-683ef806a5ef1_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13533</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Versa Sofa Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-protective-cover-versa-sofa-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Protective Cover - Versa Sofa Set

The durable, yet lightweight cover is easy to put on and clean. It comes with handy pull cords which ensure the cover can fit securely around your furniture.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Kettler furniture is designed to be left outdoors all year round (excluding cushions). Cushions should be stored in a dry ambient temperature when not in use. Failure to comply with the outlined care instructions for the cushions will result in the warranty being invalidated.

Our cushions are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use.

This cover is made to fit Versa Sofa Set with dimensions 300cm x 280cm x 80cm

Features


	Water-resistant.
	Lightweight &amp;ndash; quick and simple to remove.
	Protects furniture from UV, frost, tree sap and bird droppings.
	Tailored fit.
	The pull tab provides a secure fitting.
	Covered by the 12-month Manufacturing Faults warranty.
	Keep your protective covers in top condition by storing them in this handy duffle bag.
	It is recommended that you treat your garden furniture with a cleaner and protector twice a year.
	For more information on looking after your garden furniture, read the Garden furniture complete care guides.
	Hold down your protective covers with our protective cover weight set.
	Avoid water pooling on the protective covers with our protective cover tent pole.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229755162]]></g:mpn><g:price>54.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-protective-cover-versa-sofa-set-1080x1080-683ef7d5f0f39_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13534</g:id><title><![CDATA[Everdure Fusion Long Cover]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/everdure-fusion-long-cover</link><description><![CDATA[Everdure Fusion Long Cover


	Heavy duty polyester UV protected material
	Waterproof lining
	Black colour
	Velcro straps for a secure fit
	Covers the HBCE1BS
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9312646024298]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/everdure-fusion-long-cover-600x600-683ef8255c2ee_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Amazonas]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13538</g:id><title><![CDATA[Darkwoods Gift Tin - Good Morning Sunshine 150g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/darkwoods-gift-tin-good-morning-sunshine-150g</link><description><![CDATA[Darkwoods Gift Tin - Good Morning Sunshine 150g

150g

How to brew

Good Morning Sunshine was designed as a mid roast filter coffee. For filter, we recommend using 60g per litre of water. It&amp;rsquo;s the industry standard for a reason, delivering a rich balanced flavour with most coffees.

Tasting notes

Good morning sunshine, my kiss of golden light. Let&amp;rsquo;s break our fast with hot French toast and coffee to banish nighttime ghosts and listen to the cockerel crow.

About Gift Tin - Under Milk Wood

A bold breakfast blend, selected from sweet and complex high-altitude South &amp;amp; Central American arabicas. A medium roast tempers the natural acidity found in high altitude washed arabicas and adds body and depth whilst retaining stone fruit and milk chocolate sweetness.

This is a perfect everyday coffee for those who like a richer brew and it stands up to milk, sugar, eggs, bacon and cornflakes alike.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Store Cupboard]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060572320154]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/darkwoods-gift-tin-good-morning-sunshine-150g-2000x2000-684168fa17eab_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13539</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone Cider 5%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-cider-5</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone Cider 5%

The Freshly Pressed One - as seen on Clarkson's Farm

Using the fresh pressed juice from apples picked locally, our master cider makers ferment with champagne yeast and mature the cider for up to 6 months, before cold-filtering to create a 5% medium dry cider that&amp;rsquo;s full of flavour and character.

Never from concentrate, never pasteurised.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980253]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.2 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-cider-5-2000x2000-684170acc43c9_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13540</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone Premium Lager 4.8%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-premium-lager-48</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone Premium Lager 4.8%

The Iconic One -&amp;nbsp;as seen on Clarkson's Farm

The original Hawkstone Lager. Bold, yet balanced, with a smooth body and top notes of light citrus complemented by a subtle, crisp bitterness and malty backbone. Setting the standard for a British Premium Lager. 4.8% vol.

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980307]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-premium-lager-4-8-2000x2000-684172441d200_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13541</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone Session Lager 4%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-session-lager-4</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone Session Lager 4%

The One of Many - as seen on Clarkson's Farm

We call it our session lager with good reason: light on the palate, subtly hopped, with a sweet, biscuity malt finish. The Hawkstone Session is not just easy drinking, but it's also incredibly moreish. 4% vol.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980093]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-session-lager-4-2000x2000-6841720206119_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13542</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone IPA 4.8%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-ipa-48</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone IPA 4.8%

The Hoppy One - as seen on Clarkson's Farm

Using a combination of the finest, characterful hops we could find, Hawkstone IPA is a treat for the senses. With bursts of tropical and citrus, and richness from the malt, it's perfectly balanced with the hop bitterness that runs through. 4.8%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980086]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.6 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-ipa-4-8-2000x2000-6841712d18689_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13543</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone 3.8 Pils 3.8%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-38-pils-38</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone 3.8 Pils 3.8%

The Discerning One

Once poured, the beer gives off distinct fruity and floral aromas and, upon tasting, provides grapefruit notes up-front followed by a light, bittersweet finish. 3.8%]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980024]]></g:mpn><g:price>3.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-3-8-pils-3-8-2000x2000-68416fedad766_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13544</g:id><title><![CDATA[Hawkstone Hedgerow 4%]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/hawkstone-hedgerow-4</link><description><![CDATA[Hawkstone Hedgerow 4%

The Juicy One - as seen on Clarkson's Farm

Made with freshly pressed juice from British apples &amp;ndash; just like our signature cider. But here&amp;rsquo;s the twist: we&amp;rsquo;ve also blended in delicious juice from British-farmed blackcurrants and blackberries. The bold, fruity flavours are perfectly balanced with a crisp, clean and refreshing finish. Perfect for summer drinking and berry, berry good.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060158980369]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.75 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/hawkstone-hedgerow-4-2000x2000-684170e4343f1_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13546</g:id><title><![CDATA[Salford Honey Rum 50cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/salford-honey-rum-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Salford Honey Rum 70cl

Salford Honey Rum is the third addition to our range, made with a single origin pot and column distilled rum that is blended and bottled under 2 miles from our famous docks using real Salford honey from Bee Corner.

The result is a glorious, smooth honey rum with natural sweet and floral notes, which when coupled with the deep intensity of our rum creates a well-balanced flavour with notes of honeycomb, caramel and butterscotch. Salford Honey Rum is perfect served over ice on its own, or as a new twist on classic cocktails.

Our honey rum is inspired by Caribbean rum and spice imports into Salford Docks during the early 1900s. It is a tribute to the local dock workers known as the worker bees and takes further inspiration from the 5 bees featured on the Salford coat of arms,&amp;nbsp;representing the growth of the five industrial communities at the centre of our cities textile industry.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[750258593181]]></g:mpn><g:price>33 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/salford-honey-rum-70cl-2000x2000-68416e4ba64dd_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13574</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider™ Lid Papaya]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-with-magslider-lid-papaya</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider&amp;trade; Lid Papaya


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	


Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830409664]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-with-magslider-lid-papaya-1346x1346-685d36211de2e_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13581</g:id><title><![CDATA[Service: One Day In A Restaurant Over 150 Recipes - Anna Hedworth]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/service-one-day-in-a-restaurant-over-150-recipes-anna-hedw</link><description><![CDATA[Service: One Day In A Restaurant Over 150 Recipes - Anna Hedworth

Characterised by seasonality and simplicity, here are dishes including Spiced Pancakes with Poached Rhubarb &amp;amp; Raspberry; BBQ Bavette &amp;amp; Courgettes with Sriracha Aioli; Braised Squid in Red wine with Fennel &amp;amp; Samphire; Blood Orange, Cardamom &amp;amp; Olive Oil Cake; and an array of drinks and preserves.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781837831494]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/service-one-day-in-a-restaurant-over-150-recipes-anna-hedwor-1080x1080-68651e5e5a4f2_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13586</g:id><title><![CDATA[15 Minute Art Painting - Hannah Podbury]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/15-minute-art-painting-hannah-podbury</link><description><![CDATA[15 Minute Art Painting - Hannah Podbury

Each project can be completed in no more than six steps and includes practice pages, colour swatches and helpful hints to make light work of making art. There is a brief introduction on how to sketch out your paintings, but the book also contains traceable templates, so you can fully focus on the process and pure joy of painting.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781784884994]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/15-minute-art-painting-hannah-podbury-1080x1080-68652b13e1d15_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13587</g:id><title><![CDATA[Italian Deli Cookbook - Theo Randall]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/italian-deli-cookbook-theo-randall</link><description><![CDATA[Italian Deli Cookbook - Theo Randall

From biscotti to limoncello, the Italians have taken the very best of Italian produce all over the world. These are transformative ingredients that can make for easy lunches and suppers, or dinner party centrepieces. With 100 recipes using cured meats, smoked fish, jarred vegetables, vinegars, olives, pasta, pulses, cheeses and wine, stunning photography throughout, and original, simple recipes, as well as a directory of classic delicatessens worldwide, elevate your cooking the easy way with the expert guidance of world-renowned chef Theo Randall.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781787135963]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/italian-deli-cookbook-theo-randall-1080x1080-68652a14ec825_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13591</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jane Fosters Baby's First Stories 3 to 6 Month Boardbook]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jane-fosters-babys-first-stories-3-to-6-month-boardbook</link><description><![CDATA[Jane Fosters Baby's First Stories 3 to 6 Month Boardbook

This second book in the series focusses on faces and body parts, and encourages babies and carers to join in with their own games of peek-a-boo, or tickle-time. The black-and-white artwork includes bold pops of blue. Designed to fit into your daily routine, so reading together becomes a regular activity all the family can enjoy.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781800785144]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jane-fosters-baby-s-first-stories-3-to-6-month-boardbook-1080x1080-68652c46eece9_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13592</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bird House - Lift the Flap Shaped Boardbook]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bird-house-lift-the-flap-shaped-boardbook</link><description><![CDATA[Bird House - Lift the Flap Shaped Boardbook

Young readers will discover how bird houses come in all shapes and sizes, designed to shelter all different types of birds, and how they can make the garden more welcoming to them. Also check out the companion book, Bug Hotel.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781848576605]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bird-house-lift-the-flap-shaped-boardbook-1080x1080-68652cd0758ac_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13593</g:id><title><![CDATA[1 To 20 Animals Aplenty]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/1-to-20-animals-aplenty</link><description><![CDATA[1 To 20 Animals Aplenty

A delightful counting book that takes young readers from 1 to 20 - from dogs who have pet frogs and snakes who love to eat cakes to gorillas looking at mirrors and llamas wearing pyjamas. By author Katie Viggers.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781786275660]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/1-to-20-animals-aplenty-1080x1080-68652d2eb15b5_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13600</g:id><title><![CDATA[On The Night You Were Born - Nancy Tillman]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/on-the-night-you-were-born-nancy-tillman</link><description><![CDATA[On The Night You Were Born - Nancy Tillman

On the night you were born, you brought wonder and magic to the world. Here is a book that celebrates you. It is meant to be carried wherever life takes you, over all the roads, through all the years.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781529095685]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/on-the-night-you-were-born-nancy-tillman-1080x1080-68652f669dbe3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13602</g:id><title><![CDATA[Morsø Grill Cover - Forno]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mors-grill-cover-forno</link><description><![CDATA[Mors&amp;oslash; Grill Cover - Forno

The cover is suitable for the Morso Grill Forno II Outdoor Oven / BBQ. It is made of black water-resistant polyester, finished at the bottom with a strong cord in a discreet drawstring hem. Using the cover presents your Forno just as you last left it, with no cleaning needed.

The Cover must be hand-washed &amp;ndash; or it can easily be cleaned by wiping it with a wrung cloth. Do not use fabric softener as this may bleach the cover.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5708722250004]]></g:mpn><g:price>28.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mors-grill-cover-forno-600x600-69b2916da4e9e_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13632</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Bartholomew Bear Blankie]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-bartholomew-bear-blankie</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Bartholomew Bear Blankie

The Bartholomew Bear Blankie is a gorgeous gift of gently textured softness, featuring our most loved bear, rolled and presented in a Baby Jellycat grosgrain ribbon. Made with recycled fibres, this soft blankie has Bartholomew Bear&amp;rsquo;s gently rounded head and ears and outstretched arms peeking over the edge ensuring a favourite friend is never far away.


	Dimensions: 56cm x 70cm x 9cm
	Sitting Height: 56cm
	Main Materials: New &amp;amp; Recycled Polyester
	Inner Filling: Recycled Fibres
	Embroidered Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983152272]]></g:mpn><g:price>70 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-bartholomew-bear-blankie-1000x1000-68c3fe1b06455_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13634</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Sue Rowland Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-x-sue-rowland-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Sue Rowland Tote Bag

The perfect accessory for your everyday essentials, the limited-edition Beetham Nurseries x Sue Rowland Tote Bag features an original linocut print of the glasshouse at The Growing Nursery at Beetham Nurseries.

Details


	Recycled Canvas Bag with Gusset and Inside Pocket&amp;nbsp;
	Natural
	48 x 36 x 13cm
	70cm Handles
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[20773005]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-x-sue-rowland-tote-bag-1000x1000-686e562020f55_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13635</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Tina Balmer Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-x-tina-balmer-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Tina Balmer Tote Bag

The perfect accessory for your everyday essentials, the limited-edition Beetham Nurseries x Tina Balmer Tote Bag features an original oil painting of plants brought home from Beetham Nurseries, signalling a morning well spent!

Details


	Recycled Canvas Bag with Gusset and Inside Pocket&amp;nbsp;
	Natural
	48 x 36 x 13cm
	70cm Handles
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004976]]></g:mpn><g:price>12.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-x-tina-balmer-tote-bag-1000x1000-686e563119c06_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13636</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Gill Ferguson Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-x-gill-ferguson-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Gill Ferguson Tote Bag

The perfect accessory for your everyday essentials, the limited-edition Beetham Nurseries x Gill Ferguson Tote Bag features an original illustration collage of a gardener&amp;rsquo;s essential items.

Details


	Recycled Canvas Bag with Gusset&amp;nbsp;
	Natural
	35 x 40 x 17cm
	70cm Handles


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[20773006]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-x-gill-ferguson-tote-bag-1000x1000-686e55fcd94f8_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13637</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Helen Briggs Design Tote Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-x-helen-briggs-design-tote-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries x Helen Briggs Design Tote Bag

The perfect accessory for your everyday essentials, the Beetham Nurseries x Helen Briggs Design Tote Bag features an original illustration of Helen&amp;rsquo;s signature hare bounding across The Growing Nursery.

Details


	Recycled Canvas Bag with Gusset&amp;nbsp;
	Natural
	35 x 40 x 17cm
	70cm Handles
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[20773007]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-x-helen-briggs-design-tote-bag-1000x1000-686e560fdc652_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13696</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Heccaty Hootnightly]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-heccaty-hootnightly</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Heccaty Hootnightly

Drinks are brewed in cauldrons and served with a twist of theatrical flourish. His &amp;ldquo;Potion of Peppermint Clarity&amp;rdquo; is a certified Halloween classic &amp;ndash; especially when paired with a savoury snack.

Looking for something with zing, glitter, and a fog effect? Heccaty&amp;rsquo;s your owl!]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983162769]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-heccaty-hootnightly-4000x4000-68a484d28f1bc_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13698</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Steepy Tea Bag]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-steepy-tea-bag</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Steepy Tea Bag

Amuseables Steepy Tea Bag takes life one swirl at a time. Her solution to any problem? Popping the kettle on and sorting things out sip by sip.

She&amp;rsquo;s renowned for her mug collection, each piece preserved exactly as she found it. Some are chipped, some are cracked, and all of them are perfect. Even the one she had to confiscate from Amuseables Peanut after he used it as a helmet...

A cosy reminder that good things come to those who wait, Steepy knows everything feels brighter after a warm brew and a natter. So, milk and sugar?

Product Details


	Dimensions: 11cm x 7cm x 5cm
	Sitting Height: 9cm
	Main Materials: Polyester, Rayon
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166484]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-steepy-tea-bag-640x640-69a96d79ab9f2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13703</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Mummy Bob]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-mummy-bob</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Mummy Bob

Glow-in-the-dark lettering: check. Boxes bejewelled with googly eyes: check. Cobweb trim: check.&amp;nbsp; His most famous creation &amp;ndash; Mallow Mischief &amp;ndash; was a runaway success: a fusion of gooey goodness and unexpected flavours (pickled egg and honey, anyone?).

Looking for treat (or trick) ideas? Bob&amp;rsquo;s already got a vision board for next Halloween&amp;rsquo;s inspo!]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983154962]]></g:mpn><g:price>33 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-mummy-bob-4000x4000-68a48c645898c_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13724</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Starter Kit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-tread-starter-kit</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Tread Starter Kit

Tread is hyper-portable, ultra-rugged, lightweight, and ready to roam with perfectly tuned adventure-ready insulation. With a robust accessory system, you can enjoy amazing pizza and high-temperature cooking in places you never thought possible.&amp;nbsp;

What's included:

Off-black Tread oven

Tread Venture Stand

Venture Placement Peel

Dimensions


	Oven external dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 418mm (16.5&amp;rdquo;) x Depth&amp;nbsp;484mm&amp;nbsp;(19.1&amp;rdquo;) x Height 320mm (12.6&amp;rdquo;)
	Oven internal dimensions:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Width 310mm (12.2&amp;rdquo;) x&amp;nbsp;Depth&amp;nbsp;380mm (15&amp;rdquo;) x Height&amp;nbsp;150mm&amp;nbsp;(5.9&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 315mm&amp;nbsp;(12.4&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;x Height 85mm&amp;nbsp;(3.35&amp;rdquo;)
	Packaging dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 500mm (19.7&amp;quot;)&amp;nbsp; x&amp;nbsp;Length 550mm (21.7&amp;quot;) x Height 370mm (14.6&amp;quot;)
	Weight: 13.5kg / 29.7Ibs&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;(16kg/35.2lbs in packaging)


Care &amp;amp; Maintenance

For the exterior of the oven use a non-caustic bleach free cleaning spray on the dirty areas. Clean the area with warm soapy water and a sponge or non-abrasive dish cloth and then wipe clean with paper towels.

The best way to clean the inside of the Tread is to burn off any food debris or soot that is left behind. When the oven is over 500˚C it will start self cleaning and any burnt on food will burn off after a period of three hours.

For further instructions on how to clean your Tread, please watch our&amp;nbsp;Tread Instructional Videos.

5 Year Warranty

Tread is built to last using professional grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Gozney's 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5004999]]></g:mpn><g:price>778.98 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-tread-starter-kit-1080x1080-68c7e9b46bb1a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13725</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Starter Kit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-starter-kit</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Starter Kit

Introducing the world&amp;rsquo;s most advanced&amp;nbsp;compact&amp;nbsp;oven. Arc brings Gozney&amp;rsquo;s renowned design ethos into a sleek form that&amp;rsquo;s compact outside yet big on cooking space inside. An innovative&amp;nbsp;lateral rolling flame and revolutionary burner replicates the flame of traditional wood-fired ovens, distributing heat evenly and consistently&amp;mdash;so you can spend less time turning pizza and more time making memories.

What's included:&amp;nbsp;

Off-black Arc Oven

Arc Stand Black

Arc Cover - Brown

Balance 12&amp;quot; Placement Peel

Dimensions


	Oven external dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 480mm (18.9&amp;quot;) x Depth 564mm (22.2&amp;quot;) x Height 342mm (13.5&amp;quot;)
	Oven internal dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 377mm (14.8&amp;rdquo;) x Depth 462mm (18.1&amp;rdquo;) x Height 173mm (6.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 377mm&amp;nbsp;(14.8&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;x Height 95mm&amp;nbsp;(3.74&amp;rdquo;)
	Weight:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;21.5 Kg/47.5&amp;nbsp;Ibs&amp;nbsp;(28kg/60lbs in packaging)
	Packaging dimensions:&amp;nbsp;Width 536mm (21.2&amp;quot;) x&amp;nbsp;Depth 402mm (15.9&amp;quot;) x Height&amp;nbsp;643mm (25.3&amp;quot;)


5 Year Warranty

Arc is built to last using professional-grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Our 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5005001]]></g:mpn><g:price>969.96 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-starter-kit-1080x1080-68c7eb706d325_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13726</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc XL Starter Kit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-xl-starter-kit</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc XL Starter Kit

Introducing the world&amp;rsquo;s most advanced&amp;nbsp;compact&amp;nbsp;oven. Arc XL brings Gozney&amp;rsquo;s renowned design ethos into a sleek form that&amp;rsquo;s compact outside yet big on cooking space inside. An innovative&amp;nbsp;lateral rolling flame and revolutionary burner replicates the flame of traditional wood-fired ovens, distributing heat evenly and consistently&amp;mdash;so you can spend less time turning pizza and more time making memories.

What's included:

Off-black Arc XL Oven

Arc Stand - Black

Arc XL Cover

Balance 14&amp;quot; Placement Peel

Dimensions


	Oven external dimensions: Width 530mm (20.9&amp;quot;) x Depth 629mm (24.8&amp;quot;) x Height 342mm (13.5&amp;quot;)
	Oven internal dimensions: Width 427mm (16.8&amp;rdquo;) x Depth 517mm (20.3&amp;rdquo;) x Height 173mm (6.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Door Size: Width 427mm (16.8&amp;rdquo;) x Height 95mm (3.8&amp;rdquo;)
	Weight: &amp;nbsp;26.5 kg/58.5 Ibs (33kg/73lbs in packaging)
	Packaging dimensions: Width 572mm (22.5&amp;quot;) x Depth 402mm (15.9&amp;quot;) x Height 697mm (27.5&amp;quot;)


5 Year Warranty

Arc is built to last using professional-grade materials. Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty. Our 1 year warranty comes as standard.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5005003]]></g:mpn><g:price>1189.96 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-xl-starter-kit-1080x1080-68c7ec4a776d5_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13741</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Letter To Santa]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-letter-to-santa</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Letter To Santa

Viewing the Northern Lights is her thing. By nightfall, she&amp;rsquo;ll have trekked to the perfect spot, camera (and flask of cocoa) at the ready. She's seen them hundreds of times, but each occurrence is magical. She messages Loveables Jolly Santa with a new pic every single time.

So whether you&amp;rsquo;re sending him a gift list or thank you note, any message to Santa gets this polar explorer's stamp of approval.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983165739]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-letter-to-santa-1000x1000-68cd1dc267785_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13756</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Ruler]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-ruler</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Ruler

You&amp;rsquo;ll likely find him desk-sharing with his best friend, Amuseables Pencil: a creative livewire (and serial doodler). They shouldn&amp;rsquo;t work well together, but together they&amp;rsquo;re responsible for some of the most exciting new builds this side of Battersea Power Station&amp;hellip;&amp;nbsp;

Even in a world of wild ideas, someone&amp;rsquo;s got to draw the line. It's all about balance! &amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983163179]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-ruler-1000x1000-68cd2b6c6daa3_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13767</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-wetlands-camo</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Wetlands Camo


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	


Savour those day-saving espresso shots with a tumbler primed for the job &amp;mdash; the Rambler&amp;reg; 20 oz. Tumbler. Insulated to keep the steam on your coffee and comes with the&amp;nbsp;MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid to protect from any splashes. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware family, the 20 oz. Tumbler and its lid are dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830489710]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-wetlands-camo-1080x1080-68d673af051e4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13771</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 36 oz (1 l) Bottle With Chug Cap Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-36-oz-1-l-bottle-with-chug-cap-wetlands-camo</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 36 oz (1 l) Bottle With Chug Cap Wetlands Camo

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.


	Cupholder compatible
	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside


The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830490129]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-36-oz-1-l-bottle-with-chug-cap-wetlands-camo-1080x1080-68d6746a98499_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13772</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler Flask Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-flask-wetlands-camo</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler Flask Wetlands Camo

The Yeti Rambler Flask is made for keeping in your pocket. Tough, practical and portable, this Yeti Flask is designed for cold beverages only. 7oz capacity Flask and included Funnel.


	Single-Wall&amp;nbsp;18/8 Stainless Steel
	Leakproof
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830409237]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-flask-wetlands-camo-1920x1920-6970e4a1a646a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13773</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Body Wash Refill Pouch 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-body-wash-refill-pouch-500m</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Body Wash Refill Pouch 500ml

Product Highlights

Eco-friendly &amp;amp; economical
Rather than buying two full bottles, you receive two refill pouches, which lower packaging waste and cost per use.

Same gentle, plant-based formula
Made in collaboration with Pure Lakes in the Lake District, this body wash is plant-based, naturally scented, and carefully formulated to be kind to your skin.&amp;nbsp;
Beetham Nurseries

Invigorating aroma
The bright, citrusy notes of bergamot and lime lend a refreshing and uplifting scent, balanced with calming undertones for a clean, fresh finish on your skin.&amp;nbsp;
Beetham Nurseries

Moisture-locking &amp;amp; skin-balanced
With glycerin to help maintain skin hydration and a blend of botanicals known for toning and soothing properties, this formula helps leave your skin feeling nourished&amp;mdash;not stripped.&amp;nbsp;
Beetham Nurseries

Usage Instructions


	Remove the cap from your existing 250 ml body wash bottle.
	Carefully pour one pouch into your bottle, leaving space at the top.
	Replace the cap, gently swirl, and use as usual.
	Store the second refill in a cool, dry place until needed.


Specifications


	Pack contents: 2 &amp;times; refill pouches
	Intended for: Refilling 250 ml Beetham Nurseries Body Wash
	Fragrance: Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime
	Key ingredients: Plant-derived surfactants, glycerin, essential oils
	Suitable for: All skin types; formulated to be gentle on skin


Why choose the refill pack?

Because you preserve the delightful scent and benefits of the original formulation, while cutting down on single-use plastic and reducing waste. It&amp;rsquo;s better for your skin&amp;mdash;and better for the planet.

Ingredients

Aqua, Potassium Oleate, Potassium Cocoate, Glycerin, Potassium Citrate, Citric Acid, Sodium Chloride, Melaleuca Alternifolia, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora leaf oil, Pelargonium graveolens flower oil, Cymbopogon flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia peel oil, Limonene*, Linalool*, Geraniol*, Citral*. *Naturally occurring plant compounds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730030]]></g:mpn><g:price>24 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-body-wash-refill-pouch-500ml-2000x2000-68dfae5791e5e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13774</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand Wash Refill 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-refill-500ml</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand Wash Refill 500ml

Eco-conscious &amp;amp; cost-effective
Purchasing refills uses less packaging per volume than a full bottle, helping reduce your plastic footprint while saving on cost in the long run.

Same gentle, plant-based formula
Crafted in collaboration with Pure Lakes and handmade in the Lake District, this hand wash retains the same gentle and skin-kind formulation as the original.&amp;nbsp;

Fresh, uplifting fragrance
Citrus notes of bergamot and lime impart a clean, bright scent, blending subtle calmness and vitality to leave your hands feeling fresh and subtly perfumed.&amp;nbsp;

Moisture care &amp;amp; skin balance
Infused with glycerin to help lock in moisture, plus botanical oils known for toning, calming and anti-inflammatory properties, this formula helps keep your hands soft and balanced&amp;mdash;not dry or stripped.&amp;nbsp;

Usage Instructions


	Remove the cap of your existing 250 ml hand wash bottle.
	Carefully pour one refill pouch into the bottle, leaving a little space at the top to allow gentle mixing.
	Replace the cap and gently swirl to blend.
	Use as usual.
	Store the remaining refill in a cool, dry place until needed.


Specifications

Pack contents&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;1 &amp;times; refill pouch
Intended for: Refilling 250 ml Beetham hand wash bottles
Fragrance: Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime
Key ingredients: Plant-based surfactants, glycerin, essential oils (bergamot, lime, etc.)
Skin type: Suitable for all skin types; gentle and balancing

Why choose the refill pack?

You maintain the same lovely scent and nourishing formula, while reducing single-use bottle waste and making your hand care more sustainable.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730013]]></g:mpn><g:price>24 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-refill-500ml-2000x2000-68dfae6d0334c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13775</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand &amp; Body Lotion Refill 500ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-refill-50</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion Refill 500ml

Sustainably smart &amp;amp; cost-efficient
Buying refills uses significantly less plastic per volume than full bottles, cutting waste and lowering cost per use.

Same plant-based, skin-kind formula
Developed in collaboration with Pure Lakes and handmade in the Lake District, this lotion maintains its gentle and nourishing formulation.&amp;nbsp;

Fresh, uplifting citrus scent
Bergamot and lime infuse each use with a balanced citrus aroma that is both calming and invigorating.&amp;nbsp;

Deep hydration &amp;amp; skin balance
Enriched with glycerin (to help lock in moisture), natural oils such as sweet almond, avocado and sunflower, and botanical toners &amp;mdash; the formula nourishes and supports your skin&amp;rsquo;s moisture barrier without heaviness.&amp;nbsp;
Beetham Nurseries

Usage Instructions


	Remove the cap from your 250 ml lotion bottle.
	Carefully pour one refill pouch into the bottle, leaving some headspace for gentle mixing.
	Replace the cap and gently swirl to blend the contents.
	Apply to hands and body as needed.
	Store the second refill pouch in a cool, dark, dry place until needed.


Specifications

For use with: 250 ml Beetham Nurseries hand &amp;amp; body lotion bottles
Fragrance: Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime
Skin types: Suitable for all skin types, gentle and balancing
Benefits: Hydrating, soothing, toning, lightly scented

Why choose the refill pack?

You preserve the beautiful fragrance, texture, and benefits of the original lotion while reducing single-use packaging. It&amp;rsquo;s a more ethical, economical, and eco-conscious choice for your daily skincare.

Ingredients

Aqua, Prunus amygdalus dulcis oil, Helianthus annuus*, Persea gratissima, Glycerin, Glyceryl Monostearate, Cetyl Alcohol, Cetearyl Glucoside, Cocos nucifera, Citric Acid, Benzyl Alcohol, Phenoxyethanol, Xanthan Gum, Potassium Sorbate, Tocopherol, Aloe barbadensis Leaf Juice Powder*, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora, Pelargonium graveolens Flower oil, Cymbopogon Flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia, Limonene**, Linalool**, Geraniol**, Citral**. *Organic. **Naturally occurring plant compounds&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730037]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-refill-500m-2000x2000-68dfae3da73a2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13812</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel 12']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-perforated-pizza-peel-12</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel 12&amp;quot;

Our perforated aluminium Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel is a high-quality, lightweight peel for sliding, turning and retrieving pizzas from your oven with ease.

Use the tapered peel edge to slide straight under pizza bases, while the perforations mean a perfectly cooked pizza every time as steam is able to quickly evaporate and excess flour falls away from the pizza base.

A super-sleek, hard&amp;nbsp;anodised coating provides increased corrosion resistance and a hyper-smooth surface to guarantee a seamless experience when launching and retrieving pizzas.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568341132]]></g:mpn><g:price>54.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-perforated-pizza-peel-12-640x640-68e78aa29da29_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13814</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Oven Brush]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-pizza-oven-brush</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Oven Brush

The Ooni Pizza Oven Brush is a 2-in-1 stone baking board brush and scraper tool featuring a comfortable wooden handle, plus a durable stainless steel scraper and bristles.&amp;nbsp;The perfect tool for efficiently and quickly cleaning your Ooni baking stone after cooking, brush off excess flour with the bristles, then flip to scrape away fallen food.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568341170]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-pizza-oven-brush-2048x2048-68e78b3843338_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13815</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Bamboo Pizza Peel &amp; Serving Board 14']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-bamboo-pizza-peel-serving-board-14</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Bamboo Pizza Peel &amp;amp; Serving Board 14&amp;quot;

Launch pizzas with ease using the lightweight, durable Ooni Bamboo Pizza Peel &amp;amp; Serving Board. Featuring a moisture-resistant, smooth bamboo surface to prevent pizza dough from sticking, it also doubles up as a stylish board for serving and slicing pizzas.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Foodies]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568341606]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-bamboo-pizza-peel-serving-board-14-600x532-68e78bb580101_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13816</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Stone Karu 12 / Karu 2]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-pizza-stone-karu-12-karu-2</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Stone Karu 12 / Karu 2

Cook crispy pizza bases with ease on an Ooni Pizza Stone. All our ovens come with a pizza stone, but our stones also work great in a domestic oven for anyone looking to level up their homemade pizza game. The high-quality cordierite stone traps and retains heat.

This product comes in&amp;nbsp;two&amp;nbsp;sizes:&amp;nbsp;10 mm (0.4&amp;quot;)&amp;nbsp;(compatible with Fyra, Koda 12 and Volt) and&amp;nbsp;15 mm (0.6&amp;rdquo;)&amp;nbsp;(compatible with Karu 12 and Karu 2).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568342887]]></g:mpn><g:price>39.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-pizza-stone-karu-12-karu-2-480x480-68e78c28b4098_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13817</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel 14']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-perforated-pizza-peel-14</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel 14&amp;quot;

Our perforated aluminium Ooni Perforated Pizza Peel is a high-quality, lightweight peel for sliding, turning and retrieving pizzas from your oven with ease.

Use the tapered peel edge to slide straight under pizza bases, while the perforations mean a perfectly cooked pizza every time as steam is able to quickly evaporate and excess flour falls away from the pizza base.

A super-sleek, hard&amp;nbsp;anodised coating provides increased corrosion resistance and a hyper-smooth surface to guarantee a seamless experience when launching and retrieving pizzas.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568341149]]></g:mpn><g:price>59.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-perforated-pizza-peel-14-640x640-68e78dfb566dd_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13818</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Peel 14']]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ooni-pizza-peel-14</link><description><![CDATA[Ooni Pizza Peel 14&amp;quot;

Get your pizzas in and out of your Ooni pizza oven with ease! The super-smooth and lightweight Ooni 12&amp;rdquo; Pizza Peel makes sliding your pizza into your Ooni pizza oven an absolute breeze.&amp;nbsp;

The completely even, level surface makes this peel all-purpose - prep, slide, turn and retrieve like pro.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060568342795]]></g:mpn><g:price>49.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ooni-pizza-peel-14-640x640-68e78dd95ef72_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Ooni]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13862</g:id><title><![CDATA[Dinosaur Bingo for Kids]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/dinosaur-bingo-for-kids</link><description><![CDATA[Dinosaur Bingo for Kids

Contains 48 chips and a cardboard dino head to store them in, a game board, eight double-sided bingo cards and Jurassic counters for you to mark up your card.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781786272416]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/dinosaur-bingo-for-kids-1080x1080-6903541494d78_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13863</g:id><title><![CDATA[Rally Automobile 54 Piece Jigsaw Puzzle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/rally-automobile-54-piece-jigsaw-puzzle</link><description><![CDATA[Rally Automobile 54 Piece Jigsaw Puzzle

All around a large image, dozens of subjects or objects to discover!

Start by assembling the pieces of the puzzle, then have fun finding the elements of the frieze in the central image.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[3070900075641]]></g:mpn><g:price>15.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/rally-automobile-54-piece-jigsaw-puzzle-1080x1080-690354a7d4ee3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13876</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Cheese Fondue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-cheese-fondue</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Cheese Fondue

You'll hear how he once located Amuseables Graham Potato minutes before he was due to run a fitness session (asleep behind an exceptionally soft velvet sofa). And the time he secured a window table at the overbooked restaurant for the legendary Amuseables Baguette... This smooth talker likes sharing so much he'll pinch the pickles off your plate &amp;ndash; then convince you it was your idea!]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983164527]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-cheese-fondue-1280x1280-6900cf27a5f24_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13877</g:id><title><![CDATA[Room on the Broom Dog Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/room-on-the-broom-dog-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[Room on the Broom Dog Soft Toy

This adorable 8&amp;quot; soft toy is based on the fictional character from the famous Room on the Broom books. This super cute dog has brown patches and an adorable grey nose. Brought to you by Aurora World's expert team.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566603431]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/room-on-the-broom-dog-soft-toy-1080x1080-69037ec146f0e_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13879</g:id><title><![CDATA[Room on the Broom - Witch with Broom Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/room-on-the-broom-witch-with-broom-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[Room on the Broom - Witch with Broom Soft Toy

Room on the Broom - Witch w/ Broom Soft Toy - This adorable soft toy is based on the Witch character from The Room on The Broom books, which is from the creator of Gruffalo, Julia Donaldson and Axel Scheffler.

Room on the Broom - Witch w/ Broom Soft Toy measures 39cm.

Room on the Broom - Witch w/ Broom Soft Toy - The witch and her cat fly happily over the forests, rivers and mountains on their broomstick until a stormy wind blows away the witch's hat, bow and wand. They are retrieved by a dog, bird and frog and each animal asks for a ride on the broom. One after the next climbs on, until the broom is so heavy that it snaps in two! What will happen next as they tumble into a bog and meet a greedy dragon?]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566601482]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/room-on-the-broom-witch-with-broom-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d0705deb5_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13881</g:id><title><![CDATA[Stick Man - Small Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/stick-man-small-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[Stick Man - Small Soft Toy

Stick Man - Small Soft Toy - This fantastic 5.5&amp;quot; Stick Man plush toy is based on the popular children's Gruffalo books. Children will love to enjoy their own adventures with this wonderful toy!

Now you can own the Stick Man from the popular Gruffalo series! The Stick Man has all the features of the character from the book and TV series and is adored by children of all ages.

Stick Man - Small Soft Toy, is fully tested with European safety standards met and carries the CE label ensuring the product is safe for children.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566607330]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/stick-man-small-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d40f1e355_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13885</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Tiger who Came To Tea Card Game]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-tiger-who-came-to-tea-card-game</link><description><![CDATA[The Tiger who Came To Tea Card Game

Created especially for children aged three years upwards, The Tiger Who Came to Tea Memory Card Game features 54 jumbo cards beautifully illustrated with scenes from the children&amp;rsquo;s storybook.

To begin, shuffle the cards and place them face down on a large surface. The youngest player starts by turning over two cards for all to see. If the cards match the player keeps the pair and the play continues until the player turns two cards that don&amp;rsquo;t match. The next player takes their turn and the player with the most pairs at the end of the game wins! The key to success is remembering which cards have been placed where so you can select a matching pair when it's your turn. But watch out - if a player picks up a card that features Dad walking in the door shouting &amp;lsquo;I&amp;rsquo;m Home&amp;rsquo;, the player shouts &amp;lsquo;I&amp;rsquo;m Home&amp;rsquo; and all the cards have to be shuffled!

This game is a great gift for any occasion and is ideal for honing concentration, turn-taking and memory skills. It can be played with two or more players and is suitable for ages 3 - 5 years.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5012822066954]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-tiger-who-came-to-tea-card-game-2000x2000-691c874adedfa_l.webp</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13886</g:id><title><![CDATA[Mog 2-in-1 Board Game]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/mog-2-in-1-board-game</link><description><![CDATA[Mog 2-in-1 Board Game

The perfect first board game specifically created for young pre-schoolers, aged 3 years and over.

Two different games both with quick set up and easy to play rules:&amp;nbsp;
Dominoes&amp;nbsp;&amp;ndash; A great way to play basic dominoes using the brightly coloured board and pieces.
Board Game&amp;nbsp;&amp;ndash; Help Mog escape the Big Bad Dog! Encourages the development of fine motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and social development as well as aiding colour and object matching skills.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056015086428]]></g:mpn><g:price>17.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/mog-2-in-1-board-game-1445x1445-691c87c1a9560_l.webp</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13888</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Tiger Who Came To Tea Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-tiger-who-came-to-tea-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[The Tiger Who Came To Tea Soft Toy

Meet The Tiger Who Came To Tea Soft Toy - Small, from the Aurora World.

The Tiger Who Came To Tea was written by Judith Kerr and has been a favourite among Children for years.

Now you can read the book with a soft toy version of main character - The Tiger Who Came To Tea Soft Toy - Small. He is super-soft and great for cuddles. Children love seeing their favourite book character brought to life.&amp;nbsp;

The Tiger Who Came To Tea soft toy has all the features of the fictional character. Children love cuddling him whilst reading the book.&amp;nbsp;

Approximately 6 inches. Brought to life by Aurora World's expert team.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566601420]]></g:mpn><g:price>11.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-tiger-who-came-to-tea-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d8c86af08_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13889</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Snake Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-gruffalo-snake-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Snake Soft Toy

The Gruffalo Snake Soft Toy -&amp;nbsp; This 7&amp;quot; Snake is inspired by hugely popular Gruffalo books written by Julia Donaldson and illustrated by Axel Scheffler.&amp;nbsp;The Gruffalo was first published in 1999 and continues to be a family favourite.

This is a cute green-coloured snake with bobbly eyes made of fine plush materials and is perfect to accompany bedtime reading. This soft toy is a perfect gift for any occasion.

The Gruffalo Snake Soft Toy measures 18cm and is suitable for 3years+.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566128767]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-gruffalo-snake-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d3178d601_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13890</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Squirrel Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-gruffalo-squirrel-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Squirrel Soft Toy

The Gruffalo Squirrel Soft Toy - This 7&amp;quot; Squirrel is inspired by hugely popular Gruffalo books written by Julia Donaldson and illustrated by Axel Scheffler.&amp;nbsp;The Gruffalo was first published in 1999 and continues to be a family favourite.

This soft toy is a cute red coloured squirrel with bobbly eyes and big ears. This soft toy is a perfect gift for any occasion. Also, perfect to accompany any bedtime reading.&amp;nbsp;

The Gruffalo Squirrel Soft Toy measures 18cm and is suitable for 3years+.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566128750]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-gruffalo-squirrel-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d389cd2aa_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13892</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Fox Soft Toy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-gruffalo-fox-soft-toy</link><description><![CDATA[The Gruffalo Fox Soft Toy

The Gruffalo Fox Soft Toy inspired from the popular Gruffalo series! The Fox has all the features of the character from the book and TV series and is adored by children of all ages.

The Gruffalo Fox Soft Toy is fully tested with European safety standards met and carries the CE label ensuring the product safe for children.

This 7&amp;quot; Fox soft toy is inspired by the hugely popular books written by Julia Donaldson and illustrated by Axel Scheffler. Now you can have your very own Gruffalo Fox, that is soft, cute and cuddly.&amp;nbsp;


	Suitable from 3y+&amp;nbsp;
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5034566128736]]></g:mpn><g:price>16.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-gruffalo-fox-soft-toy-1000x1000-6900d25ce21e3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13903</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand Wash Amber Glass 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-amber-glass-300ml</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand Wash 300ml

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes,&amp;nbsp;this natural hand wash was made using gentle plant-based ingredients and was bottled in a premium amber glass bottle in the Lake District.&amp;nbsp;

A natural hand wash that takes extra care of your hands. This liquid soap is&amp;nbsp;infused with calming yet zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

Lime and bergamot are&amp;nbsp;calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory, whilst glycerin locks in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries'&amp;nbsp;Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot amber glass collection also includes a&amp;nbsp;hand &amp;amp; body lotion.

Eco-conscious 500ml refill available.

Ingredients

Aqua, Potassium Oleate, Potassium Cocoate, Glycerin, Potassium Citrate, Citric Acid, Sodium Chloride, Melaleuca Alternifolia, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora leaf oil, Pelargonium graveolens flower oil, Cymbopogon flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia peel oil, Limonene*, Linalool*, Geraniol*, Citral*. *Naturally occurring plant compounds.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730047]]></g:mpn><g:price>18 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-wash-amber-glass-300ml-1080x1080-6902466765c45_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13904</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Bergamot &amp; Lime Hand &amp; Body Lotion Amber Glass 300ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-amber-glass</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries&amp;nbsp;Bergamot &amp;amp; Lime Hand &amp;amp; Body Lotion 300ml

Developed in close collaboration with Pure Lakes, this natural hand &amp;amp; body lotion was made using gentle plant-based ingredients, and bottled in a premium amber glass bottle in the Lake District.&amp;nbsp;

A natural hand &amp;amp; body&amp;nbsp;that takes extra care of your hands &amp;amp; body. This lotion is&amp;nbsp;infused with calming yet zingy Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot, to leave your skin smelling beautiful and feeling nourished.

Lime and bergamot are&amp;nbsp;calming, toning, and anti-inflammatory, whilst glycerin locks in moisture and maintains the skin's water balance.

Beetham Nurseries'&amp;nbsp;Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot amber glass collection also includes a hand wash.

Eco-conscious 500ml refill available.

Ingredients

Aqua, Prunus amygdalus dulcis oil, Helianthus annuus*, Persea gratissima, Glycerin, Glyceryl Monostearate, Cetyl Alcohol, Cetearyl Glucoside, Cocos nucifera, Citric Acid, Benzyl Alcohol, Phenoxyethanol, Xanthan Gum, Potassium Sorbate, Tocopherol, Aloe barbadensis Leaf Juice Powder*, Citrus bergamia, Backhousia citriodora, Pelargonium graveolens Flower oil, Cymbopogon Flexuosus leaf oil, Coriandrum Sativum seed oil, Ocimum basilicum leaf oil, Citrus aurantifolia, Limonene**, Linalool**, Geraniol**, Citral**.&amp;nbsp;*Organic. **Naturally occurring plant compounds&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730049]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-bergamot-lime-hand-body-lotion-amber-glass-1080x1080-690246279f6e5_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13905</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Essential Oil Reed Diffuser]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-essential-oil-reed-diffuser</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Essential Oil Reed Diffuser

Infuse your space with a bright and invigorating aroma that awakens the senses.

Available exclusively at Beetham Nurseries, this Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot essential oil home fragrance&amp;nbsp;was formulated with Pure Lakes and handmade in the Lake District.

A reed diffuser made using only plant ingredients - just essential oils and a natural glycerin base.&amp;nbsp;

A 125ml&amp;nbsp;bottle to decant into&amp;nbsp;an elegant 100ml glass&amp;nbsp;vase with a lime and bergamot line drawing and a&amp;nbsp;heavy base.&amp;nbsp;

With thick rattan reeds - turn over once or twice a week, or more frequently for a greater smell or throw.

Lime and Bergamot&amp;nbsp;essential oil blend -&amp;nbsp;bright and invigorating.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730045]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-essential-oil-reed-diffuser-1080x1080-6902454230aa7_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13906</g:id><title><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Essential Oil Candle 220g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/beetham-nurseries-essential-oil-candle-220g</link><description><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries Essential Oil Candle 220g

A handmade candle using natural, sustainable plant wax &amp;amp; pure essential oils.

Available exclusively at Beetham Nurseries, this Lime &amp;amp; Bergamot candle was formulated with Pure Lakes and handmade in the Lake District.

Made using a blend of rapeseed &amp;amp; coconut wax

Contains only essential oils to create a natural &amp;amp; beautiful scent

Does not contain perfumes, paraffin, petroleum products or animal wax content

Set within a reusable glass jar

Uses a natural cotton wick &amp;amp; will burn for approximately 45 hours

WARNING: May cause an allergic skin reaction. Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood.

CONTAINS: Eugenol, Geranial, Geraniol, Linalool, Neral, l-Citronellol. May produce an allergic reaction.&amp;nbsp;

PRECAUTIONS: Never leave a burning candle unattended. Keep away from things that are flammable. Keep away from pets and children. Do not burn in a draught. Always leave at least 10cm between burning candles. Only burn candle on a level heat resistant surface. Never burn this candle for more than 4 hours at a time. Trim the wick 5mm before each burn cycle. Do not allow the flame to touch the glass. On the first burn, always burn for 3-4 hours to ensure an even melt pool. Ensure the wick is upright, above the wax and central before the wax sets. Glass may become hot during use. Extinguish when 5mm of wax remains and do not relight. Please retain this information for future reference. If medical advice is needed, have product carton or label at hand.

IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water. If skin irritation or rash occurs: get medical advice/attention. Dispose of contents/container to approved disposal site in accordance with local regulations.

FREE FROM: Alcohol, Lanolin, Petroleum Jelly, MI, Gluten, Artificial Perfumes &amp;amp; Colours]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7328979730044]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/beetham-nurseries-essential-oil-candle-220g-1080x1080-690245efbaf5f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Beetham Nurseries]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13909</g:id><title><![CDATA[Daphne Champagne Glass  27cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/daphne-champagne-glass-27cl</link><description><![CDATA[Daphne Champagne Glass &amp;nbsp;27cl

Gorgeous champagne glass from the Daphne series with a distinct timeless charm, featuring delicate bubbles within the glass for a unique touch. Each champagne glass is mouth blown, making every champagne glass one-of-a-kind. .

Set the table with these beautiful glasses and you will be sure to decorate a stylish and perfect dining table.

The champagne glass is dishwasher safe up to 40&amp;deg;C, though we recommend handwashing for optimal care.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5705764832465]]></g:mpn><g:price>9.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/daphne-champagne-glass-27cl-1080x1080-690c75e69cb3b_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13910</g:id><title><![CDATA[Serafina Bow Candlestick H12.7cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/serafina-bow-candlestick-h127cm</link><description><![CDATA[Serafina Bow Candlestick Holder H12.7cm

Add a touch of festive elegance to your home with our Serafina bow candlestick in the colour antique silver. This candlestick measures L24xW10.3xH12.7 cm. Designed to bring warmth and charm to any holiday setting, making it a perfect centerpiece for your Christmas table, mantel, or windowsill.

The candlestick securely holds standard taper candles, casting a cosy, inviting glow throughout your space.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5705764834131]]></g:mpn><g:price>28.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/serafina-bow-candlestick-h12-7cm-1080x1080-690c765869c9e_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13911</g:id><title><![CDATA[Cisco Teaslight Votive Rose Glass]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cisco-teaslight-votive-rose-glass</link><description><![CDATA[Cisco Teaslight Votive Rose Glass

The Cisco Votive by Bloomingville is made of glass with a pink hue that creates a cozy atmosphere. Designed for tealights, it functions as a small lamp, adding an elegant touch to the decor. The base and shade are adorned with beautiful details that give it a delicate appearance. Place it on the windowsill, dining table, or shelf to add a touch of warmth and color.

D10,5xH18 cm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Candles &amp; Home Fragrance]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5711173338719]]></g:mpn><g:price>29.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/cisco-teaslight-votive-rose-glass-1080x1080-690c763788b5d_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13913</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Portofino 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ampersand-perfume-portofino-50ml</link><description><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Portofino 50ml

50ml EAU DE PARFUM

Fragrance Family: Citrus

Taking inspiration from the awe-inspiring Italian Riviera, this one-of-a-kind fragrance is an exquisite fusion of warm ginger and tangy citrus, delicately enveloped in the luxurious essence of dry amber. Vibrant with the essence of sun-kissed lemon zest and enhanced by lively bursts of pink pepper, this scent promises to transport you to the sun-soaked shores of the Mediterranean.

NOTES: CEDARWOOD, DRY AMBER, PINK PEPPER, GINGER, LEMON

Our product is 99.3% free from plastic, reflecting our dedication to minimising environmental impact. Each bottle is carefully packaged in a recycled box, designed to avoid the use of coated papers. Sustainability is fundamental to our brand, and we take pride in producing our fragrances in the UK. Furthermore, our wooden caps are not only exquisitely handcrafted but also created from recycled timber, ensuring that every component is responsibly sourced and locally manufactured.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060670280749]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ampersand-perfume-portofino-50ml-1080x1080-690cb086c3d23_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13915</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume California 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ampersand-perfume-california-50ml</link><description><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume California 50ml

Notes: MUSK, SANDALWOOD, MAGNOLIA, ROSE, APPLE, LEMON

Composition: Elegantly casual yet polished, a laid-back luxury. Composed of a light floral centre with lemon &amp;amp; apple top notes, warming into a musk and sandalwood base. Capturing the essence of sunshine in a bottle.

Concentration: EAU DE PARFUM

50ml 1.69 fl oz

VEGAN - CRUELTY FREE - ETHICAL

Our product is 99.3% free from plastic, reflecting our dedication to minimising environmental impact. Each bottle is carefully packaged in a recycled box, designed to avoid the use of coated papers. Sustainability is fundamental to our brand, and we take pride in producing our fragrances in the UK. Furthermore, our wooden caps are not only exquisitely handcrafted but also created from recycled timber, ensuring that every component is responsibly sourced and locally manufactured.

INGREDIENTS: Alcohol Denat., Parfum (Fragrance), Aqua (Water), Hydroxycitronellal, Limonene, Citral.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060670280275]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ampersand-perfume-california-50ml-1080x1080-690cb0b0363a6_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13916</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Santorini 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ampersand-perfume-santorini-50ml</link><description><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Santorini 50ml

Notes: SANDALWOOD, MUSK, FIG, ORRIS, GREEN COCONUT, FIG

Composition: Inviting fresh green notes of fig leaf are entwined with the creamy essence of coconut, aromatics and soft woods. An earthy &amp;amp; irresistible scent that transports you to pure paradise.

Concentration: EAU DE PARFUM

50ml 1.69 fl oz

VEGAN - CRUELTY FREE - ETHICAL

Our product is 99.3% free from plastic, reflecting our dedication to minimising environmental impact. Each bottle is carefully packaged in a recycled box, designed to avoid the use of coated papers. Sustainability is fundamental to our brand, and we take pride in producing our fragrances in the UK. Furthermore, our wooden caps are not only exquisitely handcrafted but also created from recycled timber, ensuring that every component is responsibly sourced and locally manufactured.

INGREDIENTS: Alcohol Denat., Parfum (Fragrance), Aqua (Water), Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate, Ethylhexyl Salicylate, Butyl Methoxydibenzoylmethane, Hydroxycitronellal, Linalool, Alpha-Isomethyl lonone, Coumarin, Limonene, Benzyl Benzoate, Farnesol.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060670280688]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ampersand-perfume-santorini-50ml-1080x1080-690c76b3abbef_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13917</g:id><title><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Unique 50ml]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ampersand-perfume-unique-50ml</link><description><![CDATA[Ampersand Perfume Unique 50ml

Notes: BERGAMOT, BLACK PEPPER, LEATHER, BIRCH

Composition: A vibrant blend of moss and black pepper, enriched with amber and energising bergamot. Clean yet intoxicating. Unquestionably unique.

Concentration: EAU DE PARFUM

50ml 1.69 fl oz

VEGAN - CRUELTY FREE - ETHICAL

Our product is 99.3% free from plastic, reflecting our dedication to minimising environmental impact. Each bottle is carefully packaged in a recycled box, designed to avoid the use of coated papers. Sustainability is fundamental to our brand, and we take pride in producing our fragrances in the UK. Furthermore, our wooden caps are not only exquisitely handcrafted but also created from recycled timber, ensuring that every component is responsibly sourced and locally manufactured.

INGREDIENTS: Alcohol Denat., Parfum (Fragrance), Aqua (Water), Limonene, Linalool, Citral, Farnesol.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Bath &amp; Body]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060670280312]]></g:mpn><g:price>59 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ampersand-perfume-unique-50ml-1080x1080-690cb09cde4d9_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13918</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gold Christmas Symbols Metal Glass Charms Pack of 6]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gold-christmas-symbols-metal-glass-charms-pack-of-6</link><description><![CDATA[Gold Christmas Symbols Metal Glass Charms Pack of 6

Add some sparkle to your Christmas drinks with these gold Giselle Graham glass charms.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5030026346610]]></g:mpn><g:price>4.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gold-christmas-symbols-metal-glass-charms-pack-of-6-1080x1080-690c7d2c2b699_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13919</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fizzy Jokes]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fizzy-jokes</link><description><![CDATA[Fizzy Jokes

Making it a perfect conversation starter for dinner parties, hen dos or wine nights. With a colour palette inspired by our best-selling Prosecco Pong, this eye-catching, free-standing pack pairs beautifully with wine or prosecco gifts and adds a touch of fun to any celebration.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5052715162745]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fizzy-jokes-1080x1080-690c773c2f72c_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13924</g:id><title><![CDATA[DecoBird Robin Handcarved Wooden Bird]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/decobird-robin-handcarved-wooden-bird</link><description><![CDATA[DecoBird Robin Handcarved Wooden Bird

DecoBird Robin comes in a windowed display box and includes a short informative booklet about the species.

About the Robin Redbreast&amp;nbsp;
Robins love to visit the garden, but only one at a time! They immediately chase off other robins that approach their territory.

Robin in other languages:
Scientific name: Erithacus rubecula
Dutch: Roodborstje
French: Rouge-gorge
German: Rotkehlchen
Italian: Pettirosso
Spanish: Petirrojo Europeo
Swedish: R&amp;ouml;dhake]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for The Gardener]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[7350054760515]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/decobird-robin-handcarved-wooden-bird-1080x1080-690cb1f0eca27_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13926</g:id><title><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Mug Burgundy and Cream 12oz]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/splatter-enamel-mug-burgundy-and-cream-12oz</link><description><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Mug Burgundy and Cream 12oz

Our splatter 12 oz enamel mug is an absolute classic. Available in over 20 colors and patterns we guarantee you'll find a favorite. Could there be a better mug to start your day with? Whatever your drink of choice, wrap your hands around this handmade enamel mug and feel the magic.

Material: Porcelain enamel on steel base
Dimensions: 4.75 in x 3.5 in x 3.25 in
Capacity: 12 oz]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[026177992672]]></g:mpn><g:price>15 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/splatter-enamel-mug-burgundy-and-cream-12oz-1080x1080-690e15efa39d3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13929</g:id><title><![CDATA[See The World by Train by  Jean-Baptiste Bonaventure]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/see-the-world-by-train-by-jean-baptiste-bonaventure</link><description><![CDATA[See The World by Train by Jean-Baptiste Bonaventure

Join train enthusiast and journalist Jean-Baptiste Bonaventure in this gorgeous celebration of 80 of the world's most emblematic and spectacular railway lines. From the Orient Express in mainland Europe to the Taurus Express in Turkey, the California Zephyr in the US to the Argentinian Tren a las Nubes, the book takes you on epic adventures across the globe. Divided by continent, each entry includes a detailed map, anecdotes about the line, and stunning photography of the landscapes met along the way.

Details


	Author: Bonventure, Jean-Baptiste
	Publisher: Quercus Publishing
	Format: Paperback
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781529442328]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/see-the-world-by-train-by-jean-baptiste-bonaventure-1080x1080-690e173bdf965_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13932</g:id><title><![CDATA[Spice Kitchen Classic Hot Chocolate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/spice-kitchen-classic-hot-chocolate</link><description><![CDATA[Spice Kitchen Classic Hot Chocolate

Treat yourself or someone you love to the ultimate hot chocolate experience. Perfect as little gifts or for a secret Santa or stocking filler during the festive season. A great choice for people on a plant-based diet or those with dairy allergies. And for a creative twist, why not try making gingerbread or chai chocolate brownies. You won't regret it!

Classic Hot Chocolate (100g) &amp;ndash; Contains: Sugar, Fat Reduced Cocoa Powder (27%), Dextrose, Salt, Anti-Caking Agent: Silicon Dioxide]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060499502435]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/spice-kitchen-classic-hot-chocolate-1080x1080-690cb2fe8f4cf_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13933</g:id><title><![CDATA[Shepherds Life: A Tale Of The Lake District by James Rebanks]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/shepherds-life-a-tale-of-the-lake-district-by-james-rebanks</link><description><![CDATA[Shepherds Life: A Tale Of The Lake District by James Rebanks

Now in paperback, the bestslling autobiography of James Rebanks, the first son of a shepherd, who was the first son of a shepherd himself and whose family have lived and worked in and around the Lake District for generations. Their way of life is ordered by the seasons and the work they demand, and has been for hundreds of years - sending the sheep to the fells in the summer and making the hay; the autumn fairs where the flocks are replenished; the gruelling toil of winter when the sheep must be kept alive, and the light-headedness that comes with spring, as the lambs are born and the sheep get ready to return to the fells.

Details


	Author: Rebanks, James
	Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
	Format: Paperback
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9780141979366]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/shepherds-life-a-tale-of-the-lake-district-by-james-rebanks-1080x1080-690ddd2952973_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13938</g:id><title><![CDATA[Dusty Knuckle: Seriously Good Bread]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/dusty-knuckle-seriously-good-bread</link><description><![CDATA[Dusty Knuckle: Seriously Good Bread

The founders of east London&amp;rsquo;s favourite bakery learned to bake the hard way, so you don't have to! In this epic collection of recipes, you'll find everything from Dusty Knuckle's legendary potato sourdough and knockout focaccia, to their ground-breaking sandwiches and unforgettable sweet things. Packed with step-by-step instructions for mixing, fermenting and shaping dough - even home baking hacks and leftover spin-offs - and including chapters for sandwiches, sauces, soups and salads to enjoy on, in, and with bread.

Details


	Author: Tobias, Max &amp;amp; Oliver, Rebecca
	Publisher: Quadrille Publishing Ltd
	Format: Hardback
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781787137745]]></g:mpn><g:price>22 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/dusty-knuckle-seriously-good-bread-1080x1080-690cbb164916b_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13942</g:id><title><![CDATA[Tin of Truly Handmade Shortbread Biscuits with Spanish Clementine 140g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/tin-of-truly-handmade-shortbread-biscuits-with-spanish-cleme</link><description><![CDATA[Tin of Truly Handmade Shortbread Biscuits with Spanish Clementine 140g

An all-butter shortbread recipe using only the finest ingredients, with Spanish Clementine oil to create sweet, zesty delights. Handmade by a small team of skilled bakers in Edinburgh, each tin contains approximately seven individually hand cut shortbread biscuits.

Indulge yourself or treat a loved one with these traditional handmade biscuits. Our Scottish shortbread tins are the perfect gift for Christmas, birthdays, Mother&amp;rsquo;s Day, Father&amp;rsquo;s Day or any other special occasion.

Our shortbread biscuits with Spanish Clementine were winners of a 1-star Great Taste Award in 2024 and 2023.

INGREDIENTS: Flour (Wheat&amp;nbsp;Flour (Gluten), Calcium, Niacin, Iron, Thiamin), Butter (33%) (Milk, Salt), Sugar, Ground Rice, Clementine Oil (0.5%).

ALLERGY ADVICE:&amp;nbsp;For allergens, see ingredients in&amp;nbsp;bold. Also may contain nuts, soya and egg.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5024769740019]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/tin-of-truly-handmade-shortbread-biscuits-with-spanish-cleme-1080x1080-690cb74f6c25b_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13945</g:id><title><![CDATA[The Art Of Friday Night Dinner by Eleanor Steafel]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/the-art-of-friday-night-dinner-by-eleanor-steafel</link><description><![CDATA[The Art Of Friday Night Dinner by Eleanor Steafel

Make Friday the best night of the week, whether you&amp;rsquo;re planning to spend the evening on the sofa, have your closest friend over or host the masses. Over a hundred fail-safe crowd- (and self-) pleasing recipes include: frozen jalapeno margaritas; baked potato with hot smoked salmon, soured cream and pickled radishes; bucatini with mushroom cream and crispy sage; sausages with lemony, caraway cabbage and apples; roast chicken with chicken juice rice and orange and onion salad; ginger, prune and PX cake with cardamom custard.

Details


	Author: Steafel, Eleanor
	Publisher: Bloomsbury Publishing Ltd
	Format: Hardback
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781526643605]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/the-art-of-friday-night-dinner-by-eleanor-steafel-1080x1080-690deabf798e6_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13946</g:id><title><![CDATA[ARK Fish Bookmark in Dark Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/ark-fish-bookmark-in-dark-red</link><description><![CDATA[ARK Fish Bookmark in Dark Red

100% Genuine Leather Bookmark | Made in the United Kingdom
One of our longest running designs. The affirmative 'any fin is possible' is designed to motivate through the toughest of times, making it a great gift for students, teachers or just your casual friendly fisherman.

Made using the traditional technique of hot foil embossing which ensures a handmade and unique product every time.

Double sided genuine leather bookmark; The genuine leather is sourced from a family run Scottish tannery using skins sourced as a by product from the meat and dairy industry.

Embossed and assembled in Scotland. Designed and dispatched from our Cambridge studio.

Length: 20cm
&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Book Lovers]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[12234405517]]></g:mpn><g:price>10.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/ark-fish-bookmark-in-dark-red-1080x1080-690cbb43ebe06_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13947</g:id><title><![CDATA[Swallow And Sea Oven Gloves]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/swallow-and-sea-oven-gloves</link><description><![CDATA[Swallow And Sea Oven Gloves

A Beautiful set of oven gloves featuring the Swallows and Sea repeat print design.&amp;nbsp;

Series: Museums &amp;amp; Galleries

Dimensions:

Width x 180mm

Height x 900mm

Depth x 30mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015278610658]]></g:mpn><g:price>18.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/swallow-and-sea-oven-gloves-1080x1080-690de4da1f69a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13949</g:id><title><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Oval Platter in Burgundy and Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/splatter-enamel-oval-platter-in-burgundy-and-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Oval Platter in Burgundy and Cream

Adding our enamel Oval Platter to your serveware collection means having a lightweight, easy to clean versatile platter in your arsenal. Functionally designed with a rimmed edge to help keep whatever you're serving contained.

Additional Information

Material: Porcelain enamel on steel base
Dimensions: 17.5 in x 13.25 in x 1.5 in]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Tableware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[026177993099]]></g:mpn><g:price>55 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/splatter-enamel-oval-platter-in-burgundy-and-cream-1920x1920-690ddc182bd42_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13951</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Garden Flowers Set of 3 Round Caddies]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-garden-flowers-set-of-3-round-caddies</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Garden Flowers Set of 3 Round Caddies

Bring a touch of floral charm to your kitchen with the Emma Bridgewater Garden Flowers Set of 3 Round Caddies. Beautifully illustrated with Emma Bridgewater&amp;rsquo;s signature hand-drawn style, each tin features a different garden-inspired design &amp;mdash; from bright blooms to delicate wildflowers &amp;mdash; creating a cheerful trio that&amp;rsquo;s as practical as it is pretty.

Perfect for storing tea, coffee, sugar, biscuits, or any kitchen essentials, these round caddies are a delightful way to keep your countertops neat while adding a splash of colour and personality. The snug-fitting lids help keep contents fresh, while the high-quality tin construction ensures lasting durability.

Whether you&amp;rsquo;re brightening up your own kitchen or gifting a flower-loving friend, this set is a lovely nod to the beauty of an English garden.

Features:


	Set of three decorative round storage tins
	Adorned with Emma Bridgewater&amp;rsquo;s Garden Flowers designs
	Ideal for tea, coffee, sugar, biscuits, or small treats
	Made from durable, wipe-clean tinplate
	Approximate size (each tin): H 16 cm x D 10.6 cm
	Supplied as a coordinated set in complementary floral patterns
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033735762290]]></g:mpn><g:price>31.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-garden-flowers-set-of-3-round-caddies-1080x1080-690ddbc1378b7_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13953</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fanflower Block Print Cushion in Forest 30 x 50cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fanflower-block-print-cushion-in-forest-30-x-50cm</link><description><![CDATA[Fanflower Block Print Cushion in Forest 30 x 50cm

Add a touch of handcrafted elegance to your home with the Meanwhile Fanflower Block Print Cushion in Forest. Inspired by nature and traditional textile design, this rectangular cushion features a beautifully hand block-printed fanflower motif in rich forest green tones &amp;mdash; bringing organic warmth and character to any space.

Crafted from 100% cotton, each cushion showcases subtle variations that highlight the artistry of the printing process, making every piece truly unique. The earthy green palette pairs effortlessly with neutrals, natural linens, and warm wood textures, creating a calm and inviting atmosphere.

Perfect for layering on a sofa, bed, or reading nook, this cushion combines timeless design with modern comfort.

Details:


	Size: 30 x 50 cm
	Material: 100% cotton with a hand block-printed design
	Colour: Forest green
	Includes a feather-filled pad for luxurious softness
	Concealed zip closure for easy care
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060603835879]]></g:mpn><g:price>47.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fanflower-block-print-cushion-in-forest-30-x-50cm-1080x1080-690ddc823ae12_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13958</g:id><title><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Mug Navy and Cream 12oz]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/splatter-enamel-mug-navy-and-cream-12oz</link><description><![CDATA[Splatter Enamel Mug Navy and Cream 12oz

Our splatter 12 oz enamel mug is an absolute classic. Available in over 20 colors and patterns we guarantee you'll find a favorite. Could there be a better mug to start your day with? Whatever your drink of choice, wrap your hands around this handmade enamel mug and feel the magic.

Material: Porcelain enamel on steel base
Dimensions: 4.75 in x 3.5 in x 3.25 in
Capacity: 12 oz]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Couples]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[026177998414]]></g:mpn><g:price>15 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/splatter-enamel-mug-navy-and-cream-12oz-1080x1080-690cb2182a79a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13963</g:id><title><![CDATA[V&amp;A Leicester Wallpaper Placemats]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/va-leicester-wallpaper-placemats</link><description><![CDATA[V&amp;amp;A Leicester Wallpaper Placemats

These premium table mats will provide protection for your dining table and are a stylish statement piece.

Pack size 290 x 218 x 24mm

Heat resistant up to 100&amp;deg;C. Wipe clean with a damp cloth.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Tableware]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015278670027]]></g:mpn><g:price>18.25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/v-a-leicester-wallpaper-placemats-1080x1080-690de800547a3_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13965</g:id><title><![CDATA[V&amp;A Leicester Wallpaper Coasters]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/va-leicester-wallpaper-coasters</link><description><![CDATA[V&amp;amp;A Leicester Wallpaper Coasters

Laminated heat resistant up to 100'c

Cork-backed

Wipe clean with damp cloth

Pack size 103 x 103 x 24mm]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5015278670089]]></g:mpn><g:price>6.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/v-a-leicester-wallpaper-coasters-1080x1080-690de781ea57f_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13990</g:id><title><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Hot Choccy Scoffy Hot Chocolate 250g]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/monty-bojangles-hot-choccy-scoffy-hot-chocolate-250g</link><description><![CDATA[Monty Bojangles Hot Choccy Scoffy Hot Chocolate 250g


	EXQUISITE HOT CHOCOLATE - Treat yourself to a Monty Bojangles Hot Choccy Scoffy, a Hot Chocolate like no other. Inspired by our award-winning Choccy Scoffy truffles, this velvety drink offers a truly unforgettable luxury chocolate experience.
	A CHOCOHOLIC&amp;rsquo;S DELIGHT - Enjoy the rich, creamy goodness of our drinking chocolate powder. Each sip delivers an intensely chocolatey flavour, creating a decadent moment of joy and indulgence in every cup.
	THE PERFECT CHOCOLATE GIFT: Treat your loved ones to these deliciously moreish luxury hot chocolate, in a beautifully packaged tin - with magical illustrations and vibrant colours that can be proudly displayed by someone special.
	MADE LOVINGLY WITH RAINFOREST ALLIANCE COCOA - Our hot chocolate is made with Rainforest Alliance certified cocoa powder, supporting better futures for people and nature while ensuring a premium chocolate experience.
	SHARE IN THE ADVENTURE - Whether you&amp;rsquo;re having a cosy night in, watching a movie, or even making a milkshake on a hot day, our versatile Hot Choccy Scoffy Hot Chocolate is here for you. Share the joy and embrace the magic of Monty Bojangles.
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Food Gifts]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060980960744]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/monty-bojangles-hot-choccy-scoffy-hot-chocolate-250g-1080x1080-691326071939d_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>13995</g:id><title><![CDATA[Fever-Tree Mojito Cocktail Set, 50cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/fever-tree-mojito-cocktail-set-50cl</link><description><![CDATA[Fever-Tree Mojito Cocktail Set, 50cl

The ultimate Classic Mojito Kit: 2x Duppy White rum miniatures, 500ml bottle of Fever-Tree Classic Mojito Mixer and 2x Premium Ribbed Mojito cocktail glasses chosen to elevate your cocktail drinking experience.

For the perfect Mojito, simply fill your glass with ice, add 50ml rum and 125ml mixer, stir well and garnish with a lime wedge and mint sprig. By blending the finest Mexican limes with Moroccan mint, Fever-Tree Classic Mojito Mixer is zesty and refreshing, which, when mixed with rum, makes a delicious and easy Mojito.

We cannot sell this product to anyone under&amp;nbsp;18]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060108458184]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/fever-tree-mojito-cocktail-set-50cl-2052x2052-69136a870a774_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14008</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler Flask in Black Forest Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-flask-forest-green</link><description><![CDATA[Drink to your stealth with the over-engineered Flask.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830382943]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-flask-forest-green-1445x1445-691715fd1c646_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14019</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Shot Glasses with Carrying Case in Black Forest Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-shot-glasses-with-carrying-case-in-black-forest-green</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Shot Glasses with Carrying Case in Black Forest Green

These stackable and portable shot glasses are double-wall insulated to keep your drinks cold, making them ideal for camping trips&amp;nbsp;or garden parties.


	
	Four shot glasses &amp;amp; carrying case
	
	
	48 ml shot glass capacity
	
	
	Stacks and packs together
	
	
	Double Wall Insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830490433]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-shot-glasses-with-carrying-case-in-black-forest-green-416x416-69171b08a90e3_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14020</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup with Ceramic Lining in Black Forest Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-with-ceramic-lining-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup with Ceramic Lining in Black Forest Green

Engineered from durable 18/8 stainless steel and featuring a DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining, it ensures a pure taste and effortless cleaning after every pour.


	DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining
	Fits under most espresso machines
	Stackable for easy storage
	Splash resistant
	Dishwasher safe
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830548707]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-with-ceramic-lining-in-black-1500x1500-69171bd3543c1_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14022</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 2.0 Hard Cooler Rescue Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-roadie-24-hard-cooler-rescue-red</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 Hard Cooler Rescue Red

TALL ENOUGH TO CHILL MOST BOTTLES OF WINE AND KEEP THE ESSENTIALS FRESH WHILE YOU TAKE THE SCENIC ROUTE.

Made for the road and ready to go &amp;ndash; The Roadie&amp;reg; 24 Cool Box 2.0 packs more while taking up less space. It&amp;rsquo;s built tall to accommodate critical bottles of wine and slim enough to squeeze behind the driver&amp;rsquo;s or passenger&amp;rsquo;s seat of a car. Now that&amp;rsquo;s what we call a road trip buddy.

SMART DESIGN

&amp;nbsp;


	DOUBLEDUTY&amp;trade; STRAP&amp;nbsp;Designed for easy hauling and comfortable carrying.
	LIPGRIP&amp;trade; HANDLES&amp;nbsp;They&amp;rsquo;re out of the way and make carrying your catch easy.
	BEARFOOT&amp;trade; NON-SLIP FEET&amp;nbsp;Prevent sliding on the boat or in the backseat.
	BESTDAM&amp;trade; DRAIN PLUG&amp;nbsp;This leakproof barrier offers quick-drain convenience.


FOR DAY IN, DAY OUT USE


	QUICKLATCH&amp;trade;&amp;nbsp;For quick, one-handed cooler access.
	WINE-FRIENDLY PACKING&amp;nbsp;Fits (most) standard wine bottles and two liter soda bottles upright.


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;42.2W X 35.6D X 44.2H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;5.8&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830335215]]></g:mpn><g:price>225 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-roadie-24-hard-cooler-rescue-red-713x713-691f1f98e4e00_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14025</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 10 Oz Tumbler Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-solar-flare</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 10 Oz Tumbler Solar Flare

A go-to for coffee on the go.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830489291]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-solar-flare-2400x2400-693ace3231e2d_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14026</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-solar-flare</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Solar Flare


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	


Savour those day-saving espresso shots with a tumbler primed for the job &amp;mdash; the Rambler&amp;reg; 20 oz. Tumbler. Insulated to keep the steam on your coffee and comes with the&amp;nbsp;MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid to protect from any splashes. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware family, the 20 oz. Tumbler and its lid are dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545775]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-solar-flare-512x512-693aceb19a4ff_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14027</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider™ Lid Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-with-magslider-lid-solar-fl</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider&amp;trade; Lid Solar Flare


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	


Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545782]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-with-magslider-lid-solar-fl-1920x1920-693acfda835fc_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14029</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-solar-flare</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Solar Flare

Rambler&amp;reg; Jr. is a small-and-mighty kids&amp;rsquo; bottle over-engineered for your little wild ones. This 12-ounce&amp;nbsp;powerhouse inherited double-wall vacuum insulation from its Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware predecessors, carrying on the family legacy by locking in ice-cold water for backyard campouts and breaks between tag. We made sure its included straw cap is leak-resistant when closed and both the bottle and cap are dishwasher safe. Plus, it&amp;rsquo;s engineered with a super strong, stainless-steel armor that can handle taking a tumble.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leakproof while closed&amp;nbsp;
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545737]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-solar-flare-1346x1346-693ad06cabb10_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14030</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-matched-straw-ca</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap Solar Flare

Flip and sip on the go.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;made with kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant.
	
	
	Double Wall Vacuum Insulation -&amp;nbsp;keeps cold drinks cold even on the hottest days.
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	


This bottle is over-engineered and double-wall insulated to keep your water cold until the last sip, and it&amp;rsquo;s dishwasher safe for easy cleaning. Plus, it comes with a wide-straw insert, so you get more drink with every sip.

Please note: Do not use the Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Straw Cap with hot, carbonated, or pulp beverages or for storage of food or perishables.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545744]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-1445x1445-693ad0ce23b04_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14032</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle With Chug Cap Solar Flare]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-ca</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle With Chug Cap Solar Flare

A leakproof bottle that fits just the right amount of hydration &amp;mdash; with a chug spout lid for easy sipping.


	
	100% leakproof
	
	
	Easy to carry
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
	
	Compatible with straw cap accessory (sold separately)
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545768]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-1346x1346-693ad307b8226_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14035</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Duck Egg]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-duck</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Duck Egg

The Revival Petite 2 is the next generation of Roberts' palm-sized Revival. The same great retro style and modern sound with DAB/DAB+/FM radio and Bluetooth. Now improved with a telescopic aerial, USB-C charging and an alarm function.


	DAB/DAB+/FM with 20 presets
	20 hours portable playback
	Bluetooth connectivity
	Alarm feature with snooze


Key Technical Specifications


	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;USB-C Charging Cable, Radio, Safety/Warranty Leaflet, Quick Start Guide
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;DAB+, DAB, FM
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;12.4 (W) x 7.3 (H) x 8.5 (D) cm
	Weight&amp;nbsp;430g


Next generation of Petite

The best made better

The nation's favourite digital radio - made better. Petite 2 now offers an alarm feature, telescopic aerial for improved aesthetic and performance, and can be charged via convenient USB-C.

Digital Radio with Bluetooth

Modern radio simplicity

Flick between digital and FM radio with 20 easy to access presets or stream your playlists and podcasts via Bluetooth.&amp;nbsp;

20 hours playtime

Perfectly portable

Petite's palm-sized stature and internal rechargeable battery makes it the perfect travel companion, so you can listen wherever you are with all-day listening.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301311940]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-duck-585x585-693991dd9df3f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14036</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Dusky Pink]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-dusky-pink</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Dusky Pink

The Revival Petite 2 is the next generation of Roberts' palm-sized Revival. The same great retro style and modern sound with DAB/DAB+/FM radio and Bluetooth. Now improved with a telescopic aerial, USB-C charging and an alarm function.


	DAB/DAB+/FM with 20 presets
	20 hours portable playback
	Bluetooth connectivity
	Alarm feature with snooze


Key Technical Specifications


	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;USB-C Charging Cable, Radio, Safety/Warranty Leaflet, Quick Start Guide
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;DAB+, DAB, FM
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;12.4 (W) x 7.3 (H) x 8.5 (D) cm
	Weight&amp;nbsp;430g


Next generation of Petite

The best made better

The nation's favourite digital radio - made better. Petite 2 now offers an alarm feature, telescopic aerial for improved aesthetic and performance, and can be charged via convenient USB-C.

Digital Radio with Bluetooth

Modern radio simplicity

Flick between digital and FM radio with 20 easy to access presets or stream your playlists and podcasts via Bluetooth.&amp;nbsp;

20 hours playtime

Perfectly portable

Petite's palm-sized stature and internal rechargeable battery makes it the perfect travel companion, so you can listen wherever you are with all-day listening.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301311933]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-dusk-585x585-6939922b14e86_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14037</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Midnight Blue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-midnight-blue</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Midnight Blue

The Revival Petite 2 is the next generation of Roberts' palm-sized Revival. The same great retro style and modern sound with DAB/DAB+/FM radio and Bluetooth. Now improved with a telescopic aerial, USB-C charging and an alarm function.


	DAB/DAB+/FM with 20 presets
	20 hours portable playback
	Bluetooth connectivity
	Alarm feature with snooze


Key Technical Specifications


	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;USB-C Charging Cable, Radio, Safety/Warranty Leaflet, Quick Start Guide
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;DAB+, DAB, FM
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;12.4 (W) x 7.3 (H) x 8.5 (D) cm
	Weight&amp;nbsp;430g


Next generation of Petite

The best made better

The nation's favourite digital radio - made better. Petite 2 now offers an alarm feature, telescopic aerial for improved aesthetic and performance, and can be charged via convenient USB-C.

Digital Radio with Bluetooth

Modern radio simplicity

Flick between digital and FM radio with 20 easy to access presets or stream your playlists and podcasts via Bluetooth.&amp;nbsp;

20 hours playtime

Perfectly portable

Petite's palm-sized stature and internal rechargeable battery makes it the perfect travel companion, so you can listen wherever you are with all-day listening.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301311926]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-midn-585x585-69399289dbd80_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14038</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Pastel Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-istream-3l-pastel-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Pastel Cream

Roberts original and iconic 1950s inspired smart radio and speaker now comes with a more powerful processor, speedier start-up and functions that are easier to use than ever. Welcome to an enhanced listening experience in a retro design you already know and love.


	Seamless streaming with Bluetooth connectivity
	Smart Radio &amp;ndash; Internet, DAB+, FM radio
	Built-in Spotify and Deezer
	Acoustically tuned wooden casing


DAB/DAB+/FM + Smart Radio

Unlock a new world of audio

With over 20,000 internet radio stations, plus thousands of podcasts, you can listen to audio from around the world. Plus with Bluetooth connectivity, simply stream music directly from your smartphone.

Iconic Vintage Radio Design

Revival of a Classic

The portable, acoustically tuned wooden cabinet stays true to the iconic 1950s Roberts design, and delivers rich, room-filling sound.

Built-in Streaming

Play directly from your choice of streaming services

Stream your favourite playlists and podcasts with built-in Spotify, Amazon Music and Deezer.

USB Phone Charging

Connect, play and recharge devices from USB port.

Smoother Operation

With a more powerful processor, faster start-up and easier-to-use functions, your listening experience just got even more enjoyable.

Key Technical Specifications


	
	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Auxiliary input&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;AC Adaptor, Radio, Manual, Streaming Services Leaflet
	
	
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;FM, DAB, DAB+, WiFi Internet
	
	
	USB playback&amp;nbsp;MP3
	
	
	WIFI&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	
	
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;10.6cm (L) x 25cm (W) x 16cm (H)
	
	
	Weight&amp;nbsp;1.71kg
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301310592]]></g:mpn><g:price>199.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-istream-3l-smart-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-585x585-69398f4f26e29_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14039</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Teal Blue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-istream-3l-teal-blue</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Teal Blue

Roberts original and iconic 1950s inspired smart radio and speaker now comes with a more powerful processor, speedier start-up and functions that are easier to use than ever. Welcome to an enhanced listening experience in a retro design you already know and love.


	Seamless streaming with Bluetooth connectivity
	Smart Radio &amp;ndash; Internet, DAB+, FM radio
	Built-in Spotify and Deezer
	Acoustically tuned wooden casing


DAB/DAB+/FM + Smart Radio

Unlock a new world of audio

With over 20,000 internet radio stations, plus thousands of podcasts, you can listen to audio from around the world. Plus with Bluetooth connectivity, simply stream music directly from your smartphone.

Iconic Vintage Radio Design

Revival of a Classic

The portable, acoustically tuned wooden cabinet stays true to the iconic 1950s Roberts design, and delivers rich, room-filling sound.

Built-in Streaming

Play directly from your choice of streaming services

Stream your favourite playlists and podcasts with built-in Spotify, Amazon Music and Deezer.

USB Phone Charging

Connect, play and recharge devices from USB port.

Smoother Operation

With a more powerful processor, faster start-up and easier-to-use functions, your listening experience just got even more enjoyable.

Key Technical Specifications


	
	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Auxiliary input&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;AC Adaptor, Radio, Manual, Streaming Services Leaflet
	
	
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;FM, DAB, DAB+, WiFi Internet
	
	
	USB playback&amp;nbsp;MP3
	
	
	WIFI&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	
	
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;10.6cm (L) x 25cm (W) x 16cm (H)
	
	
	Weight&amp;nbsp;1.71kg
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301310639]]></g:mpn><g:price>199.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-istream-3l-smart-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-584x585-69398fbe26fe2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14040</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Classic Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-istream-3l-classic-red</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Classic Red

Roberts original and iconic 1950s inspired smart radio and speaker now comes with a more powerful processor, speedier start-up and functions that are easier to use than ever. Welcome to an enhanced listening experience in a retro design you already know and love.


	Seamless streaming with Bluetooth connectivity
	Smart Radio &amp;ndash; Internet, DAB+, FM radio
	Built-in Spotify and Deezer
	Acoustically tuned wooden casing


DAB/DAB+/FM + Smart Radio

Unlock a new world of audio

With over 20,000 internet radio stations, plus thousands of podcasts, you can listen to audio from around the world. Plus with Bluetooth connectivity, simply stream music directly from your smartphone.

Iconic Vintage Radio Design

Revival of a Classic

The portable, acoustically tuned wooden cabinet stays true to the iconic 1950s Roberts design, and delivers rich, room-filling sound.

Built-in Streaming

Play directly from your choice of streaming services

Stream your favourite playlists and podcasts with built-in Spotify, Amazon Music and Deezer.

USB Phone Charging

Connect, play and recharge devices from USB port.

Smoother Operation

With a more powerful processor, faster start-up and easier-to-use functions, your listening experience just got even more enjoyable.

Key Technical Specifications


	
	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Auxiliary input&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;AC Adaptor, Radio, Manual, Streaming Services Leaflet
	
	
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;FM, DAB, DAB+, WiFi Internet
	
	
	USB playback&amp;nbsp;MP3
	
	
	WIFI&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	
	
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;10.6cm (L) x 25cm (W) x 16cm (H)
	
	
	Weight&amp;nbsp;1.71kg
	



]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301313210]]></g:mpn><g:price>199.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-istream-3l-smart-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-585x585-69398e8f11d90_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14041</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Duck Egg Blue]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-istream-3l-duck-egg-blue</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival iStream 3L Smart DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Duck Egg Blue

Roberts original and iconic 1950s inspired smart radio and speaker now comes with a more powerful processor, speedier start-up and functions that are easier to use than ever. Welcome to an enhanced listening experience in a retro design you already know and love.


	Seamless streaming with Bluetooth connectivity
	Smart Radio &amp;ndash; Internet, DAB+, FM radio
	Built-in Spotify and Deezer
	Acoustically tuned wooden casing


DAB/DAB+/FM + Smart Radio

Unlock a new world of audio

With over 20,000 internet radio stations, plus thousands of podcasts, you can listen to audio from around the world. Plus with Bluetooth connectivity, simply stream music directly from your smartphone.

Iconic Vintage Radio Design

Revival of a Classic

The portable, acoustically tuned wooden cabinet stays true to the iconic 1950s Roberts design, and delivers rich, room-filling sound.

Built-in Streaming

Play directly from your choice of streaming services

Stream your favourite playlists and podcasts with built-in Spotify, Amazon Music and Deezer.

USB Phone Charging

Connect, play and recharge devices from USB port.

Smoother Operation

With a more powerful processor, faster start-up and easier-to-use functions, your listening experience just got even more enjoyable.

Key Technical Specifications


	
	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Auxiliary input&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;AC Adaptor, Radio, Manual, Streaming Services Leaflet
	
	
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;FM, DAB, DAB+, WiFi Internet
	
	
	USB playback&amp;nbsp;MP3
	
	
	WIFI&amp;nbsp;Yes
	
	
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	
	
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;10.6cm (L) x 25cm (W) x 16cm (H)
	
	
	Weight&amp;nbsp;1.71kg
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301310523]]></g:mpn><g:price>199.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-istream-3l-smart-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-537x537-6939938b87bb6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14042</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Midnight Yellow]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-sunb</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Sunburst Yellow

The Revival Petite 2 is the next generation of Roberts' palm-sized Revival. The same great retro style and modern sound with DAB/DAB+/FM radio and Bluetooth. Now improved with a telescopic aerial, USB-C charging and an alarm function.


	DAB/DAB+/FM with 20 presets
	20 hours portable playback
	Bluetooth connectivity
	Alarm feature with snooze


Key Technical Specifications


	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;USB-C Charging Cable, Radio, Safety/Warranty Leaflet, Quick Start Guide
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;DAB+, DAB, FM
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;12.4 (W) x 7.3 (H) x 8.5 (D) cm
	Weight&amp;nbsp;430g


Next generation of Petite

The best made better

The nation's favourite digital radio - made better. Petite 2 now offers an alarm feature, telescopic aerial for improved aesthetic and performance, and can be charged via convenient USB-C.

Digital Radio with Bluetooth

Modern radio simplicity

Flick between digital and FM radio with 20 easy to access presets or stream your playlists and podcasts via Bluetooth.&amp;nbsp;

20 hours playtime

Perfectly portable

Petite's palm-sized stature and internal rechargeable battery makes it the perfect travel companion, so you can listen wherever you are with all-day listening.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301311957]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-sunb-622x622-69399476a324f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14043</g:id><title><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Pastel Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-past</link><description><![CDATA[Roberts Revival Petite 2 DAB Radio Bluetooth Speaker in Pastel Cream

The Revival Petite 2 is the next generation of Roberts' palm-sized Revival. The same great retro style and modern sound with DAB/DAB+/FM radio and Bluetooth. Now improved with a telescopic aerial, USB-C charging and an alarm function.


	DAB/DAB+/FM with 20 presets
	20 hours portable playback
	Bluetooth connectivity
	Alarm feature with snooze


Key Technical Specifications


	Alarm function&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Bluetooth&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Box contents&amp;nbsp;USB-C Charging Cable, Radio, Safety/Warranty Leaflet, Quick Start Guide
	Headphone socket&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Portable&amp;nbsp;Yes
	Radio wavebands&amp;nbsp;DAB+, DAB, FM
	Warranty&amp;nbsp;2 Years
	Dimensions&amp;nbsp;12.4 (W) x 7.3 (H) x 8.5 (D) cm
	Weight&amp;nbsp;430g


Next generation of Petite

The best made better

The nation's favourite digital radio - made better. Petite 2 now offers an alarm feature, telescopic aerial for improved aesthetic and performance, and can be charged via convenient USB-C.

Digital Radio with Bluetooth

Modern radio simplicity

Flick between digital and FM radio with 20 easy to access presets or stream your playlists and podcasts via Bluetooth.&amp;nbsp;

20 hours playtime

Perfectly portable

Petite's palm-sized stature and internal rechargeable battery makes it the perfect travel companion, so you can listen wherever you are with all-day listening.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5038301311971]]></g:mpn><g:price>99.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/roberts-revival-petite-2-dab-radio-bluetooth-speaker-in-past-689x689-69399513ae73d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Roberts]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14063</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Dazzling Bows Eye Mask]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-dazzling-bows-eye-mask</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Dazzling Bows Eye Mask

Featuring delicate embroidery onto a luxurious soft base, this eye mask is filled with sweet lavender to help you drift away into a dreamy night's sleep.

Features


	Elasticated Headband
	Filled with dried lavender


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	100% Cotton Velvet front&amp;nbsp;
	100% Polyester Velvet back
	Dimensions: 21x10cm (S-M)
	Elasticated strap
	Filled with soothing, dried lavender
	Hand wash only
	With cotton drawstring carry bag
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857512212]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-dazzling-bows-eye-mask-713x749-693af702cf2b4_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14064</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Dazzling Bows Hot Water Bottle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-dazzling-bows-hot-water-bottle</link><description><![CDATA[Dazzling Bows Hot Water Bottle

This soft velvet cover is delicately embroidered and comes complete with a hot water bottle - the perfect companion for cosying up on cooler nights.

Features


	Includes 2L hot water bottle
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 37x23cm
	Complete with 2L hot water bottle inside
	Machine wash the cover at 30 degrees
	Delicately embroidered
	For safety purposes, we recommend replacing the inner bottle every 2 years
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857512229]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-dazzling-bows-hot-water-bottle-713x749-693af634b5971_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14065</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Rose Velvet Wash Bag Navy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-rose-velvet-wash-bag-navy</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Rose Velvet Wash Bag Navy

Makeup bags are the perfect size to store your makeup, skincare and other lotions and potions. They add a little luxury and colour to your day and are 100% washable, so no need to worry about messy mishaps

Features


	Water-Resistant Lining
	Inner Pockets


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base
	Dimensions: 18x23x10.5cm
	Water resistant lining
	4 x Inner elasticated pockets to hold larger cosmetics
	Gold zip with matching tassel
	Machine washable at 30 degrees
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857512069]]></g:mpn><g:price>42 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-rose-velvet-wash-bag-navy-1200x1260-6942c3edcf6f3_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14067</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Rose Velvet Tote Navy]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-rose-velvet-tote-navy</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Rose Velvet Tote Navy

Whether you're dashing to the gym, on your commute or heading to the shops, our durable tote makes life run that little bit more smoothly. Roomy enough to store all of your essentials for work and play, the internal pocket will keep your smaller valuables safe and the thick handle provides extra comfort.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857512120]]></g:mpn><g:price>65 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-rose-velvet-tote-navy-1200x1260-6942c0d96c4e1_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14069</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Honey Bee Charcoal Velvet Mini Pouch]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-honey-bee-charcoal-velvet-mini-pouch</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Honey Bee Charcoal Velvet Mini Pouch

Our mini pouch will keep you organised in style each and every day. Perfect to tidy up your cosmetics, tech essentials or favourite pieces of jewellery. They make life feel a little more organised and a lot more luxurious.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 16x23cm
	100% Organic Cotton lining
	Machine wash at 30 degrees
	Gold zip closure
	Double sided design
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857472622]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-honey-bee-charcoal-velvet-mini-pouch-1200x1260-6942c96bc5d7a_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14075</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Enchanted Woodland Velvet Hot Water Bottle Ruby]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-enchanted-woodland-velvet-hot-water-bottl</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Enchanted Woodland Velvet Hot Water Bottle Ruby

This soft velvet cover is delicately embroidered and comes complete with a hot water bottle - the perfect companion for cosying up on cooler nights.

Features


	Includes 2L hot water bottle
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 37x23cm
	Complete with 2L hot water bottle inside
	Machine wash the cover at 30 degrees
	Delicately embroidered
	For safety purposes, we recommend replacing the inner bottle every 2 years
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857514995]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-enchanted-woodland-velvet-hot-water-bottl-1200x1260-6942caacaee38_l.webp</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14078</g:id><title><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Moon Gin 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/penningtons-lakeland-moon-gin-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Moon Gin 70cl

You must be 18+ to purchase this item

Lakeland Moon Gin is a unique blend of wild juniper and 6 other botanicals, gathered from the Lakeland Fells under a full moon. Blended with water filtered through limestone beds from our own Lake District National Park spring, our master distiller uses traditional methods to create a truly English artisan gin with a balanced, classic taste. With a variety of carefully selected grapefruit, Spanish orange and lemon peel added to the distillation, this citrus forward gin is certain to uplift your tastebuds.

Since the first distillation in 2016, Lakeland Moon Gin has been awarded a variety of different awards including:


	Silver &amp;ndash; World Gin Awards 2020
	Gold &amp;ndash; World Gin Awards 2019
	Bronze &amp;ndash; International Spirits Challenge 2018
	Silver &amp;ndash; International Spirits Challenge 2017


Pennington&amp;rsquo;s recommend serving Lakeland Moon Gin with Fever Tree Mediterranean Tonic or Fever Tree Premium Indian Tonic. Or for the true Gin connoisseur, simply serve over ice with a twist of orange peel.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065010560567]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/penningtons-lakeland-moon-gin-70cl-1000x1000-6945222b288b1_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14079</g:id><title><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Moon Rhubarb Gin Liqueur 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/penningtons-lakeland-moon-rhubarb-gin-liqueur-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Moon Rhubarb Gin Liqueur 70cl

You must be 18+ to purchase this product.

We have carefully selected the finest English rhubarb stems to infuse with Pennington&amp;rsquo;s Gin to create this delightfully aromatic, naturally pink and vibrant liqueur. We then add even more fresh and fruity rhubarb juice into every bottle so they&amp;rsquo;re jam-packed with this British classic. The classic tart Rhubarb flavour is then balanced with a hint of sugar to deliver an utterly succulent spirit that screams English summertime.

As Rhubarb Gin lovers here at Penningtons, we have wanted to bottle our own Rhubarb Gin for years and when we managed to source rhubarb locally, it was a perfect opportunity to produce a single batch in time for Summer &amp;ndash; although it tastes just as good all year-round.

We have been enjoying Lakeland Moon Rhubarb over ice with Fever-Tree Indian or Mediterranean Tonic Water. Equally, serve with Ginger Beer or Ginger Ale for something a little different.

Botanicals : English Rhubarb, Juniper, Coriander, Angelica, Milk thistle, Lime peel, Orange peel, Cardamon and one other secret fruity ingredient

Free from all artificial colours and flavours, we recommend storing this pink beauty out of direct sunlight and if any rhubarb settles in the bottle, give it a quick shake before enjoying.

28% Vol.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065010560062]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/penningtons-lakeland-moon-rhubarb-gin-liqueur-70cl-1000x1000-6945239d9e94d_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14080</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pennington's Lakeland Pineapple Spiced Rum 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/penningtons-lakeland-pineapple-spiced-rum-70cl</link><description><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Pineapple Spiced Rum 70cl

You must be 18+ to purchase this product

An expert blend of 3 year and 5 year aged Carribean golden rums delivering an ultra smooth balance of flavour, perfectly complemented by fresh and zingy pineapple with a hint of sweetness. Serve chilled over ice, with your favourite mixer or in a cocktail.

Bottled at 40% ABV and produced in small batches at our eco-distillery in the Lake District.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065010560277]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/penningtons-lakeland-pineapple-spiced-rum-70cl-1000x1000-694524e12f83a_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14081</g:id><title><![CDATA[Pennington's Lakeland Moon Wild Blackberry &amp; Apple Gin Liqueur 70cl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/penningtons-lakeland-moon-wild-blackberry-apple-gin-liqueur</link><description><![CDATA[Penningtons Lakeland Moon Wild Blackberry &amp;amp; Apple Gin Liqueur 70cl

You must be 18+ to purchase this product

Bursting with the natural sweetness of heritage apples and the tart, fruity tang of wild-foraged blackberries, this special edition of our award-winning Lakeland Moon Gin captures the very essence of sun-drenched days and countryside rambles.

Each small batch is handcrafted, infusing our signature Lakeland Moon Gin with freshly picked blackberries gathered from hedgerows and crisp apples harvested from local orchards. The result is a refreshingly balanced spirit: rich berry notes, bright orchard freshness, and subtle floral botanicals that dance on the palate.

Perfect served over ice, topped with a splash of tonic or sparkling elderflower, or starring in your favourite bramble cocktail.

Shake before serving

25% Vol.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink/Beers, Wines &amp; Spirits]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5065010560499]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/penningtons-lakeland-moon-wild-blackberry-apple-gin-liqueur--1000x1000-6945240b5730d_l.png</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Food &amp; Drink]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14083</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Pink Crafting Small Shallow Tin]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-pink-crafting-small-shallow-tin</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Pink Crafting Small Shallow Tin

Whoever invented the thingumy with the thin wire for threading a needle was a genius! Handy but often misplaced &amp;ndash; not anymore, thanks to our Pink Crafting Small Shallow Tin.&amp;nbsp;

Ideal for storing sewing essentials, this charming tin keeps your needles, threads, and other bits and bobs safely in one place. Perfect for any crafter, this versatile tin is as practical as it is stylish, adding a touch of colour and organisation to your crafting space.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts Under £25]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5033735155368]]></g:mpn><g:price>5.5 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-pink-crafting-small-shallow-tin-1000x1000-694553a7b893c_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14084</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Bar-B-Kettle 47cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-bar-b-kettle-47cm</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Bar-B-Kettle 47cm

Some things never go out of style &amp;ndash; like cooking over charcoal, the sizzle of a summer cookout, and the iconic silhouette of the 47cm Bar-B-Kettle charcoal barbecue. This barbecue is built to last, with a porcelain-enamelled bowl and lid that retain the heat and resist rust, peeling and scratching. Fine-tune the heat for perfect results with one adjustable lid damper and three adjustable bowl dampers that offer extra precision. The built-in lid thermometer makes it easy to monitor the temperature inside the barbecue without lifting the lid. The durable, plated-steel cooking grate heats evenly and cleans with ease, and the ash catcher keeps your patio spotless. Two wheels make it easy to roll this timeless classic to the centre of the action, right where it belongs. Because some barbecues don&amp;rsquo;t just cook food &amp;ndash; they make memories.


	Porcelain-enamelled finish is scratch and rust-resistant
	Room to cook for 4&amp;ndash;6 people
	Durable, plated-steel cooking grate
	Adjustable lid and bowl dampers let you control temperature
	1 lid damper and 3 bowl dampers offer more heat control
	Lid thermometer makes it easy to see barbecue temperature
	Lid hook to hang lid on bowl while cooking
	2 tool hooks included on bowl handle
	Ash catcher protects patio or deck
	Easy to move on 2 durable, all-weather wheels
	Heat-resistant lid and bowl handles
	Bottom, wire storage shelf
	Durable fuel grate
	3 aluminium legs are rust-resistant
	10-year limited warranty


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924915727]]></g:mpn><g:price>104.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-bar-b-kettle-47cm-800x800-69b02b3d41000_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14085</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Bar-B Kettle 57cm]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-bar-b-kettle-57cm</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Bar-B-Kettle 57cm

Some things never go out of style &amp;ndash; like cooking over charcoal, the sizzle of a summer cookout, and the iconic silhouette of the 57cm Bar-B-Kettle charcoal barbecue. This barbecue is built to last with a porcelain-enamelled bowl and lid that retain the heat and resist rust, peeling and scratching. Fine-tune the heat for perfect results with one adjustable lid damper and three adjustable bowl dampers that offer extra precision. The built-in lid thermometer makes it easy to monitor the temperature inside the barbecue without lifting the lid. The durable, plated-steel cooking grate heats evenly and cleans with ease, and the ash catcher keeps your patio spotless. Two wheels make it easy to roll this timeless classic to the centre of the action, right where it belongs. Because some barbecues don&amp;rsquo;t just cook food &amp;ndash; they make memories.


	Porcelain-enamelled finish is scratch and rust-resistant
	Room to cook for 6-8 people
	Durable, plated-steel cooking grate
	Adjustable lid and bowl dampers let you control temperature
	1 lid damper and 3 bowl dampers offer more heat control
	Lid thermometer makes it easy to see barbecue temperature
	Lid hook to hang lid on bowl while cooking
	2 tool hooks included on bowl handle
	Ash catcher protects patio or deck
	Easy to move on 2 durable, all-weather wheels
	Heat-resistant lid and bowl handles
	Bottom, wire storage shelf
	Durable fuel grate
	3 aluminium legs are rust-resistant
	10-year limited warranty


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924915895]]></g:mpn><g:price>149.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-bar-b-kettle-57cm-800x800-69b02c2487557_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14088</g:id><title><![CDATA[Westland Composted Bark 60L]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/westland-composted-bark-60-ltr</link><description><![CDATA[Westland Composted Bark - 60 Litre

This Westland Composted Bark is perfect for mulching, suppressing weeds, retaining moisture &amp;amp; using as a soil conditioner.

This bark mulch slowly releases nutrients back into the soil building up natural fertility.


	Perfect for mulching
	Revitalises tired soils
	Improves soil structure &amp;amp; drainage
	Helps retain moisture
	Slowly releases nutrients into the soil


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;

&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Compost, Grit &amp; Gravel/Compost]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5023377036958]]></g:mpn><g:price>8.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/westland-composted-bark-60-ltr-1000x1000-6964bcca0354e_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Westland]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14090</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Bartholomew Bear Daffodil Outfit]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-bartholomew-bear-daffodil-outfit</link><description><![CDATA[Bartholomew Bear Daffodil Outfit

Bartholomew Bear Daffodil Outfit is blooming. Dressed head to toe in his sunny daffodil costume, he&amp;rsquo;s channelling pure flower power and sharing it generously with everyone he meets &amp;ndash; by putting on a spring performance for his friends, naturally!

Bashful Bunny thinks this might just be her favourite Bartholomew outfit to date (do they come in bunny size?). Albee Bee can&amp;rsquo;t stop admiring it &amp;ndash; he&amp;rsquo;s all abuzz with compliments.

And Bartholomew himself? He&amp;rsquo;s never felt brighter!

Product Details


	Dimensions: 26cm x 15cm x 15cm
	Sitting Height: 22cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
	Removable Costume
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166514]]></g:mpn><g:price>50 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-bartholomew-bear-daffodil-outfit-1000x1000-69665cf041816_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14097</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Watering Can]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-watering-can</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Watering Can

Amuseables Watering Can is a true vintage car enthusiast. His heart belongs to chrome bumpers and classic engines.

His pride and joy is a lovingly restored 1963 &amp;ldquo;Flowermobile&amp;rdquo;. He loves how it handles, even at the tightest corners; there&amp;rsquo;s never any spillage!

Always practical, ever dapper, and a firm believer in regular maintenance &amp;ndash; whether for roses or roadsters &amp;ndash; Watering Can proves that a little polish goes a long way.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 20cm x 28cm x 13cm
	Sitting Height: 16cm
	Main Materials: Polyester, Cotton
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166149]]></g:mpn><g:price>45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-watering-can-1000x1000-69665dcd1a9d8_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14099</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Broccoli]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-broccoli</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Broccoli

Amuseables Broccoli is a soul sensation. With a crown of bouncy green florets and a serious glitterball obsession, he&amp;rsquo;s the reigning king of Saturday nights.

When the mirrorball drops, it&amp;rsquo;s straight into the spotlight. With the lights down and the volume up, that&amp;rsquo;s when he comes alive. His stalk shimmies are legendary.

Despite the fame, he&amp;rsquo;s never outgrown his roots; you can find him hosting karaoke nights all over London... Will you be his singing partner?

Product Details


	Dimensions: 24cm x 21cm x 21cm
	Sitting Height: 21cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166583]]></g:mpn><g:price>45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-broccoli-1000x1000-69665df4e5e66_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14101</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Sweetcorn]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-sweetcorn</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Sweetcorn

Every morning, rain or shine, Amuseables Sweetcorn is the first to cannonball into the lake &amp;ndash; kernels and all!

An open-water swimmer by choice and champion of chilly dips, she swears it keeps her husk glossy. Her speciality stroke is less front crawl, more roly-poly, but her pace is impressive nonetheless.

Bright, bracing and always up for a splash, Sweetcorn&amp;rsquo;s the kind of friend who&amp;rsquo;ll bring a spare pair of goggles just for you.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 27cm x 8cm x 8cm
	Sitting Height: 23cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166156]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-sweetcorn-1000x1000-69665e43b4c80_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14105</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Meadow Bistro Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-meadow-bistro-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Meadow 2 Seat Bistro Set with 70cm Round Wood Table

Discover effortless outdoor living with the Meadow Bistro Set. Designed with customers in mind, this compact yet elegant set is perfect for balconies, patios, and smaller gardens, creating a comfortable spot to relax and unwind. Crafted from FSC&amp;reg;-certified acacia wood with a beautiful natural rose-grey finish, it combines sustainable materials with contemporary design. The green polyester rope seat and back offer supportive comfort, while the included RainSafe cushions dry faster after rainfall staying ready to use throughout the year.

The set includes two ergonomically designed dining chairs and a 70cm slatted tabletop, making it both practical and versatile. Built for durability, comfort, and style, the Meadow Bistro Set is an ideal choice for enhancing any outdoor space with long-lasting elegance.

Features


	Made from FSC&amp;reg;-certified acacia wood sourced from responsibly managed forests.
	Natural rose-grey wood finish suits balconies, patios, and small gardens.
	Green polyester rope seat and back provide supportive, modern comfort.
	RainSafe cushions dry quickly and are suitable for everyday outdoor use.
	Includes two dining chairs and a compact 70cm slatted tabletop.


Kettler Wood 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty applies to domestic use only. If the product is damaged through accidental damage or mis-use, your warranty will be void. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Bistro Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229406934]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-meadow-bistro-set-891x891-696903eb9b619_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14106</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Meadow 4 Seat Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-meadow-4-seat-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Meadow 4 Seat Wood Dining Set

Includes


	4 Meadow Dining Chairs
	120cm Dining Table


Create a welcoming outdoor dining space with the Meadow 4-Seat Dining Set. Designed to bring people together, this set is ideal for long lunches, evening meals, and casual entertaining in the garden or on the patio. Made from FSC-certified acacia wood with a refined rose-grey finish, it delivers natural warmth alongside excellent durability.

The dining chairs feature a distinctive green polyester rope weave to the seat and back, offering supportive comfort with a contemporary look, while the included cushions are RainSafe for everyday outdoor use. With the 120cm slatted dining table, it offers plenty of space to dine in comfort.

Features


	Made from FSC-certified acacia wood sourced from responsibly managed forests.
	Rose-grey wood finish adds natural warmth to gardens and patios.
	Four dining chairs feature green polyester rope seat and back detailing.
	RainSafe cushions provide comfortable, weather-resistant outdoor dining.
	120cm slatted dining table offers practical space for everyday meals.


Kettler Wood 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty applies to domestic use only. If the product is damaged through accidental damage or mis-use, your warranty will be void. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229406941]]></g:mpn><g:price>1299 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-meadow-4-seat-dining-set-891x891-6969056942d78_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14110</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope Casual Dining Set]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-cora-rope-casual-dining-set</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Cora Rope Casual Dining Set

Create a welcoming space that effortlessly blends dining and lounging with the Cora Rope Casual Dining Set. A stylish new addition to the Cora range for 2026, this beautifully designed set brings a contemporary feel to outdoor living, making it perfect for everything from relaxed meals to long, sociable evenings.

At the heart of the set is a mid-height table, thoughtfully designed to suit both dining and casual lounging. Paired with a comfortable three-seater sofa, two lounge chairs and coordinating footstools, the layout offers a versatile and inviting setting that encourages guests to sit back, relax and stay awhile.

Comfort is key, with supportive seating and deep cushions designed for everyday outdoor use. Finished with KETTLER RainSafe technology, the cushions feature a water-repellent coating that helps them dry faster after light showers, making the set ideal for spring and summer living with minimal fuss.

Crafted from FSC&amp;reg; certified acacia wood and finished with stylish rope detailing, the Cora Casual Dining Set combines natural warmth with modern design. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use, it&amp;rsquo;s a flexible choice that works just as beautifully in a garden as it does in a conservatory. With matching pieces available across the Cora range, including sofas, armchairs and dining options, it&amp;rsquo;s easy to create a cohesive, contemporary space that suits your lifestyle.

Features


	Distinctive&amp;nbsp;White Smoke finish&amp;nbsp;for a light, contemporary look
	Cushions included for enhanced comfort
	KETTLER RainSafe cushion with a water-repellent coating
	Cushion dries faster after light showers, ideal for spring and summer use
	FSC&amp;reg; certified wooden frame sourced from responsibly managed forests
	Self-assembly required


Kettler Wood 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty applies to domestic use only. If the product is damaged through accidental damage or mis-use, your warranty will be void. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture/Dining Sets]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229406712]]></g:mpn><g:price>1999 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-cora-rope-casual-dining-set-1919x1919-696a4e3364966_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14123</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Pebble Medium Storage Cushion Box Aluminium]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-pebble-medium-storage-cushion-box-aluminium</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Pebble Medium Storage Cushion Box Aluminium

Keep your outdoor cushions neat, tidy, and protected with the medium Pebble Storage Cushion Box. Crafted with lightweight yet durable aluminium, this versatile storage solution blends seamlessly with any Kettler furniture or works beautifully as a standalone piece. The spacious 540-litre capacity, complete with a zipped liner, lockable fastener and hydraulic hinges, ensures your cushions stay safe and secure. With built-in wheels and handles, moving the box is effortless, making it the perfect addition to any garden or patio setup.

Features


	138 (w) x 67 (d) x 62.5cm (h)
	134.5cm maximum height (when lid is open)


Kettler 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229401540]]></g:mpn><g:price>449 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-pebble-medium-storage-cushion-box-aluminium-1919x2560-696e4c2392ea8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14124</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Pebble Large Storage Cushion Box Aluminium]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-pebble-large-storage-cushion-box-aluminium</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Pebble Large Storage Cushion Box Aluminium

The large Pebble Storage Cushion Box offers a stylish and practical solution for storing your outdoor cushions and accessories. Crafted from lightweight aluminium, it is designed to blend seamlessly with Kettler&amp;rsquo;s outdoor furniture collections or stand alone as a smart addition to your garden. The waterproof liner ensures your cushions stay dry and protected, while the lockable fastener and hydraulic hinges provide added convenience and security. With wheels and handles for easy transport, this spacious storage box makes outdoor living more organised and hassle-free.

Features


	162.7 (w) x 91.5 (d) x 96.5cm (h)
	178cm maximum height (when lid is open)


Kettler 3 Year Warranty

The 3 YEAR warranty covers manufacturing faults and is for domestic use only. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Nationwide delivery is free to all customers. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK.&amp;nbsp;For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please&amp;nbsp;click here.&amp;nbsp;Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229401533]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-pebble-large-storage-cushion-box-aluminium-1151x1536-696e4cdc07ac9_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14125</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Stone]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-25m-wind-up-parasol-in-stone</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Stone

Mix and match the 2.5m Wind Up Parasol with the Classic range for a complete outdoor dining set. Combine with our mesh tables, chairs and cushions.

Pick from a choice of 4 colours of canopy: Sage, Slate, Stone and Taupe. All colours match the tailored cushions for the Kettler mesh chairs. Use the easy to reach crank handle to open the canopy.

The aluminium frame is weatherproof. The polyester canopy is water resistant and has UV50+ sun protection. Tilt the canopy for full coverage from the sun or rain with the push of a button. Subtle Kettler base weights are also available to keep the parasol upright as you dine.

Dimensions


	244cm diameter
	225cm high


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405432]]></g:mpn><g:price>99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-2-5m-wind-up-parasol-in-stone-1234x1234-696e4fba6730d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14126</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Sage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-25m-wind-up-parasol-in-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Sage

Mix and match the 2.5m Wind Up Parasol with the Classic range for a complete outdoor dining set. Combine with our mesh tables, chairs and cushions.

Pick from a choice of 4 colours of canopy: Sage, Slate, and Stone. All colours match the tailored cushions for the Kettler mesh chairs. Use the easy to reach crank handle to open the canopy.

The aluminium frame is weatherproof. The polyester canopy is water resistant and has UV50+ sun protection. Tilt the canopy for full coverage from the sun or rain with the push of a button. Subtle Kettler base weights are also available to keep the parasol upright as you dine.

Dimensions


	244cm diameter
	225cm high


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405449]]></g:mpn><g:price>99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-2-5m-wind-up-parasol-in-sage-1234x1234-696e4f387d496_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14127</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-25m-wind-up-parasol-in-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler 2.5m Wind-Up Parasol in Slate

Mix and match the 2.5m Wind Up Parasol with the Classic range for a complete outdoor dining set. Combine with our mesh tables, chairs and cushions.

Pick from a choice of 4 colours of canopy: Sage, Slate, and Stone. All colours match the tailored cushions for the Kettler mesh chairs. Use the easy to reach crank handle to open the canopy.

The aluminium frame is weatherproof. The polyester canopy is water resistant and has UV50+ sun protection. Tilt the canopy for full coverage from the sun or rain with the push of a button. Subtle Kettler base weights are also available to keep the parasol upright as you dine.

Dimensions


	244cm diameter
	225cm high


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405456]]></g:mpn><g:price>99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-2-5m-wind-up-parasol-in-slate-1234x1234-696e5023c0a65_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14128</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler 3m Wind-Up Parasol in Sage]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-3m-wind-up-parasol-in-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler 3m Wind-Up Parasol in Sage

The 3.0m Wind Up Parasol features all the detail and high end features of a premium parasol but at a valuable price.

The shower resistant canopy protects people from a light shower. Get protection from sun with UV50+ material. Use the tilt facility to manoeuvre the canopy for the best coverage as you relax and dine outdoors.

The canopy is available in a choice of 4 colours to match the cushions available in the Classic range. Mix and match the 3.0m Wind Up Parasol with the Kettler mesh range, including the metal tables and chairs. A parasol base is also available.

Use the easy wind up handle to open the canopy out. Relax in the cool during a hot summer&amp;rsquo;s day in style, with the high quality 3.0m Wind Up Parasol.

Dimensions


	294cm diameter
	261cm high


Features


	Polyester canopy with aluminium frame.
	Easy wind-up mechanism.
	Tilt facility with one button push.
	Shower resistant canopy.
	UV50+ sun protection.
	A parasol base is always recommended.
	When not in use or in windy weather we recommend putting your parasol down.
	Available in a choice of 4 colours; Grey taupe (PW30-183), Stone (PW30-927), Sage (PW30-928), and Slate (PW30-930).
	Can be used with the LED Wireless Speaker.
	2.5m Wind Up Parasol also available.


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405487]]></g:mpn><g:price>119 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-3m-wind-up-parasol-in-sage-1234x1234-696e5119b40d8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14131</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Round Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-luna-3m-round-cantilever-parasol-in-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Round Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base &amp;amp; Night Cover in Slate

The 3.0m Wind Up Parasol features all the detail and high end features of a premium parasol but at a valuable price.

The shower resistant canopy protects people from a light shower. Get protection from sun with UV50+ material. Use the tilt facility to manoeuvre the canopy for the best coverage as you relax and dine outdoors.

The canopy is available in a choice of colours to match the cushions available in the Classic range. Mix and match the 3.0m Wind Up Parasol with the Kettler mesh range, including the metal tables and chairs. A parasol base is also available.

Use the easy wind up handle to open the canopy out. Relax in the cool during a hot summer&amp;rsquo;s day in style, with the high quality 3.0m Wind Up Parasol.

Dimensions


	294cm diameter
	261cm high


Features


	Polyester canopy with aluminium frame.
	Easy wind-up mechanism.
	Tilt facility with one button push.
	Shower resistant canopy.
	UV50+ sun protection.
	A parasol base is always recommended.
	When not in use or in windy weather we recommend putting your parasol down.
	Available in a choice of 4 colours; Grey taupe (PW30-183), Stone (PW30-927), Sage (PW30-928), and Slate (PW30-930).
	Can be used with the LED Wireless Speaker.
	2.5m Wind Up Parasol also available.


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405715]]></g:mpn><g:price>549 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-luna-3m-round-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-base-i-1229x1536-696f4c4ad235a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14132</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Round Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Stone]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-luna-3m-round-cantilever-parasol-in-stone</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Round Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base &amp;amp; Night Cover&amp;nbsp;in Stone

The 3.0m Wind Up Parasol features all the detail and high end features of a premium parasol but at a valuable price.

The shower resistant canopy protects people from a light shower. Get protection from sun with UV50+ material. Use the tilt facility to manoeuvre the canopy for the best coverage as you relax and dine outdoors.

The canopy is available in a choice of colours to match the cushions available in the Classic range. Mix and match the 3.0m Wind Up Parasol with the Kettler mesh range, including the metal tables and chairs. A parasol base is also available.

Use the easy wind up handle to open the canopy out. Relax in the cool during a hot summer&amp;rsquo;s day in style, with the high quality 3.0m Wind Up Parasol.

Dimensions


	294cm diameter
	261cm high


Features


	Polyester canopy with aluminium frame.
	Easy wind-up mechanism.
	Tilt facility with one button push.
	Shower resistant canopy.
	UV50+ sun protection.
	A parasol base is always recommended.
	When not in use or in windy weather we recommend putting your parasol down.
	Available in a choice of 4 colours; Grey taupe (PW30-183), Stone (PW30-927), Sage (PW30-928), and Slate (PW30-930).
	Can be used with the LED Wireless Speaker.
	2.5m Wind Up Parasol also available.


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405708]]></g:mpn><g:price>549 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-luna-3m-round-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-base-i-1229x1536-696f4bffc9eec_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14133</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Taupe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-in-taupe</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base&amp;nbsp;&amp;amp; Night Cover in Taupe

Includes:


	1 x 3M Square Cantilever Parasol
	1 x Night Protective Cover
	Granite Base


Create a garden space you&amp;rsquo;ll love spending time in with the Luna 3m x 3m Square Cantilever Parasol. Whether you&amp;rsquo;re hosting summer gatherings, enjoying family meals outdoors or simply unwinding with a book, this premium cantilever garden parasol delivers generous shade and effortless style, helping you make the most of every sunny day.

Designed to adapt to your day, the Luna is a highly versatile tilting parasol, adjustable both vertically and horizontally. With an impressive range of positioning options and smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation, it&amp;rsquo;s easy to keep shaded as the sun moves, all operated with minimal effort for relaxed, everyday use.

Built with durability in mind, the strong aluminium frame supports a UV50+ removable canopy, offering dependable protection from the sun. Thoughtful finishing touches such as taped seams at the rib ends and discreet clips for lights or decorations allow you to personalise your parasol and create an inviting outdoor atmosphere from day to evening.

This cantilever parasol comes complete with a solid granite base for excellent stability and a night cover to keep it protected when not in use. Available in taupe, slate, stone and the new meadow green, the Luna pairs beautifully with the wider KETTLER furniture collection, making it a stylish and practical centrepiece for modern outdoor living.

Features


	3m x 3m square&amp;nbsp;cantilever parasol&amp;nbsp;for generous garden shade
	Fully adjustable&amp;nbsp;tilting parasol&amp;nbsp;with vertical and horizontal movement
	Rotates 360&amp;deg; to follow the sun throughout the day
	Strong aluminium frame designed for long-lasting outdoor use
	UV50+ removable canopy for excellent sun protection
	Taped seams at rib ends for a neat, high-quality finish
	Integrated clips for hanging lights or decorations
	Heavy granite base included for added stability
	Night cover included to protect the parasol when not in use
	Available in taupe, slate, stone and meadow green to suit any garden style


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405722]]></g:mpn><g:price>579 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-base--1228x1536-696f4b16619d2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14134</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-in-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base&amp;nbsp;&amp;amp; Night Cover in Slate

Includes:


	1 x 3M Square Cantilever Parasol
	1 x Night Protective Cover
	Granite Base


Create a garden space you&amp;rsquo;ll love spending time in with the Luna 3m x 3m Square Cantilever Parasol. Whether you&amp;rsquo;re hosting summer gatherings, enjoying family meals outdoors or simply unwinding with a book, this premium cantilever garden parasol delivers generous shade and effortless style, helping you make the most of every sunny day.

Designed to adapt to your day, the Luna is a highly versatile tilting parasol, adjustable both vertically and horizontally. With an impressive range of positioning options and smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation, it&amp;rsquo;s easy to keep shaded as the sun moves, all operated with minimal effort for relaxed, everyday use.

Built with durability in mind, the strong aluminium frame supports a UV50+ removable canopy, offering dependable protection from the sun. Thoughtful finishing touches such as taped seams at the rib ends and discreet clips for lights or decorations allow you to personalise your parasol and create an inviting outdoor atmosphere from day to evening.

This cantilever parasol comes complete with a solid granite base for excellent stability and a night cover to keep it protected when not in use. Available in taupe, slate, stone and the new meadow green, the Luna pairs beautifully with the wider KETTLER furniture collection, making it a stylish and practical centrepiece for modern outdoor living.

Features


	3m x 3m square&amp;nbsp;cantilever parasol&amp;nbsp;for generous garden shade
	Fully adjustable&amp;nbsp;tilting parasol&amp;nbsp;with vertical and horizontal movement
	Rotates 360&amp;deg; to follow the sun throughout the day
	Strong aluminium frame designed for long-lasting outdoor use
	UV50+ removable canopy for excellent sun protection
	Taped seams at rib ends for a neat, high-quality finish
	Integrated clips for hanging lights or decorations
	Heavy granite base included for added stability
	Night cover included to protect the parasol when not in use
	Available in taupe, slate, stone and meadow green to suit any garden style


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405746]]></g:mpn><g:price>579 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-base--1281x1601-696f4d6b0232b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14135</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Meadow Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-in-meadow-green</link><description><![CDATA[Kettler Luna 3m Square Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base&amp;nbsp;&amp;amp; Night Cover in Meadow Green

Includes:


	1 x 3M Square Cantilever Parasol
	1 x Night Protective Cover
	Granite Base


Create a garden space you&amp;rsquo;ll love spending time in with the Luna 3m x 3m Square Cantilever Parasol. Whether you&amp;rsquo;re hosting summer gatherings, enjoying family meals outdoors or simply unwinding with a book, this premium cantilever garden parasol delivers generous shade and effortless style, helping you make the most of every sunny day.

Designed to adapt to your day, the Luna is a highly versatile tilting parasol, adjustable both vertically and horizontally. With an impressive range of positioning options and smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation, it&amp;rsquo;s easy to keep shaded as the sun moves, all operated with minimal effort for relaxed, everyday use.

Built with durability in mind, the strong aluminium frame supports a UV50+ removable canopy, offering dependable protection from the sun. Thoughtful finishing touches such as taped seams at the rib ends and discreet clips for lights or decorations allow you to personalise your parasol and create an inviting outdoor atmosphere from day to evening.

This cantilever parasol comes complete with a solid granite base for excellent stability and a night cover to keep it protected when not in use. Available in taupe, slate, stone and the new meadow green, the Luna pairs beautifully with the wider KETTLER furniture collection, making it a stylish and practical centrepiece for modern outdoor living.

Features


	3m x 3m square&amp;nbsp;cantilever parasol&amp;nbsp;for generous garden shade
	Fully adjustable&amp;nbsp;tilting parasol&amp;nbsp;with vertical and horizontal movement
	Rotates 360&amp;deg; to follow the sun throughout the day
	Strong aluminium frame designed for long-lasting outdoor use
	UV50+ removable canopy for excellent sun protection
	Taped seams at rib ends for a neat, high-quality finish
	Integrated clips for hanging lights or decorations
	Heavy granite base included for added stability
	Night cover included to protect the parasol when not in use
	Available in taupe, slate, stone and meadow green to suit any garden style


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405845]]></g:mpn><g:price>579 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-luna-3m-square-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-base--1281x1601-6970ab848a58c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14136</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Orion 3m Round LED Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Taupe]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-orion-3m-round-led-cantilever-parasol-in-taupe</link><description><![CDATA[Orion 3m Round LED Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base &amp;amp; Night Cover in Taupe

Includes:


	1 x 3m round Parasol
	1 x Granite Base
	1 x Night Cover


Transform your garden into a space you&amp;rsquo;ll want to enjoy from day to night with the Orion 3m Round Parasol. Perfect for entertaining, dining outdoors or simply relaxing in comfort, this top-of-the-range cantilever parasol creates a calm, shaded setting while making a bold, premium statement in your outdoor space.

Designed for total flexibility, the Orion is easy to operate and fully adjustable both vertically and horizontally. With up to 72 positioning options and smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation via its sturdy metal footplate, you can effortlessly track the sun throughout the day, ensuring comfortable shade exactly where you need it.

Crafted to the highest standards, the robust aluminium frame supports a UV50+ removable canopy for superior sun protection. Refined details such as taped seams at the rib ends and discreet clips for hanging lights or decorations add to the polished finish, allowing you to personalise your parasol and enhance your garden ambience.

As KETTLER&amp;rsquo;s premium parasol, the Orion comes complete with a heavy-duty weighted base made up of four solid granite slabs, delivering exceptional stability and peace of mind. Integrated star lights, powered by a rechargeable battery with charge-level display and device-charging capability, extend your outdoor living well into the evening. Finished with a protective cover and available in a range of colours to complement the wider KETTLER furniture collection, the Orion combines innovation, luxury and performance at the very top of the range.

Features


	3m round&amp;nbsp;cantilever parasol&amp;nbsp;designed for spacious, flexible garden shade
	Fully adjustable&amp;nbsp;tilting parasol&amp;nbsp;with vertical and horizontal movement
	Up to 72 positioning options to suit changing sun angles
	Smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation via a sturdy metal footplate
	Strong aluminium frame built for long-lasting outdoor performance
	UV50+ removable canopy for excellent sun protection
	Integrated star lights for ambient evening lighting
	Rechargeable battery with charge-level display included
	Built-in charging capability for phones
	High-quality taped seams at rib ends for a refined finish
	Integrated clips for hanging lights or decorations
	Heavy-duty weighted base included, made up of four solid granite slabs for superior stability
	Protective cover included for easy storage and care
	Available in a choice of colours to complement the KETTLER furniture range


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405760]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-orion-3m-round-led-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-b-713x877-696f5fb8dcf25_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14137</g:id><title><![CDATA[Kettler Orion 3m Round LED Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base in Slate]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/kettler-orion-3m-round-led-cantilever-parasol-in-slate</link><description><![CDATA[Orion 3m Round LED Cantilever Parasol with Granite Base &amp;amp; Night Cover in Slate

Includes:


	1 x 3m round Parasol
	1 x Granite Base
	1 x Night Cover


Transform your garden into a space you&amp;rsquo;ll want to enjoy from day to night with the Orion 3m Round Parasol. Perfect for entertaining, dining outdoors or simply relaxing in comfort, this top-of-the-range cantilever parasol creates a calm, shaded setting while making a bold, premium statement in your outdoor space.

Designed for total flexibility, the Orion is easy to operate and fully adjustable both vertically and horizontally. With up to 72 positioning options and smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation via its sturdy metal footplate, you can effortlessly track the sun throughout the day, ensuring comfortable shade exactly where you need it.

Crafted to the highest standards, the robust aluminium frame supports a UV50+ removable canopy for superior sun protection. Refined details such as taped seams at the rib ends and discreet clips for hanging lights or decorations add to the polished finish, allowing you to personalise your parasol and enhance your garden ambience.

As KETTLER&amp;rsquo;s premium parasol, the Orion comes complete with a heavy-duty weighted base made up of four solid granite slabs, delivering exceptional stability and peace of mind. Integrated star lights, powered by a rechargeable battery with charge-level display and device-charging capability, extend your outdoor living well into the evening. Finished with a protective cover and available in a range of colours to complement the wider KETTLER furniture collection, the Orion combines innovation, luxury and performance at the very top of the range.

Features


	3m round&amp;nbsp;cantilever parasol&amp;nbsp;designed for spacious, flexible garden shade
	Fully adjustable&amp;nbsp;tilting parasol&amp;nbsp;with vertical and horizontal movement
	Up to 72 positioning options to suit changing sun angles
	Smooth 360&amp;deg; rotation via a sturdy metal footplate
	Strong aluminium frame built for long-lasting outdoor performance
	UV50+ removable canopy for excellent sun protection
	Integrated star lights for ambient evening lighting
	Rechargeable battery with charge-level display included
	Built-in charging capability for phones
	High-quality taped seams at rib ends for a refined finish
	Integrated clips for hanging lights or decorations
	Heavy-duty weighted base included, made up of four solid granite slabs for superior stability
	Protective cover included for easy storage and care
	Available in a choice of colours to complement the KETTLER furniture range


Kettler Cushions, Parasols and Protective Covers 12 Month Manufacturing Faults Warranty

Our quality tailored cushions, parasols and protective covers come with a comprehensive 12 MONTH warranty against manufacturing faults. Our cushions and parasols are not designed to be left outdoors and should be stored away when not in use. Terms &amp;amp; conditions apply. No warranty claims can be accepted without a valid proof of purchase.

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Local delivery is available to the following postcodes: LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, LA5, LA6, LA7, LA8, LA9,&amp;nbsp;LA10, LA11, LA12, LA13, LA14, LA15, LA23. Delivery is &amp;pound;5 under &amp;pound;50 and free over &amp;pound;50. Should you wish to shop with us in store, more delivery options are available, please ask a member of our team. Delivery will be made within 7 days of purchasing.&amp;nbsp;

You may collect your order, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries' at the delivery options. This service is free of charge.&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Garden Furniture]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5057229405784]]></g:mpn><g:price>649 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/kettler-orion-3m-round-led-cantilever-parasol-with-granite-b-713x877-696f5ff4197e2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Kettler]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14138</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils French Bowl]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-windblown-daffodils-french-bowl</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils French Bowl

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave, so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

Height: 7.8cm
Diameter: 13.6cm
Capacity: 270ml
Made In&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;United Kingdom
Made From 100% English Earthenware
Type: First Pottery
Shape: French Bowl]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350039]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-windblown-daffodils-french-bowl-1080x1080-6996f37982045_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14139</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils Mummy 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-windblown-daffodils-mummy-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils Mummy 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350367]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-windblown-daffodils-mummy-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996f2af422ad_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14140</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/windblown-daffodils-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Windblown Daffodils 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350015]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-windblown-daffodils-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996f32c47420_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14141</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Breakfast Dad 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-breakfast-dad-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Breakfast Dad 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350404]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-breakfast-dad-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996f3a89b697_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14142</g:id><title><![CDATA[D.A.D. Hellebore 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/dad-hellebore-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[D.A.D. Hellebore 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350398]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/d-a-d-hellebore-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996f417d51b0_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14143</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Flowers Sweet Pea Multi 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-flowers-sweet-pea-multi-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Flowers Sweet Pea Multi 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876272454]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-flowers-sweet-pea-multi-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-696f70746693d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14145</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Pink Peony 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-pink-peony-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Pink Peony 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876337542]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-pink-peony-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-696f70de6f757_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14146</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Lily Of The Valley 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-lily-of-the-valley-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Lily Of The Valley 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350541]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-lily-of-the-valley-1-2-pint-mug-722x722-6970cc8a9955d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14148</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Golden Retriever 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-golden-retriever-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Golden Retriever 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876288684]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-golden-retriever-1-2-pint-mug-2512x2512-696f6f2c0e373_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14149</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Black &amp; Tan Dachshund 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-black-tan-dachshund-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Black &amp;amp; Tan Dachshund 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876295118]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-black-tan-dachshund-1-2-pint-mug-3598x3598-696f6ece0f1fe_l.jpg</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14150</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Carrots &amp; Beets 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-carrots-beets-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Carrots &amp;amp; Beets 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876329059]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-carrots-beets-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-696f724da27d2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14151</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Robin 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-robin-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Robin 1/2 Pint Mug

Dishwasher safe. Liquid detergent recommended to maintain appearance. Not recommended for use in the microwave. Earthenware pottery can sometimes get hot in the microwave so we recommend you don&amp;rsquo;t put Emma Bridgewater pottery in the microwave. Not oven safe. Our pottery is not oven safe unless marked as cookware.

The Details

Height: 9cm

Width: 12cm

Diameter: 8cm

Capacity: 300ml

Made In United Kingdom

Made From English Earthenware

Type: First Pottery

Shape: Half Pint Mug]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876344427]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-robin-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-696f6ff0d2668_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14155</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-01</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle With Colour-Matched Straw Cap - Wetlands Camo

The Details

Easy to flip, sip and carry.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830503607]]></g:mpn><g:price>45 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-with-colour-matched-straw-ca-713x713-6970e5bbcaec6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14156</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 46 oz Bottle With Chug Cap Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-46-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-wetlands-camo</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 46 oz Bottle With Chug Cap Wetlands Camo

Fill up on adventure with an oversized bottle built with the middle of nowhere in mind. This dawn-to-dusk water well is sized just right. It&amp;rsquo;s not too big to slow you down, but big enough to hold ample H20 from your early-morning start to that worth-the-hike sunset. As for its temp-holding power, its double-wall vacuum insulation promises ice-cold sips on the hottest days.
For easy cleaning and use day after day, this reusable bottle is dishwasher safe. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or ice refill, remove the entire cap for easy access. Find a colour that calls to you &amp;mdash; these big bottles are available in stainless and DuraCoat&amp;trade; colours.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.


	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830490228]]></g:mpn><g:price>60 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-46-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-wetlands-camo-1920x1920-6970e66b1f31b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14157</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Wetlands Camo]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-wetlands-camo</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Wetlands Camo

Rambler&amp;reg; Jr. is a small-and-mighty kids&amp;rsquo; bottle over-engineered for your little wild ones. This 12-ounce&amp;nbsp;powerhouse inherited double-wall vacuum insulation from its Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware predecessors, carrying on the family legacy by locking in ice-cold water for backyard campouts and breaks between tag. We made sure its included straw cap is leak-resistant when closed and both the bottle and cap are dishwasher safe. Plus, it&amp;rsquo;s engineered with a super strong, stainless-steel armor that can handle taking a tumble.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leakproof while closed&amp;nbsp;
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830489345]]></g:mpn><g:price>33 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-wetlands-camo-713x713-6970e74b7938c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14158</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Black

The Details


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830373989]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-black-713x713-6970f32caf1f7_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14159</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Rescue Red]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-rescue-red</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Rescue Red

The Details


	Cupholder compatible
	Splash resistant
	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830373903]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-rescue-red-713x713-6970f41106425_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14160</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Charcoal]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-charcoal</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Charcoal

The Details


	Cupholder compatible
	Splash resistant
	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830545812]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-charcoal-713x713-6970f3a4759c8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14161</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in White]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-white</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in White

This mug is loaded with top-to-bottom insulation to keep your coffee hot from the first pour to the last sip. And it&amp;rsquo;s a space saver. When the lid is removed, the built-in grooves on the bottom help it nest perfectly with another just like it. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware Family, this stackable mug and included MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid are dishwasher safe making them easy to clean. Each mug is sold separately.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not place mug over external heat source or open flame. Vacuum seal or other damage may occur. This magnet slider is not leakproof and will not prevent spills.


	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	18/8 stainless steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830306857]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-white-713x713-6970f5bbe452e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14162</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 10 Oz Mug King Crab Orange With Ceramic Lining]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-king-crab-orange-with-ceramic-lining</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 10 Oz Mug King Crab Orange With Ceramic Lining

Loaded with top-to-bottom insulation, the Rambler&amp;reg; 10 oz. Stackable Mug keeps your coffee hot from the first pour to the last sip. Coated with DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining, this easy-to-clean mug lets you savour every sip of your favourite morning brew. Designed to nest perfectly with one another, the mugs stack up and away for easy storage.

DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining

Savour every sip with a no-mess interior made for easy cleaning.


	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated


&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565131]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-king-crab-orange-with-ceramic-lining-713x713-6970f6d6e20fc_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14163</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 oz Stackable Cup King Crab]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-16-oz-stackable-cup-king-crab</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider&amp;trade; Lid King Crab


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	


Elevate your base camp beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830550434]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-16-oz-stackable-cup-king-crab-713x713-6970f8cd2bfd5_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14164</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap King Crab]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-king-crab</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle With Chug Cap King Crab

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.


	Cupholder compatible
	100% leakproof
	Easy to carry
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior - keeps your hands dry and unaffected, no matter how hot or cold the beverage inside


The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830550373]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-with-chug-cap-king-crab-713x713-6970f96550706_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14165</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 Oz Stackable Cup Tropical Pink]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-tropical-pink</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup With Magslider&amp;trade; Lid Tropical Pink


	Cup holder compatible
	Space-saving stackability
	Splash resistant
	Dishwasher safe


Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830345474]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-tropical-pink-713x713-6970f85cdaf19_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14166</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in Tropical Pink]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-tropical-pink</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in Tropical Pink

This mug is loaded with top-to-bottom insulation to keep your coffee hot from the first pour to the last sip. And it&amp;rsquo;s a space saver. When the lid is removed, the built-in grooves on the bottom help it nest perfectly with another just like it. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware Family, this stackable mug and included MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid are dishwasher safe making them easy to clean. Each mug is sold separately.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not place mug over external heat source or open flame. Vacuum seal or other damage may occur. This magnet slider is not leakproof and will not prevent spills.


	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	18/8 stainless steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830345054]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-tropical-pink-713x713-6970f637db06c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14178</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 2.0 Hard Cooler Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-roadie-24-20-hard-cooler-venom</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 2.0 Hard Cooler Venom

TALL ENOUGH TO CHILL MOST BOTTLES OF WINE AND KEEP THE ESSENTIALS FRESH WHILE YOU TAKE THE SCENIC ROUTE.

Made for the road and ready to go &amp;ndash; The Roadie&amp;reg; 24 Cool Box 2.0 packs more while taking up less space. It&amp;rsquo;s built tall to accommodate critical bottles of wine and slim enough to squeeze behind the driver&amp;rsquo;s or passenger&amp;rsquo;s seat of a car. Now that&amp;rsquo;s what we call a road trip buddy.

SMART DESIGN


	
	DOUBLEDUTY&amp;trade; STRAP&amp;nbsp;Designed for easy hauling and comfortable carrying.
	
	
	LIPGRIP&amp;trade; HANDLES&amp;nbsp;They&amp;rsquo;re out of the way and make carrying your catch easy.
	
	
	BEARFOOT&amp;trade; NON-SLIP FEET&amp;nbsp;Prevent sliding on the boat or in the backseat.
	
	
	BESTDAM&amp;trade; DRAIN PLUG&amp;nbsp;This leakproof barrier offers quick-drain convenience.
	


FOR DAY IN, DAY OUT USE


	
	QUICKLATCH&amp;trade;&amp;nbsp;For quick, one-handed cooler access.
	
	
	WINE-FRIENDLY PACKING&amp;nbsp;Fits (most) standard wine bottles and two liter soda bottles upright.
	


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;42.2W X 35.6D X 44.2H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;5.8&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830530757]]></g:mpn><g:price>225 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-roadie-24-2-0-hard-cooler-venom-2400x2400-6989cf59694e7_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14179</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 45 Hard Cooler Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-tundra-45-hard-cooler-venom</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Tundra 45 Hard Cooler Venom

A SOLID ALL-PURPOSE SIZE. HOLDS OVERNIGHT CAMP PROVISIONS FOR FOUR PEOPLE OR DRINKS FOR A DAY ON THE WATER.

The Tundra&amp;reg; 45 Cooler combines versatility with durability. This premium cooler is infused with that legendary YETI toughness &amp;mdash; a durable rotomoulded construction &amp;mdash; and up to three inches of PermaFrost&amp;trade; Insulation. Which is to say it's built to last and will keep your contents ice-cold even in sweltering conditions, or keep your campfire food warm despite the wind chill.

BUILT TOUGH


	
	﻿ROTOMOLDED CONSTRUCTION&amp;nbsp;For virtually indestructible protection.
	
	
	T-REX&amp;reg;&amp;nbsp;LID LATCHES&amp;nbsp;Heavy-duty, patented, and made to never bust.
	
	
	NEVERFAIL&amp;trade; HINGE SYSTEM&amp;nbsp;An interlocking two-pin design that prevents breaking.
	


LEGENDARY PERFORMANCE


	
	FATWALL&amp;trade; DESIGN&amp;nbsp;Holds up to three inches of insulation.
	
	
	PERMAFROST&amp;trade; INSULATION&amp;nbsp;Pressure-injected polyurethane locks in that just-packed temp.
	
	
	INTERLOCK&amp;trade; LID SYSTEMCreates a form-fitting barrier against extreme temps.
	
	
	COLDLOCK&amp;trade; GASKET&amp;nbsp;A freezer-quality gasket that blocks out the heat and locks in the cold.
	


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;65.0W X 40.4D X 39.4H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;10.4&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830530795]]></g:mpn><g:price>325 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-tundra-45-hard-cooler-venom-2400x2400-6989cff183b1e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14180</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-venom</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Tumbler in Venom

A go-to for coffee on the go.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540596]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-tumbler-in-venom-2400x2400-6989c248edfbc_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14181</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler in Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-in-venom</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler in Venom

Savour those day-saving espresso shots with a tumbler primed for the job &amp;mdash; the Rambler&amp;reg; 20 oz. Tumbler. Insulated to keep the steam on your coffee and comes with the&amp;nbsp;MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid to protect from any splashes. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware family, the 20 oz. Tumbler and its lid are dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540602]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-in-venom-2400x2400-6989c316d92aa_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14182</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup with Ceramic Lining in Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-with-ceramic-lining-in-venom</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup with Ceramic Lining in Venom

Engineered from durable 18/8 stainless steel and featuring a DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining, it ensures a pure taste and effortless cleaning after every pour.


	
	DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining
	
	
	Fits under most espresso machines
	
	
	Stackable for easy storage
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830580066]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-with-ceramic-lining-in-venom-2400x2400-6989c3a37587c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14183</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 Oz Stackable Cup Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-venom</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup Venom

Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540640]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-venom-2400x2400-6989c50dd4f78_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14184</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 20 oz Stackable Cup in Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-stackable-cup-in-venom</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Rambler 20 oz Stackable Cup in Venom

Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540671]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-stackable-cup-in-venom-2400x2400-6989c2b42c98e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14185</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Venom]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-venom</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; Jr 12 oz Kids' Bottle Venom

Rambler&amp;reg; Jr. is a small-and-mighty kids&amp;rsquo; bottle over-engineered for your little wild ones. This 12-ounce&amp;nbsp;powerhouse inherited double-wall vacuum insulation from its Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware predecessors, carrying on the family legacy by locking in ice-cold water for backyard campouts and breaks between tag. We made sure its included straw cap is leak-resistant when closed and both the bottle and cap are dishwasher safe. Plus, it&amp;rsquo;s engineered with a super strong, stainless-steel armor that can handle taking a tumble.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leakproof while closed&amp;nbsp;
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540343]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-jr-12-oz-kids-bottle-venom-2400x2400-6989cec4c7c8c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14186</g:id><title><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 2.0 Hard Cooler Rin Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-roadie-24-20-hard-cooler-rin-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[Yeti Roadie 24 2.0 Hard Cooler Rin Ridgeline

TALL ENOUGH TO CHILL MOST BOTTLES OF WINE AND KEEP THE ESSENTIALS FRESH WHILE YOU TAKE THE SCENIC ROUTE.

Made for the road and ready to go &amp;ndash; The Roadie&amp;reg; 24 Cool Box 2.0 packs more while taking up less space. It&amp;rsquo;s built tall to accommodate critical bottles of wine and slim enough to squeeze behind the driver&amp;rsquo;s or passenger&amp;rsquo;s seat of a car. Now that&amp;rsquo;s what we call a road trip buddy.

SMART DESIGN


	
	DOUBLEDUTY&amp;trade; STRAP&amp;nbsp;Designed for easy hauling and comfortable carrying.
	
	
	LIPGRIP&amp;trade; HANDLES&amp;nbsp;They&amp;rsquo;re out of the way and make carrying your catch easy.
	
	
	BEARFOOT&amp;trade; NON-SLIP FEET&amp;nbsp;Prevent sliding on the boat or in the backseat.
	
	
	BESTDAM&amp;trade; DRAIN PLUG&amp;nbsp;This leakproof barrier offers quick-drain convenience.
	


FOR DAY IN, DAY OUT USE


	
	QUICKLATCH&amp;trade;&amp;nbsp;For quick, one-handed cooler access.
	
	
	WINE-FRIENDLY PACKING&amp;nbsp;Fits (most) standard wine bottles and two liter soda bottles upright.
	


MEASUREMENTS &amp;amp; SPECS

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS:&amp;nbsp;42.2W X 35.6D X 44.2H CM

EMPTY WEIGHT:&amp;nbsp;5.8&amp;nbsp;KG]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830579183]]></g:mpn><g:price>225 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-roadie-24-2-0-hard-cooler-rin-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d9d5fa55ef_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14187</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Water Bottle in Venom With Colour-Matched Straw Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-colour-matched</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Water Bottle in Venom With Colour-Matched Straw Cap

This bottle is over-engineered and double-wall insulated to keep your water cold until the last sip, and it&amp;rsquo;s dishwasher safe for easy cleaning. Plus, it comes with a wide-straw insert, so you get more drink with every sip.

Please note: Do not use the Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Straw Cap with hot, carbonated, or pulp beverages or for storage of food or perishables.

Flip and sip on the go.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;made with kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant.
	
	
	Double Wall Vacuum Insulation -&amp;nbsp;keeps cold drinks cold even on the hottest days.
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540350]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-colour-matched-2400x2400-6989c9e383759_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14188</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle in Venom with Colour-Matched Straw Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-colour-matched</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle in Venom with Colour-Matched Straw Cap

The Details

Easy to flip, sip and carry.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540398]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-colour-matched-2400x2400-6989ce31b0f19_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14189</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle in Venom With Chug Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-in-venom-with-chug-cap</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle in Venom With Chug Cap

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.

The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	100% leakproof
	
	
	Easy to carry
	
	
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	
	
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	
	
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior -&amp;nbsp;
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830580028]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-in-venom-with-chug-cap-2400x2400-6989c5bec273d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14190</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle in Venom With Chug Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-chug-cap</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle in Venom With Chug Cap

A leakproof bottle that fits just the right amount of hydration &amp;mdash; with a chug spout lid for easy sipping.


	
	100% leakproof
	
	
	Easy to carry
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
	
	Compatible with straw cap accessory (sold separately)
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830580035]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-venom-with-chug-cap-2400x2400-6989caf39bf36_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14191</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 10 Oz Mug in Ridgeline

This mug is loaded with top-to-bottom insulation to keep your coffee hot from the first pour to the last sip. And it&amp;rsquo;s a space saver. When the lid is removed, the built-in grooves on the bottom help it nest perfectly with another just like it. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware Family, this stackable mug and included MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid are dishwasher safe making them easy to clean. Each mug is sold separately.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not place mug over external heat source or open flame. Vacuum seal or other damage may occur. This magnet slider is not leakproof and will not prevent spills.


	Dishwasher safe
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	18/8 stainless steel
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565209]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-10-oz-mug-in-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d9731eb240_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14193</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 20 Oz Tumbler Ridgeline

Savour those day-saving espresso shots with a tumbler primed for the job &amp;mdash; the Rambler&amp;reg; 20 oz. Tumbler. Insulated to keep the steam on your coffee and comes with the&amp;nbsp;MagSlider&amp;trade; Lid to protect from any splashes. Like the entire Rambler&amp;reg; Drinkware family, the 20 oz. Tumbler and its lid are dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830540626]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-tumbler-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d97a223fd0_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14194</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler 8 oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline

Engineered from durable 18/8 stainless steel and featuring a DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining, it ensures a pure taste and effortless cleaning after every pour.


	
	DuraSip&amp;trade; Ceramic Lining
	
	
	Fits under most espresso machines
	
	
	Stackable for easy storage
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565339]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-8-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d989b5f494_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14195</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 16 Oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 16 Oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline

Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565346]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-16-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d999dae4ec_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14196</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 20 Oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-20-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 20 Oz Stackable Cup in Ridgeline

Improve your&amp;nbsp;beverage experience by swapping out disposable plastic cups for a reusable and insulated Stackable Tumbler.&amp;nbsp;Just like the entire Rambler Drinkware Family, the 16oz stackable Tumbler, along with its MagSlider Lid, is designed to be dishwasher-safe for effortless cleaning. Additionally, the built-in magnet on the MagSlider Lid offers an extra layer of protection, keeping your beverages secure and preventing temperature loss.


	
	Cup holder compatible
	
	
	Space-saving stackability
	
	
	Splash resistant
	
	
	Dishwasher safe
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565353]]></g:mpn><g:price>25 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-20-oz-stackable-cup-in-ridgeline-2400x2400-698d9b39002ed_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14197</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle in Ridgeline with Colour-Matched Straw Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-colour-mat</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle in Ridgeline with Colour-Matched Straw Cap

The Details

Easy to flip, sip and carry.


	
	Dishwasher safe
	
	
	18/8 stainless steel
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulation
	
	
	Leak-resistant cap
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830565261]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-colour-mat-2400x2400-698d9c8527fe6_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14199</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 26 Oz Water Bottle in Ridgeline with Chug Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-chug-cap</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 26 Oz Water Bottle in Ridgeline with Chug Cap

A leakproof bottle that fits just the right amount of hydration &amp;mdash; with a chug spout lid for easy sipping.


	
	100% leakproof
	
	
	Easy to carry
	
	
	Double-wall vacuum insulated
	
	
	Compatible with straw cap accessory (sold separately)
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830631126]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-26-oz-water-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-chug-cap-2400x2400-698d9bf505bca_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14201</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Thistlepop Blossom Luxe Bunny]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-thistlepop-blossom-luxe-bunny</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Thistlepop Blossom Luxe Bunny

Thistlepop Blossom Luxe Bunny puts the &amp;lsquo;and&amp;rsquo; and the &amp;lsquo;extra&amp;rsquo; into landscaping extraordinaire. She's forever speed-dialling her latest celebrity client to pin down how many tiers they want on their marble fountain, or which variety of climbing rose they&amp;rsquo;d prefer...&amp;nbsp;
&amp;nbsp;
A lover of the lavish and the leafy, she believes every shrub deserves a spotlight &amp;ndash; and ideally, premium granite paving.

And in her spare time? Thistlepop hosts the best moonlit garden parties for her friends. You'll need a ticket &amp;ndash; but she's sure to treat you like a VIP.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 31cm x 12cm x 9cm
	Sitting Height: 23cm
	Main Materials: Polyester, Cotton
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166934]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-thistlepop-blossom-luxe-bunny-1000x1000-698e05dc4d1ab_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14202</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Blushkin Blossom Luxe Bunny]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-blushkin-blossom-bunny</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Blushkin Blossom Luxe Bunny

Blushkin Blossom Luxe Bunny is rarely seen without a book. Or two. Or seven! She claims she&amp;rsquo;s &amp;ldquo;just browsing&amp;rdquo;, but that overflowing tote bag says otherwise (and her bookshelf is seriously creaking).

With a burning passion for every genre, she&amp;rsquo;s made her way through the entire Jellycat Library. Twice. Her latest obsession? 19th-century horticultural thrillers. (She&amp;rsquo;s convinced one of the lilies did it.)

She&amp;rsquo;s quiet, thoughtful, and always ready to recommend a page-turner. Just be warned: once she&amp;rsquo;s in a chapter, she&amp;rsquo;s not coming out.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 31cm x 12cm x 9cm
	Sitting Height: 23cm
	Main Materials: Polyester, Cotton
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166941]]></g:mpn><g:price>40 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-blushkin-blossom-bunny-1000x1000-698e06441f35f_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14207</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Oat Flufflet Bunny]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-oat-flufflet-bunny</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Oat Flufflet Bunny

Oat Flufflet Bunny is a performer through and through. Give her a stage and a beat, and she&amp;rsquo;s in her element.

As the dancer of the Flufflet Street Theatre troupe &amp;ndash; alongside Wheat Flufflet Bunny (comedian extraordinaire) and Fawn Flufflet Bunny (voice like an angel) &amp;ndash; Oat brings the grace. Her signature move? The mid-air hop-spin.

They tour wherever the pavements take them, collecting compliments and the occasional raised eyebrow from Timmy Turtle. He says interpretive dance is &amp;ldquo;not practical&amp;rdquo;. They say he needs to find his inner rhythm!

Product Details


	Dimensions: 18cm x 9cm x 8cm
	Sitting Height: 15cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[67098316603]]></g:mpn><g:price>23 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-oat-flufflet-bunny-1000x1000-698e04a7c0257_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14208</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Wheat Flufflet Bunny]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-wheat-flufflet-bunny</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Wheat Flufflet Bunny

Wheat Flufflet Bunny has impeccable timing &amp;ndash; usually. She&amp;rsquo;s the comic of the Flufflet Street Theatre Company, best known for turning missed cues into punchlines and costume blips into standing ovations.&amp;nbsp;

Together with her friends Fawn Flufflet Bunny and Oat Flufflet Bunny, she tours London, performing original plays, interpretive dances, and the occasional impromptu juggling act.&amp;nbsp;

Offstage, she&amp;rsquo;s the same sunny soul &amp;ndash; quick to laugh, and never without a handful of petals for her adoring fans. After all, comedy&amp;rsquo;s all about connection (and a good exit hop).

Product Details


	Dimensions: 18cm x 9cm x 8cm
	Sitting Height: 15cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[67098316602]]></g:mpn><g:price>23 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-wheat-flufflet-bunny-1000x1000-698e051c67c19_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14211</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Mirielle St. Honore]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-mirielle-st-honore</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Mirielle St. Honore

Amuseables Mirielle St. Honor&amp;eacute; runs the most exclusive spin studio in Paris &amp;ndash; and yes, the waiting list is longer than a metro queue at rush hour. Her motivational shouts, disco lights, and double-shot espressos fuel her clients to new levels.

Every climb is accompanied by a symphony of synth-pop courtesy of her close friend Amuseables Beatie Heart. And her signature move, the &amp;eacute;clair sprint, is simply indescribable... but you&amp;rsquo;ll know it when your legs do!

After class, she cools down with Brigitte Brioche at the Jellycat Patisserie, swapping playlists and pastry tips.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 14cm x 9cm x 9cm
	Sitting Height: 12cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983166538]]></g:mpn><g:price>30 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-mirielle-st-honore-1000x1000-698eee37caf16_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14212</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Margeaux Madeleine]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-margeaux-madeleine</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Margeaux Madeleine

Amuseables Margaux Madeleine is a stone-skimming prodigy. From calm ponds to the Seine itself, she&amp;rsquo;s known for her flawless flick &amp;ndash; and her effortless grace (&amp;eacute;videmment!).

While others chase distance, Margaux favours style: a gentle arc, a ripple or two, and applause from anyone lucky enough to see it. Her golden sponge never sheds a crumb, even mid-throw, and her smile never slips.

Elegant and unflappable &amp;ndash; Margaux is the only treat who can make even skipping stones look chic.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 10cm x 13cm x 8cm
	Sitting Height: 7cm
	Main Materials: Polyester
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983170726]]></g:mpn><g:price>20 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-margeaux-madeleine-1000x1000-698eeeccebb9b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14214</g:id><title><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Pair of Olives]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/jellycat-amuseables-pair-of-olives</link><description><![CDATA[Jellycat Amuseables Pair of Olives

Often mistaken for twins, Amuseables Pair of Olives aren&amp;rsquo;t actually related &amp;ndash; but are very much BFFs.

Their identical height, similar colouring and uncanny ability to read each other&amp;rsquo;s minds landed them their gig of a lifetime. As magician&amp;rsquo;s assistants.

They love wowing the audience in the disappearing act. But their favourite part of the show is when they take their bow together. Not everyone has the privilege of working with their best friend.

Product Details


	Dimensions: 14cm x 18cm x 4cm
	Sitting Height: 14cm
	Main Materials: Polyester, Cotton
	Inner Filling: Polyester Fibres, PE Beans
	Hard Eye
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[670983165555]]></g:mpn><g:price>35 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/jellycat-amuseables-pair-of-olives-640x640-698eefff3b6e8_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Jellycat]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14215</g:id><title><![CDATA[I Love You Mum Board Book]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/i-love-you-mum-board-book</link><description><![CDATA[I Love You Mum Board Book

While rhyming text celebrates all the things mums do and are to us. An ideal present for Mother&amp;rsquo;s Day &amp;ndash; or any day when you want to show your gratitude.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Children]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[9781838917494]]></g:mpn><g:price>7.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/i-love-you-mum-board-book-640x636-6996e3487cdba_l.jpg</g:image_link><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14220</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Blue Hen &amp; Border Mum 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-blue-hen-border-mum-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Blue Hen &amp;amp; Border Mum 1/2 Pint Mug

Why not add to her collection this Mother&amp;rsquo;s Day by surprising her with a Blue Hen &amp;amp; Border Mum 1/2 Pint Mug that will become a favourite mug on her own much-loved dresser?]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350329]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-blue-hen-border-mum-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996ee812f5e9_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14221</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Sunflower Mum 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-sunflower-mum-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Sunflower Mum 1/2 Pint Mug

Why not go one step further with your gift of a Sunflower Mum 1/2 Pint Mug by adding a packet of sunflower seeds to sow in the ground around late April or early May &amp;ndash; and see who can grow the tallest one: you or your mum?]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876350336]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-sunflower-mum-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996ed4223052_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14222</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Spring Bunch Mum 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-spring-bunch-mum-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Spring Bunch Mum 1/2 Pint Mug

Decorated with a carefree-looking bunch of garden spring flowers, it&amp;rsquo;s a mug that elevates the bedside table and sofa-side moments. Send this pottery mug to your mum for Mothering Sunday as a change from a bouquet and as a long-lasting way to say, &amp;ldquo;Here&amp;rsquo;s something to make everyday moments nicer, because you make everything nicer for me.&amp;rdquo;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876353269]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-spring-bunch-mum-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996ef534937e_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14225</g:id><title><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Strawberries Mum 1/2 Pint Mug]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/emma-bridgewater-strawberries-mum-12-pint-mug</link><description><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater Strawberries Mum 1/2 Pint Mug

&amp;nbsp;It&amp;rsquo;s a Mother&amp;rsquo;s Day gift that will slip effortlessly into her life, onto her desk or next to her favourite book, becoming the mug she reaches for again and again when having her cup of tea (and maybe a scone with the jam she made with last year&amp;rsquo;s strawberries on the side).]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Homeware/Mugs]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5051876353252]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/emma-bridgewater-strawberries-mum-1-2-pint-mug-1080x1080-6996f17825234_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Emma Bridgewater]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Homeware]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14228</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Coin Purse Pressed Flowers Sage Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-coin-purse-pressed-flowers-sage-green</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Coin Purse Pressed Flowers Sage Green

Keep your smaller treasures safe and stylish, with a golden zip that makes paying for your morning coffee a little more joyful. Delicately embroidered with wild blooms to celebrate the British meadows as they burst into colour, these pressed flowers are a gift of love made to last.

Pressed Flowers

Inspired by the British meadows as they burst into colour in spring, and days roaming countryside idylls. Choose to bloom and spread springtime joy with these joyful posies, thoughtfully crafted to give to your loved ones.

Coin Purse

This coin purse is perfectly sized to fit in your handbag, promising to keep all of your travel-sized essentials safe and sound when on the go.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	Embroidered detailing
	Velvet


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 16x10cm
	Gold zip closure
	Machine washable at 30 degrees
	Double sided design
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts Under £25]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857497977]]></g:mpn><g:price>18 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-coin-purse-pressed-flowers-sage-green-713x749-69985f8834ac3_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14229</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Open Flat Makeup Bag Pressed Flowers Sage Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-open-flat-makeup-bag-pressed-flowers-sage</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Open Flat Makeup Bag Pressed Flowers Sage Green

Say goodbye to rummaging and loose lipsticks: this clever makeup bag lays flat on any surface to reveal your full routine, beautifully laid out. Delicately embroidered with wild blooms to celebrate the British meadows as they burst into colour, these pressed flowers are a gift of love made to last.

Pressed Flowers

Inspired by the British meadows as they burst into colour in spring, and days roaming countryside idylls. Choose to bloom and spread springtime joy with these joyful posies, thoughtfully crafted to give to your loved ones.

Open Flat Makeup Bag

Designed to lay flat on any surface, this bag is an organisational must-have. Complete with a zip-around closure, handy compartments, and a wipeable lining, these bags are designed to elevate your everyday routine.

Features


	Water-Resistant Lining
	Embroidered detailing
	Inner Pockets


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base
	Dimensions: 20 x 10 x 10cm
	Water-Resistant lining
	3 x Inner elasticated pockets to hold larger cosmetics
	Central zip compartment - ideal for makeup brushes (up to 15cm)
	Grab-Top Handle
	Spot clean only
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857497991]]></g:mpn><g:price>48 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-open-flat-makeup-bag-pressed-flowers-sage-713x749-69985aa719fcd_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14231</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Pressed Flowers Bride Frill Pouch Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-pressed-flowers-bride-frill-pouch-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Pressed Flowers Bride Frill Pouch Cream

Keep your handbag, beauty and daily essentials perfectly organised with our iconic everyday pouch, or carry it as a clutch for any occasion. Delicately embroidered with wild blooms to celebrate the British meadows as they burst into colour, these pressed flowers are a gift of love made to last.

Pressed Flowers

Make her big day a little more organised and magical. Adorned with pressed wildflowers, this item is ideally-sized to organise makeup and must-haves - perfect for any bride-to-be.

Everyday Pouch

Designed to make your life a little more organised and a lot more luxurious, this timeless Everyday Pouch features delicate embroidery on soft, durable bases. Ideally sized, it is perfect for storing your daily essentials, fitting in your handbag, or using as a clutch.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	Frill Finish
	Velvet
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 29x19cm (without frill), 32x22cm (with frill)
	Machine washable at 30 degrees
	Gold zip closure
	Double sided design
	100% cotton lining
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857497281]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-pressed-flowers-bride-frill-pouch-cream-713x749-69985b35cce4c_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14232</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bride Everyday Pouch Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bride-everyday-pouch-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bride Everyday Pouch Cream

Keep your handbag, beauty and daily essentials perfectly organised with our iconic everyday pouch, or carry it as a clutch for any occasion. Delicate olive branch embroidery adds the perfect finishing detail to her big day, with gold-thread personalisation.

Olive Branch Bride

Complete with delicate olive branches and golden sentiments, these pretty Pouches are a gorgeous gift for the bride-to-be. From hen-do to honeymoon these treasured accessories will be by your side during the most memorable moments.

Everyday Pouch

Designed to make your life a little more organised and a lot more luxurious, this timeless Everyday Pouch features delicate embroidery on soft, durable bases. Ideally sized, it is perfect for storing your daily essentials, fitting in your handbag, or using as a clutch.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	100% Cotton Lining
	Velvet


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base&amp;nbsp;(100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 20x30cm
	Machine washable at 30 degrees
	Gold zip closure
	Double sided design
	100% cotton lining
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857516272]]></g:mpn><g:price>38 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bride-everyday-pouch-cream-713x749-69985e65c1d24_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14233</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bride Eye Mask Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bride-eye-mask-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bride Eye Mask Cream

Drift off with ease, thanks to our fully-light blocking eye mask, filled with sweet lavender to aid the deepest sleep. Drift off with ease, thanks to our fully-light blocking eye mask, filled with sweet lavender to aid the deepest sleep. Delicate olive branch embroidery adds the perfect finishing detail to her big day, with gold-thread personalisation.

Olive Branch Bride

Complete with delicate olive branches and golden sentiments, these pretty Pouches are a gorgeous gift for the bride-to-be. From hen-do to honeymoon these treasured accessories will be by your side during the most memorable moments.

Eye Mask

Featuring delicate embroidery onto a luxurious soft base, this eye mask is filled with sweet lavender to help you drift away into a dreamy night's sleep.

Features


	Filled with dried lavender
	Elasticated Headband


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Filled with dried lavender
	Comes with an elasticated strap and cotton drawstring carry bag
	100% Cotton Velvet front, 100% Polyester Velvet back
	Dimensions: 21x10cm (one size)
	Hand wash or spot clean only
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857516289]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bride-eye-mask-cream-713x749-69985dc9787d0_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14234</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bridesmaid Mini Pouch Cream]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bridesmaid-mini-pouch-cream</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Olive Branch Bridesmaid Mini Pouch Cream

Make life a little more organised and a lot more luxurious with our favourite mini pouch, Ideally-sized to tidy cosmetics, tech essentials and jewellery. Delicate olive branch embroidery adds the perfect finishing detail to her big day, with gold-thread personalisation.

Olive Branch Bridesmaid

Complete with delicate olive branches and golden sentiments, these soft sage accessories are the finishing flourish to your bridesmaid look. From hen-do to down the aisle, these thoughtful gifts are set to be treasured by those who mean the most. Cue the big question&amp;hellip; &amp;lsquo;will you be my bridesmaid&amp;rsquo;?

Mini Pouch

Our mini pouch will keep you organised in style each and every day. Perfect to tidy up your cosmetics, tech essentials or favourite pieces of jewellery. They make life feel a little more organised and a lot more luxurious.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 16x23cm
	100% Organic Cotton lining
	Machine wash at 30 degrees
	Gold zip closure
	Double sided design
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857516395]]></g:mpn><g:price>28 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-olive-branch-bridesmaid-mini-pouch-cream-713x749-69985c1851669_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14235</g:id><title><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Mini Pouch Pressed Flowers Sage Green]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/elizabeth-scarlett-mini-pouch-pressed-flowers-sage-green</link><description><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett Mini Pouch Pressed Flowers Sage Green

Pressed Flowers

Inspired by the British meadows as they burst into colour in spring, and days roaming countryside idylls. Choose to bloom and spread springtime joy with these joyful posies, thoughtfully crafted to give to your loved ones.

Mini Pouch

Our mini pouch will keep you organised in style each and every day. Perfect to tidy up your cosmetics, tech essentials or favourite pieces of jewellery. They make life feel a little more organised and a lot more luxurious.

Features


	Double-Sided Design
	Embroidered detailing


Materials, Dimensions and Care


	Material: Velvet Base (100% Cotton)
	Dimensions: 16x23cm
	100% Organic Cotton lining
	Machine wash at 30 degrees
	Gold zip closure
	Double sided design
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5060857497960]]></g:mpn><g:price>26 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/elizabeth-scarlett-mini-pouch-pressed-flowers-sage-green-713x749-69985f083f66d_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Elizabeth Scarlett]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14239</g:id><title><![CDATA[YETI Rambler® 18 Oz Bottle in Ridgeline With Chug Cap]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-chug-cap</link><description><![CDATA[YETI Rambler&amp;reg; 18 Oz Bottle in Ridgeline With Chug Cap

On-hand hydration for morning hikes, kayak trips, and daily commutes. Fits in most cup holders.

The shatter-resistant, dishwasher-safe spout allows for controlled gulps on the go. When it&amp;rsquo;s time for a wash or refill, remove the entire cap. Customise your bottle to really separate it from the pack.

Please note:&amp;nbsp;Do not use this Rambler&amp;reg; Bottle Cap with carbonated beverages, as storage for food or perishables, or to store boiling contents or with contents above 185&amp;deg;F/85&amp;deg;C.


	
	Cupholder compatible
	
	
	100% leakproof
	
	
	Easy to carry
	
	
	18/8 Stainless Steel -&amp;nbsp;kitchen-grade stainless steel, so they&amp;rsquo;re puncture and rust-resistant
	
	
	Double-Wall Vacuum Insulation - keeps cold drinks cold and hot drinks hot until the last sip
	
	
	No Sweat&amp;trade; exterior&amp;nbsp;
	
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Him]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[888830631089]]></g:mpn><g:price>32 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/yeti-rambler-18-oz-bottle-in-ridgeline-with-chug-cap-713x713-699ee7e67a794_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[YETI]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14240</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball Collector Micro Secateurs in Olive]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-collector-micro-secateurs-in-olive</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball Collector Micro Secateurs in Olive

If you&amp;rsquo;ve been craving colour in your life, our vibrant gardening tools are what you&amp;rsquo;ve been looking for! Our uniquely beautiful &amp;lsquo;Collector&amp;rsquo; hand and cutting tools add a pop of colour to make your plant care kit as individual as you are.

These micro secateurs have a comfort-grip handle in a lovely olive green to complement your green fingers!

The bypass action makes them ideal for cutting soft stems and green living growth, either indoors or in the garden. They have a&amp;nbsp;high-carbon steel blade for lasting sharpness, and will&amp;nbsp;easily cut stems up to 1.3cm.&amp;nbsp;An easy-to-use lock keeps the blades safely closed when not in use.&amp;nbsp;

All our Collector cutting tools come with a five-year guarantee, so you know you&amp;rsquo;re getting a tool you can trust. What's more, the candy-striped fully recyclable box makes these beautifully designed secateurs the perfect gardening gift &amp;ndash; or a fabulous treat for yourself!


	Dimensions: 16cm H x 4.5cm W x 2.3cm D
	Materials: High-carbon steel blade, PVC coated handles
	Weight: 109g
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies/Tools &amp; Accessories/Cutting Tools]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360204466]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-collector-micro-secateurs-in-olive-480x480-699f281a86f74_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gardening Supplies]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14241</g:id><title><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball Colour Collection Gloves - Olive Check]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/burgon-ball-colour-collection-gloves-olive-check</link><description><![CDATA[Burgon &amp;amp; Ball Colour Collection Gloves - Olive Check

If you&amp;rsquo;re a fan of the country cottage look, these adorable gingham check gloves in olive green are a perfect choice to glow up your gardening gear!

Not only do they look the part, these women&amp;rsquo;s gardening gloves are very practical too. The hardwearing padded palm gives extra cushioning to protect hands during tough or repetitive tasks. &amp;nbsp;Two-way stretch mesh between the fingers helps keep hands cool and improves dexterity. An elasticated wrist to keep out debris is finished with a charming ric rac trim. Even better, these gloves are machine washable at 30&amp;deg;C to keep them looking good.


	One size
	Machine washable (30&amp;deg;)


Materials:


	Backs: Cotton 89.4%, cellulose fibres, polyester
	Palms/fingers: artificial suede (polyurethane/polyester mix)
	Mesh: polyester, elastane
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Gifting/Gifts for Her]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5019360204763]]></g:mpn><g:price>14.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/burgon-ball-colour-collection-gloves-olive-check-1000x1000-699f28c7e0ae2_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Burgon &amp; Ball]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Gifting]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14245</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Lite Off-Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-lite-off-black</link><description><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Lite Off-Black

Arc Lite delivers chef-level performance and award-winning design in a compact, lightweight form made for any space, from balconies to backyards and rooftop gatherings. Unmistakably Gozney, it captures the power, control, and beauty of our flagship pizza ovens, reimagined for effortless everyday cooking.

From unboxing to first fire in minutes, Arc Lite hits 500&amp;deg;C through its signature lateral flame for perfectly cooked 12-inch pizza and flame-finished dishes.

Engineered for lasting performance, Arc Lite redefines what compact live fire can do, transforming every cook into an experience worth sharing.

Dimensions


	Internal dimensions: W 325mm (12.8&amp;rdquo;) x D 355mm (14.0&amp;rdquo;) x H 150mm (5.9&amp;rdquo;)
	External dimensions: W 430mm (16.9&amp;rdquo;) x D 481mm (18.9&amp;rdquo;) x H 297mm (11.7&amp;rdquo;)
	Oven mouth size: W 325mm (12.8&amp;rdquo;) x H 85mm (3.35&amp;rdquo;)
	Weight: 12 kg (26.4 lbs)
	Packaging size: H 380mm (15.0&amp;quot;) x W 548mm (21.6&amp;quot;) x D 484mm (19.1&amp;quot;)
	Packaging weight: 14.8 kg (32.6 lbs)


What's in the box


	Arc Lite oven
	Stone Adjustment Tool
	Gas Hose and Regulator(attached)
	Torx Tool
	Quick Start Guide


5 Year Warranty

Register your product within 60 days of purchase and benefit from an extended 5 year warranty.
A 1 year warranty comes as standard.&amp;nbsp;

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.
&amp;nbsp;]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591609929]]></g:mpn><g:price>349.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-lite-off-black-700x699-69a6ce530512a_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14246</g:id><title><![CDATA[Gozney Arc Lite Cover]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/gozney-arc-lite-cover</link><description><![CDATA[Arc Lite Cover

Arc Lite Cover is designed to fit perfectly over Arc Lite, protecting it all year round. Tailored and water repellent, it shields your oven from rain, wind, frost, UV, salt, insects, and wildlife.

Heavy-duty, water-repellent fabric covers the oven completely. Simple toggle retention straps keep everything secure when the weather turns.

Compatible with Arc Lite only.


	Water repellent
	UV stable
	Pull tag to tighten the fit around the base of the oven
	&amp;nbsp;Material 350gr/m2 100% Polyester
	PVC coated
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Pizza Ovens]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[5056591610000]]></g:mpn><g:price>34.99 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/gozney-arc-lite-cover-700x699-69a6cee8d13dd_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Gozney Pizza Ovens]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>5 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14247</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu BonVes 34 Firepit in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bonfeu-bonves-34-firepit-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[BonVes 34 Firepit in Black

The BonVes 34 is a BonFeu fire pit and the little brother of the BonVes 45. The fire pits are made of steel giving a robust and durable feel. Its sturdy construction ensures stability, while its sleek design adds some style to your garden. And because of the perforated steel of the fire pit, you&amp;rsquo;ll have a view of the atmospheric flames and enjoy the warmth that radiates all around. And like with many of the BonFeu products, it is possible to cook with the BonVes 34.

The BonVes design

The BonVes is based on an old-fashioned washing machine drum. This type of fire pit, with a perforated drum, is known for its high heat output. In addition, the small holes in the steel have a great atmospheric effect during firing. So you can put on the fire at the bottom of the fire pit, but if you want the fire a little higher up (e.g. for cooking), you can simply hang the provided plateau with a handle at the height you want.

The BonVes is made of steel. Steel has the property, under humid circumstances, to rust. So keep in mind that the fire pit will rust. This process can occur quickly. But do not panic, this will give your BonFeu fire pit its robust and sturdy appearance!

Color: Black
Material: Steel
Includes: Grill grid, poker, and middle plate
Shape: Round
Fuel: Wood
Weight: 7 kg
Dimensions: L 34 x W 34 x H 85 cm

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719325547887]]></g:mpn><g:price>169.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-bonves-34-firepit-in-black-1536x1536-69a6d91265c70_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14248</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu BonVes 34 Firepit in Rust]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bonfeu-bonves-34-firepit-in-rust</link><description><![CDATA[BonVes 34 Firepit in Rust

The BonVes 34 is a BonFeu fire pit and the little brother of the BonVes 45. The fire pits are made of steel giving a robust and durable feel. Its sturdy construction ensures stability, while its sleek design adds some style to your garden. And because of the perforated steel of the fire pit, you&amp;rsquo;ll have a view of the atmospheric flames and enjoy the warmth that radiates all around. And like with many of the BonFeu products, it is possible to cook with the BonVes 34.

The BonVes design

The BonVes is based on an old-fashioned washing machine drum. This type of fire pit, with a perforated drum, is known for its high heat output. In addition, the small holes in the steel have a great atmospheric effect during firing. So you can put on the fire at the bottom of the fire pit, but if you want the fire a little higher up (e.g. for cooking), you can simply hang the provided plateau with a handle at the height you want.

The BonVes is made of steel. Steel has the property, under humid circumstances, to rust. So keep in mind that the fire pit will rust. This process can occur quickly. But do not panic, this will give your BonFeu fire pit its robust and sturdy appearance!

Color: Rusty brown
Material: Steel
Includes: Grill grid, poker, and middle plate
Shape: Round
Fuel: Wood
Weight: 7 kg
Dimensions: L 34 x W 34 x H 85 cm

Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719325547870]]></g:mpn><g:price>169.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-bonves-34-firepit-in-rust-2560x2560-69a6d5044cb04_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14249</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu Plancha 34]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/9f</link><description><![CDATA[Bonfeu Plancha 34

The&amp;nbsp;BonFeu BonVes fireplaces and firepits are equipped with a grill grate as standard. To grill&amp;nbsp;the most delicious food, you can add on the BonFeu plancha.&amp;nbsp;

The Plancha 34 is the perfect fit for&amp;nbsp;the BonVes 34 (&amp;Oslash; 45cm). It is very easy to install, user-friendly and a perfect working height to barbecue.&amp;nbsp;


	Material: Steel
	Color: Grey
	Weight:7.25 kg
	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;L 45 x W 54 x&amp;nbsp;H 3.5
	Thickness: 6 mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719325547856]]></g:mpn><g:price>59.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-plancha-34-1080x1080-69a6e6e549107_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14250</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu BonVes 45 Firepit in Black]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bonfeu-bonves-45-firepit-in-black</link><description><![CDATA[BonVes 45 Firepit in Black

The BonVes 45 is a BonFeu fire pit and the big brother of the BonVes 34. The fire pits are made of steel giving a robust and durable feel. Its sturdy construction ensures stability, while its sleek design adds some style to your garden. And because of the perforated steel of the fire pit, you&amp;rsquo;ll have a view of the atmospheric flames and enjoy the warmth that radiates all around. And like with many of the BonFeu products, it is possible to cook with the BonVes 45.&amp;nbsp;

The BonVes design

The BonVes is based on an old-fashioned washing machine drum. This type of fire pit, with a perforated drum, is known for its high heat output. In addition, the small holes in the steel have a great atmospheric effect during firing. So you can put on the fire at the bottom of the fire pit, but if you want the fire a little higher up (e.g. for cooking), you can simply hang the provided plateau with a handle at the height you want.

The BonVes is made of steel. Steel has the property, under humid circumstances, to rust. So keep in mind that the fire pit will rust. This process can occur quickly. But do not panic, this will give your BonFeu fire pit its robust and sturdy appearance!


	Colour: Black
	Material: Steel
	Includes: Grill grid, poker, and middle plate (plancha sold separately)
	Shape: Round
	Fuel: Wood
	Weight: 13.1 kg
	Dimensions: L 45 x W 45 x H 100 cm


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719689093785]]></g:mpn><g:price>259.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-bonves-45-firepit-in-black-2560x2560-69a6d82153d3b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14251</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu BonVes 45 Firepit in Rust]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bonfeu-bonves-45-firepit-in-rust</link><description><![CDATA[BonVes 45 Firepit in Rust

The BonVes 45 is a BonFeu fire pit and the big brother of the BonVes 34. The fire pits are made of steel giving a robust and durable feel. Its sturdy construction ensures stability, while its sleek design adds some style to your garden. And because of the perforated steel of the fire pit, you&amp;rsquo;ll have a view of the atmospheric flames and enjoy the warmth that radiates all around. And like with many of the BonFeu products, it is possible to cook with the BonVes 45.&amp;nbsp;

The BonVes design

The BonVes is based on an old-fashioned washing machine drum. This type of fire pit, with a perforated drum, is known for its high heat output. In addition, the small holes in the steel have a great atmospheric effect during firing. So you can put on the fire at the bottom of the fire pit, but if you want the fire a little higher up (e.g. for cooking), you can simply hang the provided plateau with a handle at the height you want.

The BonVes is made of steel. Steel has the property, under humid circumstances, to rust. So keep in mind that the fire pit will rust. This process can occur quickly. But do not panic, this will give your BonFeu fire pit its robust and sturdy appearance!


	Colour: Rusty Brown
	Material: Steel
	Includes: Grill grid, poker, and middle plate (plancha sold separately)
	Shape: Round
	Fuel: Wood
	Weight: 13.1 kg
	Dimensions: L 45 x W 45 x H 100 cm


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719325547894]]></g:mpn><g:price>259.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-bonves-45-firepit-in-rust-2560x2560-69a6d6db13665_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14252</g:id><title><![CDATA[Bonfeu Plancha 45]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/bonfeu-plancha-45</link><description><![CDATA[Bonfeu Plancha 45

The&amp;nbsp;BonFeu BonVes fireplaces and firepits are equipped with a grill grate as standard. To grill&amp;nbsp;the most delicious food, you can add on the BonFeu plancha.&amp;nbsp;

The Plancha 45 is the perfect fit for&amp;nbsp;the BonVes 45 (&amp;Oslash; 55cm). It is very easy to install, user-friendly and a perfect working height to barbecue.&amp;nbsp;


	Material: Steel
	Color: Grey
	Weight:11,35 kg
	Dimensions:&amp;nbsp;L 55 x W 63 x&amp;nbsp;H 3.5
	Thickness: 6 mm
]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[8719325547863]]></g:mpn><g:price>74.95 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/bonfeu-plancha-45-1080x1080-69a6e60029b41_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Bonfeu Firepits]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14254</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Smoque Pellet Smoker]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-smoque-pellet-smoker</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Smoque Pellet Smoker

Cashback offer: Buy this BBQ&amp;nbsp;between 30/03/2026 and 26/05/2026 and register your claim until the 9th of June 2026.The Offer is limited to the first 6,000 entrants only, while stock lasts. You can check the online counter to track
the number of remaining claims in real time and to register your claim.

Get in on the fun and flavour of smoking with the Weber Smoque Pellet Smoker. Let smoky flavour flow with a SmokeBoost setting that maintains ideal temperatures for optimal smoke absorption and a SmoqueVent system that circulates smoke around food for deep flavours and delicious browning. Go from low and slow to baking and roasting with a range of cooking temperatures for smoked ribs, brisket, and jerky to roasted chicken, baked dishes, and sides. Cook multiple foods at the same time and feed a crowd with more than 3,800 square centimetres of space. Get smoking sooner with a Rapid React PID temperature controller that heats up the barbecue in 15 minutes or less&amp;dagger; and recovers the temperature quickly after the lid is opened. Cook confidently with an intuitive, easy-to-use digital controller that lets you see barbecue and food temperature and connects to the Weber Connect&amp;reg; app on your smartphone to control the smoker from anywhere, monitor live cooking progress, and get recipes, step-by-step instructions, readiness alerts, and more for perfect results every time.
&amp;dagger;Based on lab conditions of 25&amp;deg;C ambient temperature with Weber&amp;reg; hardwood pellet fuel.


	5-year limited warranty
	SmokeBoost setting maintains ideal temps for deep smoky flavour
	SmoqueVent system circulates smoke for flavour and browning
	Rapid React PID temperature controller heats up fast and regains temp when lid opens
	Weber Connect&amp;reg; digital LCD controller is easy to navigate
	2 integrated food probe ports with 2 food probes included
	Weber Connect&amp;reg; app enables remote monitoring and control
	Large cooking capacity with more than 3,800 sq cm of total cook space


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924888861]]></g:mpn><g:price>749 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-smoque-pellet-smoker-3600x3600-69cbcb2b5886b_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14255</g:id><title><![CDATA[Weber Slate GP 71cm Premium Griddle]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/weber-slate-gp-71cm-premium-griddle</link><description><![CDATA[Weber Slate GP 71cm Premium Griddle

Cashback offer: Buy this BBQ&amp;nbsp;between 30/03/2026 and 26/05/2026 and register your claim until the 9th of June 2026.The Offer is limited to the first 6,000 entrants only, while stock lasts. You can check the online counter to track
the number of remaining claims in real time and to register your claim.

Have more fun griddling on the game-changing Weber&amp;reg; Slate&amp;reg; GP 71cm Premium griddle. Its stick-resistant, porcelain-enamelled cooktop is ready to cook on right out of the box so you can create juicy smashed burgers, flavourful stir-fries, beautifully seared seafood, vegetables and more. This griddle quickly heats up to more than 260&amp;deg;C and provides even heat across the surface. Wind guards prevent the burners from blowing out, and the cooktop is set close to the burners to ensure a steady temperature. Three independently controlled burners allow for multi-zone heat, so you can cook perfect pancakes on low while crisping up bacon on high all on the same cooktop. The surface is safe for metal tools, so you can flip, press and scrape without worry. Keep your griddle gear near with a variety of accessories that drop into the Weber Works side table (right) or snap onto Weber Works side rails. The left side table folds down to save space when you&amp;rsquo;re done.


	Even, edge-to-edge heat for consistent cooking across the griddle
	Heats up to more than 260&amp;deg;C for high heat searing and crispy edges
	Porcelain-enamelled cooktop is ready right out of the box
	Stick-resistant surface is easy to cook on and is safe for metal tools
	Wind guards protect burners and ensure a steady temperature
	Precision control knobs adjust heat smoothly and gradually
	3 independently controlled burners allow for multi-zone cooking
	Weber Works side table (right) fits drop in accessories
	Weber Works side rails fit snap on accessories
	Fold-down side table (left) for easier storage in tight spaces
	Sleek, hinged hard cover protects cooktop from the elements
	Extra-large grease drip pan makes cleaning up easy
	2 tool hooks keep spatulas and scrapers handy
	2 heavy-duty wheels for easy movement on any surface
	Mid-shelf provides convenient added storage
	5-year limited warranty


Delivery &amp;amp; Collection

Free delivery on local orders over &amp;pound;50 &amp;amp; free nationwide delivery over &amp;pound;500. Please note we do not deliver to the Channel Islands or outside of the UK. For more specific information about our e-commerce delivery &amp;amp; returns, please click here. Please allow up to 10 working days for delivery.

You may collect your order from Beetham Nurseries directly free of charge, simply checkout as normal and select 'I will collect from Beetham Nurseries'.]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Barbecues]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[077924910593]]></g:mpn><g:price>749 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:image_link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/files/images/webshop/weber-slate-gp-71cm-premium-griddle-3600x3600-69cbcb7e37b87_l.png</g:image_link><g:brand><![CDATA[Weber]]></g:brand><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>0 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item><item><g:id>14268</g:id><title><![CDATA[COVER CHARLBURY MINI CORNER SET (kit)]]></title><link>https://www.beethamnurseries.co.uk/cover-charlbury-mini-corner-set-kit</link><description><![CDATA[COVER CHARLBURY MINI CORNER SET (kit)]]></description><categories><![CDATA[Outdoor Living/Storage &amp; Accessories]]></categories><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn><![CDATA[152755224]]></g:mpn><g:price>170 GBP</g:price><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><delivery><![CDATA[4 - 5 working days]]></delivery><g:shipping><g:country>UK</g:country><g:price>30 GBP</g:price></g:shipping><g:custom_label_0><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></g:custom_label_0></item></channel></rss>
